project gutenberg’s latin for beginners, by benjamin ...publicliterature.org/pdf/18251-mac.pdf ·...

Project Gutenberg’s Latin for Beginners, by Benjamin Leonard D’Ooge

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and withalmost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away orre-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License includedwith this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org

Title: Latin for Beginners

Author: Benjamin Leonard D’Ooge

Release Date: April 25, 2006 [EBook #18251]

Language: English

Character set encoding: MAC

*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LATIN FOR BEGINNERS ***

Produced by Louise Hope, Dave Maddock and the OnlineDistributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (Thisfile was made using scans of public domain material byTextKit.com)

[TranscriberÕs Notes:

This text file is intended for Macintosh users whose browsers or textreaders cannot display either of the utf-8 versions (plain text orhtml). A few necessary changes have been made.

The macron (straight line, representing long vowels) has been replaced everywhere by a circumflex accent: � ı ˜ � ˛ å æ ë ï ó The ÒyÓ in ÒPythiaÓ, ÒLydiaÓ and ÒperistylumÓ is also long, and is marked Òy:Ó in vocabulary lists.

The breve symbol (ù), representing a short vowel, has been omitted. This symbol was used only in the introductory section on pronunciation (¤1-18), and in one or two vocabulary entries.The notation [oo] represents short ÒooÓ.Letters shown with combined breve and macron have been expanded as Ò-ei or -ıiÓ, Ò-ius or -˜usÓ.

To make this unpaginated e-text easier to use, each chapterÕs SpecialVocabulary has been included with its chapter _in addition to_ itsoriginal location near the end of the book. The same was done with theirregular verbs. The vocabulary lists are at the beginning of eachchapter, as far as possible from the Exercises.

Boldface is shown by ÇguillemetsÈ, italics by _lines_.

The variation between Ò¾Ó (English text) and ÒaeÓ (Latin text) is as inthe original. Bracketed passages in the original are shown in [[double

brackets]].]

* * * * * * * * * * * * * *

LATIN FOR BEGINNERS

BY

BENJAMIN L. DÕOOGE, Ph.D.

Professor in the Michigan State Normal College

Ginn and Company Boston ¥ New York ¥ Chicago ¥ London

Copyright, 1909, 1911 by Benjamin L. DÕOoge Entered at StationersÕ Hall All Rights Reserved 013.4

The Athen¾um PressGinn and Company ¥ Proprietors ¥ Boston ¥ U.S.A.

* * * * *

PREFACE

To make the course preparatory to C¾sar at the same time systematic,thorough, clear, and interesting is the purpose of this series oflessons.

The first pages are devoted to a brief discussion of the Latin language,its history, and its educational value. The body of the book, consistingof seventy-nine lessons, is divided into three parts.

Part I is devoted to pronunciation, quantity, accent, and kindredintroductory essentials.

Part II carries the work through the first sixty lessons, and is devotedto the study of forms and vocabulary, together with some elementaryconstructions, a knowledge of which is necessary for the translation ofthe exercises and reading matter. The first few lessons have been madeunusually simple, to meet the wants of pupils not well grounded inEnglish grammar.

Part III contains nineteen lessons, and is concerned primarily with thestudy of syntax and of subjunctive and irregular verb forms. The lastthree of these lessons constitute a review of all the constructionspresented in the book. There is abundant easy reading matter; and, in

order to secure proper concentration of effort upon syntax andtranslation, no new vocabularies are introduced, but the vocabularies inPart II are reviewed.

It is hoped that the following features will commend themselves toteachers:

The forms are presented in their natural sequence, and are given, forthe most part, in the body of the book as well as in a grammaticalappendix. The work on the verb is intensive in character, work in otherdirections being reduced to a minimum while this is going on. The formsof the subjunctive are studied in correlation with the subjunctiveconstructions.

The vocabulary has been selected with the greatest care, using LodgeÕsÒDictionary of Secondary LatinÓ and BrowneÕs ÒLatin Word ListÓ as abasis. There are about six hundred words, exclusive of proper names, inthe special vocabularies, and these are among the simplest and commonestwords in the language. More than ninety-five per cent of those chosenare C¾sarian, and of these more than ninety per cent are used in C¾sarfive or more times. The few words not C¾sarian are of such frequentoccurrence in Cicero, Vergil, and other authors as to justify theirappearance here. But teachers desiring to confine word study to C¾sarcan easily do so, as the C¾sarian words are printed in the vocabulariesin distinctive type. Concrete nouns have been preferred to abstract,root words to compounds and derivatives, even when the latter were ofmore frequent occurrence in C¾sar. To assist the memory, related Englishwords are added in each special vocabulary. To insure more carefulpreparation, the special vocabularies have been removed from theirrespective lessons and placed by themselves. The general vocabularycontains about twelve hundred words, and of these above eighty-five percent are found in C¾sar.

The syntax has been limited to those essentials which recentinvestigations, such as those of Dr. Lee Byrne and his collaborators,have shown to belong properly to the work of the first year. Theconstructions are presented, as far as possible, from the standpoint ofEnglish, the English usage being given first and the Latin compared orcontrasted with it. Special attention has been given to theconstructions of participles, the gerund and gerundive, and theinfinitive in indirect statements. Constructions having a logicalconnection are not separated but are treated together.

Exercises for translation occur throughout, those for translation intoLatin being, as a rule, only half as long as those for translation intoEnglish. In Part III a few of the commoner idioms in C¾sar areintroduced and the sentences are drawn mainly from that author. Fromfirst to last a consistent effort is made to instill a proper regard forLatin word order, the first principles of which are laid down early inthe course.

Selections for reading are unusually abundant and are introduced fromthe earliest possible moment. These increase in number and length as thebook progresses, and, for the most part, are made an integral part ofthe lessons instead of being massed at the end of the book. Thisarrangement insures a more constant and thorough drill in forms andvocabulary, promotes reading power, and affords a breathing spellbetween succeeding subjects. The material is drawn from historical andmythological sources, and the vocabulary employed includes but few wordsnot already learned. The book closes with a continued story which

recounts the chief incidents in the life of a Roman boy. The lastchapters record his experiences in C¾sarÕs army, and contain muchinformation that will facilitate the interpretation of the Commentaries.The early emphasis placed on word order and sentence structure, thesimplicity of the syntax, and the familiarity of the vocabulary, makethe reading selections especially useful for work in sight translation.

Reviews are called for at frequent intervals, and to facilitate thisbranch of the work an Appendix of Reviews has been prepared, coveringboth the vocabulary and the grammar.

The illustrations are numerous, and will, it is hoped, do much tostimulate interest in the ancient world and to create true and lastingimpressions of Roman life and times.

A consistent effort has been made to use simple language and clearexplanation throughout.

As an aid to teachers using this book a ÒTeacherÕs ManualÓ has beenprepared, which contains, in addition to general suggestions, notes oneach lesson.

The author wishes to express his gratitude to the numerous teachers whotested the advance pages in their classes, and, as a result of theirexperience, have given much valuable aid by criticism and suggestion.Particular acknowledgments are due to Miss A. Susan Jones of the CentralHigh School, Grand Rapids, Michigan; to Miss Clara Allison of the HighSchool at Hastings, Michigan; and to Miss Helen B. Muir and Mr. OrlandO. Norris, teachers of Latin in this institution.

BENJAMIN L. DÕOOGE

MICHIGAN STATE NORMAL COLLEGE

CONTENTS

Lesson Page

TO THE STUDENT--By way of Introduction 1-4

PART I. THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN

ALPHABET, SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS, SYLLABLES, QUANTITY, ACCENT, HOW TO READ LATIN 5-11

PART II. WORDS AND FORMS

I-VI. FIRST PRINCIPLES--_Subject and Predicate, Inflection, Number, Nominative Subject, Possessive Genitive, Agreement of Verb, Direct Object, Indirect Object, etc._--DIALOGUE 12-24

VII-VIII. FIRST OR _å_-DECLENSION--_Gender, Agreement of Adjectives, Word Order_ 25-30

IX-X. SECOND OR _O_-DECLENSION--GENERAL RULES FOR DECLENSION--_Predicate Noun, Apposition_--DIALOGUE 31-35

XI. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 36-37

XII. NOUNS IN Ç-iusÈ AND Ç-iumÈ--GERMåNIA 38-39

XIII. SECOND DECLENSION (_Continued_)--Nouns in Ç-erÈ and Ç-irÈ--ITALIA--DIALOGUE 39-41

XIV. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS 42-43

XV. ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH--_Cause, Means, Accompaniment, Manner_--THE ROMANS PREPARE FOR WAR 44-46

XVI. THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 46-47

XVII. THE DEMONSTRATIVE Çis, ea, idÈ--DIALOGUE 48-50

XVIII. CONJUGATION--Present, Imperfect, and Future of ÇsumÈ-- DIALOGUE 51-53

XIX. PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çam�È AND Çmone�È 54-56

XX. IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çam�È AND Çmone�È-- _Meaning of the Imperfect_--NIOBE AND HER CHILDREN 56-57

XXI. FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çam�È AND Çmone�È-- NIOBE AND HER CHILDREN (_Concluded_) 58-59

XXII. REVIEW OF VERBS--_The Dative with Adjectives_-- CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS 59-61

XXIII. PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çreg�È AND Çaudi�È-- CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS (_Concluded_) 61-63

XXIV. IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çreg�È AND Çaudi�È-- _The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs_ 63-65

XXV. FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF Çreg�È AND Çaudi�È 65-66

XXVI. VERBS IN Ç-i�È--Present, Imperfect, and Future Active Indicative of Çcapi�È--_The Imperative_ 66-68

XXVII. PASSIVE VOICE--Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative of Çam�È and Çmone�È--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA 68-71

XXVIII. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF Çreg�È AND Çaudi�È--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_) 72-73

XXIX. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF Ç-i�È VERBS--PRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE 73-75

XXX. SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS--THE ABLATIVE DENOTING FROM--_Place from Which, Separation, Personal Agent_ 75-78

XXXI. PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF ÇsumÈ-- DIALOGUE 79-81

XXXII. PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS--_Meanings of the Perfect_--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_) 81-83

XXXIII. PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE-- PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE 84-85

XXXIV. REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE--PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Concluded_) 86-87

XXXV. PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVE--PERFECT PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE 88-90

XXXVI. REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS--_Prepositions, Yes-or-No Questions_ 90-93

XXXVII. CONJUGATION OF ÇpossumÈ--_The Infinitive used as in English_--_Accusative Subject of an Infinitive_-- THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA 93-96

XXXVIII. THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN-- _Agreement of the Relative_--THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA (_Concluded_) 97-101

XXXIX-XLI. THE THIRD DECLENSION--Consonant Stems 101-106

XLII. REVIEW LESSON--TERROR CIMBRICUS 107

XLIII. THIRD DECLENSION--_I_-Stems 108-110

XLIV. IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION-- GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION--THE FIRST BRIDGE OVER THE RHINE 111-112

XLV. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION--THE ROMANS INVADE THE ENEMYÕS COUNTRY 113-115

XLVI. THE FOURTH OR _U_-DECLENSION 116-117

XLVII. EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE--_Place to Which, Place from Which, Place at or in Which, the Locative_-- Declension of ÇdomusÈ--D®DALUS AND ICARUS 117-121

XLVIII. THE FIFTH OR _æ_-DECLENSION--_Ablative of Time_ --D®DALUS AND ICARUS (_Continued_) 121-123

XLIX. PRONOUNS--Personal and Reflexive Pronouns--D®DALUS AND ICARUS (_Concluded_) 123-126

L. THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN ÇipseÈ AND THE DEMONSTRATIVE Ç˜demÈ--HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE 126-127

LI. THE DEMONSTRATIVES ÇhicÈ, ÇisteÈ, ÇilleÈ--A GERMAN CHIEFTAIN ADDRESSES HIS FOLLOWERS--HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Continued_) 128-130

LII. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS--HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Concluded_) 130-132

LIII. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 133-135

LIV. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES--_Ablative with Comparatives_ 135-136

LV. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Continued_)-- Declension of Çpl˛sÈ 137-138

LVI. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Concluded_)-- _Ablative of the Measure of Difference_ 138-139

LVII. FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 140-142

LVIII. NUMERALS--_Partitive Genitive_ 142-144

LIX. NUMERALS (_Continued_)--_Accusative of Extent_-- C®SAR IN GAUL 144-146

LX. DEPONENT VERBS--_Prepositions with the Accusative_ 146-147

PART III. CONSTRUCTIONS

LXI. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD--Inflection of the Present-- _Indicative and Subjunctive Compared_ 148-152

LXII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE 152-153

LXIII. INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE--_Sequence of Tenses_ 153-155

LXIV. INFLECTION OF THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE--_Substantive Clauses of Purpose_ 156-159

LXV. SUBJUNCTIVE OF ÇpossumÈ--_Verbs of Fearing_ 160-161

LXVI. THE PARTICIPLES--Tenses and Declension 161-164

LXVII. THE IRREGULAR VERBS Çvol�È, Çn�l�È, Çm�l�È-- _Ablative Absolute_ 164-166

LXVIII. THE IRREGULAR VERB Çf˜�È--_Subjunctive of Result_ 167-168

LXIX. SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC--_Predicate Accusative_ 169-171

LXX. CONSTRUCTIONS WITH ÇcumÈ--_Ablative of Specification_ 171-173

LXXI. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Gerund and Gerundive_-- _Predicate Genitive_ 173-177

LXXII. THE IRREGULAR VERB Çe�È--_Indirect Statements_ 177-180

LXXIII. VOCABULARY REVIEW--THE IRREGULAR VERB Çfer�È-- _Dative with Compounds_ 181-183

LXXIV. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Subjunctive in Indirect Questions_ 183-185

LXXV. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Dative of Purpose or End for Which_ 185-186

LXXVI. VOCABULARY REVIEW--_Genitive and Ablative of Quality or Description_ 186-188

LXXVII. REVIEW OF AGREEMENT--_Review of the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative_ 189-190

LXXVIII. REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE 191-192

LXXIX. REVIEW OF THE SYNTAX OF VERBS 192-193

READING MATTER

INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS 194-195

THE LABORS OF HERCULES 196-203

P. CORNELIUS LENTULUS: THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY 204-215

APPENDIXES AND VOCABULARIES

APPENDIX I. TABLES OF DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS, NUMERALS, ETC. 226-260

APPENDIX II. RULES OF SYNTAX 261-264

APPENDIX III. REVIEWS 265-282

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 283-298

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 299-331

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 332-343

INDEX 344-348

LATIN FOR BEGINNERS

TO THE STUDENT--BY WAY OF INTRODUCTION

ÇWhat is Latin?È If you will look at the map of Italy on the oppositepage, you will find near the middle of the peninsula and facing the westcoast a district called Latium,[1] and Rome its capital. The Latinlanguage, meaning the language of Latium, was spoken by the ancientRomans and other inhabitants of Latium, and Latin was the name appliedto it after the armies of Rome had carried the knowledge of her languagefar beyond its original boundaries. As the English of to-day is notquite the same as that spoken two or three hundred years ago, so Latinwas not always the same at all times, but changed more or less in thecourse of centuries. The sort of Latin you are going to learn was in useabout two thousand years ago. And that period has been selected because

the language was then at its best and the greatest works of Romanliterature were being produced. This period, because of its supremeexcellence, is called the Golden Age of Roman letters.

[Footnote 1: Pronounce _L�«shi-um_.]

ÇThe Spread of Latin.È For some centuries after Rome was founded, theRomans were a feeble and insignificant people, their territory waslimited to Latium, and their existence constantly threatened by warlikeneighbors. But after the third century before Christ, RomeÕs power grewrapidly. She conquered all Italy, then reached out for the lands acrossthe sea and beyond the Alps, and finally ruled over the whole ancientworld. The empire thus established lasted for more than four hundredyears. The importance of Latin increased with the growth of Romanpower, and what had been a dialect spoken by a single tribe became theuniversal language. Gradually the language changed somewhat, developingdifferently in different countries. In Italy it has become Italian, inSpain Spanish, and in France French. All these nations, therefore, arespeaking a modernized form of Latin.

ÇThe Romans and the Greeks.È In their career of conquest the Romans cameinto conflict with the Greeks. The Greeks were inferior to the Romans inmilitary power, but far superior to them in culture. They excelled inart, literature, music, science, and philosophy. Of all these pursuitsthe Romans were ignorant until contact with Greece revealed to them thevalue of education and filled them with the thirst for knowledge. And soit came about that while Rome conquered Greece by force of arms, Greececonquered Rome by force of her intellectual superiority and became herschoolmaster. It was soon the established custom for young Romans togo to Athens and to other centers of Greek learning to finish theirtraining, and the knowledge of the Greek language among the educatedclasses became universal. At the same time many cultured Greeks--poets,artists, orators, and philosophers--flocked to Rome, opened schools, andtaught their arts. Indeed, the pre`minence of Greek culture became sogreat that Rome almost lost her ambition to be original, and her writersvied with each other in their efforts to reproduce in Latin what waschoicest in Greek literature. As a consequence of all this, thecivilization and national life of Rome became largely Grecian, and toGreece she owed her literature and her art.

ÇRome and the Modern World.È After conquering the world, Rome impressedher language, laws, customs of living, and modes of thinking upon thesubject nations, and they became Roman; and the world has remainedlargely Roman ever since. Latin continued to live, and the knowledge ofLatin was the only light of learning that burned steadily through thedark ages that followed the downfall of the Roman Empire. Latin was thecommon language of scholars and remained so even down to the days ofShakespeare. Even yet it is more nearly than any other tongue theuniversal language of the learned. The life of to-day is much nearerthe life of ancient Rome than the lapse of centuries would lead one tosuppose. You and I are Romans still in many ways, and if C¾sar andCicero should appear among us, we should not find them, except for dressand language, much unlike men of to-day.

ÇLatin and English.È Do you know that more than half of the words in theEnglish dictionary are Latin, and that you are speaking more or lessLatin every day? How has this come about? In the year 1066 William theConqueror invaded England with an army of Normans. The Normans spokeFrench--which, you remember, is descended from Latin--and spread theirlanguage to a considerable extent over England, and so Norman-French

played an important part in the formation of English and forms a largeproportion of our vocabulary. Furthermore, great numbers of almost pureLatin words have been brought into English through the writings ofscholars, and every new scientific discovery is marked by the additionof new terms of Latin derivation. Hence, while the simpler and commonerwords of our mother tongue are Anglo-Saxon, and Anglo-Saxon forms thestaple of our colloquial language, yet in the realms of literature, andespecially in poetry, words of Latin derivation are very abundant. Alsoin the learned professions, as in law, medicine, and engineering, aknowledge of Latin is necessary for the successful interpretation oftechnical and scientific terms.

ÇWhy study Latin?È The foregoing paragraphs make it clear why Latinforms so important a part of modern education. We have seen that ourcivilization rests upon that of Greece and Rome, and that we must lookto the past if we would understand the present. It is obvious, too, thatthe knowledge of Latin not only leads to a more exact and effective useof our own language, but that it is of vital importance and of greatpractical value to any one preparing for a literary or professionalcareer. To this it may be added that the study of Latin throws a floodof light upon the structure of language in general and lays an excellentfoundation for all grammatical study. Finally, it has been abundantlyproved that there is no more effective means of strengthening the mindthan by the earnest pursuit of this branch of learning.

ÇReview QuestionsÈ. Whence does Latin get its name? Where is Latium?Where is Rome? Was Latin always the same? What sort of Latin are we tostudy? Describe the growth of RomeÕs power and the spread of Latin. Whatcan you say of the origin of Italian, French, and Spanish? How did theancient Greeks and Romans compare? How did Greece influence Rome? Howdid Rome influence the world? In what sense are we Romans still? Whatdid Latin have to do with the formation of English? What proportion ofEnglish words are of Latin origin, and what kind of words are they? Whyshould we study Latin?

PART I

THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN

THE ALPHABET

Ç1.È The Latin alphabet contains the same letters as the English exceptthat it has no _w_ and no _j_.

Ç2.È The vowels, as in English, are _a, e, i, o, u, y_. The otherletters are consonants.

Ç3.È _I_ is used both as a vowel and as a consonant. Before a vowel inthe same syllable it has the value of a consonant and is called _Iconsonant_.

Thus in I˛-li-us the first _i_ is a consonant, the second a vowel.

SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS[1]

[Footnote 1: N.B. The sounds of the letters are best learned by hearing them correctly pronounced. The matter in this section is, therefore, intended for reference rather than for assignment as a lesson. As a first step it is suggested that the teacher pronounce the examples in class, the pupils following.]

Ç4.È Latin was not pronounced like English. The Romans at the beginningof the Christian era pronounced their language substantially asdescribed below.

Ç5.È The vowels have the following sounds:

VOWELS[2] LATIN EXAMPLES

� as in _father_ h�c, st�s a like the first _a_ in _aha«_, never as in _hat_ a«-mat, ca-n�s ı as in _they_ tı«-la, mı«-ta e as in _met_ te«-net, mer«-cıs ˜ as in _machine_ ser«-t˜, pr�«-t˜ i as in _bit_ si«-tis, bi«-b˜ � as in _holy_ R�«-ma, �«-ris o as in _wholly_, never as in _hot_ mo«-do, bo«-n�s ˛ as in _rude_, or as _oo_ in _boot_ ˛«-mor, t˛«-ber u as in _full_, or as _oo_ in _foot_ ut, t˛«-tus

NOTE. It is to be observed that there is a decided difference in sound,except in the case of _a_, between the long and the short vowels. It isnot merely a matter of _quantity_ but also of _quality_.

[Footnote 2: Long vowels are marked ø, short ones ù.]

[TranscriberÕs Note: In this version of the text, long vowels are shown with a circumflex accent (ÒhatÓ) and short vowels are unmarked, as described in the introductory notes.]

Ç6.È In ÇdiphthongsÈ (two-vowel sounds) both vowels are heard in asingle syllable.

DIPHTHONGS LATIN EXAMPLES

ÇaeÈ as _ai_ in _aisle_ tae«-dae ÇauÈ as _ou_ in _out_ gau«-det ÇeiÈ as _ei_ in _eight_ dein«-de ÇeuÈ as _e«[oo]_ (a short _e_ followed by a short _u_ in one syllable) seu ÇoeÈ like _oi_ in _toil_ foe«-dus ÇuiÈ like _[oo]«i_ (a short _u_ followed by a short _i_ in one syllable. Cf. English _we_) cui, huic

NOTE. Give all the vowels and diphthongs their proper sounds and do notslur over them in unaccented syllables, as is done in English.

Ç7.È ÇConsonantsÈ are pronounced as in English, except that

CONSONANTS LATIN EXAMPLES

ÇcÈ is always like _c_ in _cat_, never as in _cent_ ca«-d�, ci«-bus, cı«-na ÇgÈ is always like _g_ in _get_, never as in _gem_ ge«-m�, gig«-n� Çi consonantÈ is always like _y_ in _yes_ iam, io«-cus ÇnÈ before _c, qu_, or _g_ is like _ng_ in _sing_ (compare the sound of _n_ in _anchor_) an«-co-ra (ang«-ko-ra) ÇquÈ, ÇguÈ, and sometimes ÇsuÈ before a vowel have the sound of _qw, gw_, and _sw_. Here _u_ has the value of consonant _v_ and is not counted a vowel in«-quit, qu˜, lin«-gua, san«-guis, su�«-de-� ÇsÈ is like _s_ in _sea_, never as in _ease_ ro«-sa, is ÇtÈ is always like _t_ in _native_, never as in _nation_ ra«-ti-�, n�«-ti-� ÇvÈ is like _w_ in _wine_, never as in _vine_ Çv˜«-numÈ, ÇvirÈ ÇxÈ has the value of two consonants (_cs_ or _gs_) and is like _x_ in _extract_, not as in _exact_ Çex«-tr�È, Çex-�c«-tusÈ ÇbsÈ is like _ps_ and ÇbtÈ like _pt_ ÇurbsÈ, Çob-ti«-ne-�È ÇchÈ, ÇphÈ, and ÇthÈ are like _c_, _p_, _t_ Çpul«-cherÈ, ÇPhoe«-bıÈ, Çthe-�«-trumÈ

_a._ In combinations of consonants give each its distinct sound. Doubled consonants should be pronounced with a slight pause between the two sounds. Thus pronounce _tt_ as in _rat-trap_, not as in _rattle_; _pp_ as in _hop-pole_, not as in _upper_. Examples, Çmit«-t�È, ÇAp«pi-usÈ, Çbel«-lumÈ.

SYLLABLES

Ç8.È A Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels and diphthongs.Thus Çaes-t�«-teÈ has three syllables, Çau-di-en«-dusÈ has four.

_a._ Two vowels with a consonant between them never make one syllable, as is so often the case in English. Compare English _inside_ with Latin ˜n-s˜«-de.

Ç9.È Words are divided into syllables as follows:

1. A single consonant between two vowels goes with the second. ThusÇa-m�«-bi-lisÈ, Çme-mo«-ri-aÈ, Çin-te«-re-�È, Ça«-bestÈ,Çpe-rı«-gitÈ.[3]

[Footnote 3: In writing and printing it is customary to divide the parts of a compound, as Çinter-e�È, Çab-estÈ, Çsub-�ctusÈ, Çper-ıgitÈ, contrary to the correct phonetic rule.]

2. Combinations of two or more consonants:

_a._ A consonant followed by _l_ or _r_ goes with the _l_ or _r_. Thus Çp˛«-bli-cusÈ, Ça«-gr˜È.

EXCEPTION. Prepositional compounds of this nature, as also _ll_ and_rr_, follow rule _b_. Thus Çab«-lu-�È, Çab-rum«-p�È, Çil«-leÈ,Çfer«-rumÈ.

_b._ In all other combinations of consonants the first consonant goes with the preceding vowel.[4] Thus Çmag«-nusÈ, Çe-ges«-t�sÈ, Çvic-t�«-ri-aÈ, Çhos«-pesÈ, Çan«-nusÈ, Çsu-b�c«-tusÈ.

[Footnote 4: The combination nct is divided nc-t, as f˛nc-tus, s�nc-tus.]

3. The last syllable of a word is called the _ul«-ti-ma_; the onenext to the last, the _pe-nult«_; the one before the penult, the_an«-te-pe-nult«_.

Ç10.È EXERCISE

Divide the words in the following passage into syllables and pronouncethem, placing the accent as indicated:

V�«de ad form˜«cam, ï p´ger, et c�ns˜«der� v´�s �ius et d´scesapi�ntiam: quae cum n�n h�beat d�cem nec praecept�«rem nec pr˜«ncipem,p�rat in aest�«te c´bum s´bi et c˙ngregat in m�sse quod c˙medat.

[[Go to the ant, thou sluggard; consider her ways, and be wise: which,having no guide, overseer, or ruler, provideth her meat in the summerand gathereth her food in the harvest.]]

QUANTITY

Ç11.È The quantity of a vowel or a syllable is the time it takes topronounce it. Correct pronunciation and accent depend upon the properobservance of quantity.

Ç12.È ÇQuantity of Vowels.È Vowels are either long (ø) or short (ù).In this book the long vowels are marked. Unmarked vowels are to beconsidered short.

[TranscriberÕs Note: The wording of ¤ 12 is as in the original.]

1. A vowel is short before another vowel or _h_; as Çpo-ı«-taÈ, Çtra«-h�È.

2. A vowel is short before _nt_ and _nd_, before final _m_ or _t_, and, except in words of one syllable, before final _l_ or _r_. Thus Ça«-mantÈ, Ça-man«-dusÈ, Ça-m�«-bamÈ, Ça-m�«-batÈ, Ça«-ni-malÈ, Ça«-morÈ.

3. A vowel is long before _nf_, _ns_, _nx_, and _nct_. Thus Ç˜n«-fe-r�È, Çre«-gınsÈ, Çs�n«-x˜È, Çs�nc«-tusÈ.

4. Diphthongs are always long, and are not marked.

Ç13.È ÇQuantity of Syllables.È Syllables are either long or short, andtheir quantity must be carefully distinguished from that of vowels.

1. ÇA syllable is shortÈ,

_a._ If it ends in a short vowel; as Ça«-m�È, Çpi«-griÈ.

NOTE. In final syllables the short vowel may be followed by a finalconsonant. Thus the word Çme-mo«-ri-amÈ contains four short syllables.In the first three a short vowel ends the syllable, in the last theshort vowel is followed by a final consonant.

2. ÇA syllable is longÈ,

_a._ If it contains a long vowel or a diphthong, as Çc˛«-r�È, Çpoe«-naeÈ, Çaes-t�«-teÈ.

_b._ If it ends in a consonant which is followed by another consonant, as Çcor«-pusÈ, Çmag«-nusÈ.

NOTE. The vowel in a long syllable may be either long or short, andshould be pronounced accordingly. Thus in Çter«-raÈ, Çin«-terÈ, thefirst syllable is long, but the vowel in each case is short and shouldbe given the short sound. In words like ÇsaxumÈ the first syllable islong because _x_ has the value of two consonants (_cs_ or _gs_).

3. In determining quantity _h_ is not counted a consonant.

NOTE. Give about twice as much time to the long syllables as to theshort ones. It takes about as long to pronounce a short vowel plus aconsonant as it does to pronounce a long vowel or a diphthong, and sothese quantities are considered equally long. For example, it takesabout as long to say Çcur«-r�È as it does Çc˛«-r�È, and so each of thesefirst syllables is long. Compare Çmol«-lisÈ and Çm�«-lisÈ, Ç�-mis«-s˜Èand Ç�-mi«-s˜È.

ACCENT

Ç14.È Words of two syllables are accented on the first, as Çmın«-saÈ,ÇCae«-sarÈ.

Ç15.È Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult if thepenult is long. If the penult is short, accent the antepenult. ThusÇmo-nı«-musÈ, Çre«-gi-turÈ, Ça-gri«-co-laÈ, Ça-man«-dusÈ.

NOTE. Observe that the position of the accent is determined by thelength of the _syllable_ and not by the length of the vowel in thesyllable. (Cf. ¤13.2, Note.)

Ç16.È Certain little words called _enclit«ics_[5] which have no separateexistence, are added to and pronounced with a preceding word. The mostcommon are Ç-queÈ, _and_; Ç-veÈ, _or_; and Ç-neÈ, the question sign.The syllable before an enclitic takes the accent, regardless of itsquantity. Thus Çpopulus«queÈ, Çdea«queÈ, Çrıgna«veÈ, Çaudit«neÈ.

[Footnote 5: Enclitic means _leaning back_, and that is, as you see, just what these little words do. They cannot stand alone and so they lean back for support upon the preceding word.]

HOW TO READ LATIN

Ç17.È To read Latin well is not so difficult, if you begin right.Correct habits of reading should be formed now. Notice the quantitiescarefully, especially the quantity of the penult, to insure your gettingthe accent on the right syllable. (Cf. ¤15.) Give every vowel itsproper sound and every syllable its proper length. Then bear in mindthat we should read Latin as we read English, in phrases rather than inseparate words. Group together words that are closely connected inthought. No good reader halts at the end of each word.

Ç18.È Read the stanzas of the following poem by Longfellow, one at atime, first the English and then the Latin version. The syllablesinclosed in parentheses are to be slurred or omitted to securesmoothness of meter.

EXCELSIOR [[HIGHER]]! [6]

The shades of night were falling fast, As through an Alpine village passed A youth, who bore, Õmid snow and ice, A banner with the strange device, Excelsior!

Cadıbant noctis umbrae, dum Ibat per v˜cum Alpicum Gel˛ nivequ(e) adolıscıns, Vıxillum cum sign� ferıns, Excelsior!

His brow was sad; his eye beneath, Flashed like a falchion from its sheath, And like a silver clarion rung The accents of that unknown tongue, Excelsior!

Fr�ns tr˜stis, micat oculus Velut ı v�g˜n� gladius; Sonantque similıs tubae Accent˛s lingu(ae) incognitae, Excelsior!

In happy homes he saw the light Of household fires gleam warm and bright; Above, the spectral glaciers shone, And from his lips escaped a groan, Excelsior!

In domibus videt cl�r�s Foc�rum l˛cıs calid�s; Relucet glaciıs �cris, Et rumpit gemit˛s labr˜s, Excelsior!

ÒTry not the Pass!Ó the old man said; ÒDark lowers the tempest overhead, The roaring torrent is deep and wide!Ó And loud that clarion voice replied, Excelsior!

D˜cit senex, ÒNı tr�nse�s! Supr� nigrıscit tempest�s; L�tus et altus est torrıns.Ó Cl�ra vınit v�x respondıns, Excelsior!

At break of day, as heavenward The pious monks of Saint Bernard Uttered the oft-repeated prayer, A voice cried through the startled air, Excelsior!

Iam l˛cıscıbat, et fr�trıs S�nct˜ Bernard˜ vigilıs ïr�bant precıs solit�s, Cum v�x cl�m�vit per aur�s, Excelsior!

A traveler, by the faithful hound, Half-buried in the snow was found, Still grasping in his hand of ice That banner with the strange device, Excelsior!

Sımi-sepultus vi�tor Can(e) � f˜d� reper˜tur, Comprındıns pugn� gelid� Illud vıxillum cum sign�, Excelsior!

There in the twilight cold and gray, Lifeless, but beautiful, he lay, And from the sky, serene and far, A voice fell, like a falling star, Excelsior!

Iacet corpus exanimum Sed l˛ce fr˜gid� pulchrum; Et cael� procul exiıns Cadit v�x, ut Stella cadıns, Excelsior!

[Footnote 6: Translation by C. W. Goodchild in _Praeco Latinus_, October, 1898.]

PART II

WORDS AND FORMS

LESSON I

FIRST PRINCIPLES

Ç19.È ÇSubject and Predicate.È 1. Latin, like English, expresses thoughts by means of sentences.

A sentence is a combination of words that expresses a thought, and in its simplest form is the statement of a single fact. Thus,

_Galba is a farmer_ ÇGalba est agricolaÈ _The sailor fights_ ÇNauta pugnatÈ

In each of these sentences there are two parts:

SUBJECT PREDICATE _Galba_ _is a farmer_ ÇGalbaÈ _The sailor_ _fights_ ÇNautaÈ ÇpugnatÈ

2. The subject is that person, place, or thing about which something is said, and is therefore a _noun_ or some word which can serve the same purpose.

_a._ Pronouns, as their name implies (_pro_, Òinstead of,Ó and _noun_), often take the place of nouns, usually to save repeating the same noun, as, _Galba is a farmer; ÇheÈ is a sturdy fellow_.

3. The predicate is that which is said about the subject, and consists of a verb with or without modifiers.

_a._ A verb is a word which asserts something (usually an act) concerning a person, place, or thing.

Ç20.È ÇThe Object.È In the two sentences, _The boy hit the ball_ and_The ball hit the boy_, the same words are used, but the meaning isdifferent, and depends upon the order of the words. The ÇdoerÈ of theact, that about which something is said, is, as we have seen above, theÇsubjectÈ. ÇThat to which something is doneÈ is the Çdirect objectÈ ofthe verb. _The boy hit the ball_ is therefore analyzed as follows:

SUBJECT PREDICATE /-----------\ _The boy_ _hit the ball_ (verb) (direct object)

_a._ A verb whose action passes over to the object directly, as in the sentence above, is called a Çtransitive verbÈ. A verb which does not admit of a direct object is called ÇintransitiveÈ, as, _I walk_, _he comes_.

Ç21.È ÇThe Copula.È The verb _to be_ in its different forms--_are_,_is_, _was_, etc.--does not tell us anything about the subject; neitherdoes it govern an object. It simply connects the subject with the wordor words in the predicate that possess a distinct meaning. Hence it iscalled the ÇcopulaÈ, that is, _the joiner_ or _link_.

Ç22.È In the following sentences pronounce the Latin and name the_nouns, verbs, subjects, objects, predicates, copulas_:

1. ÇAmerica est patria meaÈ _America is fatherland my_

2. ÇAgricola f˜liam amatÈ

_(The) farmer (his) daughter loves_

3. ÇF˜lia est I˛liaÈ _(His) daughter is Julia_

4. ÇI˛lia et agricola sunt in ˜nsul�È _Julia and (the) farmer are on (the) island_

5. ÇI˛lia aquam portatÈ _Julia water carries_

6. ÇRosam in com˜s habetÈ _(A) rose in (her) hair (she) has_

7. ÇI˛lia est puella pulchraÈ _Julia is (a) girl pretty_

8. ÇDomina f˜liam pulchram habetÈ _(The) lady (a) daughter beautiful has_

_a._ The sentences above show that Latin does not express some words which are necessary in English. First of all, _Latin has no article ÇtheÈ or ÇaÈ_; thus _ÇagricolaÈ_ may mean _the farmer, a farmer_, or simply _farmer_. Then, too, the personal pronouns, _I, you, he, she_, etc., and the possessive pronouns, _my, your, his, her_, etc., are not expressed if the meaning of the sentence is clear without them.

LESSON II

FIRST PRINCIPLES (_Continued_)

Ç23.È ÇInflection.È Words may change their forms to indicate some changein sense or use, as, _is, are_; _was, were; who, whose, whom; farmer,farmerÕs; woman, women_. This is called ÇinflectionÈ. The inflection ofa noun, adjective, or pronoun is called its ÇdeclensionÈ, that of a verbits ÇconjugationÈ.

Ç24.È ÇNumber.È Latin, like English, has two numbers, singular andplural. In English we usually form the plural by adding _-s_ or _-es_ tothe singular. So Latin changes the singular to the plural by changingthe ending of the word. Compare

ÇNaut-a pugnatÈ _The sailor fights_ ÇNaut-ae pugnantÈ _The sailors fight_

Ç25.È RULE. _Nouns that end in Ç-aÈ in the singular end in Ç-aeÈ in theplural_.

Ç26.È Learn the following nouns so that you can give the English for theLatin or the Latin for the English. Write the plural of each.

Çagri«colaÈ, _farmer_ (agriculture)[1] ÇaquaÈ, _water_ (aquarium) ÇcausaÈ, _cause, reason_ Çdo«minaÈ, _lady of the house, mistress_ (dominate) ÇfiliaÈ, _daughter_ (filial)

Çfort˛«naÈ, _fortune_ ÇfugaÈ, _flight_ (fugitive) Çini˛«riaÈ, _wrong, injury_ Çl˛naÈ, _moon_ (lunar) ÇnautaÈ, _sailor_ (nautical) Çpuel«laÈ, _girl_ ÇsilvaÈ, forest (silvan) ÇterraÈ, _land_ (terrace)

[Footnote 1: The words in parentheses are English words related to the Latin. When the words are practically identical, as ÇcausaÈ, _cause_, no comparison is needed.]

Ç27.È Compare again the sentences

ÇNauta pugna-tÈ _The sailor fights_ ÇNautae pugna-ntÈ _The sailors fight_

In the first sentence the verb Çpugna-tÈ is in the third personsingular, in the second sentence Çpugna-ntÈ is in the third personplural.

Ç28.È RULE. ÇAgreement of Verb.È _A finite verb must always be in thesame person and number as its subject._

Ç29.È RULE. _In the conjugation of the Latin verb the third personsingular active ends in Ç-tÈ, the third person plural in Ç-ntÈ. Theendings which show the person and number of the verb are calledÇpersonal endingsÈ._

Ç30.È Learn the following verbs and write the plural of each. Thepersonal pronouns _he_, _she_, _it_, etc., which are necessary in theinflection of the English verb, are not needed in the Latin, because thepersonal endings take their place. Of course, if the verbÕs subject isexpressed we do not translate the personal ending by a pronoun; thusÇnauta pugnatÈ is translated _the sailor fights_, not _the sailor hefights_.

Çama-tÈ _he (she, it) loves, is loving, does love_ (amity, amiable) Çlab�«ra-tÈ Ò Ò Ò _labors, is laboring, does labor_ Çn˛ntia-tÈ[2] Ò Ò Ò _announces, is announcing, does announce_ Çporta-tÈ Ò Ò Ò _carries, is carrying, does carry_ (porter) Çpugna-tÈ Ò Ò Ò _fights, is fighting, does fight_ (pugnacious)

[Footnote 2: The _u_ in Çn˛nti�È is long by exception. (Cf. ¤12.2.)]

Ç31.È EXERCISES

I. 1. The daughter loves, the daughters love. 2. The sailor is carrying,the sailors carry. 3. The farmer does labor, the farmers labor. 4. Thegirl is announcing, the girls do announce. 5. The ladies are carrying,the lady carries.

II. 1. Nauta pugnat, nautae pugnant. 2. Puella amat, puellae amant.3. Agricola portat, agricolae portant. 4. F˜lia lab�rat, f˜liaelab�rant. 5. Nauta n˛ntiat, nautae n˛ntiant. 6. Dominae amant, dominaamat.

[Illustration: DOMINA]

LESSON III


Ç32.È ÇDeclension of Nouns.È We learned above (¤¤19, 20) the differencebetween the subject and object, and that in English they may bedistinguished by the order of the words. Sometimes, however, the orderis such that we are left in doubt. For example, the sentence _The ladyher daughter loves_ might mean either that the lady loves her daughter,or that the daughter loves the lady.

1. If the sentence were in Latin, no doubt could arise, because the subject and the object are distinguished, not by the order of the words, but by the endings of the words themselves. Compare the following sentences:

ÇDomina f˜liam amatÈ ÇF˜liam domina amatÈ ÇAmat f˜liam dominaÈ ÇDomina amat f˜liamÈ _The lady loves her daughter_

ÇF˜lia dominam amatÈ ÇDominam f˜lia amatÈ ÇAmat dominam f˜liaÈ ÇF˜lia amat dominamÈ _The daughter loves the lady_

_a._ Observe that in each case the subject of the sentence ends in Ç-aÈ and the object in Ç-amÈ. The _form_ of the noun shows how it is used in the sentence, and the order of the words has no effect on the essential meaning.

2. As stated above (¤23), this change of ending is called ÇdeclensionÈ, and each different ending produces what is called a ÇcaseÈ. When we decline a noun, we give all its different cases, or changes of endings. In English we have three cases,--nominative, possessive, and objective; but, in nouns, the nominative and objective have the same form, and only the possessive case shows a change of ending, by adding _Õs_ or the apostrophe. The interrogative pronoun, however, has the fuller declension, _who?_ _whose?_ _whom?_

Ç33.È The following table shows a comparison between English and Latindeclension forms, and should be thoroughly memorized:

ENGLISH CASES LATIN CASES +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ | | Declension | Name of case | Declension of | Name of case | | | of _who?_ | and use | ÇdominaÈ | and use | | | | | and translation | | +---+-------------+--------------+------------------+----------------+ | | Who? | Nominative-- | Çdo«min-aÈ | Nominative-- | | S | | case of the | _the lady_ | case of the | | I | | subject | | subject | | N | | | | | | G | Whose? | Possessive-- | Çdomin-aeÈ | Genitive-- |

VERBS ÇestÈ, _he (she, it) is_; ÇsuntÈ, _they are_ ÇnecatÈ, _he (she, it) kills, is killing, does kill_

CONJUNCTION[A] ÇetÈ, _and_

PRONOUNS ÇquisÈ, interrog. pronoun, nom. sing., _who?_ ÇcuiusÈ (pronounced _c[oo]i«y[oo]s_, two syllables), interrog. pronoun, gen. sing., _whose?_

[Footnote A: A _conjunction_ is a word which connects words, parts of sentences, or sentences.]

Ç35.È We learned from the table (¤33) that the Latin nominative,genitive, and accusative correspond, in general, to the nominative,possessive, and objective in English, and that they are used in the sameway. This will be made even clearer by the following sentence:

ÇF˜lia agricolae nautam amatÈ, _the farmerÕs daughter_ (or _the daughter of the farmer_) _loves the sailor_

What is the subject? the direct object? What case is used for thesubject? for the direct object? What word denotes the possessor? In whatcase is it?

Ç36.È RULE. ÇNominative Subject.È _The subject of a finite verb is inthe Nominative and answers the question Who? or What?_

Ç37.È RULE. ÇAccusative Object.È _The direct object of a transitive verbis in the Accusative and answers the question Whom? or What?_

Ç38.È RULE. ÇGenitive of the Possessor.È _The word denoting the owner orpossessor of something is in the Genitive and answers the questionWhose?_

[Illustration: DIANA SAGITTAS PORTAT ET FERAS NECAT]

Ç39.È EXERCISES

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 283.

I. 1. Di�na est dea. 2. L�t�na est dea. 3. Di�na et L�t�na sunt deae.4. Di�na est dea l˛nae. 5. Di�na est f˜lia L�t�nae. 6. L�t�na Di�namamat. 7. Di�na est dea silv�rum. 8. Di�na silvam amat. 9. Di�na sagitt�sportat. 10. Di�na fer�s silvae necat. 11. Ferae terr�rum pugnant.

For the order of words imitate the Latin above.

II. 1. The daughter of Latona does love the forests. 2. LatonaÕsdaughter carries arrows. 3. The farmersÕ daughters do labor. 4. ThefarmerÕs daughter loves the waters of the forest. 5. The sailor isannouncing the girlsÕ flight. 6. The girls announce the sailorsÕ wrongs.7. The farmerÕs daughter labors. 8. DianaÕs arrows are killing the wildbeasts of the land.

Ç40.È CONVERSATION

Translate the questions and answer them in Latin. The answers may befound in the exercises preceding.

1. Quis est Di�na? 2. Cuius f˜lia est Di�na? 3. Quis Di�nam amat? 4. Quis silvam amat? 5. Quis sagitt�s portat? 6. Cuius f˜liae lab�rant?

LESSON V



NOUNS Çcor�«naÈ, _wreath, garland, crown_ f�«bula, _story_ (fable) Çpec˛«niaÈ, _money_ (pecuniary) ÇpugnaÈ, _battle_ (pugnacious) Çvict�«riaÈ, _victory_

VERBS ÇdatÈ, _he (she, it) gives_ n�rrat, _he (she, it) tells_ (narrate)

CONJUNCTION[A] ÇquiaÈ or ÇquodÈ, _because_

ÇcuiÈ (pronounced _c[oo]i_, one syllable), interrog. pronoun, dat. sing., _to whom?_ _for whom?_


Ç41.È ÇThe Dative Case.È In addition to the relationships between wordsexpressed by the nominative, genitive (possessive), and accusative(objective) cases, there are other relationships, to express which inEnglish we use such words as _from_, _with_, _by_, _to_, _for_, _in_,_at_.[1]

[Footnote 1: Words like _to_, _for_, _by_, _from_, _in_, etc., which define the relationship between words, are called ÇprepositionsÈ.]

Latin, too, makes frequent use of such prepositions; but often itexpresses these relations without them by means of case forms whichEnglish does not possess. One of the cases found in the Latin declensionand lacking in English is called the _dative_.

Ç42.È When the nominative singular ends in Ç-aÈ, the dative singularends in Ç-aeÈ and the dative plural in Ç-˜sÈ.

NOTE. Observe that the _genitive singular_, the _dative singular_, andthe _nominative plural_ all have the same ending, Ç-aeÈ; but the uses ofthe three cases are entirely different. The general meaning of thesentence usually makes clear which case is intended.

_a._ Form the dative singular and plural of the following nouns:

ÇfugaÈ, ÇcausaÈ, Çfort˛naÈ, ÇterraÈ, ÇaquaÈ, ÇpuellaÈ, ÇagricolaÈ, ÇnautaÈ, ÇdominaÈ.

Ç43.È ÇThe Dative Relation.È The dative case is used to express therelations conveyed in English by the prepositions _to_, _towards_,_for_.

These prepositions are often used in English in expressions of motion,such as _She went to town_, _He ran towards the horse_, _Columbus sailedfor America_. In such cases the dative is not used in Latin, as _motionthrough space_ is foreign to the dative relation. But the dative is usedto denote that _to_ or _towards which_ a benefit, injury, purpose,feeling, or quality is directed, or that _for which_ something serves orexists.

_a._ What dative relations do you discover in the following?

The teacher gave a prize to John because he replied so promptly to allher questions--a good example for the rest of us. It is a pleasure to usto hear him recite. Latin is easy for him, but it is very hard for me.Some are fitted for one thing and others for another.

Ç44.È ÇThe Indirect Object.È Examine the sentence

ÇNauta fugam n˛ntiatÈ, _the sailor announces the flight_

Here the verb, Çn˛ntiatÈ, governs the direct object, ÇfugamÈ, in theaccusative case. If, however, we wish to mention the persons Çto whomÈthe sailor announces the flight, as, _The sailor announces the flightÇto the farmersÈ_, the verb will have two objects:

1. Its direct object, _flight_ (ÇfugamÈ) 2. Its indirect object, _farmers_

According to the preceding section, _to the farmers_ is a relationcovered by the dative case, and we are prepared for the following rule:

Ç45.È RULE. ÇDative Indirect Object.È _The indirect object of a verb isin the Dative._

_a._ The indirect object usually stands before the direct object.

Ç46.È We may now complete the translation of the sentence _The sailorannounces the flight to the farmers_, and we have

ÇNauta agricol˜s fugam n˛ntiatÈ

Ç47.È EXERCISES


_Point out the direct and indirect objects and the genitive of thepossessor._

I. 1. Quis naut˜s pec˛niam dat? 2. F˜liae agricolae naut˜s pec˛niamdant. 3. Quis fort˛nam pugnae n˛ntiat? 4. Galba agricol˜s fortunampugnae n˛ntiat. 5. Cui domina f�bulam n�rrat? 6. F˜liae agricolae dominaf�bulam n�rrat. 7. Quis Di�nae cor�nam dat? 8. Puella Di�nae cor�nam datquia Di�nam amat. 9. Dea l˛nae sagitt�s portat et fer�s silv�rum necat.

10. Cuius vict�riam Galba n˛ntiat? 11. Nautae vict�riam Galba n˛ntiat.

Imitate the word order of the preceding exercise.

II. 1. To whom do the girls give a wreath? 2. The girls give a wreath toJulia, because Julia loves wreaths. 3. The sailors tell the ladies[2] astory, because the ladies love stories. 4. The farmer gives his(¤22.a) daughter water. 5. Galba announces the cause of the battleto the sailor. 6. The goddess of the moon loves the waters of theforest. 7. Whose wreath is Latona carrying? DianaÕs.

[Footnote 2: Observe that in English the indirect object often stands without a preposition _to_ to mark it, especially when it precedes the direct object.]

LESSON VI



ADJECTIVES ÇbonaÈ, _good_ Çgr�taÈ, _pleasing_ ÇmagnaÈ, _large, great_ ÇmalaÈ, _bad, wicked_ ÇparvaÈ, _small, little_ ÇpulchraÈ, _beautiful, pretty_ Çs�laÈ, _alone_

NOUNS ancil«la, _maidservant_ I˛lia, _Julia_

ADVERBS[A] Çc˛rÈ, _why_ Çn�nÈ, _not_

PRONOUNS ÇmeaÈ, _my_; ÇtuaÈ, _thy, your_ (possesives) ÇquidÈ, interrog. pronoun, nom. and acc. sing., _what?_

Ç-neÈ, the question sign, an enclitic (¤16) added to the first word, which, in a question, is usually the verb, as ÇamatÈ, _he loves_, but Çamat«neÈ? _does he love?_ ÇestÈ, _he is_; ÇestneÈ? _is he?_ Of course Ç-neÈ is not used when the sentence contains ÇquisÈ, Çc˛rÈ, or some other interrogative word.

[Footnote A: An _adverb_ is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another adverb; as, She sings _sweetly_; she is _very_ talented; she began to sing _very early_.]

Ç48.È ÇThe Ablative Case.È Another case, lacking in English but found inthe fuller Latin declension, is the _ab«la-tive._

Ç49.È When the nominative singular ends in Ç-aÈ, the ablative singularends in Ç-�È and the ablative plural in Ç-˜sÈ.

_a._ Observe that the final -a of the nominative is short, while the

final -� of the ablative is long, as,

_Nom._ f˜lia _Abl._ f˜li�

_b._ Observe that the ablative plural is like the dative plural.

_c._ Form the ablative singular and plural of the following nouns: ÇfugaÈ, ÇcausaÈ, Çfort˛naÈ, ÇterraÈ, ÇaquaÈ, ÇpuellaÈ, ÇagricolaÈ, ÇnautaÈ, ÇdominaÈ.

Ç50.È ÇThe Ablative Relation.È The ablative case is used to express therelations conveyed in English by the prepositions _from_, _with_, _by_,_at_, _in_. It denotes

1. That from which something is separated, from which it starts, or of which it is deprived--generally translated by _from_.

2. That with which something is associated or by means of which it is done--translated by _with_ or _by_.

3. The place where or the time when something happens--translated by _in_ or _at_.

_a._ What ablative relations do you discover in the following?

In our class there are twenty boys and girls. Daily at eight oÕclock they come from home with their books, and while they are at school they read with ease the books written by the Romans. By patience and perseverance all things in this world can be overcome.

Ç51.È ÇPrepositions.È While, as stated above (¤41), many relationsexpressed in English by prepositions are in Latin expressed by caseforms, still prepositions are of frequent occurrence, but only with theaccusative or ablative.

Ç52.È RULE. ÇObject of a Preposition.È _A noun governed by a prepositionmust be in the Accusative or Ablative case._

Ç53.È Prepositions denoting the ablative relations _from, with, in, on_,are naturally followed by the ablative case. Among these are

Ç�È[1] or ÇabÈ, _from, away from_ ÇdıÈ, _from, down from_ ÇıÈ[1] or ÇexÈ, _from, out from, out of_ ÇcumÈ, _with_ ÇinÈ, _in, on_

[Footnote 1: Ç�È and ÇıÈ are used only before words beginning with a consonant; ÇabÈ and ÇexÈ are used before either vowels or consonants.]

1. _Translate into Latin, using prepositions._ In the water, on the land, down from the forest, with the fortune, out of the forests, from the victory, out of the waters, with the sailors, down from the moon.

Ç54.È ÇAdjectives.È Examine the sentence

ÇPuella parva bonam deam amatÈ,

_the little girl loves the good goddess_

In this sentence ÇparvaÈ (_little_) and ÇbonamÈ (_good_) are not nouns,but are descriptive words expressing quality. Such words are called_adjectives_,[2] and they are said to belong to the noun which theydescribe.

[Footnote 2: _Pick out the adjectives in the following:_ ÒWhen I was a little boy, I remember that one cold winterÕs morning I was accosted by a smiling man with an ax on his shoulder. ÔMy pretty boy,Õ said he, Ôhas your father a grindstone?Õ ÔYes, sir,Õ said I. ÔYou are a fine little fellow,Õ said he. ÔWill you let me grind my ax on it?ÕÓ]

You can tell by its ending to which noun an adjective belongs. Theending of ÇparvaÈ shows that it belongs to ÇpuellaÈ, and the ending ofÇbonamÈ that it belongs to ÇdeamÈ. Words that belong together are saidto agree, and the belonging-together is called _agreement_. Observe that_the adjective and its noun agree in number and case_.

Ç55.È Examine the sentences

ÇPuella est parvaÈ, _the girl is little_ ÇPuella parva bonam deam amatÈ, _the little girl loves the good goddess_

In the first sentence the adjective ÇparvaÈ is separated from its nounby the verb and stands in the predicate. It is therefore called a_predicate adjective_. In the second sentence the adjectives ÇparvaÈ andÇbonamÈ are closely attached to the nouns ÇpuellaÈ and ÇdeamÈrespectively, and are called _attributive adjectives._

_a._ Pick out the attributive and the predicate adjectives in the following:

Do you think Latin is hard? Hard studies make strong brains. Lazystudents dislike hard studies. We are not lazy.

Ç56.È DIALOGUE

JULIA AND GALBA


I. Quis, Galba, est Di�na? G. Di�na, I˛lia, est pulchra dea l˛nae et silv�rum. I. Cuius f˜lia, Galba, est Di�na? G. L�t�nae f˜lia, I˛lia, est Di�na. I. Quid Di�na portat? G. Sagitt�s Di�na portat. I. C˛r Di�na sagitt�s portat? G. Di�na sagitt�s portat, I˛lia, quod mal�s fer�s silvae magnae necat. I. Amatne L�t�na f˜liam? G. Amat, et f˜lia L�t�nam amat. I. Quid f˜lia tua parva portat? G. Cor�n�s pulchr�s f˜lia mea parva portat. I. Cui f˜lia tua cor�n�s pulchr�s dat? G. Di�nae cor�n�s dat. I. Quis est cum f˜li� tu�? Estne s�la?

G. S�la n�n est; f˜lia mea parva est cum ancill� me�.

_a._ When a person is called or addressed, the case used is called the _voc«ative_ (Latin _voc�re_, Òto callÓ). _In form the vocative is regularly like the nominative_. In English the name of the person addressed usually stands first in the sentence. _The Latin vocative rarely stands first_. Point out five examples of the vocative in this dialogue.

_b._ Observe that questions answered by _yes_ or _no_ in English are answered in Latin by repeating the verb. Thus, if you wished to answer in Latin the question _Is the sailor fighting?_ ÇPugnatne nauta?È you would say ÇPugnatÈ, _he is fighting_, or ÇN�n pugnatÈ, _he is not fighting._

LESSON VII

THE FIRST OR _å_-DECLENSION


NOUNS Çcasa, -aeÈ, f., _cottage_ cına, -ae, f., _dinner_ Çgall˜«na, -aeÈ, f., _hen, chicken_ Ç˜n«sula, aeÈ, f., _island_ (pen-insula)

ADVERBS Çde-in«deÈ, _then, in the next place_ ÇubiÈ, _where_

PREPOSITION ÇadÈ, _to_, with acc. to express motion toward

PRONOUN ÇquemÈ, interrog. pronoun, acc. sing., _whom?_

VERBS ha«bitat, _he (she, it) lives, is living, does live_ (inhabit) ÇlaudatÈ, _he (she, it) praises, is praising, does praise_ (laud) ÇparatÈ, _he (she, it) prepares, is preparing, does prepare_ ÇvocatÈ, _he (she, it) calls, is calling, does call; invites, is inviting, does invite_ (vocation)

Ç57.È In the preceding lessons we have now gone over all the cases,singular and plural, of nouns whose nominative singular ends in Ç-aÈ.All Latin nouns whose nominative singular ends in Ç-aÈ belong to theFirst Declension. It is also called the _å_-Declension because of theprominent part which the vowel ÇaÈ plays in the formation of the cases.We have also learned what relations are expressed by each case. Theseresults are summarized in the following table:

+--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+| CASE | NOUN | TRANSLATION | USE AND GENERAL MEANING || | | | OF EACH CASE |+--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+| | | SINGULAR | |+--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+| _Nom._ | do«min-a | _the lady_ | The subject |

| | | | || _Gen._ | domin-ae | _of the lady_, | The possessor || | | or _the ladyÕs_ | of something || | | | || _Dat._ | domin-ae | _to_ or _for | Expressing the relation || | | the lady_ | _to_ or _for_, || | | | especially the || | | | indirect object || | | | || _Acc._ | domin-am | _the lady_ | The direct object || | | | || _Abl._ | domin-� | _from, with, by, | Separation (_from_), || | | in, the lady_ | association or means || | | | (_with, by_), place || | | | where or time when || | | | (_in, at_) |+--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+| | | PLURAL | |+--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+| _Nom._ | domin-ae | _the ladies_ | || | | | || _Gen._ | domin-�«rum | _of the ladies_, | || | | or _the ladiesÕ_ | || | | | || _Dat._ | domin-˜s | _to_ or _for | The same as || | | the ladies_ | the singular || | | | || _Acc._ | domin-�s | _the ladies_ | || | | | || _Abl._ | domin-˜s | _from, with, by_, | || | | _in, the ladies_ | |+--------+----------------+-------------------+-------------------------+

Ç58.È ÇThe Base.È That part of a word which remains unchanged ininflection and to which the terminations are added is called the ÇbaseÈ.

Thus, in the declension above, Çdomin-È is the base and Ç-aÈ is thetermination of the nominative singular.

Ç59.È Write the declension of the following nouns, separating the basefrom the termination by a hyphen. Also give them orally.

ÇpugnaÈ, ÇterraÈ, Çl˛naÈ, Çancil«laÈ, Çcor�«naÈ, Ç˜n«sulaÈ, ÇsilvaÈ

Ç60.È ÇGender.È In English, names of living beings are either masculineor feminine, and names of things without life are neuter. This is calledÇnatural genderÈ. Yet in English there are some names of things to whichwe refer as if they were feminine; as, ÒHave you seen my yacht? _She_ isa beauty.Ó And there are some names of living beings to which we referas if they were neuter; as, ÒIs the baby here? No, the nurse has taken_it_ home.Ó Some words, then, have a gender quite apart from sex or realgender, and this is called Çgrammatical genderÈ.

Latin, like English, has three genders. Names of males are usuallymasculine and of females feminine, but _names of things have grammaticalgender and may be either masculine, feminine, or neuter_. Thus we havein Latin the three words, ÇlapisÈ, _a stone_; Çr˛pısÈ, _a cliff_; andÇsaxumÈ, _a rock_. ÇLapisÈ is _masculine_, Çr˛pısÈ _feminine_, andÇsaxumÈ _neuter_. The gender can usually be determined by the ending ofthe word, and _must always be learned_, for without knowing the gender

it is impossible to write correct Latin.

Ç61.È ÇGender of First-Declension Nouns.È Nouns of the first declensionare feminine unless they denote males. Thus ÇsilvaÈ is feminine, butÇnautaÈ, _sailor_, and ÇagricolaÈ, _farmer_, are masculine.

Ç62.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Agricola cum f˜li� in cas� habitat. 2. Bona f˜lia agricolae cınamparat. 3. Cına est gr�ta agricolae[1] et agricola bonam f˜liam laudat.4. Deinde f˜lia agricolae gallñ�s ad cınam vocat. 5. Gallñae f˜liamagricolae amant. 6. Malae f˜liae bon�s cın�s n�n parant. 7. F˜liaagricolae est gr�ta dominae. 8. Domina in ñsul� magn� habitat.9. Domina bonae puellae parvae pec˛niam dat.

II. 1. Where does the farmer live? 2. The farmer lives in the smallcottage. 3. Who lives with the farmer? 4. (His) little daughter liveswith the farmer. 5. (His) daughter is getting (ÇparatÈ) a good dinnerfor the farmer. 6. The farmer praises the good dinner. 7. The daughterÕsgood dinner is pleasing to the farmer.

[Footnote 1: Note that the relation expressed by the dative case covers that _to which a feeling is directed._ (Cf. ¤43.)]

[Illustration]

What Latin words are suggested by this picture?


Answer the questions in Latin.

1. Quis cum agricol� in cas� habitat? 2. Quid bona f˜lia agricolae parat? 3. Quem agricola laudat? 4. Vocatne f˜lia agricolae gallñ�s ad cınam? 5. Cuius f˜lia est gr�ta dominae? 6. Cui domina pec˛niam dat?

LESSON VIII

FIRST DECLENSION (_Continued_)


NOUNS ÇItalia, -aeÈ, f., _Italy_ Sicilia, -ae, f., _Sicily_ Çtuba, -aeÈ, f., _trumpet_ (tube) Çvia, -aeÈ, f., _way, road, street_ (viaduct)

ADJECTIVES ÇaltaÈ, _high, deep_ (altitude) Çcl�raÈ, _clear, bright; famous_ Çl�taÈ, _wide_ (latitude) ÇlongaÈ, _long_ (longitude) ÇnovaÈ, _new_ (novelty)

Ç64.È We have for some time now been using adjectives and nouns togetherand you have noticed an agreement between them in _case_ and in _number_(¤54). They agree also in _gender_. In the phrase Çsilva magnaÈ, wehave a feminine adjective in Ç-aÈ agreeing with a feminine noun in Ç-aÈ.

Ç65.È RULE. ÇAgreement of Adjectives.È _Adjectives agree with theirnouns in gender, number, and case._

Ç66.È Feminine adjectives in Ç-aÈ are declined like feminine nouns inÇ-aÈ, and you should learn to decline them together as follows:

NOUN ADJECTIVE ÇdominaÈ (base Çdomin-È), ÇbonaÈ (base Çbon-È), f., _lady_ _good_

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ do«mina bona -a _Gen._ dominae bonae -ae _Dat._ dominae bonae -ae _Acc._ dominam bonam -am _Abl._ domin� bon� -�

PLURAL _Nom._ dominae bonae -ae _Gen._ domin�«rum bon�«rum -�rum _Dat._ domin˜s bon˜s -˜s _Acc._ domin�s bon�s -�s _Abl._ domin˜s bon˜s -˜s

_a._ In the same way decline together Çpuella malaÈ, _the bad girl_; Çancil«la parvaÈ, _the little maid_; Çfort˛«na magnaÈ, _great fortune._

Ç67.È The words ÇdeaÈ, _goddess_, and Çf˜liaÈ, _daughter_, take theending Ç-�busÈ instead of Ç-˜sÈ in the _dative and ablative plural._Note the _dative and ablative plural_ in the following declension:

Çdea bonaÈ (bases Çde-È Çbon-È)

SINGULAR PLURAL _Nom._ dea bona deae bonae _Gen._ deae bonae de�«rum bon�«rum _Dat._ deae bonae de�«bus bon˜s _Acc._ deam bonam de�s bon�s _Abl._ de� bon� dea«bus bon˜s

_a._ In the same way decline together Çf˜l˜a parvaÈ.

Ç68.È ÇLatin Word Order.È The order of words in English and in Latinsentences is not the same.

In English we arrange words in a fairly fixed order. Thus, in thesentence _My daughter is getting dinner for the farmers_, we cannotalter the order of the words without spoiling the sentence. We can,however, throw emphasis on different words by speaking them with moreforce. Try the effect of reading the sentence by putting special forceon _my, daughter, dinner, farmers_.

In Latin, where the office of the word in the sentence is shown by its

_ending_ (cf. ¤32.1), and not by its _position_, the order of words ismore free, and position is used to secure the same effect that inEnglish is secured by emphasis of voice. To a limited extent we canalter the order of words in English, too, for the same purpose. Comparethe sentences

_I saw a game of football at Chicago last November_ (normal order) _ÇLast NovemberÈ I saw a game of football at Chicago_ _At Chicago, last November, I saw a game of ÇfootballÈ_

1. In a Latin sentence the most emphatic place is the _first_; next in importance is the _last_; the weakest point is the _middle_. Generally the _subject_ is the most important word, and is placed _first_; usually the _verb_ is the next in importance, and is placed _last_. The other words of the sentence stand between these two in the order of their importance. Hence the normal order of words--that is, where no unusual emphasis is expressed--is as follows:

_subject_--_modifiers of the subject_--_indirect object_-- _direct object_--_adverb_--_verb_

Changes from the normal order are frequent, and are due to the desire for throwing emphasis upon some word or phrase. _Notice the order of the Latin words when you are translating, and imitate it when you are turning English into Latin._

2. Possessive pronouns and modifying genitives normally stand after their nouns. When placed before their nouns they are emphatic, as

Çf˜lia meaÈ, _my daughter_; Çmea f˜liaÈ, _ÇmyÈ daughter_; Çcasa GalbaeÈ, _GalbaÕs cottage_; ÇGalbae casaÈ, _ÇGalbaÕsÈ cottage_.

Notice the variety of emphasis produced by writing the following sentence in different ways:

ÇF˜lia mea agricol˜s cınam paratÈ (normal order) ÇMea f˜lia agricol˜s parat cınamÈ (ÇmeaÈ and ÇcınamÈ emphatic) ÇAgricol˜s f˜lia mea cınam paratÈ (Çagricol˜sÈ emphatic)

3. An adjective placed before its noun is more emphatic than when it follows. When great emphasis is desired, the adjective is separated from its noun by other words.

ÇF˜lia mea casam parvam n�n amatÈ (ÇparvamÈ not emphatic) ÇF˜lia mea parvam casam n�n amatÈ (ÇparvamÈ more emphatic) ÇParvam f˜lia mea casam n�n amatÈ (ÇparvamÈ very emphatic)

4. Interrogative words usually stand first, the same as in English.

5. The copula (as ÇestÈ, ÇsuntÈ) is of so little importance that it frequently does not stand last, but may be placed wherever it sounds well.

Ç69.È EXERCISE


_Note the order of the words in these sentences and pick out those that

are emphatic._

1. Longae n�n sunt tuae viae. 2. Suntne tubae novae in me� cas�? N�nsunt. 3. Quis l�t� in silv� habitat? Di�na, l˛nae cl�rae pulchra dea,l�t� in silv� habitat. 4. Nautae alt�s et l�t�s amant aqu�s. 5. Quidancilla tua portat? Ancilla mea tubam novam portat. 6. Ubi sunt Lesbiaet I˛lia? In tu� casa est Lesbia et I˛lia est in me�. 7. Estne Italial�ta terra? Longa est Italia, n�n l�ta. 8. Cui Galba agricola f�bulamnovam n�rrat? F˜li�bus dominae cl�rae f�bulam novam n�rrat. 9. Cl�raest ˜nsula Sicilia. 10. Quem laudat L�t�na? L�t�na laudat f˜liam.

* * * * *

ÇFirst Review of Vocabulary and Grammar, ¤¤502-505È

* * * * *

LESSON IX

THE SECOND OR _O_-DECLENSION


NOUNS Çbellum, -˜È, n., _war_ (re-bel) Çc�nstantia, -aeÈ, f., _firmness, constancy, steadiness_ dominus, -˜, m., _master, lord_ (dominate) Çequus, -˜È, m., _horse_ (equine) Çfr˛mentum, -˜È, n., _grain_ Çlıg�tus, -˜È, m., _lieutenant, ambassador_ (legate) ÇM�rcus, -˜È, m., _Marcus, Mark_ Çm˛rus, -˜È, m., _wall_ (mural) Çoppid�nus, -˜È, m., _townsman_ Çoppidum, -˜È, n., _town_ Çp˜lum, -˜È, n., _spear_ (pile driver) Çservus, -˜È, m., _slave, servant_ Sextus, -˜, m., _Sextus_

VERBS Çc˛ratÈ, _he (she, it) cares for_, with acc. ÇproperatÈ, _he (she, it) hastens_

Ç70.È Latin nouns are divided into five declensions.

The declension to which a noun belongs is shown by the ending ofthe genitive singular. This should always be learned along with thenominative and the gender.

Ç71.È The nominative singular of nouns of the Second or _O_-Declensionends in Ç-usÈ, Ç-erÈ, Ç-irÈ, or Ç-umÈ. The genitive singular ends inÇ-˜È.

Ç72.È ÇGender.È Nouns in Ç-umÈ are neuter. The others are regularlymasculine.

Ç73.È ÇDeclension of nouns in -_us_ and -_um_È. Masculines in Ç-usÈ andneuters in Ç-umÈ are declined as follows:

ÇdominusÈ (base Çdomin-È), Çp˜lumÈ (base Çp˜l-È), m., _master_ n., _spear_

TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS SINGULAR _Nom._ do«minus[1] -us p˜lum -um _Gen._ domin˜ -˜ p˜l˜ -˜ _Dat._ domin� -� p˜l� -� _Acc._ dominum -um p˜lum -um _Abl._ domin� -� p˜l� -� _Voc._ domine -e p˜lum -um

PLURAL _Nom._ domin˜ -˜ p˜la -a _Gen._ domin�«rum -�rum p˜l�«rum -�rum _Dat._ domin˜s -˜s p˜l˜s -˜s _Acc._ domin�s -�s p˜la -a _Abl._ domin˜s -˜s p˜l˜s -˜s

[Footnote 1: Compare the declension of ÇdominaÈ and of ÇdominusÈ.]

_a._ Observe that the masculines and the neuters have the same terminations excepting in the nominative singular and the nominative and accusative plural.

_b._ The vocative singular of words of the second declension in Ç-usÈ ends in Ç-eÈ, as ÇdomineÈ, _O master_; ÇserveÈ, _O slave_. This is the most important exception to the rule in ¤56.a.

Ç74.È Write side by side the declension of ÇdominaÈ, ÇdominusÈ, andÇp˜lumÈ. A comparison of the forms will lead to the following rules,which are of great importance because they apply to all fivedeclensions:

_a._ The vocative, with a single exception (see ¤73.b), is like the nominative. That is, the vocative singular is like the nominative singular, and the vocative plural is like the nominative plural.

_b._ The nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuter nouns are alike, and in the plural end in Ç-aÈ.

_c._ The accusative singular of masculines and feminines ends in Ç-mÈ and the accusative plural in Ç-sÈ.

_d._ The dative and ablative plural are always alike.

_e._ Final Ç-iÈ and Ç-oÈ are always _long_; final Ç-aÈ is _short_, except in the ablative singular of the first declension.

Ç75.È Observe the sentences

ÇLesbia est bonaÈ, _Lesbia is good_ ÇLesbia est ancillaÈ, _Lesbia is a maidservant_

We have learned (¤55) that ÇbonaÈ, when used, as here, in the predicateto describe the subject, is called a _predicate adjective_. Similarly a_noun_, as ÇancillaÈ, used in the _predicate_ to define the subject iscalled a Çpredicate nounÈ.

Ç76.È RULE. ÇPredicate Noun.È _A predicate noun agrees in case with thesubject of the verb._

[Illustration: PILA]

Ç77.È DIALOGUE

GALBA AND MARCUS


G. Quis, M�rce, est lıg�tus cum p˜l� et tub�? M. Lıg�tus, Galba, est Sextus. G. Ubi Sextus habitat?[2] M. In oppid� Sextus cum f˜li�bus habitat. G. Amantne oppid�n˜ Sextum? M. Amant oppid�n˜ Sextum et laudant, quod magn� cum c�nstanti� pugnat. G. Ubi, M�rce, est ancilla tua? C˛r n�n cınam parat? M. Ancilla mea, Galba, equ� lıg�t˜ aquam et fr˛mentum dat. G. C˛r n�n servus Sext˜ equum domin˜ c˛rat? M. Sextus et servus ad m˛rum oppid˜ properant. Oppid�n˜ bellum parant.[3]

[Footnote 2: ÇhabitatÈ is here translated _does live_. Note the _three_ possible translations of the Latin present tense: ÇhabitatÈ _he lives_ _he is living_ _he does live_ Always choose the translation which makes the best sense.]

[Footnote 3: Observe that the verb Çpar�È means not only _to prepare_ but also _to prepare for_, and governs the accusative case.]

[Illustration: LEGATUS CUM PILO ET TUBA]


Translate the questions and answer them in Latin.

1. Ubi f˜liae Sext˜ habitant? 2. Quem oppid�n˜ amant et laudant? 3. Quid ancilla equ� lıg�t˜ dat? 4. Cuius equum ancilla c˛rat? 5. Quis ad m˛rum cum Sext� properat? 6. Quid oppid�n˜ parant?

LESSON X

SECOND DECLENSION (_Continued_)


NOUNS Çam˜cus, -˜È, m., _friend_ (amicable) ÇGerm�nia, -aeÈ, f., _Germany_ Çpatria, -aeÈ, f., _fatherland_ Çpopulus, -˜È, m., _people_

ÇRhınus, -˜È, m., _the Rhine_ Çv˜cus, -˜È, m., _village_

Ç79.È We have been freely using feminine adjectives, like ÇbonaÈ, inagreement with feminine nouns of the first declension and declined likethem. _Masculine_ adjectives of this class are declined like ÇdominusÈ,and _neuters_ like p˜lum. The adjective and noun, masculine and neuter,are therefore declined as follows:

MASCULINE NOUN AND ADJECTIVE NEUTER NOUN AND ADJECTIVE Çdominus bonusÈ, _the good master_ Çp˜lum bonumÈ, _the good spear_ BASES domin- bon- BASES p˜l- bon-

TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS SINGULAR _Nom._ do«minus bonus -us p˜lum bonum -um _Gen._ domin˜ bon˜ -˜ p˜l˜ bon˜ -˜ _Dat._ domin� bon� -� p˜l� bon� -� _Acc._ dominum bonum -um p˜lum bonum -um _Abl._ domin� bon� -� p˜l� bon� -� _Voc._ domine bone -e p˜lum bonum -um

PLURAL _Nom._ domin˜ bon˜ -˜ ˜la bona -a _Gen._ domin�«rum bon�«rum -�rum ˜l�«rum bon�«rum -�rum _Dat._ domin˜s bon˜s -is ˜l˜s bon˜s -˜s _Acc._ domin�s bon�s -�s ˜la bona -a _Abl._ domin˜s bon˜s -˜s ˜l˜s bon˜s -˜s

Decline together Çbellum longumÈ, Çequus parvusÈ, Çservus malusÈ,Çm˛rus altusÈ, Çfr˛mentum novumÈ.


ÇLesbia ancilla est bonaÈ, _Lesbia, the maidservant, is good_ ÇF˜lia Lesbiae ancillae est bonaÈ, _the daughter of Lesbia, the maidservant, is good_ ÇServus Lesbiam ancillam amatÈ, _the slave loves Lesbia, the maidservant_

In these sentences ÇancillaÈ, ÇancillaeÈ, and ÇancillamÈ denote theclass of persons to which _Lesbia_ belongs and explain who she is. Nounsso related that the second is only another name for the first andexplains it are said to be in apposition, and are always in the samecase.

Ç81.È RULE. ÇApposition.È _An appositive agrees in case with the nounwhich it explains._

Ç82.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Patria serv˜ bon˜, v˜cus serv�rum bon�rum, bone popule. 2. Populusoppid˜ magn˜, in oppid� magn�, in oppid˜s magn˜s. 3. Cum p˜l˜s long˜s,ad p˜la longa, ad m˛r�s l�t�s. 4. Lıg�te male, am˜c˜ leg�t˜ mal˜, cınagr�ta domin� bon�. 5. Fr˛mentum equ�rum parv�rum, domine bone, adlıg�t�s cl�r�s. 6. Rhınus est in Germ�ni�, patri� me�. 7. Sextus lıg�tusp˜lum longum portat. 8. Oppid�n˜ bon˜ Sext� lıg�t� cl�r� pec˛niam dant.

9. Mal˜ serv˜ equum bonum M�rc˜ domin˜ necant. 10. Galba agricola etI˛lia f˜lia bona lab�rant. 11. M�rcus nauta in ˜nsul� Sicili� habitat.

II. 1. Wicked slave, who is your friend? Why does he not praise Galba,your master? 2. My friend is from (ÇexÈ) a village of Germany, myfatherland. 3. My friend does not love the people of Italy. 4. Who iscaring for[1] the good horse of Galba, the farmer? 5. Mark, where isLesbia, the maidservant? 6. She is hastening[1] to the little cottage[2]of Julia, the farmerÕs daughter.

[Footnote 1: See footnote 1, p. 33. Remember that Çc˛ratÈ is transitive and governs a direct object.]

[Footnote 2: Not the dative. (Cf. ¤43.)]

LESSON XI

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS


NOUNS Çarma, arm�rumÈ, n., plur., _arms_, especially defensive weapons Çf�ma, -aeÈ, f., _rumor; reputation, fame_ Çgalea, -aeÈ, f., _helmet_ Çpraeda, -aeÈ, f., _booty, spoils_ (predatory) Çtılum, -˜È, n., _weapon of offense, spear_

ADJECTIVES Çd˛rus, -a, -umÈ, _hard, rough; unfeeling, cruel; severe, toilsome_ (durable) ÇR�m�nus, -a, -umÈ, _Roman_. As a noun, ÇR�m�nus, -˜È, m., _a Roman_

Ç83.È Adjectives of the first and second declensions are declined in thethree genders as follows:

MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER SINGULAR _Nom._ bonus bona bonum _Gen._ bon˜ bonae bon˜ _Dat._ bon� bonae bon� _Acc._ bonum bonam bonum _Abl._ bon� bon� bon� _Voc._ bone bona bonum

PLURAL _Nom._ bon˜ bonae bona _Gen._ bon�rum bon�rum bon�rum _Dat._ bon˜s bon˜s bon˜s _Acc._ bon�s bon�s bona _Abl._ bon˜s bon˜s bon˜s

_a._ Write the declension and give it orally _across the page_, thus giving the three genders for each case.

_b._ Decline Çgr�tus, -a, -umÈ; Çmalus, -a, -umÈ; Çaltus, -a, -umÈ; Çparvus, -a, -umÈ.

Ç84.È Thus far the adjectives have had the same terminations as the

nouns. However, the agreement between the adjective and its noun does_not_ mean that they must have the same termination. If the adjectiveand the noun belong to different declensions, the terminations will, inmany cases, not be the same. For example, ÇnautaÈ, _sailor_, ismasculine and belongs to the first declension. The masculine form of theadjective ÇbonusÈ is of the second declension. Consequently, _a goodsailor_ is Çnauta bonusÈ. So, _the wicked farmer_ is Çagricola malusÈ.Learn the following declensions:

Ç85.È Çnauta bonusÈ (bases naut- bon-), m., _the good sailor_

SINGULAR _Nom._ nauta bonus _Gen._ nautae bon˜ _Dat._ nautae bon� _Acc._ nautam bonum _Abl._ naut� bon� _Voc._ nauta bone

PLURAL _Nom._ nautae bon˜ _Gen._ naut�rum bon�rum _Dat._ naut˜s bon˜s _Acc._ naut�s bon�s _Abl._ naut˜s bon˜s _Voc._ nautae bon˜

Ç86.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Est[1] in v˜c� nauta bonus. 2. Sextus est am˜cus nautae bon˜.3. Sextus nautae bon� galeam dat. 4. Populus R�m�nus nautam bonumlaudat. 5. Sextus cum naut� bon� praedam portat. 6. Ubi, nauta bone,sunt anna et tıla lıg�t˜ R�m�n˜? 7. Nautae bon˜ ad bellum properant.8. F�ma naut�rum bon�rum est cl�ra. 9. Pugnae sunt gr�tae naut˜s bon˜s.10. Oppid�n˜ naut�s bon�s c˛rant. 11. C˛r, nautae bon˜, mal˜ agricolaead Rhınum properant? 12. Mal˜ agricolae cum bon˜s naut˜s pugnant.

II. 1. The wicked farmer is hastening to the village with (his) booty.2. The reputation of the wicked farmer is not good. 3. Why does GalbaÕsdaughter give arms and weapons to the wicked farmer? 4. Lesbia invitesthe good sailor to dinner. 5. Why is Lesbia with the good sailorhastening from the cottage? 6. Sextus, where is my helmet? 7. The goodsailors are hastening to the toilsome battle. 8. The horses of thewicked farmers are small. 9. The Roman people give money to the goodsailors. 10. Friends care for the good sailors. 11. Whose friends arefighting with the wicked farmers?

[Footnote 1: ÇEstÈ, beginning a declarative sentence, _there is._]

[Illustration: GALEAE]

LESSON XII

NOUNS IN _-IUS_ AND _-IUM_


NOUNS Çf˜lius, f˜l˜È, m., _son_ (filial) fluvius, fluv˜, m., _river_ (fluent) Çgladius, glad˜È, m., _sword_ (gladiator) Çpraesidium, praesi«d˜È, n., _garrison, guard, protection_ Çproelium, proel˜È, n., _battle_

ADJECTIVES Çf˜nitimus, -a, -umÈ, _bordering upon, neighboring, near to_. As a noun, Çf˜nitim˜, -�rumÈ, m., plur., _neighbors_ ÇGerm�nus, -a, -umÈ, _German_. As a noun, ÇGerm�nus, -˜È, m., _a German_ Çmultus, -a, -umÈ, _much_; plur., _many_

ADVERB ÇsaepeÈ, _often_

Ç87.È Nouns of the second declension in Ç-iusÈ and Ç-iumÈ end in Ç-˜È inthe genitive singular, _not_ in Ç-i˜È, and the accent rests on thepenult; as, Çf˜l˜È from Çf˜liusÈ (_son_), Çpraesi«d˜È from Çpraesi«diumÈ(_garrison_).

Ç88.È Proper names of persons in Ç-iusÈ, and Çf˜liusÈ, end in Ç-˜È inthe vocative singular, _not_ in Ç-eÈ, and the accent rests on thepenult; as, ÇVergi«l˜È, _O Vergil_; Çf˜l˜È, _O son._

_a._ Observe that in these words the vocative and the genitive are alike.

Ç89.È ÇpraesidiumÈ (base praesidi-), Çf˜liusÈ (base f˜li-), n., _garrison_ m., _son_

SINGULAR _Nom._ praesidium f˜lius _Gen._ praesi«d˜ f˜l˜ _Dat._ praesidi� f˜li� _Acc._ praesidium f˜lium _Abl._ praesidi� f˜li� _Voc._ praesidium f˜l˜

The plural is regular. Note that the Ç-i-È of the base is lost only inthe genitive singular, and in the vocative of words like Çf˜liusÈ.

Decline together Çpraesidium parvumÈ; Çf˜lius bonusÈ; Çfluvius longusÈ,_the long river_; Çproelium cl�rumÈ, _the famous battle._

Ç90.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Fr˛mentum bonae terrae, glad˜ mal˜, bell˜ long˜. 2. C�nstantiamagna, praesidia magna, cl�re Vergi«l˜. 3. Male serve, ï cl�rum oppidum,male f˜l˜, f˜li˜ mal˜, f˜l˜ mal˜. 4. Fluv˜ long˜, fluvi˜ long˜,fluvi�rum long�rum, f�ma praesi«d˜ magn˜. 5. Cum gladi˜s parv˜s, cumde�bus cl�r˜s, ad naut�s cl�r�s. 6. Mult�rum proeli�rum, praedae magnae,ad proelia d˛ra.

GERMåNIA

II. Germ�nia, patria Germ�n�rum, est cl�ra terra. In Germ�ni� sunt

fluvi˜ mult˜. Rhınus magnus et l�tus fluvius Germ�niae est. In silv˜sl�t˜s Germ�niae sunt ferae multae. Multi Germ�nii in oppid˜s magnis etin v˜c˜s parv˜s habitant et mult˜ sunt agricolae bon˜. Bella Germ�n�rumsunt magna et cl�ra. Populus Germ�niae bellum et proelia amat et saepecum finitim˜s pugnat. Fluvius Rhınus est f˜nitimus oppid˜s[1] mult˜s etcl�r˜s.

[Footnote 1: Dative with Çf˜nitimusÈ. (See ¤43.)]

LESSON XIII

SECOND DECLENSION (_Continued_)


NOUNS Çager, agr˜È, m., _field_ (acre) Çc�pia, -aeÈ, f., _plenty, abundance_ (copious); plur., _troops, forces_ ÇCornılius, Cornı«l˜È, m., _Cornelius_ Çl�r˜«ca, -aeÈ, f., _coat of mail, corselet_ Çpraemium, praem˜È, n., _reward, prize_ (premium) Çpuer, puer˜È, m., _boy_ (puerile) ÇR�ma, -aeÈ, f., _Rome_ Çsc˛tum, -˜È, n., _shield_ (escutcheon) Çvir, vir˜È, m., _man, hero_ (virile)

ADJECTIVES Çlegi�n�rius, -a, -umÈ,[A] _legionary, belonging to the legion_. As a noun, Çlegi�n�ri˜, -�rumÈ, m., plur., _legionary soldiers_ Çl˜ber, l˜bera, l˜berumÈ, _free_ (liberty) As a noun. Çl˜ber˜, -�rumÈ, m., plur., _children_ (lit. _the freeborn_) Çpulcher, pulchra, pulchrumÈ, _pretty, beautiful_

PREPOSITION ÇapudÈ, _among_, with acc.

CONJUNCTION ÇsedÈ, _but_

[Footnote A: The genitive singular masculine of adjectives in Ç-iusÈ ends in Ç-i˜È and the vocative in Ç-ieÈ; not in Ç-˜È, as in nouns.]

Ç91.È ÇDeclension of Nouns in _-er_ and _-ir_.È In early Latin all themasculine nouns of the second declension ended in Ç-osÈ. This Ç-osÈlater became Ç-usÈ in words like ÇservusÈ, and was dropped entirely inwords with bases ending in Ç-rÈ, like ÇpuerÈ, _boy_; ÇagerÈ, _field_;and ÇvirÈ, _man_. These words are therefore declined as follows:

Ç92.È ÇpuerÈ, m., _boy_ ÇagerÈ, m., _field_ ÇvirÈ, m., _man_ BASE Çpuer-È BASE Çagr-È BASE Çvir-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ puer ager vir ---- _Gen._ puer˜ agr˜ vir˜ -˜ _Dat._ puer� agr� vir� -� _Acc._ puerum agrum virum -um _Abl._ puer� agr� vir� -�

PLURAL _Nom._ puer˜ agr˜ vir˜ -˜ _Gen._ puer�rum agr�rum vir�rum -�rum _Dat._ puer˜s agr˜s vir˜s -˜s _Acc._ puer�s agr�s vir�s -�s _Abl._ puer˜s agr˜s vir˜s -˜s

_a._ The vocative case of these words is like the nominative, following the general rule (¤74.a).

_b._ The declension differs from that of ÇservusÈ only in the nominative and vocative singular.

_c._ Note that in ÇpuerÈ the ÇeÈ remains all the way through, while in ÇagerÈ it is present only in the nominative. In ÇpuerÈ the ÇeÈ belongs to the base, but in ÇagerÈ (base Çagr-È) it does not, and was inserted in the nominative to make it easier to pronounce. Most words in Ç-erÈ are declined like ÇagerÈ. _The genitive shows whether you are to follow_ ÇpuerÈ _or_ ÇagerÈ.

Ç93.È Masculine adjectives in Ç-erÈ of the second declension aredeclined like nouns in Ç-erÈ. A few of them are declined like ÇpuerÈ,but most of them like ÇagerÈ. The feminine and neuter nominatives showwhich form to follow, thus,

MASC. FEM. NEUT. l˜ber l˜bera l˜berum (_free_) is like ÇpuerÈ pulcher pulchra pulchrum (_pretty_) is like ÇagerÈ

For the full declension in the three genders, see ¤469._b._ _c._

Ç94.È Decline together the words Çvir l˜berÈ, Çterra l˜beraÈ, Çfr˛mentuml˜berumÈ, Çpuer pulcherÈ, Çpuella pulchraÈ, Çoppidum pulchrumÈ

Ç95.È ITALIA[1]


Magna est Italiae f�ma, patriae R�m�n�rum, et cl�ra est R�ma, dominaorbis terr�rum.[2] Tiberim,[3] fluvium R�m�num, quis n�n laudat etpulchr�s fluvi� fñitim�s agr�s? Alt�s m˛r�s, longa et d˛ra bella,cl�r�s vict�ri�s quis n�n laudat? Pulchra est terra Italia. Agr˜ bonãgricol˜s praemia dant magna, et equ˜ agricol�rum c�piam fr˛ment˜ adoppida et v˜c�s portant. In agr˜s popul˜ R�m�n˜ lab�rant mult˜ serv˜.Viae Italiae sunt longae et l�tae. Fñitima Italiae est ñsula Sicilia.

[Footnote 1: In this selection note especially the emphasis as shown by the order of the words.]

[Footnote 2: Çorbis terr�rumÈ, _of the world_.]

[Footnote 3: ÇTiberimÈ, _the Tiber_, accusative case.]

Ç96.È DIALOGUE

MARCUS AND CORNELIUS

C. Ubi est, M�rce, f˜lius tuus? Estne in pulchr� terr� Itali�?

M. N�n est, Cornıl˜, in Itali�. Ad fluvium Rhınum properat cum c�pi˜s R�m�n˜s quia est[4] f�ma Nov˜ bell˜ cum Germ�n˜s. L˜ber Germ�niae populus R�m�n�s N�n amat. C. Estne f˜lius tuus copi�rum R�m�n�rum lıg�tus? M. Lıg�tus n�n est, sed est apud legi�n�ri�s. C. Quae[5] arma portat[6]? M. Sc˛tum magnum et l�r˜cam d˛ram et galeam pulchram portat. C. Quae tıla portat? M. Gladium et p˜lum longum portat. C. Amatne lıg�tus f˜lium tuum? M. Amat, et saepe f˜li� me� praemia pulchra et praedam multam dat. C. Ubi est terra Germ�n�rum? M. Terra Germ�n�rum, Cornıl˜ est f˜nitima Rhın�, fluvi� magn� et alt�.

[Footnote 4: ÇestÈ, before its subject, _there is_; so ÇsuntÈ, _there are._]

[Footnote 5: ÇQuaeÈ, _what kind of_, an interrogative adjective pronoun.]

[Footnote 6: What are the three possible translations of the present tense?]

[Illustration: LEGIONARIUS]

LESSON XIV

THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS


NOUNS Çauxilium, auxi«l˜È, n., _help, aid_ (auxiliary) Çcastrum, -˜È, n., _fort_ (castle); plur., _camp_ (lit. _forts_) Çcibus, -˜È, m., _food_ Çc�nsilium, c�nsi«l˜È, n., _plan_ (counsel) Çd˜ligentia, -aeÈ, f.. _diligence, industry_ magister, magistr˜, m., _master, teacher_[A]

ADJECTIVES Çaeger, aegra, aegrumÈ, _sick_ Çcrıber, crıbra, crıbrumÈ, _frequent_ Çmiser, misera, miserumÈ, _wretched, unfortunate_ (miser)

[Footnote A: Observe that ÇdominusÈ, as distinguished from ÇmagisterÈ, means _master_ in the sense of _owner_.]


_This is my shield_ _This shield is mine_

In the first sentence _my_ is a possessive adjective; in the second_mine_ is a possessive pronoun, for it takes the place of a noun, _thisshield is mine_ being equivalent to _this shield is my shield_.Similarly, in Latin the possessives are sometimes _adjectives_ andsometimes _pronouns_.

Ç98.È The possessives _my, mine, your, yours_, etc. are declined like

adjectives of the first and second declensions.

SINGULAR _1st Pers._ meus, mea, meum _my, mine_ _2d Pers._ tuus, tua, tuum _your, yours_ _3d Pers._ suus, sua, suum _his (own), her (own), its (own)_ PLURAL _1st Pers._ noster, nostra, nostrum _our, ours_ _2d Pers._ vester, vestra, vestrum _your, yours_ _3d Pers._ suus, sua, suum _their (own), theirs_

NOTE. ÇMeusÈ has the irregular vocative singular masculine Çm˜È, asÇm˜ f˜l˜È, _O my son_.

_a._ The possessives agree with the name of the _thing possessed_ in gender, number, and case. Compare the English and Latin in

_Sextus is calling ÇhisÈ boy_ ÇSextusÈ } Çsuum puerum vocatÈ _Julia is calling ÇherÈ boy_ ÇI˛liaÈ }

Observe that ÇsuumÈ agrees with ÇpuerumÈ, and is unaffected by the gender of Sextus or Julia.

_b._ When _your, yours_, refers to _one_ person, use ÇtuusÈ; when to _more than one_, ÇvesterÈ; as,

_Lesbia, your wreaths are pretty_ ÇCor�nae tuae, Lesbia, sunt pulchraeÈ _Girls, your wreaths are pretty_ ÇCor�nae vestrae, puellae, sunt pulchraeÈ

_c._ ÇSuusÈ is a _reflexive_ possessive, that is, it usually stands in the predicate and regularly refers back to the _subject_. Thus, ÇVir su�s serv�s vocatÈ means _The man calls his (own) slaves._ Here _his_ (Çsu�sÈ) refers to _man_ (ÇvirÈ), and could not refer to any one else.

_d._ Possessives are used much less frequently than in English, being omitted whenever the meaning is clear without them. (Cf. ¤22.a.) This is especially true of Çsuus, -a, -umÈ, which, when inserted, is more or less emphatic, like our _his own, her own_, etc.

Ç99.È EXERCISES


I. 1. M�rcus am˜c� Sext� c�nsilium suum n˛ntiat 2. Est c�pia fr˛ment˜ inagr˜s nostr˜s. 3. Am˜c˜ me˜ bonam cınam ancillae vestrae laudant 4. Tual�r˜ca, m˜ f˜l˜, est d˛ra. 5. Sc˛ta nostra et tıla, m˜ am˜ce, in castrlsR�m�n˜s sunt. 6. Suntne vir˜ patriae tuae l˜ber˜? Sunt. 7. Ubi, Cornıl˜,est tua galea pulchra? 8. Mea galea, Sexte, est in cas� me�. 9. P˜lumlongum est tuum, sed gladius est meus. 10. I˛lia gall˜n�s su�s pulchr�samat et gall˜nae dominam suam amant. 11. Nostra castra sunt vestra.12. Est c�pia praedae in castr˜s vestr˜s. 13. Am˜c˜ tu˜ miser˜s etaegr˜s cibum et pec˛niam saepe dant.

II. 1. Our teacher praises MarkÕs industry. 2. My son Sextus is carryinghis booty to the Roman camp.[1] 3. Your good girls are giving aid to the

sick and wretched.[2] 4. There are [3] frequent battles in our villages.5. My son, where is the lieutenantÕs food? 6. The camp is mine, but theweapons are yours.

[Footnote 1: Not the dative. Why?]

[Footnote 2: Here the adjectives _sick_ and _wretched_ are used like nouns.]

[Footnote 3: Where should ÇsuntÈ stand? Cf. I. 2 above.]

[Illustration: AGRICOLA ARAT]

LESSON XV

THE ABLATIVE DENOTING _WITH_


NOUNS Çcarrus, -˜È, m., _cart, wagon_ Çinopia, -aeÈ, f., _want, lack;_ the opposite of Çc�piaÈ Çstudium, stud˜È, n., _zeal, eagerness_ (study)

ADJECTIVES Çarm�tus, -a, -umÈ, _armed_ Ç˜nf˜rmus, -a, -umÈ, _week, feeble_ (infirm) vali«dus, -a, -um, _strong, sturdy_

VERB Çm�t˛ratÈ, _he (she, it) hastens._ Cf. properat

ADVERB ÇiamÈ, _already, now_

Ç-queÈ, conjunction, _and_; an enclitic (cf. ¤16) and always added to the _second_ of two words to be connected, as Çarma tıla«queÈ, _arms and weapons_.

Ç100.È Of the various relations denoted by the ablative case (¤50)there is none more important than that expressed in English by thepreposition _with_. This little word is not so simple as it looks.It does not always convey the same meaning, nor is it always to betranslated by ÇcumÈ. This will become clear from the followingsentences:

_a._ Mark is feeble _with_ (_for_ or _because of_) want of food _b._ Diana kills the beasts _with_ (or _by_) her arrows _c._ Julia is _with_ Sextus _d._ The men fight _with_ great steadiness

_a._ In sentence _a_, _with want_ (_of food_) gives the cause of MarkÕs feebleness. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative without a preposition, and the construction is called the Çablative of causeÈ:

ÇM�rcus est ˜nf˜rmus inopi� cib˜È

_b._ In sentence _b_, _with_ (or _by_) _her arrows_ tells Çby means

of whatÈ Diana kills the beasts. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative without a preposition, and the construction is called the Çablative of meansÈ:

ÇDi�na sagitt˜s su˜s fer�s necatÈ

_c._ In sentence _c_ we are told that Julia is not alone, but Çin company withÈ Sextus. This idea is expressed in Latin by the ablative with the preposition ÇcumÈ, and the construction is called the Çablative of accompanimentÈ:

ÇI˛lia est cum Sext�È

_d._ In sentence _d_ we are told how the men fight. The idea is one of ÇmannerÈ. This is expressed in Latin by the ablative with ÇcumÈ, unless there is a modifying adjective present, in which case ÇcumÈ may be omitted. This construction is called the Çablative of mannerÈ:

ÇVir˜ (cum) c�nstanti� magn� pugnantÈ

Ç101.È You are now able to form four important rules for the ablativedenoting _with_:

Ç102.È RULE. ÇAblative of Cause.È _Cause is denoted by the ablativewithout a preposition. This answers the question Because of what?_

Ç103.È RULE. ÇAblative of Means.È _Means is denoted by the ablativewithout a preposition. This answers the question By means of what?With what?_

N.B. ÇCumÈ must never be used with the ablative expressing cause ormeans.

Ç104.È RULE. ÇAblative of Accompaniment.È _Accompaniment is denoted bythe ablative with ÇcumÈ. This answers the question With whom?_

Ç105.È RULE. ÇAblative of Manner.È _The ablative with ÇcumÈ is used todenote the manner of an action. ÇCumÈ may be omitted, if an adjective isused with the ablative. This answers the question How? In what manner?_

Ç106.È What uses of the ablative do you discover in the followingpassage, and what question does each answer?

The soldiers marched to the fort with great speed and broke down thegate with blows of their muskets. The inhabitants, terrified by the din,attempted to cross the river with their wives and children, but thestream was swollen with (_or_ by) the rain. Because of this many wereswept away by the waters and only a few, almost overcome with fatigue,with great difficulty succeeded in gaining the farther shore.

Ç107.È EXERCISES


I. _The Romans prepare for War._ R�m�n˜, cl�rus Italiae populus, bellumparant. Ex agr˜s su˜s, vic˜s, oppid˜sque magn� studi� vir˜ valid˜ adarma properant. Iam lıgat˜ cum legi�nari˜s ex Itali� ad Rhınum, fluviumGerm�niae altum et l�tum, properant, et serv˜ equ˜s et carr˜s cibumfr˛mentumque ad castra R�m�na portant. Inopi� bon�rum tıl�rum ˜nfirm˜

sunt Germ�n˜, sed R�m�n˜ arm�ti gale˜s, l�r˜c˜s, sc˛t˜s, gladi˜s,p˜l˜sque sunt valid˜.

II. 1. The sturdy farmers of Italy labor in the fields with greatdiligence. 2. Sextus, the lieutenant, and (his) son Mark are fightingwith the Germans. 3. The Roman legionaries are armed with long spears.4. Where is Lesbia, your maid, Sextus? Lesbia is with my friends inGalbaÕs cottage. 5. Many are sick because of bad water and for lack offood. 6. The Germans, with (their) sons and daughters, are hasteningwith horses and wagons.

LESSON XVI

THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

Ç108.È There are nine irregular adjectives of the first and seconddeclensions which have a peculiar termination in the genitive anddative singular of all genders:

MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Gen._ -˜us -˜us -˜us _Dat._ -˜ -˜ -˜

Otherwise they are declined like Çbonus, -a, -umÈ. Learn the list andthe meaning of each:

Çalius, alia, aliudÈ, _other, another_ (of several) Çalter, altera, alterumÈ, _the one, the other_ (of two) Ç˛nus, -a, -umÈ, _one, alone_; (in the plural) _only_ Ç˛llus, -a, -umÈ, _any_ Çn˛llus, -a, -umÈ, _none, no_ Çs�lus, -a, -umÈ, _alone_ Çt�tus, -a, -umÈ, _all, whole, entire_ Çuter, utra, utrumÈ, _which?_ (of two) Çneuter, neutra, neutrumÈ, _neither_ (of two)

Ç109.È PARADIGMS

SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ n˛llus n˛lla n˛llum _Gen._ n˛ll˜«us n˛ll˜«us n˛ll˜«us _Dat._ n˛ll˜ n˛ll˜ n˛ll˜ _Acc._ n˛llum n˛llam n˛llum _Abl._ n˛ll� n˛ll� n˛ll�

MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ alius alia aliud _Gen._ al˜«us al˜«us al˜«us _Dat._ ali˜ ali˜ ali˜ _Acc._ alium aliam aliud _Abl._ ali� ali� ali�

THE PLURAL IS REGULAR

_a._ Note the peculiar neuter singular ending in Ç-dÈ of ÇaliusÈ. The genitive Çal˜usÈ is rare. Instead of it use Çalter˜usÈ, the genitive of ÇalterÈ.

_b._ These peculiar case endings are found also in the declension of pronouns (see ¤114). For this reason these adjectives are sometimes called the Çpronominal adjectivesÈ.

Ç110.È Learn the following idioms:

Çalter, -era, -erumÈ ... Çalter, -era, -erumÈ, _the one ... the other_ (of two) Çalius, -a, -udÈ ... Çalius, -a, -udÈ, _one ... another _ (of any number) Çali˜, -ae, -aÈ ... Çali˜, -ae, -aÈ, _some ... others_

EXAMPLES

1. ÇAlterum oppidum est magnum, alterum parvumÈ, _the one town is large, the other small_ (of two towns).

2. ÇAliud oppidum est validum, aliud ˜nf˜rmumÈ, _one town is strong, another weak_ (of towns in general).

3. ÇAli˜ gladi�s, ali˜ sc˛ta portantÈ, _some carry swords, others shields._

Ç111.È EXERCISES

I. 1. In utr� cas� est I˛lia? I˛lia est in neutr� cas�. 2. N˛ll˜ mal�puer� praemium dat magister. 3. Alter puer est nauta, alter agricola.4. Ali˜ vir˜ aquam, ali˜ terram amant. 5. Galba ˛nus (_or_ s�lus) cumstudi� lab�rat. 6. Estne ˛llus carrus in agr� me�? 7. Lesbia est ancillaalter˜us domin˜, Tullia alter˜us. 8. Lesbia s�la cınam parat. 9. Cınan˛ll˜us alter˜us ancillae est bona. 10. Lesbia n˛ll˜ ali˜ vir� cınamdat.

NOTE. The pronominal adjectives, as you observe, regularly stand beforeand not after their nouns.

II. 1. The men of all Germany are preparing for war. 2. Some towns aregreat and others are small. 3. One boy likes chickens, another horses.4. Already the booty of one town is in our fort. 5. Our whole village issuffering for (i.e. _weak because of_) lack of food. 6. The people arealready hastening to the other town. 7. Among the Romans (there) is nolack of grain.

LESSON XVII

THE DEMONSTRATIVE _IS, EA, ID_


NOUNS Çagr˜ cult˛ra, -aeÈ, f., _agriculture_ ÇGallia, -aeÈ, f., _Gaul_ Çdomicil˜um, dom˜ci«l˜È, n., _dwelling place_ (domicile), _abode_ ÇGallus, -iÈ, m., _a Gaul_ Çlacrima, -aeÈ, f., _tear_ Çfımina, -aeÈ, f., _woman_ (female) Çnumerus, -˜È, m., _number_ (numeral)

ADJECTIVE

Çm�t˛rus, -a, -umÈ, _ripe, mature_

ADVERB qu�, _whither_

VERBS arat, _he (she, it) plows_ (arable) Çdıs˜deratÈ, _he (she, it) misses, longs for_ (desire), with acc.

CONJUNCTION ÇanÈ, _or_, introducing the second half of a double question, as _Is he a Roman or a Gaul_, ÇEstne Romanus an Gallus?È

Ç112.È A demonstrative is a word that points out an object definitely,as _this, that, these, those_. Sometimes these words are pronouns, as,_Do you hear these?_ and sometimes adjectives, as, _Do you hear thesemen?_ In the former case they are called Çdemonstrative pronounsÈ, inthe latter Çdemonstrative adjectivesÈ.

Ç113.È Demonstratives are similarly used in Latin both as _pronouns_ andas _adjectives_. The one used most is

ÇisÈ, masculine; ÇeaÈ, feminine; ÇidÈ, neuter SINGULAR: _this, that_; PLURAL: _these, those_

Ç114.È ÇIsÈ is declined as follows. Compare its declension with that ofÇaliusÈ, ¤109.

BASE Çe-È

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ is ea id e˜ eae ea (_or_ i˜) _Gen._ eius eius eius e�rum e�rum e�rum _Dat._ e˜ e˜ e˜ e˜s e˜s e˜s (_or_ i˜s i˜s i˜s) _Acc._ eum eam id e�s e�s ea _Abl._ e� e� e� e˜s e˜s e˜s (_or_ i˜s i˜s i˜s)

Note that the base Çe-È changes to Çi-È in a few cases. The genitivesingular ÇeiusÈ is pronounced _eh«yus_. In the plural the forms with twoÇiÈÕs are preferred and the two ÇiÈÕs are pronounced as one. Hence,pronounce Çi˜È as Ç˜È and Çi˜sÈ as Ç˜sÈ.

Ç115.È Besides being used as demonstrative pronouns and adjectives theLatin demonstratives are regularly used for the personal pronoun _he,she, it_. As a personal pronoun, then, ÇisÈ would have the followingmeanings:

SINGULAR _Nom._ ÇisÈ, _he_; ÇeaÈ, _she_; ÇidÈ, _it_ _Gen._ ÇeiusÈ, _of him_ or _his_; ÇeiusÈ, _of her, her_, or _hers_; ÇeiusÈ, _of it_ or _its_ _Dat._ Çe˜È, _to_ or _for him_; Çe˜È, _to_ or _for her_; Çe˜È, _to_ or _for it_ _Acc._ ÇeumÈ, _him_; ÇeamÈ, _her_; ÇidÈ, _it_

_Abl._ Çe�È, _with, from_, etc., _him_; Çe�È, _with, from_, etc., _her_; Çe�È, _with, from_, etc., _it_

PLURAL _Nom._ Çe˜È or Çi˜È, ÇeaeÈ, ÇeaÈ, _they_ _Gen._ Çe�rumÈ, Çe�rumÈ, Çe�rumÈ, _of them, their_ _Dat._ Çe˜sÈ or Çi˜sÈ, Çe˜sÈ or Çi˜sÈ, Çe˜sÈ or Çi˜sÈ, _to_ or _for them_ _Acc._ Çe�s, e�s, eaÈ, _them_ _Abl._ Çe˜sÈ or Çi˜sÈ, Çe˜sÈ or Çi˜sÈ, Çe˜sÈ or Çi˜sÈ, _with, from_, etc., _them_

Ç116.È ÇComparison between _suus_ and _is_.È We learned above (¤98.c)that ÇsuusÈ is a _reflexive_ possessive. When _his, her_ (poss.), _its,their_, do not refer to the subject of the sentence, we express _his,her, its_ by ÇeiusÈ, the genitive singular of ÇisÈ, ÇeaÈ, ÇidÈ; and_their_ by the genitive plural, using Çe�rumÈ to refer to a masculineor neuter antecedent noun and Çe�rumÈ to refer to a feminine one.

EXAMPLES

_Galba calls his_ (own) _son_, ÇGalba suum f˜lium vocatÈ _Galba calls his son_ (not his own, but anotherÕs), ÇGalba eius f˜lium vocatÈ _Julia calls her_ (own) _children_, ÇI˛lia su�s l˜ber�s vocatÈ _Julia calls her children_ (not her own, but anotherÕs), ÇI˛lia eius l˜ber�s vocatÈ _The men praise their_ (own) _boys_, Çvir˜ su�s puer�s laudantÈ _The men praise their boys_ (not their own, but othersÕ), Çvir˜ e�rum puer�s laudantÈ

Ç117.È EXERCISES


1. He praises her, him, it, them. 2. This cart, that report, theseteachers, those women, that abode, these abodes. 3. That stronggarrison, among those weak and sick women, that want of firmness,those frequent plans.

4. The other woman is calling her chickens (_her own_). 5. Another womanis calling her chickens (_not her own_). 6. The Gaul praises his arms(_his own_). 7. The Gaul praises his arms (_not his own_). 8. Thisfarmer often plows their fields. 9. Those wretched slaves long for theirmaster (_their own_). 10. Those wretched slaves long for their master(_not their own_). 11. Free men love their own fatherland. 12. Theylove its villages and towns.

Ç118.È DIALOGUE[1]

CORNELIUS AND MARCUS

M. Quis est vir, Cornıl˜, cum puer� parv�? Estne R�m�nus et l˜ber? C. R�m�nus n�n est, M�rce. Is vir est servus et eius domicilium est in silv˜s Galliae. M. Estne puer f˜lius eius serv˜ an alter˜us?

C. Neutr˜us f˜lius est puer. Is est f˜lius lıg�t˜ Sext˜. M. Qu� puer cum e� serv� properat? C. Is cum serv� properat ad l�t�s Sext˜ agr�s.[2] T�tum fr˛mentum est iam m�t˛rum et magnus serv�rum numerus in Italiae[3] agr˜s lab�rat. M. Agricolaene sunt Gall˜ et patriae suae agr�s arant? C. N�n agricolae sunt. Bellum amant Gall˜, n�n agr˜ cult˛ram. Apud e�s vir˜ pugnant et fıminae auxili� l˜ber�rum agr�s arant parantque cibum. M. Magister noster puer˜s puell˜sque gr�t�s Gall�rum f�bul�s saepe n�rrat et laudat e�s saepe. C. Mala est fort˛na e�rum et saepe miser˜ serv˜ mult˜s cum lacrim˜s patriam suam dıs˜derant.

[Footnote 1: There are a number of departures from the normal order in this dialogue. Find them, and give the reason.]

[Footnote 2: When a noun is modified by both a genitive and an adjective, a favorite order of words is _adjective, genitive, noun_.]

[Footnote 3: A modifying genitive often stands between a preposition and its object.]

* * * * *

ÇSecond Review, Lessons IX-XVII, ¤¤506-509È

* * * * *

LESSON XVIII

ÇCONJUGATIONÈTHE PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES OF ÇSUMÈ


NOUNS l˛dus, -˜, m.,_school_ Çsocius, soc˜È, m., _companion, ally_ (social)

ADJECTIVES Ç˜r�tus, -a, -umÈ, _angry, furious_ (irate) Çlaetus, -a, -umÈ, _happy, glad_ (social)

ADVERBS hodiı, _to-day_ ÇibiÈ, _there, in that place_ mox, _presently, soon_, of the immediate future ÇnuncÈ, _now, the present moment_ Çn˛perÈ, _lately, recently_, of the immediate past

Ç119.È The inflection of a verb is called its _conjugation_ (cf. ¤23).In English the verb has but few changes in form, the different meaningsbeing expressed by the use of personal pronouns and auxiliaries, as,_I am carried, we have carried, they shall have carried_, etc. In Latin,on the other hand, instead of using personal pronouns and auxiliaryverbs, the form changes with the meaning. In this way the Romansexpressed differences in _tense, mood, voice, person_, and _number_.

Ç120.È ÇThe Tenses.È The different forms of a verb referring to

different times are called its _tenses_. The chief distinctions oftime are present, past, and future:

1. ÇThe presentÈ, that is, _what is happening now_, or _what usually happens_, is expressed by THE PRESENT TENSE

2. ÇThe pastÈ, that is, _what was happening, used to happen, happened, has happened_, or _had happened_, is expressed by THE IMPERFECT, PERFECT, AND PLUPERFECT TENSES

3. ÇThe futureÈ, that is, _what is going to happen_, is expressed by THE FUTURE AND FUTURE PERFECT TENSES

Ç121.È ÇThe Moods.È Verbs have inflection of _mood_ to indicate themanner in which they express action. The moods of the Latin verb are the_indicative, subjunctive, imperative_, and _infinitive_.

_a._ A verb is in the _indicative_ mood when it makes a statement or asks a question about something assumed as a fact. All the verbs we have used thus far are in the present indicative.

Ç122.È ÇThe Persons.È There are three persons, as in English. The firstperson is the person speaking (_I sing_); the second person the personspoken to (_you sing_); the third person the person spoken of (_hesings_). Instead of using personal pronouns for the different persons inthe two numbers, singular and plural, the Latin verb uses the personalendings (cf. ¤22 _a_; 29). We have already learned that Ç-tÈ is theending of the third person singular in the active voice and Ç-ntÈ of thethird person plural. The complete list of personal endings of the activevoice is as follows:

SINGULAR PLURAL _1st Pers._ _I_ -m or -� _we_ -mus _2d Pers._ _thou_ or _you_ -s _you_ -tis _3d Pers._ _he, she, it_ -t _they_ -nt

Ç123.È Most verbs form their moods and tenses after a regular plan andare called _regular_ verbs. Verbs that depart from this plan are called_irregular_. The verb _to be_ is irregular in Latin as in English. Thepresent, imperfect, and future tenses of the indicative are inflected asfollows:

PRESENT INDICATIVE SINGULAR PLURAL _1st Pers._ su-m, _I am_ su-mus, _we are_ _2d Pers._ e-s, _you[1] are_ es-tis, _you[1] are_ _3d Pers._ es-t, _he, she_, or _it is_ su-nt, _they are_

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE SINGULAR PLURAL _1st Pers._ er-a-m, _I was_ er-�«-mus, _we were_ _2d Pers._ er-�-s, _you were_ er-�«-tis, _you were_ _3d Pers._ er-a-t, _he, she_, or _it was_ er-�-nt, _they were_

FUTURE INDICATIVE SINGULAR PLURAL _1st Pers._ er-�, _I shall be_ er«-i-mus, _we shall be_ _2d Pers._ er-i-s, _you will be_ er«-i-tis, _you will be_ _3d Pers._ er-i-t, _he will be_ er-u-nt, _they will be_

_a._ Be careful about vowel quantity and accent in these forms, and consult ¤¤12.2; 14; 15.

[Footnote 1: Observe that in English _you are_, _you were_, etc. may be either singular or plural. In Latin the singular and plural forms are never the same.]

Ç124.È DIALOGUE

THE BOYS SEXTUS AND MARCUS


S. Ubi es, M�rce? Ubi est Quñtus? Ubi estis, am˜c˜? M. Cum Quñt�, Sexte, in silv� sum. N�n s�l˜ sumus; sunt in silv� mult˜ ali˜ puer˜. S. Nunc laetus es, sed n˛per n�n laetus er�s. C˛r miser er�s? M. Miser eram quia am˜c˜ me˜ erant in ali� vic� et eram s�lus. Nunc sum apud soci�s me�s. Nunc laet˜ sumus et erimus. S. Er�tisne in l˛do hodiı? M. Hodiı n�n er�mus in l˛d�, quod magister erat aeger. S. Eritisne mox in l˛d�? M. Am˜c˜ me˜ ibi erunt, sed ego (_I_) n�n er�. S. C˛r n�n ibi eris? Magister, saepe ir�tus, inopiam tuam stud˜ d˜ligentiaeque n�n laudat. M. N˛per aeger eram et nunc ñf˜rmus sum.

Ç125.È EXERCISE

1. You are, you were, you will be, (_sing. and plur._). 2. I am, I was,I shall be. 3. He is, he was, he will be. 4. We are, we were, we shallbe. 5. They are, they were, they will be.

6. Why were you not in school to-day? I was sick. 7. Lately he was asailor, now he is a farmer, soon he will be a teacher. 8. To-day I amhappy, but lately I was wretched. 9. The teachers were happy because ofthe boysÕ industry.

[Illustration: PUERI ROMANI IN LUDO]

LESSON XIX

THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONSPRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _AMï_ AND _MONEï_

Ç126.È There are four conjugations of the regular verbs. Theseconjugations are distinguished from each other by the final vowel of thepresent conjugation-stem.[1] This vowel is called the _distinguishingvowel_, and is best seen in the present infinitive.

[Footnote 1: The _stem_ is the body of a word to which the terminations are attached. It is often identical with the base (cf. ¤58). If, however, the stem ends in a vowel, the latter does not appear in the base, but is variously combined with the inflectional terminations. This point is further explained in ¤230.]

Below is given the _present infinitive_ of a verb of each conjugation,the _present stem_, and the _distinguishing vowel._

DISTINGUISHING CONJUGATION PRES. INFIN. PRES. STEM VOWEL I. Çam�«reÈ, _to love_ Çam�-È Ç�È II. Çmonı«reÈ, _to advise_ Çmonı-È ÇıÈ III. Çre«gereÈ, _to rule_ Çrege-È ÇeÈ IV. Çaud˜«reÈ, _to hear_ Çaudi-È Ç˜È

_a._ Note that the present stem of each conjugation is found by dropping Ç-reÈ, the ending of the present infinitive.

NOTE. The present infinitive of ÇsumÈ is ÇesseÈ, and Çes-È is thepresent stem.

Ç127.È From the present stem are formed the _present_, _imperfect_, and_future_ tenses.

Ç128.È The inflection of the Present Active Indicative of the first andof the second conjugation is as follows:

Ça«m�, am�«reÈ (_love_) Çmo«ne�, monı«reÈ (_advise_) PRES. STEM Çam�-È PRES. STEM Çmonı-È

SINGULAR PLURAL PERSONAL ENDINGS 1. a«m�, _I love_ mo«ne�, _I advise_ -� 2. a«m�s, _you love_ mo«nıs, _you advise_ -s 3. a«mat, _he (she, it) loves_ mo«net, _he (she, it) advises_ -t

1. am�«mus, _we love_ monı«mus, _we advise_ -mus 2. am�«tis, _you love_ monı«tis, _you advise_ -tis 3. a«mant, _they love_ mo«nent, _they advise_ -nt

1. The present tense is inflected by adding the personal endings to the present stem, and its first person uses Ç-oÈ and not Ç-mÈ. The form Çam�È is for Çam�-�È, the two vowels Ç�-�È contracting to Ç�È. In Çmone�È there is no contraction. _Nearly all regular verbs ending in Ç-eoÈ belong to the second conjugation._

2. Note that the long final vowel of the stem is shortened before another vowel (Çmonı-�È = Çmo«ne�È), and before final Ç-tÈ (ÇamatÈ, ÇmonetÈ) and Ç-ntÈ (ÇamantÈ, ÇmonentÈ). Compare ¤12.2.

Ç129.È Like Çam�È and Çmone�È inflect the present active indicative ofthe following verbs[2]:

[Footnote 2: The only new verbs in this list are the five of the second conjugation which are starred. Learn their meanings.]

INDICATIVE PRESENT INFINITIVE PRESENT a«r�, _I plow_ ar�«re, _to plow_ c˛«r�, _I care for_ c˛r�«re, _to care for_ *dı«le�, _I destroy_ dılı«re, _to destroy_ dıs˜«der�, _I long for_ dıs˜der�«re, _to long for_ d�,[3] _I give_ da«re, _to give_ *ha«be�, _I have_ habı«re, _to have_ ha«bit�, _I live, I dwell_ habit�«re, _to live, to dwell_ *iu«be�, _I order_ iubı«re, _to order_ lab�«r�, _I labor_ lab�r�«re, _to labor_ lau«d�, _I praise_ laud�«re, _to praise_ m�t˛«r�, _I hasten_ m�t˛r�«re, _to hasten_

*mo«ve�, _I move_ movı«re, _to move_ n�r«r�, _I tell_ n�rr�«re, _to tell_ ne«c�, _I kill_ nec�«re, _to kill_ n˛n«ti�, _I announce_ n˛nti�«re, _to announce_ pa«r�, _I prepare_ par�«re, _to prepare_ por«t�, _I carry_ port�«re, _to carry_ pro«per�, _I hasten_ proper�«re, _to hasten_ pug«n�, _I fight_ pugn�«re, _to fight_ *vi«de�, _I see_ vidı«re, _to see_ vo«c�, _I call_ voc�«re, _to call_

[Footnote 3: Observe that in Çd�, dareÈ, the ÇaÈ is _short_, and that the present stem is Çda-È and not Çd�-È. The only forms of Çd�È that have a long are Çd�sÈ (pres. indic.), Çd�È (pres. imv.), and Çd�nsÈ (pres. part.).]

Ç130.È ÇThe Translation of the Present.È In English there are three waysof expressing present action. We may say, for example, _I live, I amliving_, or _I do live_. In Latin the one expression Çhabit�È covers allthree of these expressions.

Ç131.È EXERCISES

Give the _voice_, _mood_, _tense_, _person_, and _number_ of each form.

I. 1. Voc�mus, proper�tis, iubent. 2. Movıtis, laud�s, vidıs.3. Dılıtis, habıtis, dant. 4. M�t˛r�s, dıs˜derat, vidımus. 5. Iubet,movent, necat. 6. N�rr�mus, movıs, vident. 7. Lab�r�tis, properant,port�s, parant. 8. Dılet, habıtis, iubımus, d�s.

N.B. Observe that the personal ending is of prime importance intranslating a Latin verb form. Give that your first attention.

II. 1. We plow, we are plowing, we do plow. 2. They care for, they arecaring for, they do care for. 3. You give, you are having, you do have(_sing_.). 4. We destroy, I do long for, they are living. 5. He calls,they see, we are telling. 6. We do fight, we order, he is moving, heprepares. 7. They are laboring, we kill, you announce.

LESSON XX

IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _AMï_ AND _MONEï_


NOUNS Çf�rma, -aeÈ, f., _form, beauty_ Çreg˜na, -aeÈ, f., _queen_ (regal) Çpoena, -aeÈ, f., _punishment, penalty_ superbia, -ae, f., _pride, haughtiness_ Çpotentia, -aeÈ, f., _power_ (potent) Çtr˜st˜t˜a, -aeÈ, f., _sadness, sorrow_

ADJECTIVES ÇseptemÈ, indeclinable, _seven_ Çsuperbus, -a, -umÈ, _proud, haughty_ (superb)

CONJUNCTIONS Çn�n s�lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_

Ç132.È ÇTense Signs.È Instead of using auxiliary verbs to expressdifferences in tense, like _was_, _shall_, _will_, etc., Latin adds tothe verb stem certain elements that have the force of auxiliary verbs.These are called _tense signs_.

Ç133.È ÇFormation and Inflection of the Imperfect.È The tense sign ofthe imperfect is Ç-b�-È, which is added to the present stem. Theimperfect consists, therefore, of three parts:

PRESENT STEM TENSE SIGN PERSONAL ENDING Çam�-È Çba-È ÇmÈ _loving_ _was_ _I_

The inflection is as follows:

CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II PERSONAL SINGULAR ENDINGS 1. am�«bam, _I was loving_ monı«bam, _I was advising_ -m 2. am�«b�s, _you were loving_ monı«b�s, _you were advising_ -s 3. am�«bat, _he was loving_ monı«bat, _he was advising_ -t

PLURAL 1. am�b�«mus, _we were loving_ monıb�«mus, _we were advising_ -mus 2. am�b�«tis, _you were loving_ monıb�«tis, _you were advising_ -tis 3. am�«bant, _they were loving_ monı«bant, _they wereadvising_ -nt

_a._ Note that the Ç�È of the tense sign Ç-b�-È is shortened before Ç-ntÈ, and before ÇmÈ and ÇtÈ when final. (Cf. ¤12.2.)

In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in ¤129.

Ç134.È ÇMeaning of the Imperfect.È The Latin imperfect describes anact as _going on_ or _progressing in past time_, like the Englishpast-progressive tense (as, _I was walking_). It is the regular tenseused to describe a past situation or condition of affairs.

Ç135.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Vidıb�mus, dıs˜der�bat, m�t˛r�b�s. 2. Dabant, voc�b�tis,dılıb�mus. 3. Pugnant, laud�b�s, movıb�tis. 4. Iubıbant, proper�b�tis,port�b�mus. 5. Dab�s, n�rr�bant, lab�r�b�tis. 6. Vidıbant, movıb�s,n˛nti�b�mus. 7. Nec�bat, movıbam, habıbat, par�b�tis.

II. 1. You were having (_sing. and plur._), we were killing, they werelaboring. 2. He was moving, we were ordering, we were fighting. 3. Wewere telling, they were seeing, he was calling. 4. They were living,I was longing for, we were destroying. 5. You were giving, you weremoving, you were announcing, (_sing. and plur._). 6. They were caringfor, he was plowing, we were praising.

Ç136.È NI«OBE AND HER CHILDREN


Niobı, rıgina Thıb�n�rum, erat pulchra fımina sed superba. Erat superban�n s�lum f�rm�[1] su� mar˜t˜que potenti�[1] sed etiam magn� l˜ber�rumnumer�.[1] Nam habıbat[2] septem f˜li�s et septem f˜li�s. Sed easuperbia erat rıg˜nae[3] causa magnae tr˜stitiae et l˜ber˜s[3] causa

d˛rae poenae.

NOTE. The words ÇNiobıÈ, ÇThıb�n�rumÈ, and Çmar˜t˜È will be found in thegeneral vocabulary. Translate the selection without looking up any otherwords.

[Footnote 1: Ablative of cause.]

[Footnote 2: Translate _had_; it denotes a past situation. (See ¤134.)]

[Footnote 3: Dative, cf. ¤43.]

LESSON XXI

FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _AMï_ AND _MONEï_


NOUNS sacrum, -˜, n., _sacrifice, offering, rite_ Çverbum, -˜È, n., _word_ (verb)

VERBS sede�, -ıre, _sit_ (sediment) vol�, -�re, _fly_ (volatile)

ADJECTIVES Çinterfectus, -a, -umÈ, _slain_ Çmolestus, -a, -umÈ, _troublesome, annoying_ (molest) Çperpetuus, -a, -umÈ, _perpetual, continuous_

ÇegoÈ, personal pronoun, _I_ (egotism). Always emphatic in the nominative.

Ç137.È The tense sign of the Future Indicative in the first and secondconjugations is Ç-bi-È. This is joined to the present stem of the verband followed by the personal ending, as follows:

PRESENT STEM TENSE SIGN PERSONAL ENDING Çam�-È Çbi-È ÇsÈ _love_ _will_ _you_

Ç138.È The Future Active Indicative is inflected as follows.

CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II SINGULAR 1. am�«b�, _I shall love_ monı«b�, _I shall advise_ 2. am�«bis, _you will love_ monı«bis, _you will advise_ 3. am�«bit, _he will love_ monı«bit, _he will advise_

PLURAL 1. am�«bimus, _we shall love_ monı«bimus, _we shall advise_ 2. am�«bitis _you will love_ monı«bitis, _you will advise_ 3. am�«bunt, _they will love_ monı«bunt, _they will advise_

_a._ The personal endings are as in the present. The ending Ç-b�È in the first person singular is contracted from Ç-bi-�È. The Ç-bi-È appears as Ç-bu-È in the third person plural. Note that the

inflection is like that of Çer�È, the future of ÇsumÈ. _Pay especial attention to the accent._

In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in ¤129.

Ç139.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Movıbitis, laud�bis, ar�b�. 2. Dılıbitis, voc�bitis, dabunt.3. M�t˛r�bis, dıs˜der�bit, vidıbimus. 4. Habıbit, movıbunt, nec�bit.5. N�rr�bimus, monıbis, vidıbunt. 6. Lab�r�bitis, c˛r�bunt, dabis.7. Habit�bimus, proper�bitis, iubıbunt, par�bit. 8. N˛nti�b�,port�bimus, iubıb�.

II. 1. We shall announce, we shall see, I shall hasten. 2. I shallcarry, he will plow, they will care for. 3. You will announce, you willmove, you will give, (_sing. and plur._). 4. We shall fight, we shalldestroy, I shall long for. 5. He will call, they will see, you will tell(_plur._). 6. They will dwell, we shall order, he will praise. 7. Theywill labor, we shall kill, you will have (_sing. and plur._), he willdestroy.

Ç140.È NI«OBE AND HER CHILDREN (_Concluded_)


Apoll� et Di�na erant l˜ber˜ L�t�nae. I˜s Thıb�n˜ sacra crıbrapar�bant.[1] Oppid�n˜ am�bant L�t�nam et l˜ber�s eius. Id superbaerıgñae erat molestum. ÒC˛r,Ó inquit, ÒL�t�nae et l˜ber˜s sacra par�tis?Du�s l˜ber�s habet L�t�na; quattuordecim habe� ego. Ubi sunt mea sacra?ÓL�t�na i˜s verb˜s[2] ˜r�ta l˜ber�s su�s vocat. Ad eam volant Apoll�Di�naque et sagitt˜s[3] su˜s miser�s l˜ber�s rıgñae superbae dılent.Niobı, n˛per laeta, nunc misera, sedet apud l˜ber�s interfect�s et cumperpetu˜s lacrim˜s[4] e�s dıs˜derat.

NOTE. Consult the general vocabulary for ÇApoll�È, ÇinquitÈ, Çdu�sÈ, andÇquattuordecimÈ. Try to remember the meaning of all the other words.

[Footnote 1: Observe the force of the imperfect here, _used to prepare_, _were in the habit of preparing_; so Çam�bantÈ denotes a past situation of affairs. (See ¤134.)]

[Footnote 2: Ablative of cause.]

[Footnote 3: Ablative of means.]

[Footnote 4: This may be either manner or accompaniment. It is often impossible to draw a sharp line between means, manner, and accompaniment. The Romans themselves drew no sharp distinction. It was enough for them if the general idea demanded the ablative case.]

LESSON XXII

REVIEW OF VERBS ¥ THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES


NOUNS Çdisciplña, -aeÈ, f., _training, culture, discipline_ ÇG�ius, G�˜È, m., _Caius_, a Roman first name

Ç�rn�mentum, -˜È, n., _ornament, jewel_ Tiberius, Tibe«r˜, m., _Tiberius_, a Roman first name

VERB Çdoce�, -ıreÈ, _teach_ (doctrine)

ADVERB ÇmaximıÈ, _most of all, especially_

ADJECTIVE Çant˜quus, -qua, -quumÈ, _old, ancient_ (antique)

Ç141.È Review the present, imperfect, and future active indicative, bothorally and in writing, of ÇsumÈ and the verbs in ¤129.

Ç142.È We learned in ¤43 for what sort of expressions we may expect thedative, and in ¤44 that one of its commonest uses is with _verbs_ toexpress the indirect object. It is also very common with _adjectives_to express the object toward which the quality denoted by the adjectiveis directed. We have already had a number of cases where Çgr�tusÈ,_agreeable to_, was so followed by a dative; and in the last lesson wehad ÇmolestusÈ, _annoying to_, followed by that case. The usage may bemore explicitly stated by the following rule:

Ç143.È RULE. ÇDative with Adjectives.È _The dative is used withadjectives to denote the object toward which the given quality isdirected. Such are, especially, those meaning ÇnearÈ, also ÇfitÈ,ÇfriendlyÈ, ÇpleasingÈ, ÇlikeÈ, and their opposites._

Ç144.È Among such adjectives memorize the following:

Çid�neus, -a, -umÈ, _fit, suitable_ (for) Çam˜cus, -a, -umÈ, _friendly_ (to) Çinimicus, -a, -umÈ, _hostile_ (to) Çgr�tus, -a, -umÈ, _pleasing_ (to), _agreeable_ (to) Çmolestus, -a, -umÈ, _annoying_ (to), _troublesome_ (to) Çfñitimus, -a, -umÈ, _neighboring_ (to) Çproximus, -a, -umÈ, _nearest, next_ (to)

Ç145.È EXERCISES

I. 1. R�m�n˜ terram id�neam agr˜ cult˛rae habent. 2. Gall˜ c�pi˜sR�m�n˜s inim˜c˜ erant. 3. Cui dea L�t�na am˜ca non erat? 4. Dea L�t�nasuperbae rıgñae am˜ca n�n erat. 5. Cibus noster, M�rce, erit arm�t˜svir˜s gr�tus. 6. Quid erat molestum popul˜s Italiae? 7. Bella longa cumGall˜s erant molesta popul˜s Italiae. 8. Agr˜ Germ�n�rum fluvi� Rhın�fñitim˜ erant. 9. R�m�n˜ ad silvam oppid� proximam castra movıbant.10. N�n s�lum f�rma sed etiam superbia rıgñae erat magna. 11. Moxrıgña pulchra erit aegra tr˜stiti�. 12. C˛r erat Niobı, rıgñaThıb�n�rum, laeta? Laeta erat Niobı mult˜s f˜li˜s et f˜li�bus.

II. 1. The sacrifices of the people will be annoying to the haughtyqueen. 2. The sacrifices were pleasing not only to Latona but also toDiana. 3. Diana will destroy those hostile to Latona. 4. The punishmentof the haughty queen was pleasing to the goddess Diana. 5. The Romanswill move their forces to a large field[1] suitable for a camp. 6. Someof the allies were friendly to the Romans, others to the Gauls.

[Footnote 1: Why not the dative?]

Ç146.È CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS


Apud ant˜qu�s domin�s, Cornılia, åfric�n˜ f˜lia, erat[2] maximı cl�ra.F˜li˜ eius erant Tiberius Gracchus et G�ius Gracchus. I˜ puer˜ cumCornıli� in oppid� R�m�, cl�r� Italiae oppid�, habit�bant. Ibi e�sc˛r�bat Cornılia et ibi magn� cum studi� e�s docıbat. Bona fımina eratCornılia et bonam discipl˜nam maximı am�bat.

NOTE. Can you translate the paragraph above? There are no new words.

[Footnote 2: Observe that all the imperfects denote continued or progressive action, or describe a state of affairs. (Cf. ¤134.)]

LESSON XXIII

PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _REGï_ AND _AUDIï_

Ç147.È As we learned in ¤126, the present stem of the third conjugationends in Ç-eÈ, and of the fourth in Ç-˜È. The inflection of the PresentIndicative is as follows:

CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION IV Çre«g�, re«gereÈ (_rule_) Çau«dio, aud˜«reÈ (_hear_) PRES. STEM Çrege-È PRES. STEM Çaud˜-È

SINGULAR 1. re«g�, _I rule_ au«di�, _I hear_ 2. re«gis, _you rule_ au«d˜s, _you hear_ 3. re«git, _he (she, it) rules_ au«dit, _he (she, it) hears_

PLURAL 1. re«gimus, _we rule_ aud˜«mus, _we hear_ 2. re«gitis, _you rule_ aud˜«tis, _you hear_ 3. re«gunt, _they rule_ au«diunt, _they hear_

1. The personal endings are the same as before.

2. The final short Ç-e-È of the stem Çrege-È combines with the Ç-�È in the first person, becomes Ç-u-È in the third person plural, and becomes Ç-i-È elsewhere. The inflection is like that of Çer�È, the future of ÇsumÈ.

3. In Çaudi�È the personal endings are added regularly to the stem Çaud˜-È. In the third person plural Ç-u-È is inserted between the stem and the personal ending, as Çaudi-u-ntÈ. Note that the long vowel of the stem is shortened before final Ç-tÈ just as in Çam�È and Çmone�È. (Cf. ¤12.2.)

Note that Ç-i-È is always short in the third conjugation and long inthe fourth, excepting where long vowels are regularly shortened. (Cf.¤12.1, 2.)

Ç148.È Like Çreg�È and Çaudi�È inflect the present active indicative ofthe following verbs:

INDICATIVE PRESENT INFINITIVE PRESENT

ag�, _I drive_ agere, _to drive_ d˜c�, _I say_ d˜cere, _to say_ d˛c�, _I lead_ d˛cere, _to lead_ mitt�, _I send_ mittere, _to send_ m˛ni�, _I fortify_ m˛n˜re, _to fortify_ reperi�, _I find_ reper˜re, _to find_ veni�, _I come_ ven˜re, _to come_

Ç149.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Quis agit? C˛r venit? Quem mittit? Quem d˛cis? 2. Quid mittunt? Adquem veniunt? Cuius castra m˛niunt? 3. Quem agunt? Ven˜mus. Quid puerreperit? 4. Quem mittimus? Cuius equum d˛citis? Quid d˜cunt? 5. M˛n˜mus,ven˜tis, d˜cit. 6. Agimus, reper˜tis, m˛n˜s. 7. Reperis, ducitis, d˜cis.8. Agitis, audimus, regimus.

II. 1. What do they find? Whom do they hear? Why does he come? 2. Whosecamp are we fortifying? To whom does he say? What are we saying? 3. I amdriving, you are leading, they are hearing. 4. You send, he says, youfortify (_sing. and plur._). 5. I am coming, we find, they send. 6. Theylead, you drive, he does fortify. 7. You lead, you find, you rule, (_allplur._).

Ç150.È CORNELIA AND HER JEWELS (_Concluded_)

Proximum domic˜li� Cornıliae erat pulchrae Camp�nae domicilium. Camp�naerat superba n�n s�lum f�rm� su� sed maximı �rn�ment˜s su˜s. Ea[1]laud�bat semper. ÒHabısne t˛ ˛lla orn�menta, Cornılia?Ó inquit. ÒUbisunt tua �rn�menta?Ó Deinde Cornılia f˜li�s su�s Tiberium et G�iumvocat. ÒPuer˜ me˜,Ó inquit, Òsunt mea �rn�menta. Nam bon˜ l˜ber˜ suntsemper bonae fıminae �rn�menta maximı cl�ra.Ó

NOTE. The only new words here are ÇCamp�naÈ, ÇsemperÈ, and Çt˛È.

[Footnote 1: ÇEaÈ, accusative plural neuter.]

[Illustration: ÒPUERI MEI SUNT MEA ORNAMENTAÓ]

LESSON XXIV

IMPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _REGï_ AND _AUDIï_THE DATIVE WITH SPECIAL INTRANSITIVE VERBS

Ç151.È PARADIGMS

CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION IV SINGULAR 1. regı«bam, _I was ruling_ audiı«bam, _I was hearing_ 2. regı«b�s, _you were riding_ audiı«b�s, _you were hearing_ 3. regı«bat, _he was ruling_ audiı«bat, _he was hearing_

PLURAL 1. regıb�«mus, _we were ruling_ audiıb�«mus, _we were hearing_ 2. regıb�«tis, _you were ruling_ audiıb�«tis, _you were hearing_ 3. regı«bant, _they were ruling_ audiı«bant, _they were hearing_

1. The tense sign is Ç-b�-È, as in the first two conjugations.

2. Observe that the final Ç-e-È of the stem is lengthened before the

tense sign Ç-b�-È. This makes the imperfect of the third conjugation just like the imperfect of the second (cf. ÇmonıbamÈ and ÇregıbamÈ).

3. In the fourth conjugation Ç-ı-È is inserted between the stem and the tense sign Ç-b�-È (Çaudi-ı-ba-mÈ).

4. In a similar manner inflect the verbs given in ¤148.

Ç152.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Agıbat, veniıbat, mittıbat, d˛cıbant. 2. Agıbant, mittıbant,d˛cıbas, m˛niıbant. 3. Mittıb�mus, d˛cıb�tis, d˜cıbant. 4. M˛niıb�mus,veniıb�tis, d˜cıb�s. 5. Mittıb�s, veniıb�mus, reperiıbat. 6. Reperiıb�s,veniıb�s, audiıb�tis. 7. Agıb�mus, reperiıb�tis, m˛niıbat. 8. Agıb�tis,d˜cıbam, m˛niıbam.

II. 1. They were leading, you were driving (_sing. and plur._), he wasfortifying. 2. They were sending, we were finding, I was coming. 3. Youwere sending, you were fortifying, (_sing. and plur._), he was saying.4. They were hearing, you were leading (_sing. and plur._), I wasdriving. 5. We were saying, he was sending, I was fortifying. 6. Theywere coming, he was hearing, I was finding. 7. You were ruling (_sing.and plur._), we were coming, they were ruling.

Ç153.È ÇThe Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs.È We learned above(¤20.a) that a verb which does not admit of a direct object is calledan _intransitive_ verb. Many such verbs, however, are of such meaningthat they can govern an indirect object, which will, of course, be inthe dative case (¤45). Learn the following list of intransitive verbswith their meanings. In each case the dative indirect object is theperson or thing to which a benefit, injury, or feeling is directed.(Cf. ¤43.)

Çcrıd�, crıdereÈ, _believe_ (give belief to) Çfave�, favıreÈ, _favor_ (show favor to) Çnoce�, nocıreÈ, _injure_ (do harm to) Çp�re�, p�rıreÈ, _obey_ (give obedience to) Çpersu�de�, persu�dıreÈ, _persuade_ (offer persuasion to) Çresist�, resistereÈ, _resist_ (offer resistance to) Çstude�, studıreÈ, _be eager for_ (give attention to)

Ç154.È RULE. ÇDative with Intransitive Verbs.È _The dative of theindirect object is used with the intransitive verbs Çcrıd�È, Çfave�È,Çnoce�È, Çp�re�È, Çpersu�de�È, Çresist�È, Çstude�È, and others of likemeaning._

Ç155.È EXERCISE

1. Crıdisne verb˜s soci�rum? Mult˜ verb˜s e�rum n�n crıdunt. 2. Me˜fñitim˜ c�nsili� tu� n�n favıbunt, quod bell� student. 3. Tiberius etG�ius disciplñae d˛rae n�n resistıbant et Cornıliae p�rıbant. 4. Deaerat inim˜ca septem f˜li�bus rıgñae. 5. D˛ra poena et perpetuatr˜stitia rıgñae n�n persu�dıbunt. 6. N˛per ea resistıbat et nuncresistit potentiae L�t�nae. 7. Mox sagittae vol�bunt et l˜ber˜s miser˜snocıbunt.

LESSON XXV

FUTURE ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF _REGï_ AND _AUDIï_

Ç156.È In the future tense of the third and fourth conjugations we meetwith a new tense sign. Instead of using Ç-bi-È, as in the first andsecond conjugations, we use Ç-�-È[1] in the first person singular andÇ-ı-È in the rest of the tense. In the third conjugation the final Ç-e-Èof the stem is dropped before this tense sign; in the fourth conjugationthe final Ç-˜-È of the stem is retained.[2]

[Footnote 1: The Ç-�-È is shortened before Ç-mÈ final, and Ç-ı-È before Ç-tÈ final and before Ç-ntÈ. (Cf. ¤12.2.)]

[Footnote 2: The Ç-˜-È is, of course, shortened, being before another vowel. (Cf. ¤12.1.)]

Ç157.È PARADIGMS

CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION IV SINGULAR 1. re«gam, _I shall rule_ au«diam, _I shall hear_ 2. re«gıs, _you will rule_ au«diıs, _you will hear_ 3. re«get, _he will rule_ au«diet, _he will hear_

PLURAL 1. regı«mus, _we shall rule_ audiı«mus, _we shall hear_ 2. regı«tis, _you will rule_ audiı«tis, _you will hear_ 3. re«gent, _they will rule_ au«dient, _they will hear_

1. Observe that the future of the third conjugation is like the present of the second, excepting in the first person singular.

2. In the same manner inflect the verbs given in ¤148.

Ç158.È EXERCISES

I. 1. D˜cet, d˛cıtis, m˛niımus. 2. D˜cent, d˜cıtis, mittımus.3. M˛nient, venient, mittent, agent. 4. D˛cet, mittıs, veniet, aget.5. M˛niet, reperiıtis, agımus. 6. Mittam, veniımus, regent. 7. Audiıtis,veniıs, reperiıs. 8. Reperiet, agam, d˛cımus, mittet. 9. Vidıbitis,sedıb�, voc�bimus.

II. 1. I shall find, he will hear, they will come. 2. I shall fortify,he will send, we shall say. 3. I shall drive, you will lead, they willhear. 4. You will send, you will fortify, (_sing. and plur._), he willsay. 5. I shall come, we shall find, they will send.

6. Who[3] will believe the story? I[4] shall believe the story. 7. Whosefriends do you favor? We favor our friends. 8. Who will resist ourweapons? Sextus will resist your weapons. 9. Who will persuade him?They will persuade him. 10. Why were you injuring my horse? I was notinjuring your horse. 11. Whom does a good slave obey? A good slave obeyshis master. 12. Our men were eager for another battle.

[Footnote 3: Remember that ÇquisÈ, _who_, is singular in number.]

[Footnote 4: Express by ÇegoÈ, because it is emphatic.]

LESSON XXVI

VERBS IN _-Iï_ OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION ¥ THE IMPERATIVE MOOD

Ç159.È There are a few common verbs ending in Ç-i�È which do not belongto the fourth conjugation, as you might infer, but to the third. Thefact that they belong to the third conjugation is shown by the ending ofthe infinitive. (Cf. ¤126.) Compare

Çaudi�, aud˜«reÈ (_hear_), fourth conjugation Çcapi�, ca«pereÈ (_take_), third conjugation

Ç160.È The present, imperfect, and future active indicative of Çcapi�Èare inflected as follows:

Çcapi�, capereÈ, _take_ PRES. STEM Çcape-È

PRESENT IMPERFECT FUTURE SINGULAR 1. ca«pi� capiı«bam ca«piam 2. ca«pis capiı«b�s ca«piıs 3. ca«pit capiı«bat ca«piet

PLURAL 1. ca«pimus capiıb�«mus capiı«mus 2. ca«pitis capiıb�«tis capiı«tis 3. ca«piunt capiı«bant ca«pient

1. Observe that Çcapi�È and the other Ç-i�È verbs follow the fourth conjugation wherever in the fourth conjugation _two vowels occur in succession._ (Cf. capi�, audi�; capiunt, audiunt; and all the imperfect and future.) All other forms are like the third conjugation. (Cf. capis, regis; capit, regit; etc.)

2. Like Çcapi�È, inflect

Çfaci�, facereÈ, _make, do_ Çfugi�, fugereÈ, _flee_ Çiaci�, iacereÈ, _hurl_ Çrapi�, rapereÈ, _seize_

Ç161.È ÇThe Imperative Mood.È The imperative mood expresses a command;as, _come!_ _send!_ The present tense of the imperative is used only inthe second person, singular and plural. _The singular in the activevoice is regularly the same in form as the present stem. The plural isformed by adding Ç-teÈ to the singular._

CONJUGATION SINGULAR PLURAL I. am�, _love thou_ am�«te, _love ye_ II. monı, _advise thou_ monı«te, _advise ye_ III. (_a_) rege, _rule thou_ re«gite, _rule ye_ (_b_) cape, _take thou_ ca«pite, _take ye_ IV. aud˜, _hear thou_ aud˜«te, _hear ye_ sum (irregular) es, _be thou_ este, _be ye_

1. In the third conjugation the final -e- of the stem becomes -i- in the plural.

2. The verbs Çd˜c�È, _say_; Çd˛c�È, _lead_; and Çfaci�È, _make_, have the irregular forms Çd˜cÈ, Çd˛cÈ, and ÇfacÈ in the singular.

3. Give the present active imperative, singular and plural, of

Çveni�È, Çd˛c�È, Çvoc�È, Çdoce�È, Çlaud�È, Çd˜c�È, Çsede�È, Çag�È, Çfaci�È, Çm˛ni�È, Çmitt�È, Çrapi�È.

Ç162.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Fugient, faciunt, iaciıbat. 2. Dılı, n˛nti�te, fugiunt. 3. Ven˜te,d˜c, faciıtis. 4. D˛cite, iaciam, fugiıbant. 5. Fac, iaciıb�mus,fugimus, rapite. 6. Sedıte, reper˜, docıte. 7. Fugiımus, iacient,rapiıs. 8. Reperient, rapiıb�tis, nocent. 9. Favıte, resistı, p�rıbitis.

10. Vol� ad mult�s terr�s et d� auxilium. 11. Ego tıla mea capiam etmult�s fer�s dılıb�. 12. Quis f�bulae tuae crıdet? 13. Este bon˜, puer˜,et aud˜te verba gr�ta magistr˜.

II. 1. The goddess will seize her arms and will hurl her weapons.2. With her weapons she will destroy many beasts. 3. She will give aidto the weak.[1] 4. She will fly to many lands and the beasts will flee.5. Romans, tell[2] the famous story to your children.

[Footnote 1: Plural. An adjective used as a noun. (Cf. ¤99.II.3.)]

[Footnote 2: Imperative. The imperative generally stands first, as in English.]

* * * * *

ÇThird Review, Lessons XVIII-XXVI, ¤¤510-512È

* * * * *

LESSON XXVII

THE PASSIVE VOICEPRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF _AMï_ AND _MONEï_


NOUNS Ç�la, -aeÈ, f., _wing_ Çdeus, -˜È, m., _god_ (deity)[A] Çmonstrum, -˜È, n., _omen, prodigy; monster_ �r�culum, -˜, n., _oracle_

VERB Çv�st�, -�reÈ, _lay waste, devastate_

ADJECTIVES Çcomm�tus, -a, -umÈ, _moved, excited_ Çmaximus, -a, -umÈ, _greatest_ (maximum) Çsaevus, -a, -umÈ, _fierce, savage_

ADVERBS ÇitaÈ, _thus, in this way, as follows_ ÇtumÈ, _then, at that time_

[Footnote A: For the declension of ÇdeusÈ, see ¤468]

Ç163.È ÇThe Voices.È Thus far the verb forms have been in the _activevoice_; that is, they have represented the subject as _performing_ an

action; as,

The lion ---> _killed_ ---> the hunter

A verb is said to be in the _passive voice_ when it represents itssubject as _receiving_ an action; as,

The lion <--- _was killed_ <--- by the hunter

Note the direction of the arrows.

Ç164.È ÇPassive Personal Endings.È In the passive voice we use adifferent set of personal endings. They are as follows:

SINGULAR PLURAL 1. -r, _I_ 1. -mur, _we_ 2. -ris, -re, _you_ 2. -min˜, _you_ 3. -tur, _he, she, it_ 3. -ntur, _they_

_a._ Observe that the letter Ç-rÈ appears somewhere in all but one of the endings. This is sometimes called the _passive sign_.

Ç165.È PARADIGMS

Çam�, am�reÈ Çmonıo, monıreÈ PRES. STEM Çam�-È PRES. STEM Çmonı-È

PRESENT INDICATIVE PERSONAL ENDINGS SINGULAR a«mor, _I am loved_ mo«neor, _I am advised_ -or[1] am�«ris or am�«re, monı«ris or monı«re. -ris or -re _you are loved_ _you are advised_ am�«tur, _he is loved_ monı«tur, _he is advised_ -tur

PLURAL am�«mur, _we are loved_ monı«mur, _we are advised_ -mur am�«min˜, _you are loved_ monı«min˜, _you are advised_ -mini aman«tur, _they are loved_ monen«tur, _they are advised_ -ntur

[Footnote 1: In the present the personal ending of the first person singular is Ç-orÈ.]

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE (TENSE SIGN Ç-b�-È)

SINGULAR am�«bar, monı«bar, -r _I was being loved_ _I was being advised_ am�b�«ris or am�b�«re, monıb�«ris or monıb�«re -ris or -re _you were being loved_ _you were being advised_ am�b�«tur, monıb�«tur, -tur _he was being loved_ _he was being advised_

PLURAL am�b�«mur, monıb�«mur, -mur _we were being loved_ _we were being advised_ am�b�«min˜, monıb�«min˜, -min˜ _you were being loved_ _you were being advised_ am�ban«tur, monıban«tur, -ntur _they were being loved_ _they were being advised_

FUTURE (TENSE SIGN Ç-bi-È)

SINGULAR am�«bor, monı«bor, -r _I shall be loved_ _I shall be advised_ am�«beris, _or_ am�«bere monı«beris _or_ monı«bere, -ris or -re _you will be loved_ _you will be advised_ am�«bitur, monı«bitur, -tur _he will be loved_ _he will be advised_

PLURAL am�«bimur, monı«bimur, -mur _we shall be loved_ _we shall be advised_ am�bi«min˜, monıbi«min˜, -min˜ _you will be loved_ _you will be advised_ am�bun«tur, monıbun«tur, -ntur _they will be loved_ _they will be advised_

1. The tense sign and the personal endings are added as in the active.

2. In the future the tense sign Ç-bi-È appears as Ç-bo-È in the first person, Ç-be-È in the second, singular number, and as Ç-bu-È in the third person plural.

3. Inflect Çlaud�È, Çnec�È, Çport�È, Çmove�È, Çdıle�È, Çiube�È, in the present, imperfect, and future indicative, active and passive.

Ç166.È Intransitive verbs, such as Çm�t˛r�È, _I hasten_; Çhabit�È, _Idwell_, do not have a passive voice with a personal subject.

Ç167.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Laud�ris _or_ laud�re, laud�s, datur, dat. 2. Dabitur, dabit,vidımin˜, vidıtis. 3. Voc�bat, voc�b�tur, dılıbitis, dılıbimin˜.4. Par�b�tur, par�bat, c˛r�s, c˛r�ris _or_ c˛r�re. 5. Port�bantur,port�bant, vidıbimur, vidıbimus. 6. Iubıris _or_ iubıre, iubıs,laud�b�ris _or_ laud�b�re, laud�b�s. 7. Movıberis or movıbere, movıbis,dabantur, dabant. 8. Dılentur, dılent, par�b�mur, par�b�mus.

II. 1. We prepare, we are prepared, I shall be called, I shall call, youwere carrying, you were being carried. 2. I see, I am seen, it was beingannounced, he was announcing, they will order, they will be ordered.3. You will be killed, you will kill, you move, you are moved, we arepraising, we are being praised. 4. I am called, I call, you will have,you are cared for. 5. They are seen, they see, we were teaching, we werebeing taught, they will move, they will be moved.

[Illustration: PERSEUS ANDROMEDAM SERVAT]

Ç168.È PER«SEUS AND ANDROM«EDA


Perseus f˜lius erat Iovis,[2] maxim˜[3] de�rum. Dı e� mult�s fabul�sn�rrant poıtae. E˜ favent de˜, e˜ magica arma et �l�s dant. E˜s tıl˜sarm�tus et �l˜s frıtus ad mult�s terr�s vol�bat et m�nstra saeva dılıbatet miser˜s ˜nf˜rm˜sque auxilium dabat.

Aethiopia est terra åfricae. Eam terram Cıpheus[4] regıbat. E˜[5]

Nept˛nus, maximus aqu�rum deus, erat ˜r�tus et mittit[6] m�nstrum saevumad Aethiopiam. Ibi m�nstrum n�n s�lum l�t˜s pulchr˜sque Aethiopiae agr˜snocıbat sed etiam domicilia agricol�rum dılıbat, et mult�s vir�s,fımin�s, l˜ber�sque nec�bat. Populus ex agr˜s fugiıbat et oppida m˛r˜svalid˜s m˛niıbat. Tum Cıpheus magn� tr˜stiti� comm�tus ad Iovis �r�culumproperat et ita d˜cit: ÒAm˜c˜ me˜ necantur; agr˜ me˜ v�stantur. Aud˜verba mea, Iuppiter. D� miser˜s auxilium. Age m�nstrum saevum expatri�.Ó

[Footnote 2: ÇIovisÈ, the genitive of ÇIuppiterÈ.]

[Footnote 3: Used substantively, _the greatest_. So below, l. 4, Çmiser˜sÈ and Ç˜nf˜rm˜sÈ are used substantively.]

[Footnote 4: Pronounce in two syllables, _Ce«pheus_.]

[Footnote 5: ÇE˜È, _at him_, dative with Ç˜r�tusÈ.]

[Footnote 6: The present is often used, as in English, in speaking of a past action, in order to make the story more vivid and exciting.]

LESSON XXVIII

PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF _REGï_ AND _AUDIï_


VERBS Çresponde�, -ıreÈ, _respond, reply_ Çserv�, -�reÈ, _save, preserve_

ADJECTIVE Çc�rus, -a, -umÈ, _dear_ (cherish)

CONJUNCTION ÇautemÈ, _but, moreover, now_. Usually stands second, never first

NOUN Çv˜ta, -aeÈ, f., _life_ (vital)

Ç169.È Review the present, imperfect, and future indicative active ofÇreg�È and Çaudi�È, and learn the passive of the same tenses (¤¤490,491).

_a._ Observe that the tense signs of the imperfect and future are the same as in the active voice, and that the passive personal endings (¤164) are added instead of the active ones.

_b._ Note the slight irregularity in the second person singular present of the third conjugation. There the final Ç-e-È of the stem is not changed to Ç-i-È, as it is in the active. We therefore have Çre«gerisÈ or Çre«gereÈ, _not_ Çre«girisÈ, Çre«gireÈ.

_c._ Inflect Çag�È, Çd˜c�È, Çd˛c�È, Çm˛ni�È, Çreperi�È, in the present, imperfect, and future indicative, active and passive.

Ç170.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Agıbat, agıb�tur, mittıbat, mittıb�tur, d˛cıbat. 2. Agunt,aguntur, mittuntur, mittunt, m˛niunt. 3. Mittor, mittar, mittam, d˛cıre,d˛cere. 4. D˜cımur, d˜cimus, d˜cımus, d˜cimur, m˛niıbamin˜. 5. D˛citur,d˛cimin˜, reper˜mur, reperiar, agitur. 6. Agıb�mus, agıb�mur, reper˜ris,reperiımin˜. 7. M˛n˜min˜, veniıbam, d˛cıbar, d˜cıtur. 8. Mittimin˜,mittitis, mittıris, mitteris, agıb�min˜. 9. D˜citur, d˜cit, m˛niuntur,reperient, audientur.

II. 1. I was being driven, I was driving, we were leading, we were beingled, he says, it is said. 2. I shall send, I shall be sent, you willfind, you will be found, they lead, they are led. 3. I am found, we areled, they are driven, you were being led (_sing. and plur._). 4. Weshall drive, we shall be driven, he leads, he is being led, they willcome, they will be fortified. 5. They were ruling, they were beingruled, you will send, you will be sent, you are sent, (_sing. andplur._). 6. He was being led, he will come, you are said (_sing. andplur._).

Ç171.È PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_)


Tum �r�culum ita respondet: ÒMala est fort˛na tua. Nept˛nus, magnusaqu�rum deus, terrae Aethiopiae inim˜cus, e�s poen�s mittit. Sed par�˜r�t� de� sacrum id�neum et m�nstrum saevum ex patri� tu� agıtur.Andromeda f˜lia tua est m�nstr� gr�ta. D� eam m�nstr�. Serv� c�rampatriam et v˜tam popul˜ tu˜.Ó Andromeda autem erat puella pulchra. Eamam�bat Cıpheus maximı.

LESSON XXIX

PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF _-Iï_ VERBSPRESENT PASSIVE INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE


VERB Çsuper�, -�reÈ, _conquer, overcome_ (insuperable)

NOUNS Çc˛ra, -aeÈ, f., _care, trouble_ Çlocus, -˜È, m., _place, spot_ (location). ÇLocusÈ is neuter in the plural and is declined Çloca, -�rumÈ, etc. Çper˜culum, -˜È, n., _danger, peril_

ADVERBS ÇsemperÈ, _always_ ÇtamenÈ, _yet, nevertheless_

PREPOSITIONS ÇdıÈ, with abl., _down from; concerning_ ÇperÈ, with acc., _through_

CONJUNCTION ÇsiÈ, _if_

Ç172.È Review the active voice of Çcapi�È, present, imperfect, andfuture, and learn the passive of the same tenses (¤492).

_a._ The present forms ÇcapiorÈ and ÇcapiunturÈ are like Çaudior, audiunturÈ, and the rest of the tense is like ÇregorÈ.

_b._ In like manner inflect the passive of Çiaci�È and Çrapi�È.

Ç173.È ÇThe Infinitive.È The infinitive mood gives the general meaningof the verb without person or number; as, Çam�reÈ, _to love_. Infinitivemeans _unlimited_. The forms of the other moods, being limited by personand number, are called the _finite_, or limited, verb forms.

Ç174.È The forms of the Present Infinitive, active and passive, are asfollows:

CONJ. PRES. PRES. INFINITIVE PRES. INFINITIVE STEM ACTIVE PASSIVE

I. Çam�-È am�«re, am�«r˜, _to love_ _to be loved_ II. Çmonı-È monı«re, monı«r˜, _to advise_ _to be advised_ III. Çrege-È re«gere, re«g˜, _to rule_ _to be ruled_ Çcape-È ca«pere ca«p˜, _to take_ _to be taken_ IV. Çaud˜-È aud˜«re, aud˜r˜, _to hear_ _to be heard_

1. Observe that to form the present active infinitive we add Ç-reÈ to the present stem.

_a._ The present infinitive of ÇsumÈ is ÇesseÈ. There is no passive.

2. Observe that the present passive infinitive is formed from the active by changing final Ç-eÈ to Ç-˜È, except in the third conjugation, which changes final Ç-ereÈ to Ç-˜È.

3. Give the active and passive present infinitives of Çdoce�È, Çsede�È, Çvol�È, Çc˛r�È, Çmitt�È, Çd˛c�È, Çm˛ni�È, Çreperi�È, Çiaci�È, Çrapi�È.

Ç175.È The forms of the Present Imperative, active and passive, are asfollows:

ACTIVE[1] PASSIVE CONJ. SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL I. Ça«m�È am�«te am�«re, am�«min˜, _be thou loved_ _be ye loved_ II. Çmo«nıÈ monı«te monı«re, monı«min˜, _be thou advised_ _be ye advised_ III. Çre«geÈ re«gite re«gere, regi«min˜, _be thou ruled _ _be ye ruled_ Çca«peÈ ca«pite ca«pere, capi«min˜, _be thou taken_ _be ye taken_ IV. Çau«d˜È aud˜«te aud˜«re, aud˜«min˜, _be thou heard_ _be ye heard_

1. Observe that the second person singular of the present passive imperative is like the present active infinitive, and that both singular and plural are like the second person singular[2] and plural, respectively, of the present passive indicative.

2. Give the present imperative, both active and passive, of the verbs in ¤174.3.

[Footnote 1: For the sake of comparison the active is repeated from ¤161.]

[Footnote 2: That is, using the personal ending Ç-reÈ. A form like Çam�reÈ may be either _indicative_, _infinitive_, or _imperative_.]

Ç176.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Tum Perseus �l˜s ad terr�s mult�s volabit. 2. M�nstrum saevum peraqu�s properat et mox agr�s nostr�s v�st�bit. 3. S˜ autem Cıpheus ad�r�culum proper�bit, �r�culum ita respondıbit. 4. Quis tıl˜s Perse˜super�bitur? Multa m�nstra tıl˜s eius super�buntur. 5. Cum c˛r˜s magn˜set lacrim˜s mult˜s agricolae ex domicili˜s c�r˜s aguntur. 6. Multa locav�st�bantur et multa oppida dılıbantur. 7. M�nstrum est validum, tamensuper�bitur. 8. Crıdısne semper verb˜s �r�cul˜? Ego i˜s non sempercrıdam. 9. P�rıbitne Cıpheus �r�cul�? Verba �r�cul˜ e˜ persu�dıbunt.10. Si n�n fugiımus, oppidum capiıtur et oppid�n˜ nec�buntur. 11. Voc�tepuer�s et n�rr�te f�bulam cl�ram dı m�nstr� saev�.

II. 1. Fly thou, to be cared for, be ye sent, lead thou. 2. To lead, tobe led, be ye seized, fortify thou. 3. To be hurled, to fly, send thou,to be found. 4. To be sent, be ye led, to hurl, to be taken. 5. Findthou, hear ye, be ye ruled, to be fortified.

LESSON XXX

SYNOPSES IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS ¥ THE ABLATIVE DENOTING _FROM_


VERBS Çabsum, abesseÈ, irreg., _be away, be absent, be distant_, with separative abl. Çadpropinqu�, -�reÈ, _draw near, approach_ (propinquity), with dative[A] Çcontine�, -ıreÈ, _hold together, hem in, keep_ (contain) Çdiscıd�, -ereÈ, _depart, go away, leave_, with separative abl. Çege�, -ıreÈ, _lack, need, be without_, with separative abl. Çinterfici�, -ereÈ, _kill_ Çprohibe�, -ıreÈ, _restrain, keep from_ (prohibit) Çvulner�, -�reÈ, _wound_ (vulnerable)

NOUNS Çpr�vincia, -aeÈ, f., _province_ Çv˜num, -˜È, n., _wine_

ADJECTIVE Çdıfessus, -a, -umÈ, _weary, worn out_

ADVERB ÇlongıÈ, _far, by far, far away_

[Footnote A: This verb governs the dative because the idea of

_nearness to_ is stronger than that of _motion to_. If the latter idea were the stronger, the word would be used with ÇadÈ and the accusative.]

Ç177.È You should learn to give rapidly synopses of the verbs you havehad, as follows:[1]

CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ a«m� a«mor mo«ne� mo«neor _Imperf._ am�«bam am�«bar monı«bam monı«bar _Fut._ am�«bo am�«bor monı«bo monı«bor

[Footnote 1: Synopses should be given not only in the first person, but in other persons as well, particularly in the third singular and plural.]

CONJUGATION I CONJUGATION II IMPERATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ a«m� am�«re mo«nı monı«re

INFINITIVE _Pres._ am�«re am�«r˜ monı«re monı«r˜

CONJUGATION III CONJUGATION III (Ç-i�È verbs) INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ re«g� re«gor ca«pi� ca«pior _Imperf._ regı«bam regı«bar capiı«bam capiı«bar _Fut._ re«gam re«gar ca«piam ca«piar

IMPERATIVE _Pres._ re«ge re«gere ca«pe ca«pere

INFINITIVE _Pres._ re«gere re«g˜ ca«pere ca«p˜

CONJUGATION IV INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ au«di� au«dior _Imperf._ audiı«bam audiı«bar _Fut._ au«diam au«diar

IMPERATIVE _Pres._ au«d˜ aud˜«re

INFINITIVE _Pres._ aud˜«re aud˜«r˜

1. Give the synopsis of Çrapi�È, Çm˛ni�È, Çreperi�È, Çdoce�È, Çvide�È, Çd˜c�È, Çag�È, Çlaud�È, Çport�È, and vary the person and number.

Ç178.È We learned in ¤50 that one of the three relations covered by theablative case is expressed in English by the preposition _from._ This issometimes called the _separative ablative_, and it has a number ofspecial uses. You have already grown familiar with the first mentionedbelow.

Ç179.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Place From.È _The place from which isexpressed by the ablative with the prepositions Ç�È or ÇabÈ, ÇdıÈ, ÇıÈor ÇexÈ._

ÇAgricolae ex agr˜s veniuntÈ, _the farmers come from the fields_

_a._ Ç�È or ÇabÈ denotes _from near_ a place; ÇıÈ or ÇexÈ, _out from_ it; and ÇdıÈ, _down from_ it. This may be represented graphically as follows:

_________ | | Ç�È or ÇabÈ | | ÇıÈ or ÇexÈ /_____________| ___________________\ \ | Place | / |_________| | | ÇdıÈ | V

Ç180.È RULE. ÇAblative of Separation.È _Words expressing separation ordeprivation require an ablative to complete their meaning._

_a._ If the separation is _actual_ and _literal_ of one material thing from another, the preposition Ç�È or ÇabÈ, ÇıÈ or ÇexÈ, or ÇdıÈ is generally used. If no actual motion takes place of one thing from another, no preposition is necessary.

(a) ÇPerseus terram � m�nstr˜s l˜beratÈ _Perseus frees the land from monsters_ (literal separation--actual motion is expressed) (b) ÇPerseus terram tr˜stiti� l˜beratÈ _Perseus frees the land from sorrow_ (figurative separation--no actual motion is expressed)

Ç181.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Personal Agent.È _The word expressing theperson from whom an action starts, when not the subject, is put in theablative with the preposition Ç�È or ÇabÈ._

_a._ In this construction the English translation of Ç�È, ÇabÈ is _by_ rather than _from_. This ablative is regularly used with passive verbs to indicate the _person by whom_ the act was performed.

ÇM�nstrum � Perse� nec�turÈ, _the monster is being slain by_ (lit. _from_) _Perseus_

_b._ Note that the active form of the above sentence would be ÇPerseus monstrum necatÈ, _Perseus is slaying the monster_. In the passive the _object_ of the active verb becomes the _subject_, and the _subject_ of the active verb becomes the _ablative of the personal agent_, with Ç�È or ÇabÈ.

_c._ Distinguish carefully between the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent. Both are often translated into English by the preposition _by_. (Cf. ¤100. _b._) _Means is a ÇthingÈ; the agent or actor is a ÇpersonÈ_. The ablative of means has no preposition. The ablative of the personal agent has Ç�È or

ÇabÈ. Compare

ÇFera sagitt� nec�turÈ, _the wild beast is killed by an arrow_ ÇFera � Di�n� nec�turÈ, _the wild beast is killed by Diana_

ÇSagitt�È, in the first sentence, is the ablative of means; Ç� Di�n�È, in the second, is the ablative of the personal agent.

Ç182.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Viri inopi� cib˜ dıfess˜ ab e� loc� discıdent. 2. Gerin�n˜ castr˜sR�m�n˜s adpropinqu�bant, tamen lıg�tus c�pi�s � proeli� continıbat.3. Multa Gall�rum oppida ab R�man˜s capientur. 4. Tum R�m�n˜ t�tumpopulum e�rum oppid�rum gladi˜s p˜l˜sque interficient. 5. Oppid�n˜R�m�n˜s resistent, sed defess˜ long� proel˜o fugient. 6. Mult˜ exGalli� fugiıbant et in Germ�n�rum vic˜s habit�bant. 7. Miser˜ nautaevulnerantur ab inim˜c˜s[2] saev˜s et cib� egent. 8. Discıdite etdate vir˜s fr˛mentum et c�piam v˜n˜. 9. C�piae nostrae � proeli�continıbantur ab Sext� lıgat�. 10. Id oppidum ab pr�vinci� R�m�n� longıaberat.

II. 1. The weary sailors were approaching a place dear to the goddessDiana. 2. They were without food and without wine. 3. Then Galba andseven other men are sent to the ancient island by Sextus. 4. Alreadythey are not far away from the land, and they see armed men on a highplace. 5. They are kept from the land by the men with spears and arrows.6. The men kept hurling their weapons down from the high place withgreat eagerness.

[Footnote 2: Çinim˜c˜sÈ, here used as a noun. See vocabulary.]

LESSON XXXI

PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF _SUM_


NOUNS aurum, -˜, n., _gold_ (oriole) Çmora, -aeÈ, f., _delay_ Çn�vigium, n�vi«g˜È, n., _boat, ship_ Çventus, -˜È, m., _wind_ (ventilate)

VERB Çn�vig�, -�reÈ, _sail_ (navigate)

ADJECTIVES attentus, -a, -um, _attentive, careful_ Çdubius, -a, -umÈ, _doubtful_ (dubious) perfidus, -a, -um, _faithless, treacherous_ (perfidy)

ADVERB Çante�È, _before, previously_

PREPOSITION ÇsineÈ, with abl., _without_

Ç183.È ÇPrincipal Parts.È There are certain parts of the verb that areof so much consequence in tense formation that we call them the_principal parts._

The principal parts of the Latin verb are the present, the past, and thepast participle; as _go, went, gone_; _see, saw, seen_, etc.

The principal parts of the Latin verb are the _first person singular ofthe present indicative_, the _present infinitive_, the _first personsingular of the perfect indicative_, and _the perfect passiveparticiple._

Ç184.È ÇConjugation Stems.È From the principal parts we get threeconjugation stems, from which are formed the entire conjugation. Wehave already learned about the Çpresent stemÈ, which is found from thepresent infinitive (cf. ¤126.a). The other two stems are the ÇperfectstemÈ and the Çparticipial stemÈ.

Ç185.È ÇThe Perfect Stem.È The perfect stem of the verb is formed invarious ways, but may always be _found by dropping Ç-˜È from the firstperson singular of the perfect_, the third of the principal parts. Fromthe perfect stem are formed the following tenses:

THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE THE PLUPERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE (ENGLISH PAST PERFECT) THE FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE

All these tenses express completed action in present, past, or futuretime respectively.

Ç186.È ÇThe Endings of the Perfect.È The perfect active indicative isinflected by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect stem.These endings are different from those found in any other tense, and areas follows:

SINGULAR PLURAL 1. -˜, _I_ 1. -imus, _we_ 2. -ist˜, _you_ 2. -istis, _you_ 3. -it, _he, she, it_ 3. -ırunt or -ıre, _they_

Ç187.È Inflection of ÇsumÈ in the perfect, pluperfect, and futureperfect indicative:

PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. PRIN. PARTS sum esse fu˜

PERFECT STEM fu-

PERFECT SINGULAR PLURAL fu«˜, _I have been, I was_ fu«imus, _we have been, we were_ fuis«t˜, fuis«tis, _you have been, you were_ _you have been, you were_ fu«it, _he has been, he was_ fuı«runt _or_ fuı«re, _they have been, they were_

PLUPERFECT (TENSE SIGN Ç-er�-È) fu«eram, _I had been_ fuer�«mus, _we had been_ fu«er�s, _you had been_ fuer�«tis, _you had been_ fu«erat, _he had been_ fu«erant, _they had been_

FUTURE PERFECT (TENSE SIGN Ç-eri-È) fu«er�, _I shall have been_ fue«rimus, _we shall have been_ fu«eris, _you will have been_ fue«ritis, _you will have been_ fu«erit, _he will have been_ fu«erint, _they will have been_

1. Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect.

2. Observe that the pluperfect may be formed by adding ÇeramÈ, the imperfect of ÇsumÈ, to the perfect stem. The tense sign is Ç-er�-È.

3. Observe that the future perfect may be formed by adding Çer�È, the future of ÇsumÈ, to the perfect stem. But the third person plural ends in Ç-erintÈ, not in Ç-eruntÈ. The tense sign is Ç-eri-È.

4. All active perfects, pluperfects, and future perfects are formed on the perfect stem and inflected in the same way.

Ç188.È DIALOGUE

THE BOYS TITUS, MARCUS, AND QUINTUS


M. Ubi fuistis, Tite et Quñte? T. Ego in me� l˛d� fu˜ et Quñtus in su� l˛d� fuit. Bon˜ puer˜ fuimus. Fuitne Sextus in v˜c� hodiı? M. Fuit. N˛per per agr�s proxim�s fluvi� proper�bat. Ibi is et Cornılius habent n�vigium. T. _N�vigium_ d˜cis? Ali˜[1] n�rr� eam f�bulam! M. Vır� (_Yes, truly_), pulchrum et novum n�vigium! Q. Cuius pec˛ni�[2] Sextus et Cornılius id n�vigium parant? Quis i˜s pec˛niam dat? M. Am˜c˜ Cornıl˜ multum habent aurum et puer pec˛ni� n�n eget. T. Qu� puer˜ n�vig�bunt? N�vig�buntne longı � terr�? M. Dubia sunt c�nsilia e�rum. Sed hodiı, crıd�, s˜ ventus erit id�neus, ad maximam ñsulam n�vig�bunt. Iam ante� ibi fuırunt. Tum autem ventus erat perfidus et puer˜ magn� in per˜cul� erant. Q. Aqua vent� comm�ta est inim˜ca naut˜s semper, et saepe perfidus ventus n�vigia rapit, agit, dıletque. I˜ puer˜, s˜ n�n fuerint maximı attent˜, ˜r�t� aqu� et valid� vent� super�buntur et ita interficientur.

[Footnote 1: Dative case. (Cf. ¤109.)]

[Footnote 2: Ablative of means.]

Ç189.È EXERCISE

1. Where had the boys been before? They had been in school. 2. Where hadSextus been? He had been in a field next to the river. 3. Who has beenwith Sextus to-day? Cornelius has been with him. 4. Who says so? Marcus.5. If the wind has been suitable, the boys have been in the boat.6. Soon we shall sail with the boys. 7. There[3] will be no danger,if we are (shall have been) careful.[4]

[Footnote 3: The expletive _there_ is not expressed, but the verb will precede the subject, as in English.]

[Footnote 4: This predicate adjective must be nominative plural to

agree with _we_.]

LESSON XXXII

THE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS


NOUNS Çanimus, -˜È, m., _mind, heart; spirit, feeling_ (animate) Çbracchium, bracch˜È, n., _forearm, arm_ Çporta, -aeÈ, f., _gate_ (portal)

ADJECTIVES Çadversus, -a, -umÈ, _opposite; adverse, contrary_ Çplınus, -a, -umÈ, _full_ (plenty)

PREPOSITION Çpr�È, with abl., _before; in behalf of; instead of_

ADVERB Çdi˛È, _for a long time, long_

Ç190.È ÇMeanings of the Perfect.È The perfect tense has two distinctmeanings. The first of these is equivalent to the English presentperfect, or perfect with _have_, and denotes that the action of the verbis complete at the time of speaking; as, _I have finished my work_. Asthis denotes completed action at a definite time, it is called theÇperfect definiteÈ.

The perfect is also used to denote an action that happened _sometime inthe past_; as, _I finished my work._ As no definite time is specified,this is called the Çperfect indefiniteÈ. It corresponds to the ordinaryuse of the English past tense.

_a._ Note carefully the difference between the following tenses:

_I {was finishing } my work_ (imperfect, ¤134) {used to finish} _I finished my work_ (perfect indefinite) _I have finished my work_ (perfect definite)

When telling a story the Latin uses the _perfect indefinite_ to mark thedifferent _forward steps_ of the narrative, and the _imperfect_ to_describe situations and circumstances_ that attend these steps. If thefollowing sentences were Latin, what tenses would be used?

ÒLast week I went to Boston. I was trying to find an old friend of mine, but he was out of the city. Yesterday I returned home.Ó

Ç191.È ÇInflection of the Perfect.È We learned in ¤186 that any perfectis inflected by adding the endings of the perfect to the perfect stem.The inflection in the four regular conjugations is then as follows:

CONJ. I Çam�v˜È _I have loved_, _I loved_ or _did love_ CONJ. II Çmonu˜È _I have advised_, _I advised_ or _did advise_ CONJ. III Çrıx˜È _I have ruled_, _I ruled_ or _did rule_ Çcıp˜È _I have taken_, _I took_ or _did take_ CONJ. IV Çaud˜v˜È _I have heard_, _I heard_ or _did hear_

PERFECT STEMS Çam�v-È Çmonu-È Çrıx-È Çcıp-È Çaud˜v-È

SINGULAR 1. am�«v˜ mo«nu˜ rı«x˜ cı«p˜ aud˜«v˜ 2. am�vis«t˜ monuis«t˜ rıxis«t˜ cıpis«t˜ aud˜vis«t˜ 3. am�«vit mo«nuit rı«xit cı«pit aud˜«vit

PLURAL 1. am�«vimus monu«imus rı«ximus cı«pimus aud˜«vimus 2. am�vis«tis monuis«tis rıxis«tis cıpis«tis aud˜vis«tis 3. am�vı«runt monuı«runt rıxı«runt cıpı«runt aud˜vı«runt _or_ _or_ _or_ _or_ _or_ am�vı«re monuı«re rıxı«re cıpı«re aud˜vı«re

1. The first person of the perfect is always given as the third of the principal parts. From this we get the perfect stem. _This shows the absolute necessity of learning the principal parts thoroughly._

2. Nearly all perfects of the first conjugation are formed by adding Ç-v˜È to the present stem. Like Çam�v˜È inflect Çpar�v˜È, Çvoc�v˜È, Çc˛r�v˜È, Çlaud�v˜È.

3. Note carefully the changing accent in the perfect. Drill on it.

Ç192.È Learn the principal parts and inflect the perfects:

PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. d� dare ded˜ _give_ dıle� dılıre dılıv˜ _destroy_ habe� habıre habu˜ _have_ move� movıre m�v˜ _move_ p�re� p�rıre p�ru˜ _obey_ prohibe� prohibıre proh˜bu˜ _restrain, keep from_ vide� vidıre v˜d˜ _see_ d˜c� d˜cere d˜x˜ _say_ discıd� discıdere discess˜ _depart_ d˛c� d˛cere d˛x˜ _lead_ faci� facere fıc˜ _make, do_ mitt� mittere m˜s˜ _send_ m˛ni� m˛n˜re m˛n˜v˜ _fortify_ veni� ven˜re vın˜ _come_

Ç193.È PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Continued_)


Cıpheus, advers� fort˛n� maximı comm�tus, discessit et mult˜s cumlacrim˜s popul� Aethiopiae verba �r�cul˜ n�rr�vit. F�ta Andromedae,puellae pulchrae, � t�t� popul� dıpl�r�bantur, tamen n˛llum eratauxilium. Deinde Cıpheus cum plın� tr˜stitiae anim� c�ram suam f˜liamex oppid˜ port� ad aquam d˛xit et bracchia eius ad saxa d˛ra rev˜nxit.Tum am˜c˜ puellae miserae longı discessırunt et di˛ m�nstrum saevumexspect�vırunt.

Tum forte Perseus, �l˜s frıtus, super Aethiopiam vol�bat. V˜dit populum,Andromedam, lacrim�s, et, magnopere attonitus, ad terram dıscendit. TumCıpheus e˜ t�t�s c˛r�s n�rr�vit et ita d˜xit: ÒP�rıb� verb˜s �r�cul˜, etpr� patri� f˜liam meam dab�; sed s˜ id m�nstrum interficiıs et

Andromedam serv�bis, tibi (_to you_) eam dab�.Ó

LESSON XXXIII

PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT ACTIVE INDICATIVEPERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE

Ç194.È CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV Çam�È Çmone�È Çreg�È Çcapi�È Çaudi�È PERFECT STEMS Çam�v-È Çmonu-È Çrıx-È Çcıp-È Çaud˜v-È

PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE TENSE SIGN Ç-er�-È

SINGULAR I had loved I had advised I had ruled I had taken I had heard

1. am�«veram monu«eram rı«xeram cı«peram aud˜«veram 2. am�«ver�s monu«er�s rı«xer�s cı«per�s aud˜«ver�s 3. am�«verat monu«erat rı«xerat cı«perat aud˜«verat

PLURAL 1. am�ver�«mus monuer�«mus rıxer�«mus cıper�«mus aud˜ver�«mus 2. am�ver�«tis monuer�«tis rıxer�«tis cıper�«tis aud˜ver�«tis 3. ama«verant monu«erant rı«xerant cı«perant aud˜«verant

FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE TENSE SIGN Ç-eri-È

SINGULAR I shall have I shall have I shall have I shall have I shall have loved advised ruled taken heard

1. am�«ver� monu«er� rı«xer� cı«per� aud˜«ver� 2. am�«veris monu«eris rı«xeris cı«peris aud˜«veris 3. am�«verit monu«erit rı«xerit cı«perit aud˜«verit

PLURAL 1. am�ve«rimus monue«rimus rıxe«rimus cıpe«rimus aud˜ve«rimus 2. am�ve«ritis monue«ritis rıxe«ritis cıpe«ritis aud˜ve«ritis 3. am�«verint monu«erint rı«xerint cı«perint aud˜«verint

1. Observe that these are all inflected alike and the rules for formation given in ¤187.2-4 hold good here.

2. In like manner inflect the pluperfect and future perfect indicative active of Çd�È, Çport�È, Çdıle�È, Çmove�È, Çhabe�È, Çd˜c�È, Çdiscıd�È, Çfaci�È, Çveni�È, Çm˛ni�È.

Ç195.È ÇThe Perfect Active Infinitive.È The perfect active infinitive isformed by adding Ç-isseÈ to the perfect stem.

CONJ PERFECT STEM PERFECT INFINITIVE I. am�v- am�vis«se, _to have loved_ II. monu- monuis«se, _to have advised_ III. (_a_) rıx- rıxis«se, _to have ruled_ (_b_) cıp- cıpis«se, _to have taken_

IV. aud˜vÈ aud˜vis«se, _to have heard_ sum fu- fuis«se, _to have been_

1. In like manner give the perfect infinitive active of Çd�È, Çport�È, Çdıle�È, Çmove�È, Çhabe�È, Çd˜c�È, Çdiscıd�È, Çfaci�È, Çveni�È, Çm˛ni�È.

Ç196.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Habuist˜, m�vırunt, miserant. 2. V˜dit, d˜xeris, d˛xisse.3. M˜sistis, p�ruırunt, discesser�mus. 4. M˛n˜vit, dederam, m˜ser�.5. Habuerimus, dılıv˜, p�ruit, fuisse. 6. Deder�s, m˛n˜veritis,vıner�tis, m˜sisse. 7. Vıner�s, fıcisse, deder�tis, port�veris.

8. Quem verba �r�cul˜ m�verant? Populum verba �r�cul˜ m�verant.9. Cui Cıpheus verba �r�cul˜ n�rr�verit? Perse� Cıpheus verba �r�cul˜n�rr�verit. 10. Am˜c˜ ab Andromed� discesserint. 11. M�nstrum saevumdomicilia multa dılıverat. 12. Ubi m�nstrum v˜distis? Id in aqu�v˜dimus. 13. Quid m�nstrum faciet? M�nstrum Andromedam interficiet.

II. 1. They have obeyed, we have destroyed, I shall have had. 2. Weshall have sent, I had come, they have fortified. 3. I had departed, hehas obeyed, you have sent (_sing. and plur._). 4. To have destroyed, tohave seen, he will have given, they have carried. 5. He had destroyed,he has moved, you have had (_sing. and plur._). 6. I have given, you hadmoved (_sing. and plur._), we had said. 7. You will have made (_sing.and plur._), they will have led, to have given.

8. Who had seen the monster? Andromeda had seen it. 9. Why had the mendeparted from[1] the towns? They had departed because the monster hadcome. 10. Did Cepheus obey[2] the oracle[3]? He did.

[Footnote 1: ÇexÈ. What would ÇabÈ mean?]

[Footnote 2: _Did ... obey_, perfect tense.]

[Footnote 3: What case?]

LESSON XXXIV

REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VOICE


ADVERBS ÇceleriterÈ, _quickly_ (celerity) ÇdıniqueÈ, _finally_ ÇgraviterÈ, _heavily, severely_ (gravity) Çsubit�È, _suddenly_

VERB Çreport�, -�re, -�v˜È, _bring back, restore; win, gain_ (report)

Ç197.È A review of the tenses of the indicative active shows thefollowing formation:

{ PRESENT = First of the principal parts TENSES { IMPERFECT = Present stem + -ba-m OF THE { FUTURE = Present stem + -b�, Conj. I and II

INDICATIVE { -a-m, Conj. III and IV { PERFECT = Third of the principal parts { PLUPERFECT = Perfect stem + -era-m { FUTURE PERFECT = Perfect stem + -er�

Ç198.È The synopsis of the active voice of Çam�È, as far as we havelearned the conjugation, is as follows:

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çam�, am�re, am�v˜È

PRES. STEM Çam�-È

{ _Pres._ am� INDIC. { _Imperf._ am�bam { _Fut._ am�b� PRES. IMV. am� PRES. INFIN. am�re

PERF. STEM Çam�v-È

{ _Perf._ am�v˜ INDIC. { _Pluperf._ am�veram { _Fut. perf._ am�ver� PERF. INFIN. am�visse

1. Learn to write in the same form and to give rapidly the principal parts and synopsis of Çpar�È, Çd�È, Çlaud�È, Çdıle�È, Çhabe�È, Çmove�È, Çp�re�È, Çvide�È, Çd˜c�È, Çdiscıd�È, Çd˛c�È, Çmitt�È, Çcapi�È, Çmuni�È, Çveni�È.[1]

[Footnote 1: Learn to give synopses rapidly, and not only in the first person singular but in any person of either number.]

Ç199.È Learn the following principal parts:[2]

PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC.

IRREGULAR VERBS sum esse fu˜ _be_ ab«sum abes«se �«fu˜ _be away_ d� dare ded˜ _give_

CONJUGATION II contine� continıre continu˜ _hold in, keep_ doce� docıre docu˜ _teach_ ege� egıre egu˜ _need_ fave� favıre f�v˜ _favor_ iube� iubıre iuss˜ _order_ noce� nocıre nocu˜ _injure_ persu�de� persu�dıre persu�s˜ _persuade_ responde� respondıre respond˜ _reply_ sede� sedıre sıd˜ _sit_ stude� studıre studu˜ _be eager_

CONJUGATION III ag� agere ıg˜ _drive_ crıd� crıdere crıdid˜ _believe_ fugi� fugere f˛g˜ _flee_ iaci� iacere iıc˜ _hurl_ interfici� interficere interfıc˜ _kill_

rapi� rapere rapu˜ _seize_ resis«t� resis«tere re«stit˜ _resist_

CONJUGATION IV repe«ri� reper˜«re rep«per˜ _find_

[Footnote 2: These are all verbs that you have had before, and the perfect is the only new form to be learned.]

Ç200.È PERSEUS AND ANDROMEDA (_Concluded_)

First learn the special vocabulary, p. 290. Read the whole story.

Perseus semper proeli� studıbat[3] et respondit,[3] ÒVerba tua suntmaximı gr�ta,Ó et laetus arma sua magica par�vit.[3] Subit� m�nstrumvidıtur; celeriter per aquam properat et Andromedae adpropinquat. Eiusam˜c˜ longı absunt et misera puella est s�la. Perseus autem sine mor�super aquam vol�vit.[3] Subit� dıscendit[3] et d˛r� gladi� saevumm�nstrum graviter vulner�vit.[3] Di˛ pugn�tur,[4] di˛ proelium estdubium. Dınique autem Perseus m�nstrum interfıcit[3] et vict�riamreport�vit.[3] Tum ad saxum vınit[3] et Andromedam l˜ber�vit[3] et eamad Cıpheum d˛xit.[3] Is, n˛per miser, nunc laetus, ita d˜xit[3]: ÒTu�auxili�, m˜ am˜ce, c�ra f˜lia mea est l˜bera; tua est Andromeda.Ó Di˛Perseus cum Andromed� ibi habit�bat[3] et magnopere � t�t� popul�am�b�tur.[3]

[Footnote 3: See if you can explain the use of the perfects and imperfects in this passage.]

[Footnote 4: The verb pugn�tur means, literally, _it is fought_; translate freely, _the battle is fought_, or _the contest rages_. The verb pugn� in Latin is intransitive, and so does not have a personal subject in the passive. A verb with an indeterminate subject, designated in English by _it_, is called impersonal.]

LESSON XXXV

THE PASSIVE PERFECTS OF THE INDICATIVETHE PERFECT PASSIVE AND FUTURE ACTIVE INFINITIVE

Ç201.È The fourth and last of the principal parts (¤183) is the Çperfectpassive participleÈ. _From it we get the participial stem on which areformed the future active infinitive and all the passive perfects._

1. Learn the following principal parts, which are for the first time given in full:

CONJ. PRES. INDIC. PRES. INFIN. PERF. INDIC. PERF. PASS. PART. I. am� am�«-re am�«v-˜ am�«t-us This is the model for all regular verbs of the first conjugation. II. mo«ne� monı«-re mo«nu-˜ mo«nit-us III. reg� re«ge-re rıx-˜ rıct-us ca«pi� ca«pe-re cıp-˜ capt-us IV. au«di� aud˜«-re aud˜«v-˜ aud˜«t-us

2. The base of the participial stem is found by dropping Ç-usÈ from the perfect passive participle.

Ç202.È In English the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect tenses

of the indicative passive are made up of forms of the auxiliary verb_to be_ and the past participle; as, _I have been loved_, _I had beenloved_, _I shall have been loved._

Very similarly, in Latin, the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfectpassive tenses use respectively the present, imperfect, and future ofÇsumÈ as an auxiliary verb with the perfect passive participle, as

Perfect passive, Çam�«tus sumÈ, _I have been_ or _was loved_ Pluperfect passive, Çam�«tus eramÈ, _I had been loved_ Future perfect passive, Çam�«tus er�È, _I shall have been loved_

1. In the same way give the synopsis of the corresponding tenses of Çmone�È, Çreg�È, Çcapi�È, and Çaudi�È, and give the English meanings.

Ç203.È ÇNature of the Participle.È A participle is partly verb andpartly adjective. As a verb it possesses tense and voice. As anadjective it is declined and agrees with the word it modifies in gender,number, and case.

Ç204.È The perfect passive participle is declined like Çbonus, bona,bonumÈ, and in the compound tenses (¤202) it agrees as a predicateadjective with the subject of the verb.

EXAMPLES IN SINGULAR ÇVir laud�tus estÈ, _the man was praised_, or _has been praised_ ÇPuella laud�ta estÈ, _the girl was praised_, or _has been praised_ ÇC�nsilium laud�tum estÈ, _the plan was praised_, or _has been praised_

EXAMPLES IN PLURAL ÇVir˜ laud�t˜ suntÈ, _the men were praised_, or _have been praised_ ÇPuellae laud�tae suntÈ, _the girls were praised_, or _have been praised_ ÇC�nsilia laud�ta suntÈ, _the plans were praised_, or _have been praised_

1. Inflect the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative passive of Çam�È, Çmone�È, Çreg�È, Çcapi�È, and Çaudi�È (¤¤488-492).

Ç205.È ÇThe perfect passive infinitiveÈ is formed by adding ÇesseÈ,the present infinitive of ÇsumÈ, to the perfect passive participle; as,am�«t-us (-a, -um) ÇesseÈ, _to have been loved_; mo«nit-us (-a,-um) ÇesseÈ, _to have been advised_.

1. Form the perfect passive infinitive of Çreg�È, Çcapi�È, Çaudi�È, and give the English meanings.

Ç206.È The future active infinitive is formed by adding ÇesseÈ, thepresent infinitive of ÇsumÈ, to the future active participle. Thisparticiple is made by adding Ç-˛rus, -a, -umÈ to the base of theparticipial stem. Thus the future active infinitive of Çam�È isamat-˛«rus (-a, -um) ÇesseÈ, _to be about to love_.

_a._ Note that in forming the three tenses of the active infinitive we use all three conjugation stems:

Present, am�re (present stem), _to love_ Perfect, am�visse (perfect stem), _to have loved_ Future, am�t˛rus esse (participial stem), _to be about to love_

1. Give the three tenses of the active infinitive of Çlaud�È, Çmone�È, Çreg�È, Çcapi�È, Çaudi�È, with the English meanings.

Ç207.È EXERCISES

I. 1. F�bula Andromedae n�rr�ta est. 2. Multae f�bulae � magistr�n�rr�tae sunt. 3. Ager ab agricol� valid� ar�tus erat. 4. Agr˜ abagricol˜s valid˜s ar�t˜ erant. 5. Aurum � serv� perfid� ad domiciliumsuum port�tum erit. 6. Nostra arma � lıg�t� laud�ta sunt. Quis vestraarma laud�vit? 7. Ab ancill� tu� ad cınam voc�tae sumus. 8. Andromedam�nstr� n�n data est, quia m�nstrum � Perse� nec�tum erat.

II. 1. The provinces were laid waste, the field had been laid waste, thetowns will have been laid waste. 2. The oracles were heard, the oraclewas heard, the oracles had been heard. 3. The oracle will have beenheard, the province had been captured, the boats have been captured.4. The fields were laid waste, the man was advised, the girls will havebeen advised. 5. The towns had been ruled, we shall have been captured,you will have been heard.

LESSON XXXVI

REVIEW OF PRINCIPAL PARTS ¥ PREPOSITIONS _YES_-OR-_NO_ QUESTIONS


Çdexter, dextra, dextrumÈ, _right_ (dextrous) Çsinister, sinistra, sinistrumÈ, _left_ Çfr˛str�È, adv., _in vain_ (frustrate)

Çger�, gerere, gess˜, gestusÈ, _bear, carry on; wear_; Çbellum gerereÈ, _to wage war_ Çoccup�, occup�re, occup�v˜, occup�tusÈ, _seize, take possession of_ (occupy) Çpostul�, postul�re, postul�v˜, postul�tusÈ, _demand_ (ex-postulate) Çrec˛s�, rec˛s�re, rec˛s�v˜, rec˛s�tusÈ, _refuse_ Çst�, st�re, stet˜, statusÈ, _stand_ Çtempt�, tempt�re, tempt�v˜, tempt�tusÈ, _try, tempt, test; attempt_ Çtene�, tenıre, tenu˜, ----È, _keep, hold_ (tenacious)

The word ÇubiÈ, which we have used so much in the sense of _where_ in asking a question, has two other uses equally important:

1. ÇubiÈ = _when_, as a relative conjunction denoting time; as, ÇUbi m�nstrum aud˜vırunt, f˛gıruntÈ, _when they heard the monster, they fled_

2. ÇubiÈ = _where_, as a relative conjunction denoting place; as, ÇVide� oppidum ubi Galba habitatÈ, _I see the town where Galba lives_

ÇubiÈ is called a _relative conjunction_ because it is equivalent to a relative pronoun. _When_ in the first sentence is equivalent to _at the time Çat whichÈ;_ and in the second, _where_ is equivalent to _the place Çin whichÈ._

Ç208.È The following list shows the principal parts of all the verbs youhave had excepting those used in the paradigms. The parts you have had

before are given for review, and the perfect participle is the only newform for you to learn. Sometimes one or more of the principal parts arelacking, which means that the verb has no forms based on that stem. Afew verbs lack the perfect passive participle but have the future activeparticiple in Ç-˛rusÈ, which appears in the principal parts instead.

IRREGULAR VERBS

ÇsumÈ ÇesseÈ Çfu˜È Çfut˛rusÈ _be_ ÇabsumÈ ÇabesseÈ Ç�fu˜È Ç�fut˛rusÈ _be away_ Çd�È[1] ÇdareÈ Çded˜È ÇdatusÈ _give_

[Footnote 1: Çd�È is best classed with the irregular verbs because of the short ÇaÈ in the present and participial stems.]

CONJUGATION I

Çport�È Çport�reÈ Çport�v˜È Çport�tusÈ _carry_

So for all verbs of this conjugation thus far used.

CONJUGATION II

Çcontine�È ÇcontinıreÈ Çcontinu˜È ÇcontentusÈ _hold in, keep_ Çdıle�È ÇdılıreÈ Çdılıv˜È ÇdılıtusÈ _destroy_ Çdoce�È ÇdocıreÈ Çdocu˜È ÇdoctusÈ _teach_ Çege�È ÇegıreÈ Çegu˜È ---- _lack_ Çfave�È ÇfavıreÈ Çf�v˜È Çfaut˛rusÈ _favor_ Çiube�È ÇiubıreÈ Çiuss˜È ÇiussusÈ _order_ Çmove�È ÇmovıreÈ Çm�v˜È Çm�tusÈ _move_ Çnoce�È ÇnocıreÈ Çnocu˜È Çnocit˛rusÈ _injure_ Çp�re�È Çp�rıreÈ Çp�ru˜È ---- _obey_ Çpersu�de�È Çpersu�dıreÈ Çpersu�s˜È Çpersu�susÈ _persuade (from)_ Çprohibe�È ÇprohibıreÈ Çprohibu˜È ÇprohibitusÈ _restrain, keep_ Çresponde�È ÇrespondıreÈ Çrespond˜È Çresp�nsusÈ _reply_ Çsede�È ÇsedıreÈ Çsıd˜È Ç-sessusÈ _sit_ Çstude�È ÇstudıreÈ Çstudu˜È ---- _be eager_ Çvide�È ÇvidıreÈ Çv˜d˜È Çv˜susÈ _see_

CONJUGATION III

Çag�È ÇagereÈ Çıg˜È Ç�ctusÈ _drive_ Çcrıd�È ÇcrıdereÈ Çcrıdid˜È ÇcrıditusÈ _believe_ Çd˜c�È Çd˜cereÈ Çd˜x˜È ÇdictusÈ _say_ Çdiscıd�È ÇdiscıdereÈ Çdiscess˜È ÇdiscessusÈ _depart_ Çd˛c�È Çd˛cereÈ Çd˛x˜È ÇductusÈ _lead_ Çfaci�È[2] ÇfacereÈ Çfıc˜È ÇfactusÈ _make_ Çfugi�È ÇfugereÈ Çf˛g˜È Çfugit˛rusÈ _flee_ Çiaci�È ÇiacereÈ Çiıc˜È ÇiactusÈ _hurl_ Çinterfici�È ÇinterficereÈ Çinterfıc˜È ÇinterfectusÈ _kill_ Çmitt�È ÇmittereÈ Çm˜s˜È ÇmissusÈ _send_ Çrapi�È ÇrapereÈ Çrapu˜È ÇraptusÈ _seize_ Çresist�È ÇresistereÈ Çrestit˜È ---- _resist_

CONJUGATION IV

Çm˛ni�È Çm˛n˜reÈ Çm˛n˜v˜È Çm˛n˜tusÈ _fortify_ Çreperi�È Çreper˜reÈ Çrep«per˜È ÇrepertusÈ _find_ Çveni�È Çven˜reÈ Çvın˜È ÇventusÈ _come_

[Footnote 2: Çfaci�È has an irregular passive which will be presented later.]

Ç209.È ÇPrepositions.È 1. We learned in ¤¤52, 53 that only the _accusative_ and the _ablative_ are used with prepositions, and that prepositions expressing ablative relations govern the ablative case. Those we have had are here summarized. The table following should be learned.

Ç�È or ÇabÈ, _from, by_ ÇcumÈ, _with_ ÇdıÈ, _down from, concerning_ ÇıÈ or ÇexÈ, _out from, out of_ Çpr�È, _before, in front of; for, in behalf of_ ÇsineÈ, _without_

2. Prepositions not expressing ablative relations must govern the _accusative_ (¤52). Of these we have had the following:

ÇadÈ, _to_; ÇapudÈ, _among_; ÇperÈ, _through_

There are many others which you will meet as we proceed.

3. The preposition ÇinÈ when meaning _in_ or _on_ governs the _ablative_; when meaning _to, into, against_ (relations foreign to the ablative) ÇinÈ governs the _accusative_.

Ç210.È Ç_Yes_-or-_No_ Questions.È Questions not introduced by someinterrogative word like _who, why, when_, etc., but expecting the answer_yes_ or _no_, may take one of three forms:

1. _Is he coming?_ (Asking for information. Implying nothing as to the answer expected.) 2. _Is he not coming?_ (Expecting the answer _yes_.) 3. _He isn«t coming, is he?_ (Expecting the answer _no_.)

These three forms are rendered in Latin as follows:

1. ÇVenitne?È _is he coming?_ 2. ÇN�nne venit?È _is he not coming?_ 3. ÇNum venit?È _he isn«t coming, is he?_

_a._ Ç-neÈ, the question sign, is usually added to the verb, which then stands first.

_b._ We learned in ¤56.b that _yes_-or-_no_ questions are usually answered by repeating the verb, with or without a negative. Instead of this, ÇitaÈ, Çvır�È, ÇcertıÈ, etc. (_so, truly, certainly_, etc.) may be used for _yes_, and Çn�nÈ, ÇminimıÈ, etc. for _no_ if the denial is emphatic, as, _by no means_, _not at all_.

Ç211.È EXERCISES


I. 1. N�nne habıbat Cornılia �rn�menta aur˜? Habıbat. 2. Num Sextuslıg�tus sc˛tum in dextr� bracchi� gerıbat? N�n in dextr�, sed sinistr�in bracchi� Sextus sc˛tum gerıbat. 3. Fr˛str� bella multa ab Gall˜s

gesta erant. 4. Ubi oppidum � perfid� Sext� occup�tum est, oppid�n˜miser˜ gladi� interfect˜ sunt. 5. Id oppidum erat plınum fr˛ment˜.6. N�nne Sextus ab oppid�n˜s fr˛mentum postul�vit? Vır�, sed i˜rec˛s�vırunt fr˛mentum dare. 7. C˛r oppidum ab Sext� dılıtum est? Quiafr˛mentum rec˛s�tum est. 8. Ea vict�ria n�n dubia erat. 9. Oppid�n˜erant dıfess˜ et arm˜s egıbant. 10. Num fugam tempt�vırunt? Minimı.

II. 1. Where was Julia standing? She was standing where you had ordered.2. Was Julia wearing any ornaments? She had many ornaments of gold.3. Did she not attempt flight when she saw the danger? She did. 4. Whocaptured her? Galba captured her without delay and held her by the leftarm. 5. She didn«t have the ladyÕs gold, did she? No, the gold had beentaken by a faithless maid and has been brought back.

* * * * *

ÇFourth Review, Lessons XXVII-XXXVI, ¤¤513-516È

* * * * *

LESSON XXXVII

CONJUGATION OF _POSSUM_ ¥ THE INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH


ÇnequeÈ or ÇnecÈ, conj., _neither_, _nor_, _and ... not_; Çneque ... nequeÈ, _neither ... nor_ Çcastellum, -˜È, n., _redoubt, fort_ (castle) Çcot˜diıÈ, adv., _daily_ cess�, cess�re, cess�v˜, cess�tus, _cease_, with the infin.

Çincipi�, incipere, incıp˜, inceptusÈ, _begin_ (incipient), with the infin. Çoppugn�, oppugn�re, oppugn�v˜, oppugn�tusÈ, _storm, assail_ Çpet�, petere, petiviÈ or Çpeti˜, pet˜tusÈ, _aim at, assail, storm, attack; seek, ask_ (petition) Çp�n�, p�nere, posu˜, positusÈ, _place, put_ (position); Çcastra p�nereÈ, _to pitch camp_ Çpossum, posse, potu˜, ----È, _be able, can_ (potent), with the infin. Çvet�, vet�re, vetu˜, vetitusÈ, _forbid_ (veto), vith the infin.; opposite of Çiube�È, _command_ Çvinc�, vincere, v˜c˜, victusÈ, _conquer_ (in-vincible) Çv˜v�, v˜vere, v˜x˜, ----È, _live, be alive_ (re-vive)

Ç212.È Learn the principal parts of ÇpossumÈ, _I am able_, _I can_, andits inflection in the indicative and infinitive. (Cf. ¤495.)

_a._ ÇPossumÈ, _I can_, is a compound of ÇpotisÈ, _able_, and ÇsumÈ, _I am_.

Ç213.È ÇThe Infinitive with Subject Accusative.È The _infinitive_ (cf.¤173) is a _verbal noun_. Used as a noun, it has the constructions of anoun. As a verb it can govern a case and be modified by an adverb. Theuses of the infinitive are much the same in Latin as in English.

1. In English certain verbs of _wishing, commanding, forbidding_, and the like are used with an object clause consisting of a substantive in the objective case and an infinitive, as, _he commanded the men to flee_. Such object clauses are called infinitive clauses, and the

substantive is said to be the subject of the infinitive.

Similarly in Latin, some verbs of _wishing, commanding, forbidding_, and the like are used with an object clause consisting of an infinitive with a subject in the accusative case, as, ÇIs vir�s fugere iussitÈ, _he commanded the men to flee_.

Ç214.È RULE. ÇSubject of the Infinitive.È _The subject of the infinitiveis in the accusative._

Ç215.È ÇThe Complementary Infinitive.È In English a verb is oftenfollowed by an infinitive to complete its meaning, as, _the Romans areable to conquer the Gauls_. This is called the _complementary_infinitive, as the predicate is not _complete_ without the addedinfinitive.

Similarly in Latin, _verbs of incomplete predication_ are completed bythe infinitive. Among such verbs are ÇpossumÈ, _I am able, I can_;Çproper�È, Çm�t˛r�È, _I hasten_; Çtempt�È, _I attempt_; as

ÇR�m�n˜ Gall�s super�re possuntÈ, _the Romans are able to_ (or _can_) _conquer the Gauls_ ÇBellum gerere m�t˛rantÈ, _they hasten to wage war_

_a._ A predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees in gender, number, and case with the subject of the main verb.

ÇMal˜ puer˜ esse bon˜ n�n possuntÈ, _bad boys are not able to_ (or _cannot_) _be good._

Observe that Çbon˜È agrees with Çpuer˜È.

Ç216.È ÇThe Infinitive used as a Noun.È In English the infinitive isoften used as a pure noun, as the subject of a sentence, or as apredicate nominative. For example, _To conquer_ (= conquering) _ispleasing; To see_ (= seeing) _is to believe_ (= believing). The same useof the infinitive is found in Latin, especially with ÇestÈ, as

ÇSuper�re est gr�tumÈ, _to conquer is pleasing_ ÇVidıre est crıdereÈ, _to see is to believe_

_a._ In the construction above, the infinitive often has a subject, which must then be in the accusative case, as

ÇGalbam super�re inim˜c�s est gr�tum mult˜sÈ, _for Galba to conquer his enemies is pleasing to many_

_b._ An infinitive used as a noun is neuter singular. Thus, in the sentence Çsuper�re est gr�tumÈ, the predicate adjective Çgr�tumÈ is in the neuter nominative singular to agree with Çsuper�reÈ the subject.

Ç217.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Magister l˛d˜ l˜ber�s cum d˜ligenti� lab�r�re iussit. 2. Egırecib� et vin� est vir˜s molestum. 3. Vir˜ arm�t˜ vetuırunt Gall�s castra

ibi p�nere. 4. Estne lıg�tus in castell� an in m˛r�? Is est pr� port�.5. Ubi nostr˜[1] fugere incıpırunt, lıg�tus ab vestr˜s[1] captus est.6. Gall˜ castellum ibi oppugn�verant ubi praesidium erat ñf˜rmum.7. Ali˜ pugn�re tempt�bant, ali˜ port�s petıbant. 8. Fıminae pr�domicili˜s sedıbant neque resistere valid˜s Gall˜s poterant.9. Bellum est saevum, nec ñf˜rm˜s nec miser˜s favet. 10. Sed vir˜ armapostul�bant et studıbant Gall�s dı m˛r˜s agere. 11. Id castellum abGall˜s occup�r˜ R�m�n˜s n�n gr�tum erit. 12. Gall˜ ubi � R�m�n˜s vict˜sunt, esse l˜ber˜[2] cess�vırunt. 13. Di˛ sine aqu� v˜vere n�n potestis.

II. 1. The girl began daily to carry water from the river to the gates.2. The Gauls had pitched their camp in a place suitable for a battle.3. For a long time they tried in vain to seize the redoubt. 4. Neitherdid they cease to hurl weapons against[3] the walls. 5. But they werenot able to (could not) take the town.

[Footnote 1: Supply _men_. ÇnostriÈ, Çvestr˜È, and Çsu˜È are often used as nouns in this way.]

[Footnote 2: Not _children_. The Romans used Çl˜ber˜È either as an adjective, meaning _free_, or as a noun, meaning _the free_, thereby signifying their _free-born children_. The word was never applied to children of slaves.]

[Footnote 3: ÇinÈ with the accusative.]

Ç218.È THE FAITHLESS TARPE«IA

Sabñ˜ �lim cum R�m�n˜s bellum gerıbant et mult�s vict�ri�sreport�verant. Iam agr�s proxim�s m˛r˜s v�st�bant, iam oppid�adpropinqu�bant. R�m�n˜ autem in Capit�lium f˛gerant et longı per˜cul�aberant. M˛r˜s valid˜s et sax˜s alt˜s crıdıbant. Fr˛str� Sabñ˜ tılaiaciıbant, fr˛str� port�s d˛r�s petıbant; castellum occup�re n�npoterant. Deinde novum c�nsilium cıpırunt.[4]

Tarpıia erat puella R�m�na pulchra et superba. Cot˜diı aquam c�pi˜sR�m�n˜s in Capit�lium port�bat. E˜[5] n�n nocıbant Sabñ˜, quod ea sinearm˜s erat neque Sabñ˜ bellum cum fımin˜s l˜ber˜sque gerıbant. Tarpıiaautem maximı am�bat �rn�menta aur˜. Cot˜diı Sabñ�rum �rn�menta vidıbatet mox ea dıs˜der�re incipiıbat. E˜ ˛nus ex[6] Sabñ˜s d˜xit, ÒD˛cc�pi�s Sabñ�s intr� port�s, Tarpıia, et maxima erunt praemia tua.Ó

[Footnote 4: Çc�nsilium capereÈ, _to make a plan_. Why is the _perfect_ tense used here and the imperfect in the preceding sentences? Explain the use of tenses in the next paragraph.]

[Footnote 5: Dative with ÇnocıbantÈ. (Cf. ¤154.)]

[Footnote 6: ÇexÈ, _out of_, i.e. _from the nuumber of_; best translated _of_.]

[Illustration: TARPEIA PUELLA PERFIDA]

LESSON XXXVIII

THE RELATIVE PRONOUN AND THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN

Ç219.È Sentences are _simple, compound_, or _complex_.

_a._ A _simple sentence_ is a sentence containing but one statement, that is, one subject and one predicate: _The Romans approached the town._

_b._ A _compound sentence_ is a sentence containing two or more independent statements: _The Romans approached the town_ | and | _the enemy fled._

NOTE. An independent statement is one that can stand alone; it does notdepend upon another statement.

_c._ A _complex sentence_ is a sentence containing one independent statement and one or more dependent statements: _When the Romans approached the town | the enemy fled._

NOTE. A dependent or subordinate statement is one that depends on orqualifies another statement; thus _the enemy fled_ is independent, and_when the Romans approached the town_ is dependent or subordinate.

_d._ The separate statements in a compound or complex sentence are called _clauses_. In a complex sentence the independent statement is called the _main clause_ and the dependent statement the _subordinate clause._

Ç220.È Examine the complex sentence

_The Romans killed the men who were taken_

Here are two clauses:

_a._ The main clause, _The Romans killed the men_

_b._ The subordinate clause, _who were taken_

The word _who_ is a pronoun, for it takes the place of the noun _men_.It also connects the subordinate clause _who were taken_ with the noun_men_. Hence the clause is an _adjective clause_. A pronoun thatconnects an _adjective clause_ with a substantive is called a _relativepronoun_, and the substantive for which the relative pronoun stands iscalled its _antecedent_. The relative pronouns in English are _who,whose, whom, which, what, that_.

Ç221.È The relative pronoun in Latin is Çqu˜È, ÇquaeÈ, ÇquodÈ, and it isdeclined as follows:

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ Çqu˜È ÇquaeÈ ÇquodÈ Çqu˜È ÇquaeÈ ÇquaeÈ _Gen._ ÇcuiusÈ ÇcuiusÈ ÇcuiusÈ Çqu�rumÈ Çqu�rumÈ Çqu�rumÈ _Dat._ ÇcuiÈ ÇcuiÈ ÇcuiÈ ÇquibusÈ ÇquibusÈ ÇquibusÈ _Acc._ ÇquemÈ ÇquamÈ ÇquodÈ Çqu�sÈ Çqu�sÈ ÇquaeÈ _Abl._ Çqu�È Çqu�È Çqu�È ÇquibusÈ ÇquibusÈ ÇquibusÈ

1. Review the declension of ÇisÈ, ¤114, and note the similarity in the endings. The forms Çqu˜È, ÇquaeÈ, and ÇquibusÈ are the only forms showing new endings.

NOTE. The genitive ÇcuiusÈ and the dative ÇcuiÈ are pronounced_c[oo]i«y[oo]s_ (two syllables) and _c[oo]i_ (one syllable).

Ç222.È ÇThe Relative Pronoun is translated as follows:È[1]

MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ _who, that_ _which, what, that_ _Gen._ _of whom, whose_ _of which, of what, whose_ _Dat._ _to_ or _for whom_ _to_ or _for which_, _to_ or _for what_ _Acc._ _whom, that_ _which, what, that_ _Abl._ _from_, etc., _whom_ _from_, etc., _which_ or _what_

[Footnote 1: This table of meanings need not be memorized. It is inserted for reference when translating.]

_a._ We see from the table above that Çqu˜È, when it refers to a person, is translated by some form of _who_ or by _that_; and that when it refers to anything else it is translated by _which, what_, or _that_.

Ç223.È Note the following sentences:

_The Romans killed the men who were taken_ _The Romans killed the woman who was taken_ ÇR�m�n˜ interfıcırunt vir�s qu˜ capt˜ suntÈ ÇR�m�n˜ interfıcırunt fıminam quae capta estÈ

In the first sentence _who_ (Çqu˜È) refers to the antecedent _men_(Çvir�sÈ), and is _masculine plural_. In the second, _who_ (ÇquaeÈ)refers to _woman_ (ÇfıminamÈ), and _feminine singular_. From this welearn that the relative must agree with its antecedent in _gender_ and_number_. In neither of the sentences are the antecedents and relativesin the same case. ÇVir�sÈ and ÇfıminamÈ are accusatives, and Çqu˜È andÇquaeÈ are nominatives, being the subjects of the subordinate clauses.Hence

Ç224.È RULE. ÇAgreement of the Relative.È _A relative pronoun must agreewith its antecedent in gender and number; but its case is determined bythe way it is used in its own clause._

Ç225.È ÇInterrogative Pronouns.È An interrogative pronoun is a pronounthat asks a question. In English the interrogatives are _who?_ _which?__what?_ In Latin they are Çquis?È Çquid?È (pronoun) and Çqu˜?È Çquae?ÈÇquod?È (adjective).

Ç226.È Examine the sentences

_a._ _Who is the man?_ ÇQuis est vir?È _b._ _What man is leading them?_ ÇQu˜ vir e�s d˛cit?È

In _a_, _who_ is an interrogative _pronoun_. In _b_, _what_ is aninterrogative _adjective_. Observe that in Latin ÇquisÈ, ÇquidÈ is the_pronoun_ and Çqu˜È, ÇquaeÈ, ÇquodÈ is the _adjective_.

Ç227.È 1. The interrogative adjective Çqu˜È, ÇquaeÈ, ÇquodÈ is declinedjust like the relative pronoun. (See ¤221.)

2. The interrogative pronoun ÇquisÈ, ÇquidÈ is declined like Çqu˜È, ÇquaeÈ, ÇquodÈ in the plural. In the singular it is declined as follows:

MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ÇquisÈ, _who?_ ÇquidÈ, _what? which?_

_Gen._ ÇcuiusÈ, _whose?_ ÇcuiusÈ, _whose?_ _Dat._ ÇcuiÈ, _to_ or _for whom?_ ÇcuiÈ, _to_ or _for_ _what_ or _which?_ _Acc._ ÇquemÈ, _whom?_ ÇquidÈ, _what? which?_ _Abl._ Çqu�È, _from_, etc., _whom?_ Çqu�È, _from_, etc., _which_ or _what?_

NOTE. Observe that the masculine and feminine are alike and that all theforms are like the corresponding forms of the relative, excepting quisand quid.

Ç228.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Quis est aeger? Servus quem am� est aeger. 2. Cuius sc˛tum habıs?Sc˛tum habe� quod lıg�tus ad castellum m˜sit. 3. Cui lıg�tus suum sc˛tumdabit? F˜li� me� sc˛tum dabit. 4. Ubi Germ�n˜ ant˜qu˜ v˜vıbant? In terr�quae est proxima Rhın� Germ�n˜ v˜vıbant. 5. Quibuscum[1] Germ�n˜ bellumgerıbant? Cum R�m�n˜s, qui e�s super�re studıbant, Germ�n˜ bellumgerıbant. 6. Qu˜ vir˜ castra p�nunt? I˜ sunt vir˜ qu�rum arm˜s Germ�n˜vict˜ sunt. 7. Quibus tıl˜s c�piae nostrae eguırunt? Gladi˜s et tel˜snostrae c�piae eguırunt. 8. å quibus porta sinistra tenıb�tur? å soci˜sporta sinistra tenıb�tur. 9. Quae pr�vinciae � R�m�n˜s occup�tae sunt?Multae pr�vinciae � R�m�n˜s occup�tae sunt. 10. Quibus vir˜s de˜favıbunt? Bon˜s vir˜s de˜ favıbunt.

[Footnote 1: ÇcumÈ is added to the ablative of relative, interrogative, and personal pronouns instead of being placed before them.]

[Illustration: GERMANI ANTIQUI]

II. 1. What victory will you announce? 2. I will announce to the peoplethe victory which the sailors have won. 3. The men who were pitchingcamp were eager for battle. 4. Nevertheless they were soon conquered bythe troops which Sextus had sent. 5. They could not resist our forces,but fled from that place without delay.

Ç229.È THE FAITHLESS TARPEIA (_Concluded_)[2]

Tarpıia, comm�ta �rnament˜s Sabñ�rum pulchr˜s, di˛ resistere n�n potuitet respondit: ÒDate mihi[3] �rn�menta quae in sinistr˜s bracch˜sgeritis, et celeriter c�pi�s vestr�s in Capit�lium d˛cam.Ó Nec Sabñ˜rec˛s�vırunt, sed per d˛r�s magn�sque castell˜ port�s proper�vıruntqu�[1] Tarpıia d˛xit et mox intr� valid�s et alt�s m˛r�s st�bant. Tumsine mor� in[2] Tarpıiam sc˛ta graviter iıcırunt; nam sc˛ta quoque insinistr˜s bracchi˜s gerıbant. Ita perfida puella Tarpıia interfecta est;ita Sabñ˜ Capit�lium occup�vırunt.

[Footnote 2: Explain the use of the tenses in this selection.]

[Footnote 3: _to me._]

[Footnote 1: qu� = _whither_, _to the place where_. Here ÇquoÈ is the relative adverb. We have had it used before as the interrogative adverb, _whither?_ _to what place?_]

[Footnote 2: _upon_.]

LESSON XXXIX

THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ CONSONANT STEMS


Çbarbarus, -a, -umÈ, _strange, foreign, barbarous_. As a noun, Çbarbar˜, -�rumÈ, m., plur., _savages, barbarians_ Çdux, ducisÈ, m., _leader_ (duke). Cf. the verb Çd˛c�È Çeques, equitisÈ, m., _horseman, cavalryman_ (equestrian) i˛dex, i˛dicis, _m., judge_ Çlapis, lapidisÈ, m., _stone_ (lapidary) Çm˜les, m˜litisÈ, m., _soldier_ (militia) Çpedes, peditisÈ, m., _foot soldier_ (pedestrian) Çpıs, pedisÈ,[A] m., _foot_ (pedal) Çprñceps, prñcipisÈ, m., _chief_ (principal) Çrıx, rıgisÈ, m., _king_ (regal) Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, _highest, greatest_ (summit) Çvirt˛s, virt˛tisÈ, f., _manliness, courage_ (virtue)

[Footnote A: Observe that ÇeÈ is _long_ in the nom. sing, and _short_ in the other cases.]

Ç230.È ÇBases and Stems.È In learning the first and second declensionswe saw that the different cases were formed by adding the caseterminations to the part of the word that did not change, which wecalled the ÇbaseÈ. If to the base we add Ç-�È in the first declension,and Ç-oÈ in the second, we get what is called the ÇstemÈ. Thus ÇportaÈhas the base Çport-È and the stem Çport�-È; ÇservusÈ has the baseÇserv-È and the stem Çservo-È.

These stem vowels, Ç-�-È and Ç-o-È, play so important a part in theformation of the case terminations that these declensions are named fromthem respectively the _å_- and _O_-Declensions.

Ç231.È ÇNouns of the Third Declension.È The third declension is calledthe Consonant or _I_-Declension, and its nouns are classified accordingto the way the _stem_ ends. If the last letter of the stem is aconsonant, the word is said to have a _consonant stem_; if the stem endsin Ç-i-È, the word is said to have an Çi-È_stem_. _In consonant stemsthe stem is the same as the base. In_ Çi-È_stems the stem is formed byadding_ Ç-i-È _to the base._ The presence of the ÇiÈ makes a differencein certain of the cases, so the distinction is a very important one.

Ç232.È Consonant stems are divided into two classes:

I. Stems that add Ç-sÈ to the base to form the nominative singular. II. Stems that add no termination in the nominative singular.

CLASS I

Ç233.È Stems that add Ç-sÈ to the base in the nominative singular areeither masculine or feminine and are declined as follows:

ÇprñcepsÈ, Çm˜lesÈ, m., ÇlapisÈ, m., _chief_ _soldier_ m., _stone_ BASES OR STEMS Çprñcip-È Çm˜lit-È Çlapid-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS M. AND F.

_Nom._ prñceps m˜les lapis -s _Gen._ prñ«cipis m˜litis lapidis -is _Dat._ prñ«cip˜ m˜lit˜ lapid˜ -˜ _Acc._ prñ«cipem m˜litem lapidem -em _Abl._ prñ«cipe m˜lite lapide -e

PLURAL _Nom._ prñ«cipıs m˜litıs lapidıs -ıs _Gen._ prñ«cipum m˜litum lapidum -um _Dat._ prñci«pibus m˜litibus lapidibus -ibus _Acc._ prñ«cipıs m˜litıs lapidıs -ıs _Abl._ prñci«pibus m˜litibus lapidibus -ibus

ÇrıxÈ, Çi˛dexÈ, Çvirt˛sÈ, f., m., _king_ m.,_judge_ _manliness_ BASES OR STEMS Çrıg-È Çi˛dic-È Çvirt˛t-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS M. AND F. _Nom._ rıx i˛dex virt˛s -s _Gen._ rıgis i˛dicis virt˛«tis -is _Dat._ rıg˜ i˛dic˜ virt˛«t˜ -˜ _Acc._ rıgem i˛dicem virt˛«tem -em _Abl._ rıge i˛dice virt˛«te -e

PLURAL _Nom._ rıgıs i˛dicıs virt˛«tıs -ıs _Gen._ rıgum i˛dicum virt˛«tum -um _Dat._ rıgibus i˛dicibus virt˛«tibus -ibus _Acc._ rıgıs i˛dicıs virt˛«tıs -ıs _Abl._ rıgibus i˛dicibus virt˛«tibus -ibus

1. The base or stem is found by dropping Ç-isÈ in the genitive singular.

2. Most nouns of two syllables, like ÇprñcepsÈ (Çprñcip-È), Çm˜lesÈ (Çm˜lit-È), Çi˛dexÈ (Çi˛dic-È), have ÇiÈ in the base, but ÇeÈ in the nominative.

_a._ ÇlapisÈ is an exception to this rule.

3. Observe the consonant changes of the base or stem in the nominative:

_a._ A final Ç-tÈ or Ç-dÈ is dropped before Ç-sÈ; thus Çm˜lesÈ for Çm˜letsÈ, ÇlapisÈ for ÇlapidsÈ, Çvirt˛sÈ for Çvirt˛tsÈ.

_b._ A final Ç-cÈ or Ç-gÈ unites with Ç-sÈ and forms Ç-xÈ; thus Çi˛decÈ + ÇsÈ = Çi˛dexÈ, ÇrıgÈ + ÇsÈ = ÇrıxÈ.

4. Review ¤74 and apply the rules to this declension.

In like manner decline Çdux, ducisÈ, m., _leader_; Çeques, equitisÈ, m., _horseman_; Çpedes, peditisÈ, m., _foot soldier_; Çpıs, pedisÈ, m.,_foot_.

Ç234.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Neque peditıs neque equitıs occup�re castellum R�m�num poterant.2. Summ� virt˛te m˛r�s alt�s cot˜diı oppugn�bant. 3. Pedes m˜litumlapidibus qu˜ dı m˛r� iaciıbantur saepe vulner�bantur. 4. Quod novumc�nsilium dux cıpit? 5. Is perfidam puellam pulchr˜s �rn�ment˜stempt�vit. 6. Quid puella fıcit? 7. Puella comm�ta aur� m˜litıs perport�s d˛xit. 8. Tamen praemia quae summ� studi� pet˜verat n�nreport�vit. 9. Apud R�m�n�s ant˜qu�s Tarpıia n�n est laud�ta.

II. 1. What ship is that which I see? That (ÇilludÈ) ship is the_Victory_. It is sailing now with a favorable wind and will soonapproach Italy. 2. The judges commanded the savages to be seized and tobe killed. 3. The chiefs of the savages suddenly began to flee, but werequickly captured by the horsemen. 4. The king led the foot soldiers tothe wall from which the townsmen were hurling stones with the greatestzeal.

[Illustration: NAVIGIUM]

LESSON XL

THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ CONSONANT STEMS (_Continued_)


ÇCaesar, -arisÈ, m., _C¾sar_ Çcapt˜vus, -˜È, m., _captive, prisoner_ Çc�nsul, -isÈ, m., _consul_ Çfr�ter, fr�trisÈ, m., _brother_ (fraternity) Çhom�, hominisÈ, m., _man, human being_ Çimped˜mentum, -˜È, n., _hindrance_ (impediment); plur. Çimped˜menta, -�rumÈ, _baggage_ Çimper�tor, imper�t�risÈ, m., _commander in chief, general_ (emperor) Çlegi�, legi�nisÈ, f., _legion_ Çm�ter, m�trisÈ, f., _mother_ (maternal) Ç�rd�, �rdinisÈ, m., _row, rank_ (order) Çpater, patrisÈ, m., _father_ (paternal) Çsal˛s, sal˛tisÈ, f., _safety_ (salutary) Çsoror, sor�risÈ, f., _sister_ (sorority)

CLASS II

Ç235.È Consonant stems that add no termination in the nominative aredeclined in the other cases exactly like those that add Ç-sÈ. They maybe masculine, feminine, or neuter.

Ç236.È PARADIGMS

MASCULINES AND FEMININES

Çc�nsulÈ, Çlegi�È, f., Ç�rd�È, ÇpaterÈ, m., m., _consul_ _legion_ m., _row_ _father_ BASES OR STEMS Çc�nsul-È Çlegi�n-È Ç�rdin-È Çpatr-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS M. AND F. _Nom._ c�nsul legi� �rd� pater --

_Gen._ c�nsulis legi�nis �rdinis patris -is _Dat._ c�nsul˜ legi�n˜ �rdin˜ patr˜ -˜ _Acc._ c�nsulem legi�nem �rdinem patrem -em _Abl._ c�nsule legi�ne �rdine patre -e

PLURAL _Nom._ c�nsulıs legi�nıs �rdinıs patrıs -ıs _Gen._ c�nsulum legi�num �rdinum patrum -um _Dat._ c�nsulibus legi�nibus �rdinibus patribus -ibus _Acc._ c�nsulıs legi�nıs �rdinıs patrıs -ıs _Abl._ c�nsulibus legi�nibus �rdinibus patribus -ibus

1. With the exception of the nominative, the terminations are exactly the same as in Class I, and the base or stem is found in the same way.

2. Masculines and feminines with bases or stems in -in- and -�n- drop -n- and end in -� in the nominative, as legi� (base or stem legi�n-), �rd� (base or stem �rdin-).

3. Bases or stems in -tr- have -ter in the nominative, as pater (base or stem patr-).

4. Note how the genitive singular gives the clue to the whole declension. _Always learn this with the nominative._

Ç237.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Aud˜sne tub�s, M�rce? N�n s�lum tub�s audi� sed etiam �rdinısmilitum et carr�s imped˜ment�rum plın�s vidıre possum. 2. Qu�s legi�nısvidımus? Eae legi�nıs n˛per ex Galli� vınırunt. 3. Quid ibi fıcırunt?Studıbantne pugn�re an sine virt˛te erant? 4. Multa proelia fıcırunt[1]et magn�s vict�ri�s et mult�s capt˜v�s report�vırunt. 5. Quis estimper�tor e�rum legi�num? Caesar, summus R�m�n�rum imper�tor. 6. Quisest eques qu˜ pulchram cor�nam gerit? Is eques est fr�ter meus. E˜cor�na � c�nsule data est quia summ� virt˛te pugn�verat et � barbar˜spatriam serv�verat.

II. 1. Who has seen my father to-day? 2. I saw him just now (Çn˛perÈ).He was hastening to your dwelling with your mother and sister. 3. Whenmen are far from the fatherland and lack food, they cannot berestrained[2] from wrong[3]. 4. The safety of the soldiers is dear toC¾sar, the general. 5. The chiefs were eager to storm a town full ofgrain which was held by the consul. 6. The king forbade the baggage ofthe captives to be destroyed.

[Footnote 1: Çproelium facereÈ = _to fight a battle._]

[Footnote 2: Çcontine�È. Cf. ¤180.]

[Footnote 3: Abl. ini˛ri�.]

LESSON XLI

THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ CONSONANT STEMS (_Concluded_)


Çcalamit�s, calamit�tisÈ, f., _loss, disaster, defeat_ (calamity) Çcaput, capitisÈ, n., _head_ (capital) Çfl˛men, fl˛minisÈ, n., _river_ (flume) Çlabor, lab�risÈ, m., _labor, toil_ Çopus, operisÈ, n., _work, task_ Ç�r�tor, �r�t�risÈ, m., _orator_ Çr˜pa, -aeÈ, f., _bank_ (of a stream) Çtempus, temporisÈ, n., _time_ (temporal) Çterror, terr�risÈ, m., _terror, fear_ Çvictor, vict�risÈ, m., _victor_

Çaccipi�, accipere, accıp˜, acceptusÈ, _receive, accept_ Çc�nfirm�, c�nf˜rm�re, c�nf˜rm�v˜, c�nf˜rm�tusÈ, _strengthen, establish, encourage_ (confirm)

Ç238.È Neuter consonant stems add no termination in the nominative andare declined as follows:

Çfl˛menÈ, ÇtempusÈ, ÇopusÈ, ÇcaputÈ, n., _river_ n., _time_ n., _work_ n., _head_ BASES OR STEMS Çfl˛min-È Çtempor-È Çoper-È Çcapit-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ fl˛men tempus opus caput -- _Gen._ fl˛minis temporis operis capitis -is _Dat._ fl˛min˜ temper˜ oper˜ capit˜ -˜ _Acc._ fl˛men tempus opus caput -- _Abl._ fl˛mine tempore opere capite -e

PLURAL _Nom._ fl˛mina tempora opera capita -a _Gen._ fl˛minum temporum operum capitum -um _Dat._ fl˛minibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus _Acc._ fl˛mina tempora opera capita -a _Abl._ fl˛minibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus

1. Review ¤74 and apply the rules to this declension.

2. Bases or stems in -in- have -e- instead of -i- in the nominative, as fl˛men, base or stem fl˛min-.

3. Most bases or stems in -er- and -or- have -us in the nominative, as opus, base or stem oper-; tempus, base or stem tempor-.

Ç239.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Barbar˜ ubi R�mam cıpırunt, maxima rıgum opera dılıvırunt.2. R�m�n˜ mult�s calamit�tıs � barbar˜s accıpırunt. 3. Ubi erat summusterror apud oppid�n�s, anim˜ dubi˜ e�rum ab �r�t�re clar� c�nf˜rm�tisunt. 4. R�ma est in r˜p˜s fi˛minis magn˜. 5. Ubi Caesar imper�torm˜litıs su�s arma capere iussit, i˜ � proeli� continır˜ n�n potuırunt.6. Ubi proelium factum est, imper�tor reper˜r˜ n�n potuit. 7. Imper�torsagitt� in capite vulner�tus erat et st�re n�n poterat. 8. Eum magn�lab�re pedes ex proeli� port�vit. 9. Is bracchi˜s su˜s imper�t�remtenuit et eum ex per˜cul˜s summ˜s serv�vit. 10. Virt˛te su� bonus m˜lesab imper�t�re cor�nam accıpit.

II. 1. The consul placed a crown on the head of the victor. 2. Beforethe gates he was received by the townsmen. 3. A famous orator praisedhim and said, ÒBy your labors you have saved the fatherland fromdisaster.Ó 4. The words of the orator were pleasing to the victor.5. To save the fatherland was a great task.

[Illustration: Corona]

LESSON XLII

REVIEW LESSON

Ç240.È Review the paradigms in ¤¤233, 236, 238; and decline all nouns ofthe third declension in this selection.

TERROR CIMBRICUS[1]

ïlim Cimbr˜ et Teutonıs, popul˜ Germ�niae, cum fımin˜s l˜ber˜squeItaliae adpropinqu�verant et c�pi�s R�m�n�s maxim� proeli� v˜cerant. Ubifuga legi�num n˛nti�ta est, summus erat terror t�t˜us R�mae, et R�m�n˜,graviter comm�t˜, sacra crıbra de˜s faciıbant et sal˛tem petıbant.

Tum M�nlius �r�tor anim�s popul˜ ita c�nf˜rm�vit:--ÒMagnam calamit�temaccıpimus. Oppida nostra � Cimbr˜s Teutonibusque capiuntur, agricolaeinterficiuntur, agr˜ v�stantur, c�piae barbar�rum R�mae adpropinquant.Itaque, nisi nov˜s anim˜s proelium novum faciımus et Germ�n�s ex patri�nostr� sine mor� agımus, erit n˛lla sal˛s fımin˜s nostr˜s l˜ber˜sque.Serv�te l˜ber�s! Serv�te patriam! Ante� super�t˜ sumus quia imper�t�rısnostr˜ fuırunt ˜nf˜rm˜. Nunc Marius, cl�rus imper�tor, qu˜ iam mult�sali�s vict�ri�s report�vit, legi�nıs d˛cet et anim�s nostr�s terr�reCimbric� l˜ber�re m�t˛r�bit.Ó

Marius tum in åfric� bellum gerıbat. Sine mor� ex åfric� in Italiamvoc�tus est. C�pi�s nov�s n�n s�lum t�t˜ Italiae sed etiam pr�vinci˜ssoci�rum imper�vit.[2] Discipl˜n� autem d˛r� lab�ribusque perpetu˜sm˜litıs exercuit. Tum cum peditibus equitibusque, qu˜ iam proeli�studıbant, ad Germ�n�rum castra celeriter proper�vit. Di˛ et �criterpugn�tum est.[3] Dınique barbar˜ f˛gırunt et mult˜ in fug� ab equitibussunt interfect˜. Marius pater patriae voc�tus est.

[Footnote 1: About the year 100 B.C. the Romans were greatly alarmed by an invasion of barbarians from the north known as Cimbri and Teutons. They were traveling with wives and children, and had an army of 300,000 fighting men. Several Roman armies met defeat, and the city was in a panic. Then the Senate called upon Marius, their greatest general, to save the country. First he defeated the Teutons in Gaul. Next, returning to Italy, he met the Cimbri. A terrible battle ensued, in which the Cimbri were utterly destroyed; but the _terror Cimbricus_ continued to haunt the Romans for many a year thereafter.]

[Footnote 2: _He made a levy_ (of troops) _upon_, Çimper�vitÈ with the acc. and the dat.]

[Footnote 3: Cf. ¤200. II. 2.]

LESSON XLIII

THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ _I_-STEMS


Çanimal, anim�lis (-ium[A])È, n., _animal_ Çavis, avis (-ium)È, f., _bird_ (aviation) Çcaedıs, caedis (-ium)È, f., _slaughter_ calcar, calc�ris (-ium), n., _spur_ Çc˜vis, c˜vis (-ium)È, m. and f., _citizen_ (civic) Çcliıns, clientis (-ium)È, m., _retainer, dependent_ (client) Çfñis, fñis (-ium)È, m., _end, limit_ (final); plur., _country, territory_ Çhostis, hostis (-ium)È, m. and f., _enemy_ in war (hostile). Distinguish from Çinim˜cusÈ, which means a _personal_ enemy Çignis, ignis (-ium)È, m., _fire_ (ignite) Çñsigne, ñsignis (-ium)È, n. _decoration, badge_ (ensign) Çmare, maris (-ium[B])È, n., _sea_ (marine) Çn�vis, n�vis (-ium)È, f., _ship_ (naval); Çn�vis longaÈ, _man-of-war_ Çturris, turris (-ium)È, f., _tower_ (turret) Çurbs, urbis (-ium)È, f., _city_ (suburb). An ÇurbsÈ is larger than an ÇoppidumÈ.

[Footnote A: The genitive plural ending Ç-iumÈ is written to mark the i-stems.]

[Footnote B: The genitive plural of ÇmareÈ is not in use.]

Ç241.È To decline a noun of the third declension correctly we must knowwhether or not it is an ÇiÈ-stem. Nouns with ÇiÈ-stems are

1. Masculines and feminines:

_a._ Nouns in Ç-ısÈ and Ç-˜sÈ with the same number of syllables in the genitive as in the nominative. Thus Çcaedıs, caedisÈ, is an ÇiÈ-stem, but Çm˜les, m˜litisÈ, is a consonant stem.

_b._ Nouns in Ç-nsÈ and Ç-rsÈ.

_c._ Nouns of one syllable in Ç-sÈ or Ç-xÈ preceded by a consonant.

2. Neuters in Ç-eÈ, Ç-alÈ, and Ç-arÈ.

Ç242.È The declension of ÇiÈ-stems is nearly the same as that ofconsonant stems. Note the following differences:

_a._ Masculines and feminities have Ç-iumÈ in the genitive plural andÇ-˜sÈ or Ç-ısÈ in the accusative plural.

_b._ Neuters have Ç-˜È in the ablative singular, and an Ç-i-È in everyform of the plural.

Ç243.È ÇMasculine and Feminine _I_-Stems.È Masculine and feminineÇiÈ-stems are declined as follows:

ÇcaedısÈ, f., ÇhostisÈ, ÇurbsÈ, f., ÇcliınsÈ, m., _slaughter_ m., _enemy_ _city_ _retainer_ STEMS Çcaedi-È Çhosti-È Çurbi-È Çclienti-È BASES Çcaed-È Çhost-È Çurb-È Çclient-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS M. AND F. _Nom._ caedıs hostis urbs cliıns[1] -s, -is, _or_ -ıs _Gen._ caedis hostis urbis clientis -is _Dat._ caed˜ host˜ urb˜ client˜ -˜ _Acc._ caedem hostem urbem clientem -em (-im) _Abl._ caede hoste urbe cliente -e (-˜)

PLURAL _Nom._ caedıs hostıs urbıs clientıs -ıs _Gen._ caedium hostium urbium clientium -ium _Dat._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus _Acc._ caed˜s, -ıs host˜s, -ıs urb˜s, -ıs client˜s, -ıs -˜s, -ıs _Abl._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus

[Footnote 1: Observe that the vowel before Ç-nsÈ is long, but that it is shortened before Ç-ntÈ. Cf. ¤12.2, 3.]

1. ÇavisÈ, Çc˜visÈ, ÇfñisÈ, ÇignisÈ, Çn�visÈ have the ablative singular in Ç-˜È or Ç-eÈ.

2. ÇturrisÈ has accusative ÇturrimÈ and ablative Çturr˜È or ÇturreÈ.

Ç244.È ÇNeuter _I_-Stems.È Neuter ÇiÈ-stems are declined as follows:

ÇñsigneÈ, n., ÇanimalÈ, n., ÇcalcarÈ, _decoration_ _animal_ n., _spur_ STEMS Çñsigni-È Çanim�li-È Çcalc�ri-È BASES Çñsign-È Çanim�l-È Çcalc�r-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ ñsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- _Gen._ ñsignis anim�lis calc�ris -is _Dat._ ñsign˜ anim�l˜ calc�r˜ -˜ _Acc._ ñsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- _Abl._ ñsign˜ anim�l˜ calc�r˜ -˜

PLURAL _Nom._ ñsignia anim�lia calc�ria -ia _Gen._ ñsignium anim�lium calc�rium -ium _Dat._ ñsignibus anim�libus calc�ribus -ibus _Acc._ ñsignia anim�lia calc�ria -ia _Abl._ ñsignibus anim�libus calc�ribus -ibus

1. Review ¤74 and see how it applies to this declension.

2. The final Ç-i-È of the stem is usually dropped in the nominative. If not dropped, it is changed to Ç-eÈ.

3. A long vowel is shortened before final Ç-lÈ or Ç-rÈ. (Cf. ¤12.2.)

Ç245.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Quam urbem vidımus? Urbs quam vidıtis est R�ma. 2. C˜vıs R�m�n˜urbem suam turribus alt˜s et m˛r˜s long˜s m˛n˜verant. 3. Vent˜ n�v˜slong�s prohibıbant fñibus hostium adpropinqu�re. 4. Imper�tor aclientibus su˜s calc�ria aur˜ et alia ñsignia accıpit. 5. M˜litıs

R�m�n˜ cum hostibus bella saeva gessırunt et e�s caede magn�super�vırunt. 6. Alia anim�lia terram, alia mare amant. 7. N�vıs longaequae auxilium ad imper�t�rem port�bant ign˜ ab hostibus dılıtae sunt.8. In e� mar˜ avis mult�s v˜dimus quae longı � terr� vol�verant.9. N�nne v˜distis n�v˜s long�s hostium et ign˜s quibus urbs nostrav�st�b�tur? Certı, sed nec caedem c˜vium nec fugam clientium v˜dimus.10. Avıs et alia anim�lia, ubi ignem v˜dırunt, sal˛tem fug� petereceleriter incıpırunt. 11. Num. i˛dex in peditum �rdinibus st�bat?Minimı, i˛dex erat apud equitıs et equus eius ˜nsigne pulchrum gerıbat.

[Illustration: NAVES LONGAE]

II. 1. Because of the lack of grain the animals of the village were notable to live. 2. When the general[2] heard the rumor, he quickly sent ahorseman to the village. 3. The horseman had a beautiful horse and worespurs of gold. 4. He said to the citizens, ÒSend your retainers withhorses and wagons to our camp, and you will receive an abundance ofgrain.Ó 5. With happy hearts they hastened to obey his words.[3]

[Footnote 2: Place first.]

[Footnote 3: Not the accusative. Why?]

LESSON XLIV

IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION


Çarbor, arborisÈ, f., _tree_ (arbor) Çcollis, collis (-ium)È, m., _hill_ Çdıns, dentis (-ium)È, m., _tooth_ (dentist) f�ns, fontis (-ium), m.. _fountain, spring; source_ Çiter, itinerisÈ, n., _march, journey, route_ (itinerary) Çmınsis, mınsis (-ium)È, m., _month_ Çmoenia, -iumÈ, n., plur., _walls, fortifications_. Cf. Çm˛rusÈ Çm�ns, montis (-ium)È, m., _mountain_; Çsummus m�nsÈ, _top of the mountain_ ÇnumquamÈ, adv., _never_ Çp�ns, pontisÈ, m., _bridge_ (pontoon) Çsanguis, sanguinisÈ, m., blood (sanguinary) Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, _highest, greatest_ (summit) Çtr�nsÈ, prep, with acc., _across_ (transatlantic) Çv˜s (v˜s)È, gen. plur. ÇviriumÈ, f. _strength, force, violence_ (vim)

Ç246.È PARADIGMS

[TranscriberÕs Note: The original text gives Çv˜-È and Çv˜r-È as the ÒBasesÓ of Çv˜sÈ, and omits the ÒStemsÓ for both words. The forms have been regularized to agree with the inflectional table in the Appendix.]

Çv˜sÈ, f., _force_ ÇiterÈ, n., _march_ STEMS Çv˜-È and Çv˜ri-È Çiter-È and Çitiner-È BASES Çv-È and Çv˜r-È Çiter-È and Çitiner-È

SINGULAR _Nom._ v˜s iter _Gen._ v˜s (rare) itineris

_Dat._ v˜ (rare) itiner˜ _Acc._ vim iter _Abl._ v˜ itinere

PLURAL _Nom._ v˜rıs itinera _Gen._ v˜rium itinerum _Dat._ v˜ribus itineribus _Acc._ v˜r˜s, or -ıs itinera _Abl._ v˜ribus itineribus

Ç247.È There are no rules for gender in the third declension that do notpresent numerous exceptions.[1] The following rules, however, are ofgreat service, and should be thoroughly mastered:

1. ÇMasculineÈ are nouns in Ç-orÈ, Ç-�sÈ, Ç-erÈ, Ç-esÈ (gen. Ç-itisÈ).

_a._ ÇarborÈ, _tree_, is feminine; and ÇiterÈ, _march_, is neuter.

2. ÇFeminineÈ are nouns in Ç-�È, Ç-isÈ, Ç-xÈ, and in Ç-sÈ preceded by a consonant or by any long vowel but Ç�È.

_a._ Masculine are ÇcollisÈ (_hill_), ÇlapisÈ, ÇmınsisÈ (_month_), Ç�rd�È, ÇpısÈ, and nouns in Ç-nisÈ and Ç-guisÈ--as ÇignisÈ, ÇsanguisÈ (_blood_)--and the four monosyllables

ÇdınsÈ, _a tooth_; Çm�nsÈ, _a mountain_ Çp�nsÈ, _a bridge_; Çf�nsÈ, _a fountain_

3. ÇNeutersÈ are nouns in Ç-eÈ, Ç-alÈ, Ç-arÈ, Ç-nÈ, Ç-urÈ, Ç-usÈ, and ÇcaputÈ.

[Footnote 1: Review ¤60. Words denoting males are, of course, masculine, and those denoting females, feminine.]

Ç248.È Give the gender of the following nouns and the rule by which itis determined:

ÇanimalÈ Çcalamit�sÈ Çfl˛menÈ ÇlapisÈ Çn�visÈ ÇavisÈ ÇcaputÈ ÇignisÈ Çlegi�È ÇopusÈ ÇcaedısÈ ÇequesÈ ÇñsigneÈ ÇmareÈ Çsal˛sÈ ÇcalcarÈ ÇfñisÈ ÇlaborÈ Çm˜lesÈ ÇurbsÈ

Ç249.È EXERCISES


I. _The First Bridge over the Rhine._ Sal˛s soci�rum erat semper c�raR�m�n˜s. ïlim Gall˜, am˜c˜ R�m�n�rum, mult�s ini˛ri�s ab Germ�n˜s qu˜tr�ns fl˛men Rhınum vivıbant accıperant. Ubi lıg�t˜ ab i˜s ad Caesaremimper�t�rem R�m�num vınırunt et auxilium postul�vırunt, R�m�n˜ magn˜sitineribus ad hostium fñ˜s proper�vırunt. Mox ad r˜p�s magn˜ fl˛minisvınırunt. Imper�tor studıbat c�pi�s su�s tr�ns fluvium d˛cere, sed n˛ll�vi�[2] poterat. N˛ll�s n�v˜s habıbat. Alta erat aqua. Imper�tor autem,vir cl�rus, numquam advers� fort˛n� comm�tus, novum c�nsilium cıpit.Iussit su�s[3] in[4] l�t� fl˛mine facere pontem. Numquam ante� p�ns inRhın� v˜sus erat. Hostıs ubi pontem quem R�m�n˜ fıcerant v˜dırunt, summ�terr�re comm�t˜, sine mor� fugam par�re incıpırunt.

II. 1. The enemy had taken (possession of) the top of the mountain.

2. There were many trees on the opposite hills. 3. We pitched our campnear (ÇadÈ) a beautiful spring. 4. A march through the enemiesÕ countryis never without danger. 5. The time of the month was suitable for themarch. 6. The teeth of the monster were long. 7. When the footsoldiers[5] saw the blood of the captives, they began to assail thefortifications with the greatest violence.[2]

[Footnote 2: Abl. of manner.]

[Footnote 3: Çsu�sÈ, used as a noun, _his men_.]

[Footnote 4: We say _build a bridge over_; the Romans, _make a bridge on_.]

[Footnote 5: Place first.]

* * * * *

ÇFifth Review, Lessons XXXVII-XLIV, ¤¤517-520È

* * * * *

LESSON XLV

ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION ¥ _I_-STEMS


Ç�cer, �cris, �creÈ, _sharp, keen, eager_ (acrid) Çbrevis, breveÈ, _short, brief_ Çdifficilis, difficileÈ, _difficult_ Çfacilis, facileÈ, _facile, easy_ Çfortis, forteÈ, _brave_ (fortitude) Çgravis, graveÈ, _heavy, severe, serious_ (grave) Çomnis, omneÈ, _every, all_ (omnibus) Çp�rÈ, gen. ÇparisÈ, _equal_ (par) Çpauc˜, -ae, -aÈ, _few, only a few_ (paucity) Çsecundus, -a, -umÈ, _second; favorable_, opposite of adversus Çsignum, -˜È, n., _signal, sign, standard_ Çvıl�xÈ, gen. Çvıl�cisÈ, _swift_ (velocity)

Çconloc�, conloc�re, conloc�v˜, conloc�tusÈ, _arrange, station, place_ (collocation) Çdım�nstr�, dım�nstr�re, dım�nstr�v˜, dım�nstr�tusÈ, _point out, explain_ (demonstrate) Çmand�, mand�re, mand�v˜, mand�tusÈ, _commit, intrust_ (mandate)

Ç250.È Adjectives are either of the first and second declensions (likeÇbonusÈ, ÇaegerÈ, or Çl˜berÈ), or they are of the third declension.

Ç251.È Nearly all adjectives of the third declension have ÇiÈ-_stems_,and they are declined almost like nouns with ÇiÈ-stems.

Ç252.È Adjectives learned thus far have had a different form in thenominative for each gender, as, ÇbonusÈ, m.; ÇbonaÈ, f.; ÇbonumÈ, n.Such an adjective is called an _adjective of three endings_. Adjectivesof the third declension are of the following classes:

I. Adjectives of three endings-- a different form in the nominative for each gender.

II. Adjectives of two endings-- masculine and feminine nominative alike, the neuter different.

III. Adjectives of one ending-- masculine, feminine, and neuter nominative all alike.

Ç253.È Adjectives of the third declension in Ç-erÈ have three endings;those in Ç-isÈ have two endings; the others have one ending.

CLASS I

Ç254.È Adjectives of Three Endings are declined as follows:

Ç�cer, �cris, �creÈ, _keen, eager_ STEM Ç�cri-È BASE Ç�cr-È

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ �cer �cris �cre �crıs �crıs �cria _Gen._ �cris �cris �cris �crium �crium �crium _Dat._ �cr˜ �cr˜ �cr˜ �cribus �cribus �cribus _Acc._ �crem �crem �cre �cr˜s, -ıs �cr˜s, -ıs �cria _Abl._ �cr˜ �cr˜ �cr˜ �cribus �cribus �cribus

CLASS II

Ç255.È Adjectives of Two Endings are declined as follows:

Çomnis, omneÈ, _every, all_[1] STEM Çomni-È BASE Çomn-È

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ omnis omne omnıs omnia _Gen._ omnis omnis omnium omnium _Dat._ omn˜ omn˜ omnibus omnibus _Acc._ omnem omne omn˜s, -ıs omnia _Abl._ omn˜ omn˜ omnibus omnibus

[Footnote 1: ÇomnisÈ is usually translated _every_ in the singular and _all_ in the plural.]

CLASS III

Ç256.È Adjectives of One Ending are declined as follows:

Çp�rÈ, _equal_ STEM Çpari-È BASE Çpar-È

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ p�r p�r parıs paria _Gen._ paris paris parium parium _Dat._ par˜ par˜ paribus paribus _Acc._ parem p�r par˜s, -ıs paria

_Abl._ par˜ par˜ paribus paribus

1. All ÇiÈ-stem adjectives have Ç-˜È in the ablative singular.

2. Observe that the several cases of adjectives of one ending have the same form for all genders excepting in the accusative singular and in the nominative and accusative plural.

3. Decline Çvir �cerÈ, Çlegi� �crisÈ, Çanimal �creÈ, Çager omnisÈ, Çsc˛tum omneÈ, Çproelium p�rÈ.

Ç257.È There are a few adjectives of one ending that have consonantstems. They are declined exactly like nouns with consonant stems.

Ç258.È EXERCISES


I. _The Romans invade the EnemyÕs Country._ ïlim peditıs R�m�n˜ cumequitibus vıl�cibus in hostium urbem iter faciıbant. Ubi n�n longı�fuırunt, rapuırunt agricolam, qu˜ e˜s viam brevem et facilemdım�nstr�vit. Iam R�m�n˜ moenia alta, turr˜s valid�s aliaque opera urbisvidıre poterant. In moenibus st�bant mult˜ pr˜ncipıs. Pr˜ncipıs ubiv˜dırunt R�m�n�s, iussırunt c˜v˜s lapidıs aliaque tıla dı m˛r˜s iacere.Tum m˜litıs fortıs continır˜ � proeli� n�n poterant et �cer imper�torsignum tub� dar˜ iussit. Summ� v˜ omnıs m�t˛r�vırunt. Imper�tor Sext�lıg�t� imped˜menta omnia mand�vit. Sextus imped˜menta in summ� colleconloc�vit. Grave et �cre erat proelium, sed hostıs n�n parıs R�m�n˜serant. Ali˜ interfect˜, ali˜ capt˜ sunt. Apud capt˜v�s erant m�tersororque rıgis. Pauc˜ R�m�n�rum ab hostibus vulner�t˜ sunt. Secundumproelium R�m�n˜s erat gr�tum. Fort˛na fortibus semper favet.

II. 1. Some months are short, others are long. 2. To seize the top ofthe mountain was difficult. 3. Among the hills of Italy are manybeautiful springs. 4. The soldiers were sitting where the baggage hadbeen placed because their feet were weary. 5. The city which thesoldiers were eager to storm had been fortified by strong walls and hightowers. 6. Did not the king intrust a heavy crown of gold and all hismoney to a faithless slave? Yes, but the slave had never before beenfaithless.

[Illustration: AQUILA LEGIONIS]

LESSON XLVI

THE FOURTH OR _U_-DECLENSION


Çadventus, -˛sÈ, m., _approach, arrival_ (advent) ÇanteÈ, prep, with acc., _before_ (ante-date) Çcorn˛, -˛sÈ, n., _horn, wing_ of an army (cornucopia); Ç� dextr� corn˛È, _on the right wing_; Ç� sinistr� corn˛È, _on the left wing_ Çequit�tus, -˛sÈ, m., _cavalry_ Çexercitus, -˛sÈ, m., _army_ Çimpetus, -˛sÈ, m., _attack_ (impetus); Çimpetum facere inÈ, with acc., _to make an attack on_ Çlacus, -˛s, dat. and abl. plur. lacubusÈ, m., _lake_

Çmanus, -˛sÈ, f., _hand; band, force_ (manual) Çportus, -˛sÈ, m., _harbor_ (port) ÇpostÈ, prep, with acc., _behind, after_ (post-mortem)

Çcrem�, crem�re, crem�v˜, crem�tusÈ, _burn_ (cremate) Çexerce�, exercıre, exercu˜, exercitusÈ, _practice, drill, train_ (exercise)

Ç259.È Nouns of the fourth declension are either masculine or neuter.

Ç260.È Masculine nouns end in Ç-usÈ, neuters in Ç-˛È. The genitive endsin Ç-˛sÈ.

_a._ Feminine by exception are ÇdomusÈ, _house_; ÇmanusÈ, _hand_; and a few others.

PARADIGMS

[TranscriberÕs Note: The ÒStemsÓ are missing in the printed book. They have been supplied from the inflectional table in the Appendix.]

ÇadventusÈ, Çcorn˛È, m., _arrival_ n., _horn_ STEMS Çadventu-È Çcornu-È BASES Çadvent-È Çcorn-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS MASC. NEUT. _Nom._ adventus corn˛ -us -˛ _Gen._ advent˛s corn˛s -˛s -˛s _Dat._ adventu˜ (˛) corn˛ -u˜ (˛) -˛ _Acc._ adventum corn˛ -um -˛ _Abl._ advent˛ corn˛ -˛ -˛

PLURAL _Nom._ advent˛s cornua -˛s -ua _Gen._ adventuum cornuum -uum -uum _Dat._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus _Acc._ advent˛s cornua -˛s -ua _Abl._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus

1. Observe that the base is found, as in other declensions, by dropping the ending of the genitive singular.

2. ÇlacusÈ, _lake_, has the ending Ç-ubusÈ in the dative and ablative plural; ÇportusÈ, _harbor_, has either Ç-ubusÈ or Ç-ibusÈ.

3. Çcorn˛È is the only neuter that is in common use.

Ç261.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Ante adventum Caesaris vıl�cıs hostium equitıs �crem impetum incastra fıcırunt. 2. Continıre exercitum � proeli� n�n facile erat.3. Post adventum suum Caesar iussit legi�nıs ex castr˜s d˛c˜. 4. Pr�castr˜s cum hostium equit�t˛ pugn�tum est. 5. Post tempus breveequit�tus tr�ns fl˛men f˛git ubi castra hostium posita erant. 6. Tumvictor imper�tor agr�s v�st�vit et v˜c�s hostium crem�vit. 7. Castra

autem n�n oppugn�vit quia m˜litıs erant dıfess˜ et locus difficilis.8. Hostıs n�n cess�vırunt iacere tıla, quae pauc˜s nocuırunt. 9. Postadversum proelium principıs Gall�rum lıg�t�s ad Caesarem mitterestudıbant, sed popul� persu�dıre n�n poterant.

II. 1. Did you see the man-of-war on the lake? 2. I did not see it(_fem_.) on the lake, but I saw it in the harbor. 3. Because of thestrong wind the sailor forbade his brother to sail. 4. C¾sar didn«t makean attack on the cavalry on the right wing, did he? 5. No, he made anattack on the left wing. 6. Who taught your swift horse to obey?7. I trained my horse with my (own) hands, nor was the task difficult.8. He is a beautiful animal and has great strength.

LESSON XLVII

EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE ¥ THE DECLENSION OF _DOMUS_


Athınae, -�rum, f., plur., _Athens_ Corinthus, -˜, f., _Corinth_ Çdomus, -˛sÈ, locative Çdom˜È, f., _house, home_ (dome). Cf. ÇdomiciliumÈ ÇGen�va, -aeÈ, f., _Geneva_ Pompıii, -�rum, m., plur., _Pompeii_, a city in Campania. See map ÇpropterÈ, prep. with acc., _on account of, because of_ r˛s, r˛ris, in the plur. only nom. and acc. Çr˛raÈ, n., _country_ (rustic) Çtergum, terg˜È, n., _back_; Ç� terg�È, _behind, in the rear_ Çvulnus, vulnerisÈ, n., _wound_ (vulnerable)

Çcommitt�, committere, comm˜s˜, commissusÈ, _intrust, commit;_ Çproelium committereÈ, _join battle_ Çconvoc�, convoc�re, convoc�v˜, convoc�tusÈ, _call together, summon_ (convoke) Çtime�, timıre, timu˜, ----È, _fear; be afraid_ (timid) Çvert�, vertere, vert˜, versusÈ, _turn, change_ (convert); Çterga vertereÈ, _to turn the backs_, hence _to retreat_

Ç262.È We have become thoroughly familiar with expressions like thefollowing:

ÇGalba adÈ (or ÇinÈ) Çoppidum properatÈ ÇGalba abÈ (ÇdıÈ or ÇexÈ) Çoppid� properatÈ ÇGalba in oppid� habitatÈ

From these expressions we may deduce the following rules:

Ç263.È RULE. ÇAccusative of the Place to.È _The Çplace to whichÈ isexpressed by ÇadÈ or ÇinÈ with the accusative. This answers the questionWhither?_

Ç264.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Place from.È _The Çplace from whichÈ isexpressed by Ç�È or ÇabÈ, ÇdıÈ, ÇıÈ or ÇexÈ, with the separativeablative. This answers the question Whence?_ (Cf. Rule, ¤179.)

Ç265.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Place at or in.È _The Çplace at or inwhichÈ is expressed by the ablative with ÇinÈ. This answers the questionWhere?_

_a._ The ablative denoting the _place where_ is called the _locative ablative_ (cf. ÇlocusÈ, _place_).

Ç266.È ÇExceptions.È Names of towns, small islands,[1] ÇdomusÈ, _home_,Çr˛sÈ, _country_, and a few other words in common use omit theprepositions in expressions of place, as,

ÇGalba Athın�s properatÈ, _Galba hastens to Athens_ ÇGalba Athın˜s properatÈ, _Galba hastens from Athens_ ÇGalba Athın˜s habitatÈ, _Galba lives at_ (or _in_) _Athens_ ÇGalba domum properatÈ, _Galba hastens home_ ÇGalba r˛s properatÈ, _Galba hastens to the country_ ÇGalba dom� properatÈ, _Galba hastens from home_ ÇGalba r˛re properatÈ, _Galba hastens from the country_ ÇGalba r˛r˜È (less commonly Çr˛reÈ) ÇhabitatÈ, _Galba lives in the country_

_a._ Names of _countries_, like ÇGerm�niaÈ, ÇItaliaÈ, etc., do not come under these exceptions. _With them prepositions must not be omitted._

[Footnote 1: Small islands are classed with towns because they generally have but one town, and the name of the town is the same as the name of the island.]

Ç267.È ÇThe Locative Case.È We saw above that the place-relationexpressed by _at_ or _in_ is regularly covered by the locative ablative.However, Latin originally expressed this relation by a separate formknown as the _locative case_. This case has been everywhere merged inthe ablative excepting in the singular number of the first and seconddeclensions. The form of the locative in these declensions is like thegenitive singular, and its use is limited to names of towns and smallislands, Çdom˜È, _at home_, and a few other words.

Ç268.È RULE. ÇLocative and Locative Ablative.È _To express the Çplace inwhichÈ with names of towns and small islands, Çif they are singular andof the first or second declensionÈ, use the locative; otherwise use thelocative ablative without a preposition; as_,

ÇGalba R�mae habitatÈ, _Galba lives at Rome_ ÇGalba Corinth˜ habitatÈ, _Galba lives at Corinth_ ÇGalba dom˜ habitatÈ, _Galba lives at home_

Here ÇR�maeÈ, ÇCorinth˜È, and Çdom˜È are _locatives_, being _singular_and of the first and second declensions respectively. But in

ÇGalba Athın˜s habitatÈ, _Galba lives at Athens_, ÇGalba Pompıi˜s habitatÈ, _Galba lives at Pompeii_

ÇAthın˜sÈ and ÇPompıi˜sÈ are locative ablatives. These words can have nolocative case, as the nominatives ÇAthınaeÈ and ÇPompıi˜È are_plural_and there is no plural locative case form.

Ç269.È The word ÇdomusÈ, _home, house_, has forms of both the second andthe fourth declension. Learn its declension (¤468).

Ç270.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Corinth˜ omnia ñsignia aur˜ � ducibus vict�ribus rapta erant.2. Caesar Gen�vam exercitum magn˜s itineribus d˛xit. 3. Quem pontemhostıs crem�verant? Pontem in Rhın� hostıs crem�verant. 4. Pompıi˜smult�s R�m�n�rum dom�s vidıre poteritis. 5. R�m� c�nsul equ� vıl�c˜r˛s proper�vit. 6. Dom˜ c�nsulis hominıs mult˜ sedıbant. 7. Imper�toriusserat lıg�tum Athın�s cum mult˜s n�vibus long˜s n�vig�re. 8. Antemoenia urbis sunt �rdinıs arborum alt�rum. 9. Propter arborıs alt�s neclacum nec portum reper˜re potuimus. 10. Proeli˜s crıbr˜s Caesar legi�nıssu�s quae erant in Galli� exercıbat. 11. Cot˜diı in loc� idone� castrap�nıbat et m˛niıbat.

II. 1. C¾sar, the famous general, when he had departed from Rome,hastened to the Roman province on a swift horse.[2] 2. He had heard arumor concerning the allies at Geneva. 3. After his arrival C¾sar calledthe soldiers together and commanded them to join battle. 4. The enemyhastened to retreat, some because[3] they were afraid, others because[3]of wounds. 5. Recently I was at Athens and saw the place where thejudges used to sit.[4] 6. Marcus and Sextus are my brothers; the onelives at Rome, the other in the country.

[Footnote 2: Latin says Òby a swift horse.Ó What construction?]

[Footnote 3: Distinguish between the English conjunction _because_ (ÇquiaÈ or ÇquodÈ) and the preposition _because of_ (ÇpropterÈ).]

[Footnote 4: _used to sit_, express by the imperfect.]

[Illustration: DAEDALUS ET ICARUS]

Ç271.È DAED«ALUS AND IC«ARUS

Crıta est ñsula ant˜qua quae aqu� alt� magn˜ maris puls�tur. Ibi �limMñ�s erat rıx. Ad eum vınit Daedalus qu˜ ex Graeci� patri� fugiıbat.Eum Mñ�s rıx benign˜s verb˜s accıpit et e˜ domicilium in Crıt� dedit.[5]Qu� in loc� Daedalus sine c˛r� v˜vebat et rıg˜ multa et cl�ra operafaciıbat. Post tempus longum autem Daedalus patriam c�ram dıs˜der�reincıpit. Domum proper�re studıbat, sed rıg˜ persu�dıre n�n potuit etmare saevum fugam vet�bat.

[Footnote 5: _And in this place_; Çqu�È does not here introduce a subordinate relative clause, but establishes the connection with the preceding sentence. Such a relative is called a _connecting relative_, and is translated by _and_ and a demonstrative or personal pronoun.]

LESSON XLVIII

THE FIFTH OR æ-DECLENSION ¥ THE ABLATIVE OF TIME


Çaciıs, -ı˜È, f., _line of battle_ Çaest�s, aest�tisÈ, f., _summer_ Çannus, -˜È, m., _year_ (annual) Çdiıs, diı˜È, m., _day_ (diary) Çfidıs, fide˜È, no plur., f., _faith, trust; promise, word; protection_; Çin fidem ven˜reÈ, _to come under the protection_ Çfluctus, -˛sÈ, m. _wave, billow_ (fluctuate)

Çhiems, hiemisÈ, f., _winter_ Çh�ra, -aeÈ, f., _hour_ Çl˛x, l˛cisÈ, f., _light_ (lucid); Çpr˜ma luxÈ, _daybreak_ Çmer˜diısÈ, acc. -em, abl. -ı, no plur., m., _midday_ (meridian) Çnox, noctis (-ium)È, f., _night_ (nocturnal) Çpr˜mus, -a, -umÈ, _first_ (prime) Çrıs, re˜È, f., _thing, matter_ (real); Çrıs gestaeÈ, _deeds, exploits_ (lit. _things performed_); Çrıs adversaeÈ, _adversity_; Çrıs secundaeÈ, _prosperity_ Çspıs, spe˜È, f., _hope_

Ç272.È ÇGender.È Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine exceptÇdiısÈ, _day_, and Çmer˜diısÈ, _midday_, which are usually masculine.

Ç273.È PARADIGMS

[TranscriberÕs Note: The ÒStemsÓ are missing in the printed book. They have been supplied from the inflectional table in the Appendix.]

ÇdiısÈ, ÇrısÈ, f., m., _day_ _thing_ STEMS Çdiı-È Çrı-È BASES Çdi-È Çr-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ diıs rıs -ıs _Gen._ diı˜ re˜ -ı˜ _or_ -e˜ _Dat._ diı˜ re˜ -ı˜ _or_ -e˜ _Acc._ diem rem -em _Abl._ diı rı -ı

PLURAL _Nom._ diıs rıs -ıs _Gen._ diırum rırum -ırum _Dat._ diıbus rıbus -ıbus _Acc._ diıs rıs -ıs _Abl._ diıbus rıbus -ıbus

1. The vowel ÇeÈ which appears in every form is regularly long. It is shortened in the ending Ç-e˜È after a consonant, as in Çr-e˜È; and before Ç-mÈ in the accusative singular, as in Çdi-emÈ. (Cf. ¤12.2.)

2. Only ÇdiısÈ and ÇrısÈ are complete in the plural. Most other nouns of this declension lack the plural. ÇAciısÈ, _line of battle_, and ÇspısÈ, _hope_, have the nominative and accusative plural.

Ç274.È The ablative relation (¤50) which is expressed by theprepositions _at, in_, or _on_ may refer not only to place, but also totime, as _at noon, in summer, on the first day_. The ablative which isused to express this relation is called the _ablative of time_.

Ç275.È RULE. ÇThe Ablative of Time.È _The time ÇwhenÈ or Çwithin whichÈanything happens is expressed by the ablative without a preposition._

_a._ Occasionally the preposition Ç_in_È is found. Compare the English _Next day we started_ and _ÇOnÈ the next day we started_.

Ç276.È EXERCISES


I. _Galba the Farmer._ Galba agricola r˛r˜ v˜vit. Cot˜diı pr˜m� l˛celab�r�re incipit, nec ante noctem in studi� su� cessat. Mer˜diı I˛liaf˜lia eum ad cınam vocat. Nocte pedıs dıfess�s domum vertit. Aest�tef˜li˜ agricolae auxilium patr˜ dant. Hieme agricola e�s in l˛dum mittit.Ibi magister pueris mult�s f�bul�s dı rıbus gest˜s Caesaris n�rrat.Aest�te f˜li˜ agricolae perpetu˜s lab�ribus exercentur nec grave agr˜opus est i˜s molestum. Galba sine ˛ll� c˛r� vivit nec rıs advers�stimet.

II. 1. In that month there were many battles in Gaul. 2. The cavalry ofthe enemy made an attack upon C¾sarÕs line of battle. 3. In the firsthour of the night the ship was overcome by the billows. 4. On the secondday the savages were eager to come under C¾sarÕs protection. 5. The kinghad joined battle, moved by the hope of victory. 6. That year a firedestroyed many birds and other animals. 7. We saw blood on the wildbeastÕs teeth.

Ç277.È DAED«ALUS AND IC«ARUS (_Continued_)

Tum Daedalus gravibus c˛r˜s comm�tus f˜li� su� ëcar� ita dixit: ÒAnimusmeus, ëcare, est plınus tr˜stitiae nec ocul˜ lacrim˜s egent. Discıdereex Crıt�, Athın�s proper�re, maximı stude�; sed rıx rec˛sat aud˜re verbamea et omnem redit˛s spem ıripit. Sed numquam rıbus advers˜s vincar.Terra et mare sunt inim˜ca, sed aliam fugae viam reperiam.Ó Tum in art˜sign�t�s animum d˜mittit et m˜rum capit c�nsilium. Nam penn�s in �rdinep�nit et vır�s �l�s facit.

LESSON XLIX

PRONOUNS CLASSIFIED ¥ PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS


Çam˜citia, -aeÈ, f., _friendship_ (amicable) ÇitaqueÈ, conj., _and so, therefore, accordingly_ Çlittera, -aeÈ, f., _a letter_ of the alphabet; plur., _a letter, an epistle_ Çmetus, met˛sÈ, m., _fear_ Çnihil, indeclinableÈ, n., _nothing_ (nihilist) Çn˛ntius, n˛nt˜È, m., _messenger_. Cf. Çn˛nti�È Çp�x, p�cisÈ, f., _peace_ (pacify) Çrıgnum, -˜È, n., _reign, sovereignty, kingdom_ Çsupplicum, suppli«c˜È, n., _punishment_; Çsupplicum s˛mere dıÈ, with abl., _inflict punishment on_; Çsupplicum dareÈ, _suffer punishment_. Cf. ÇpoenaÈ

Çplace�, placıre, placu˜, placitusÈ, _be pleasing to, please_, with dative. Cf. ¤154 Çs˛m�, s˛mere, s˛mps˜, s˛mptusÈ, _take up, assume_ Çsustine�, sustinıre, sustinu˜, sustentusÈ, _sustain_

Ç278.È We have the same kinds of pronouns in Latin as in English. Theyare divided into the following eight classes:

1. ÇPersonal pronounsÈ, which show the person speaking, spoken to, or spoken of; as, ÇegoÈ, _I_; Çt˛È, _you_; ÇisÈ, _he_. (Cf. ¤279. etc.)

2. ÇPossessive pronounsÈ, which denote possession; as, ÇmeusÈ, ÇtuusÈ, ÇsuusÈ, etc. (Cf. ¤98.)

3. ÇReflexive pronounsÈ, used in the predicate to refer back to the subject; as, _he saw himself_. (Cf. ¤281.)

4. ÇIntensive pronounsÈ, used to emphasize a noun or pronoun; as, _I myself saw it_. (Cf. ¤285.)

5. ÇDemonstrative pronounsÈ, which point out persons or things; as, ÇisÈ, _this, that_. (Cf. ¤112.)

6. ÇRelative pronounsÈ, which connect a subordinate adjective clause with an antecedent; as, Çqu˜È, _who_. (Cf. ¤220.)

7. ÇInterrogative pronounsÈ, which ask a question; as, ÇquisÈ, _who?_ (Cf. ¤225.)

8. ÇIndefinite pronounsÈ, which point out indefinitely; as, _some one, any one, some, certain ones_, etc. (Cf. ¤296.)

Ç279.È The demonstrative pronoun ÇisÈ, ÇeaÈ, ÇidÈ, as we learned in¤115, is regularly used as the personal pronoun of the third person(_he_, _she_, _it_, _they_, etc.).

Ç280.È The personal pronouns of the first person are ÇegoÈ, _I_; Çn�sÈ,_we_; of the second person, Çt˛È, _thou_ or _you_; Çv�sÈ, _ye_ or _you_.They are declined as follows:

SINGULAR FIRST PERSON SECOND PERSON _Nom._ ego, _I_ t˛, _you_ _Gen._ me˜, _of me_ tu˜, _of you_ _Dat._ mihi, _to_ or _for me_ tibi, _to_ or _for you_ _Acc._ mı, _me_ tı, _you_ _Abl._ mı, _with, from_, etc., _me_ tı, _with, from_, etc., _you_

PLURAL _Nom._ n�s, _we_ v�s, _you_ _Gen._ nostrum or nostr˜, _of us_ vestrum or vestr˜, _of you_ _Dat._ n�b˜s, _to_ or _for us_ v�b˜s, _to_ or _for you_ _Acc._ n�s, _us_ v�s, _you_ _Abl._ n�b˜s, _with, from_, v�b˜s, _with, from_, etc., _you_ etc., _us_

1. The personal pronouns are not used in the nominative excepting for emphasis or contrast.

Ç281.È ÇThe Reflexive Pronouns.È 1. The personal pronouns ÇegoÈ and Çt˛Èmay be used in the predicate as reflexives; as,

Çvide� mıÈ, _I see myself_ Çvidımus n�sÈ, _we see ourselves_ Çvidıs tıÈ, _you see yourself_ Çvidıtis v�sÈ, _you see yourselves_

2. The reflexive pronoun of the third person (_himself, herself, itself, themselves_) has a special form, used only in these senses, and declined alike in the singular and plural.

SINGULAR AND PLURAL _Gen._ su˜ _Acc._ sı _Dat._ sibi _Abl._ sı

EXAMPLES ÇPuer sı videtÈ, _the boy sees himself_ ÇPuella sı videtÈ, _the girl sees herself_ ÇAnimal sı videtÈ, _the animal sees itself_ ÇI˜ sı videntÈ, _they see themselves_

_a._ The form ÇsıÈ is sometimes doubled, ÇsısıÈ, for emphasis.

3. Give the Latin for

_I teach myself_ _We teach ourselves_ _You teach yourself_ _You teach yourselves_ _He teaches himself_ _They teach themselves_

Ç282.È The preposition ÇcumÈ, when used with the ablative of ÇegoÈ,Çt˛È, or Çsu˜È, is appended to the form, as, ÇmıcumÈ, _with me_;ÇtıcumÈ, _with you_; Çn�b˜scumÈ, _with us_; etc.

Ç283.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Mea m�ter est c�ra mihi et tua m�ter est c�ra tibi. 2. Vestraelitterae erant gr�tae n�bis et nostrae litterae erant gr�tae v�b˜s.3. N˛ntius rıgis qu˜ n�b˜scum est nihil respondıbit. 4. N˛nti˜ p�cemam˜citiamque sibi et su˜s soci˜s postul�vırunt. 5. S˜ t˛ arma s˛mıs,ego rıgnum occup�b�. 6. Uter vestrum est c˜vis R�m�nus? Neuter nostrum.7. E� tempore mult˜ supplicium dedırunt quia rıgnum petierant. 8. S˛mesupplicium, Caesar, dı hostibus patriae �cribus. 9. Pr˜m� l˛ce ali˜met˛ comm�t˜ sısı fugae mand�vırunt; ali˜ autem magn� virt˛te impetumexercit˛s nostr˜ sustinuırunt. 10. Soror rıgis, ubi dı advers� proeli�aud˜vit, sısı Pompıi˜s interfıcit.

II. 1. Whom do you teach? I teach myself. 2. The soldier wounded himselfwith his sword. 3. The master praises us, but you he does not praise.4. Therefore he will inflict punishment on you, but we shall not sufferpunishment. 5. Who will march (i.e. make a march) with me to Rome?6. I will march with you to the gates of the city. 7. Who will showus[1] the way? The gods will show you[1] the way.

[Footnote 1: Not accusative.]

DAED«ALUS AND IC«ARUS (_Concluded_)

Ç284.È Puer ëcarus ˛n�[2] st�bat et m˜rum patris opus vidıbat. Postquammanus ultima[3] �l˜s imposita est, Daedalus e�s tempt�vit et similis av˜in aur�s vol�vit. Tum �l�s umer˜s f˜l˜ adlig�vit et docuit eum vol�reet d˜xit, ÒTı vet�, m˜ f˜l˜, adpropinqu�re aut s�l˜ aut mar˜. S˜fluctibus adpropinqu�veris,[4] aqua �l˜s tu˜s nocıbit, et s˜ s�l˜adpropinqu�veris,[4] ignis e�s crem�bit.Ó Tum pater et filius iterdifficile incipiunt. ål�s movent et aurae sısı committunt. Sed stultuspuer verb˜s patris n�n p�ret. S�l˜ adpropinquat. ålae cremantur etëcarus in mare dıcidit et vitam �mittit. Daedalus autem sine ˛ll�per˜cul� tr�ns fluct˛s ad ˜nsulam Siciliam vol�vit.

[Footnote 2: Adverb, see vocabulary.]

[Footnote 3: Çmanus ultimaÈ, _the finishing touch_. What literally?]

[Footnote 4: Future perfect. Translate by the present.]

LESSON L

THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN _IPSE_ AND THE DEMONSTRATIVE _ëDEM_


Çcorpus, corporisÈ, n., _body_ (corporal) Çdınsus, -a, -umÈ, _dense_ Ç˜dem, e«adem, idemÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _the same_ (identity) Çipse, ipsa, ipsumÈ, intensive pronoun, _self; even, very_ Çm˜rus, -a, -umÈ, _wonderful, marvelous_ (miracle) Ç�limÈ, adv., _formerly, once upon a time_ Çpars, partis (-ium)È, f., _part, region, direction_ ÇquoqueÈ, adv., _also_. Stands _after_ the word which it emphasizes Çs�l, s�lisÈ, m., _sun_ (solar) Çvırus, -a, -umÈ, _true, real_ (verity)

Çdıbe�, dıbıre, dıbu˜, dıbitusÈ, _owe, ought_ (debt) Çıripi�, ıripere, ıripu˜, ıreptusÈ, _snatch from_

Ç285.È ÇIpseÈ means _-self_ (_him-self, her-self_, etc.) or istranslated by _even_ or _very_. It is used to emphasize a noun orpronoun, expressed or understood, with which it agrees like anadjective.

_a._ ÇIpseÈ must be carefully distinguished from the reflexive Çsu˜È. The latter is always used as a pronoun, while ÇipseÈ is regularly adjective. Compare

ÇHom� sı videtÈ, _the man sees himself_ (reflexive) ÇHom� ipse per˜culum videtÈ, _the man himself_ (intensive) _sees the danger_ ÇHom� ipsum per˜culum videtÈ, _the man sees the danger itself_ (intensive)

Ç286.È Except for the one form ÇipseÈ, the intensive pronoun is declinedexactly like the nine irregular adjectives (cf. ¤¤108, 109). Learn thedeclension (¤481).

Ç287.È The demonstrative Ç˜demÈ, meaning _the same_, is a compound ofÇisÈ. It is declined as follows:

SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ˜dem e«adem idem _Gen._ eius«dem eius«dem eius«dem _Dat._ e˜«dem e˜«dem e˜«dem _Acc._ eun«dem ean«dem idem _Abl._ e�«dem e�«dem e�«dem

PLURAL _Nom._ i˜«dem eae«dem e«adem e˜«dem _Gen._ e�run«dem e�run«dem e�run«dem

_Dat._ i˜s«dem i˜s«dem i˜s«dem e˜s«dem e˜s«dem e˜s«dem _Acc._ e�s«dem e�s«dem e«adem _Abl._ i˜s«dem i˜s«dem i˜s«dem e˜s«dem e˜s«dem e˜s«dem

_a._ From forms like ÇeundemÈ (eum + -dem), Çe�rundemÈ (e�rum + -dem), we learn the rule that ÇmÈ before ÇdÈ is changed to ÇnÈ.

_b._ The forms Çi˜demÈ, Çi˜sdemÈ are often spelled and pronounced with one Ç˜È.

Ç288.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Ego et t˛[1] in e�dem urbe v˜vimus. 2. Iter ipsum n�n timımus sedfer�s saev�s quae in silv� dıns� esse d˜cuntur. 3. ïlim n�s ips˜ idemiter fıcimus. 4. E� tempore mult�s fer�s v˜dimus. 5. Sed n�b˜s n�nnocuırunt. 6. Caesar ipse sc˛tum dı manibus m˜litis ıripuit et in ipsamaciem proper�vit. 7. Itaque m˜litıs summ� virt˛te tıla in hostiumcorpora iıcırunt. 8. R�m�n˜ quoque gravia vulnera accıpırunt. 9. Dıniquehostıs terga vertırunt et omm˜s in part˜s[2] f˛gırunt. 10. E�dem h�r�litterae R�mam ab imper�t�re ips� missae sunt. 11. E�dem mınse capt˜v˜quoque in Italiam miss˜ sunt. 12. Sed mult˜ propter vulnera iterdifficile tr�ns mont˜s facere rec˛s�bant et Gen�vae esse d˜cıbantur.

II. 1. At Pompeii there is a wonderful mountain. 2. When I was in thatplace, I myself saw that mountain. 3. On the same day many cities weredestroyed by fire and stones from that very mountain. 4. You have notheard the true story of that calamity, have you?[3] 5. On that day thevery sun could not give light to men. 6. You yourself ought to tell (to)us that story.

[Footnote 1: Observe that in Latin we say _I and you_, not _you and I_.]

[Footnote 2: Not _parts_, but _directions_.]

[Footnote 3: Cf. ¤210.]

Ç289.È HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE[4]

Tarquinius Superbus, septimus et ultimus rıx R�m�n�rum, ubi in exsiliumab ˜r�t˜s R�m�n˜s ıiectus est, � Porsen�, rıge Etr˛sc�rum, auxiliumpetiit. Mox Porsena magn˜s cum c�pi˜s R�mam vınit, et ipsa urbs summ� inper˜cul� erat. Omnibus in partibus exercitus R�m�nus victus erat. Iamrıx montem I�niculum[5] occup�verat. Numquam ante� R�m�n˜ tant� met˛tenıbantur. Ex agr˜s in urbem properab�nt et summ� studi� urbem ipsamm˛niıbant.

[Footnote 4: The story of Horatius has been made familiar by MacaulayÕs well-known poem ÒHoratiusÓ in his _Lays of Ancient Rome_. Read the poem in connection with this selection.]

[Footnote 5: The Janiculum is a high hill across the Tiber from Rome.]

LESSON LI

THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS _HIC_, _ISTE_, _ILLE_


Çhic, haec, hocÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _this_ (of mine); _he, she, it_ Çille, illa, illudÈ, demonstrative pronoun _that_ (yonder); _he, she, it_ Çinv˜sus, -a, -umÈ, _hateful, detested_, with dative Cf. ¤143 Çiste, ista, istudÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _that_ (of yours); _he, she, it_ Çl˜bert�s, -�tisÈ, f., _liberty_ Çmodus, -˜È, m., _measure; manner, way, mode_ Çn�men, n�minisÈ, n., _name_ (nominate) Çoculus, -˜È, m., _eye_ (oculist) Çpr˜stinus, -a, -umÈ, _former, old-time_ (pristine) Çp˛blicus, -a, -umÈ, _public, belonging to the state;_ Çrıs p˛blica, re˜ p˛blicaeÈ, f., _the commonwealth, the state, the republic_ Çvest˜gium, vest˜«g˜È, n., _footprint, track; trace, vestige_ Çv�x, v�cisÈ, f., _voice_

Ç290.È We have already learned the declension of the demonstrativepronoun ÇisÈ and its use. (Cf. Lesson XVII.) That pronoun refers topersons or things either far or near, and makes no definite reference toplace or time. If we wish to point out an object definitely in place ortime, we must use ÇhicÈ, ÇisteÈ, or ÇilleÈ. These demonstratives, likeÇisÈ, are used both as pronouns and as adjectives, and their relation tothe speaker may be represented graphically thus:

ÇhicÈ ÇisteÈ ÇilleÈ SPEAKER ------------->-------------->---------------> _this_, _he_; _that_, _he_; _that_, _he_ (near); (remote); (more remote)

_a._ In dialogue ÇhicÈ refers to a person or thing near the speaker; ÇisteÈ, to a person or thing near the person addressed; ÇilleÈ, to a person or thing remote from both. These distinctions are illustrated in the model sentences, ¤293, which should be carefully studied and imitated.

Ç291.È ÇHicÈ is declined as follows:

SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ hic haec hoc _Gen._ huius huius huius _Dat._ huic huic huic _Acc._ hunc hanc hoc _Abl._ h�c h�c h�c

PLURAL _Nom._ h˜ hae haec _Gen._ h�rum h�rum h�rum _Dat._ h˜s h˜s h˜s _Acc._ h�s h�s haec _Abl._ h˜s h˜s h˜s

_a._ ÇHuiusÈ is pronounced _h[oo]«y[oo]s_, and ÇhuicÈ is pronounced

_h[oo]ic_ (one syllable).

Ç292.È The demonstrative pronouns ÇisteÈ, ÇistaÈ, ÇistudÈ, and ÇilleÈ,ÇillaÈ, ÇilludÈ, except for the nominative and accusative singularneuter forms ÇistudÈ and ÇilludÈ, are declined exactly like ÇipseÈ,ÇipsaÈ, ÇipsumÈ. (See ¤481.)

Ç293.È ÇMODEL SENTENCESÈ

_Is this horse_ (of mine) _strong?_ ÇEstne hic equus val˜dus?È

_That horse_ (of yours) _is strong, but that one_ (yonder) _is weak_ ÇIste equus est validus, sed ille est ˜nf˜rmusÈ

_Are these_ (men by me) _your friends?_ ÇSuntne h˜ am˜c˜ tu˜?È

_Those_ (men by you) _are my friends, but those_ (men yonder) _are enemies_ ÇIst˜ sunt am˜c˜ me˜, sed ill˜ sunt inim˜c˜È

Ç294.È EXERCISES


I. _A German Chieftain addresses his Followers._ Ille fortis Germ�n�rumdux su�s convoc�vit et h�c mod� anim�s e�rum c�nfirm�vit. ÒV�s, qu˜ inh˜s f˜nibus v˜vitis, in hunc locum convoc�v˜[1] quia mıcum dıbıtis ist�sagr�s et ist�s dom�s ab ini˛ri˜s R�m�n�rum liber�re. Hoc n�b˜s n�ndifficile erit, quod ill˜ hostıs h�s silv�s dıns�s, fer�s saev�s qu�rumvest˜gia vident, montıs alt�s timent. S˜ fortıs erimus, de˜ ips˜ n�b˜sviam sal˛tis dımonstr�bunt. Ille s�l, ist˜ ocul˜ calam˜t�tıs nostr�sv˜dırunt.[1] Itaque n�men ill˜us re˜ p˛blicae R�m�nae n�n s�lum n�bis,sed etiam omnibus hominibus qu˜ l˜bert�tem amant, est inv˜sum. Ad armav�s voc�. Exercıte istam pr˜stinam virt˛tem et vincıtis.Ó

[Footnote 1: The perfect definite. (Cf. ¤190.)]

II. 1. Does that bird (of yours)[2] sing? 2. This bird (of mine)[2]sings both[3] in summer and in winter and has a beautiful voice.3. Those birds (yonder)[2] in the country don«t sing in winter.4. Snatch a spear from the hands of that soldier (near you)[2] and comehome with me. 5. With those very eyes (of yours)[2] you will see thetracks of the hateful enemy who burned my dwelling and made an attack onmy brother. 6. For (ÇpropterÈ) these deeds (ÇrısÈ) we ought to inflictpunishment on him without delay. 7. The enemies of the republic do notalways suffer punishment.

[Footnote 2: English words in parentheses are not to be translated. They are inserted to show what demonstratives should be used. (Cf. ¤290.)]

[Footnote 3: _both ... and_, Çet ... etÈ.]

[Illustration: HORATIUS PONTEM DEFENDIT]

Ç295.È HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Continued_)

Altera urbis pars m˛r˜s, altera fl˛mine satis m˛n˜r˜ vidıb�tur. Sed erat

p�ns in fl˛mine qu˜ hostibus iter paene dedit. Tum Hor�tius Cocles,fortis vir, magn� v�ce d˜xit, ÒRescindite pontem, R�m�n˜! Brev˜ temporePorsena in urbem c�pi�s su�s tr�d˛cet.Ó Iam hostıs in ponte erant, sedHor�tius cum du�bus (cf. ¤479) comitibus ad extrımam pontis partemproper�vit, et hi s�li aciem hostium sustinuırunt. Tum vır� c˜vıs R�m�n˜pontem � terg� rescindere incipiunt, et hostıs fr˛str� Hor�tium super�retemptant.

LESSON LII

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS


Çincolumis, -eÈ, _unharmed_ Çnı ... quidemÈ, adv., _not even_. The emphatic word stands between ÇnıÈ and ÇquidemÈ ÇnisiÈ, conj., _unless, if ... not_ ÇpaeneÈ, adv., _almost_ (pen-insula) ÇsatisÈ, adv., _enough, sufficiently_ (satisfaction) Çtantus, -a, -umÈ, _so great_ Çvır�È, adv., _truly, indeed, in fact_. As a conj. _but, however_, usually stands second, never first.

Çdıcid�, dıcidere, dıcid˜, ----È, _fall down_ (deciduous) Çdısili�, dısil˜re, dısilu˜, dısultusÈ, _leap down, dismount_ Çmane�, manıre, m�ns˜, m�ns˛rusÈ, _remain_ Çtr�d˛c�, tr�d˛cere, tr�d˛x˜, tr�ductusÈ, _lead across_

Ç296.È The indefinite pronouns are used to refer to _some person_ or_some thing_, without indicating which particular one is meant. Thepronouns ÇquisÈ and Çqu˜È, which we have learned in their interrogativeand relative uses, may also be indefinite; and nearly all the otherindefinite pronouns are compounds of ÇquisÈ or Çqu˜È and declined almostlike them. Review the declension of these words, ¤¤221, 227.

Ç297.È Learn the declension and meaning of the following indefinites:

MASC. FEM. NEUT. ÇquisÈ ÇquidÈ, _some one, any one_ (substantive) Çqu˜È ÇquaÈ or ÇquaeÈ ÇquodÈ, _some, any_ (adjective), ¤483 ÇaliquisÈ ÇaliquidÈ, _some one, any one_ (substantive), ¤487 Çaliqu˜È ÇaliquaÈ ÇaliquodÈ, _some, any_ (adjective), ¤487 Çqu˜damÈ ÇquaedamÈ ÇquoddamÈ, ÇquiddamÈ, _a certain, a certain one_, ¤485 ÇquisquamÈ ÇquicquamÈ or ÇquidquamÈ (no plural), _any one_ (at all) (substantive), ¤486 ÇquisqueÈ ÇquidqueÈ, _each one, every one_ (substantive), ¤484 ÇquisqueÈ ÇquaequeÈ ÇquodqueÈ, _each, every_ (adjective), ¤484

[TranscriberÕs Note: In the original text, the combined forms (masculine/feminine) were printed in the ÒmasculineÓ column.]

NOTE. The meanings of the neuters, _something_, etc., are easilyinferred from the masculine and feminine.

_a._ In the masculine and neuter singular of the indefinites, Çquis-Èforms and Çquid-Èforms are mostly used as substantives, Çqu˜-Èforms and Çquod-Èforms as adjectives.

_b._ The indefinites ÇquisÈ and Çqu˜È never stand first in a clause, and are rare excepting after Çs˜È, ÇnisiÈ, ÇnıÈ, ÇnumÈ (as, Çs˜ quisÈ, _if any one_; Çs˜ quidÈ, _if anything_; Çnisi quisÈ, _unless some one_). Generally ÇaliquisÈ and Çaliqu˜È are used instead.

_c._ The forms ÇquaÈ and ÇaliquaÈ are both feminine nominative singular and neuter nominative plural of the indefinite adjectives Çqu˜È and Çaliqu˜È respectively. How do these differ from the corresponding forms of the relative Çqu˜?È

_d._ Observe that Çqu˜damÈ (qu˜ + -dam) is declined like Çqu˜È, except that in the accusative singular and genitive plural ÇmÈ of Çqu˜È becomes ÇnÈ (cf. ¤287.a): ÇquendamÈ, ÇquandamÈ, Çqu�rundamÈ, Çqu�rundam;È also that the neuter has ÇquiddamÈ (substantive) and ÇquoddamÈ (adjective) in the nominative and accusative singular. ÇQu˜damÈ is the least indefinite of the indefinite pronouns, and implies that you could name the person or thing referred to if you cared to do so.

_e._ ÇQuisquamÈ and ÇquisqueÈ (substantive) are declined like ÇquisÈ.

_f._ ÇQuisquamÈ, _any one_ (ÇquicquamÈ or ÇquidquamÈ, _anything_), is always used substantively and chiefly in negative sentences. The corresponding adjective _any_ is Ç˛llus, -a, -umÈ (¤108).

Ç298.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Aliquis dı ponte in fl˛men dıcidit sed sine ˛ll� per˜cul� serv�tusest. 2. Est vır� in v˜t� cuiusque hominis aliqua bona fort˛na. 3. Nım˜litum quidem[1] quisquam in castr˜s m�nsit. 4. S˜ quem meae dom˜vidıs, iubı eum discıdere. 5. S˜ quis pontem tenet, nı tantus quidemexercitus capere urbem potest. 6. Urbs n�n satis m˛n˜ta erat et mer˜diırıx qu˜dam paene c�pi�s su�s tr�ns pontem tr�d˛xerat. 7. Dınique m˜lesqu˜dam arm�tus in fluct˛s dısiluit et incolumis ad alteram r˜pam ocul�svertit. 8. Quisque ill˜ fort˜ m˜lit˜ aliquid dare dıbet. 9. Tanta vır�virt˛s R�m�nus semper placuit. 10. ïlim Corinthus erat urbs satis magnaet paene par R�mae ips˜; nunc vır� moenia dıcidırunt et pauca vest˜giaurbis ill˜us reper˜r˜ possunt. 11. Quisque l˜bert�tem amat, et aliquibusvır� n�men rıgis est inv˜sum.

II. 1. If you see a certain Cornelius at Corinth, send him to me.2. Almost all the soldiers who fell down into the waves were unharmed.3. Not even at Pompeii did I see so great a fire. 4. I myself was eagerto tell something to some one. 5. Each one was praising his own work.6. Did you see some one in the country? I did not see any one. 7. Unlesssome one will remain on the bridge with Horatius, the commonwealth willbe in the greatest danger.

[Footnote 1: Observe that Çqu˜damÈ and ÇquidemÈ are different words.]

Ç299.È HOW HORATIUS HELD THE BRIDGE (_Concluded_)

Mox, ubi parva pars pontis m�nsit, Hor�tius iussit comitıs discıdere ets�lus m˜r� c�nstanti� impetum illius t�tius exercit˛s sustinıbat.Dınique magn� frag�re p�ns in fl˛men dıc˜dit. Tum vır� Hor�tius tergumvertit et arm�tus in aqu�s dısiluit. In eum hostıs multa tıla iıcırunt;incolumis autem per fiuct˛s ad alteram r˜pam tr�n�vit. E˜ propter tant�srıs gest�s populus R�m�nus n�n s�lum alia magna praemia dedit sed etiamstatuam Hor�ti in loc� p˛blic� posuit.

* * * * *

ÇSixth Review, Lessons XLV-LII, ¤¤521-523È

* * * * *

LESSON LIII

REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES


Çaquila, -aeÈ, f., _eagle_ (aquiline) Çaud�xÈ, gen. Çaud�cisÈ, adj., _bold, audacious_ Çceler, celeris, celereÈ, _swift, quick_ (celerity). Cf. Çvıl�xÈ Çexpl�rat�r, -�risÈ, m., _scout, spy_ (explorer) ÇingınsÈ, gen. ÇingentisÈ, adj., _huge, vast_ Çmedius, -a, -umÈ, _middle, middle part of_ (medium) Çmıns, mentis (-ium)È, f., _mind_ (mental). Cf. ÇanimusÈ Çopport˛nus, -a, -umÈ, _opportune_ ÇquamÈ, adv., _than_. With the superlative ÇquamÈ gives the force of _as possible_, as ÇquamÈ aud�cissim˜ vir˜, _men as bold as possible_ ÇrecensÈ, gen. ÇrecentisÈ, adj., _recent_ ÇtamÈ, adv., _so_. Always with an adjective or adverb, while ÇitaÈ is generally used with a verb

Çquaer�, quaerere, quaes˜v˜, quaes˜tusÈ, _ask, inquire, seek_ (question). Cf. Çpet�È

Ç300.È The quality denoted by an adjective may exist in either a higheror a lower degree, and this is expressed by a form of inflection calledcomparison. The mere presence of the quality is expressed by thepositive degree, its presence in a higher or lower degree by thecomparative, and in the highest or lowest of all by the superlative. InEnglish the usual way of comparing an adjective is by using the suffix_-er_ for the comparative and _-est_ for the superlative; as, positive_high_, comparative _higher_, superlative _highest_. Less frequently weuse the adverbs _more_ and _most_; as, positive _beautiful_, comparative_more beautiful_, superlative _most beautiful._

In Latin, as in English, adjectives are compared by adding suffixes orby using adverbs.

Ç301.È Adjectives are compared by using suffixes as follows:

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE cl�rus, -a, -um cl�rior, cl�r˜us cl�rissimus, -a, -um (_bright_) (_brighter_) (_brightest_) (BASE cl�r-) brevis, breve brevior, brevius brevissimus, -a, -um (_short_) (_shorter_) (_shortest_) (BASE brev-)

vıl�x vıl�cior, vıl�cius vıl�cissimus, -a, -um (_swift_) (_swifter_) (_swiftest_) (BASE veloc-)

_a._ The comparative is formed from the base of the positive by adding Ç-iorÈ masc. and fem., and Ç-iusÈ neut.; the superlative by adding Ç-issimus, -issima, -issimumÈ.

Ç302.È Less frequently adjectives are compared by using the adverbsÇmagisÈ, _more_; ÇmaximıÈ, _most_; as, Çid�neusÈ, _suitable_; Çmagisid�neusÈ, _more suitable_; Çmaximı id�neusÈ, _most suitable._

Ç303.È ÇDeclension of the Comparative.È Adjectives of the comparativedegree are declined as follows:

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ cl�rior cl�r˜us cl�r˜�rıs cl�ri�ra _Gen._ cl�ri�ris cl�ri�ris cl�ri�rum cl�ri�rum _Dat._ cl�ri�r˜ cl�ri�r˜ cl�ri�ribus cl�ri�ribus _Acc._ cl�ri�rem cl�rius cl�ri�rıs cl�ri�ra _Abl._ cl�ri�re cl�ri�re cl�ri�ribus cl�ri�ribus

_a._ Observe that the endings are those of the consonant stems of the third declension.

_b._ Compare ÇlongusÈ, _long_; ÇfortisÈ, _brave_; ÇrecınsÈ (base, Çrecent-È), _recent_; and decline the comparative of each.

Ç304.È Adjectives in Ç-erÈ form the comparative regularly, but thesuperlative is formed by adding Ç-rimusÈ, Ç-aÈ, Ç-umÈ to the nominativemasculine of the positive; as,

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE �cer, �cris, �cre �crior, �crius �cerrimus, -a, -um (BASE acr-) pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum pulchrior, pulchrius pulcherrimus, (BASE pulchr-) -a, -um l˜ber, l˜bera, l˜berum l˜berior, l˜berius l˜berrimus, -a, -um (BASE l˜ber-)

_a._ In a similar manner compare ÇmiserÈ, ÇaegerÈ, ÇcrıberÈ.

Ç305.È The comparative is often translated by _quite, too_, or_somewhat_, and the superlative by _very_; as, ÇaltiorÈ, _quite_ (_too,somewhat_) _high_; ÇaltissimusÈ, _very high._

Ç306.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Quid expl�r�t�rıs quaerıbant? Expl�r�t�rıs tempus opportf˛issimumitiner˜ quaerıbant. 2. Medi� in silv� ign˜s quam crıberrim�s fıcimus,quod fer�s tam aud�cis numquam ante� v˜der�mus. 3. Ant˜qu˜s temporibusGerm�n˜ erant forti�rıs quam Gall˜. 4. Caesar erat cl�rior quaminim˜c˜[1] qu˜ eum nec�vırunt. 5. Quisque sc˛tum ingıns et p˜lum longiusgerıbat. 6. Apud barbar�s Germ�n˜ erant aud�cissim˜ et fortissim˜.7. Mıns hominum est celerior quam corpus. 8. Vir˜ aliqu�rum terr�rumsunt miserrim˜. 9. Corpora Germ�n�rum erant ingenti�ra quam R�m�n�rum.10. åcerrim˜ Gall�rum pr˜ncipıs sine ˛ll� mor� tr�ns fl˛men quoddam

equ�s vıl�cissim�s tr�d˛xırunt. 11. Aest�te diıs sunt longi�rıs quamhieme. 12. Imper�tor qu˜dam ab expl�r�t�ribus dı recent˜ advent˛ n�viumlong�rum quaes˜vit.

II. 1. Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest. 2. Certain animals areswifter than the swiftest horse. 3. The Roman name was most hateful tothe enemies of the commonwealth. 4. The Romans always inflicted theseverest[2] punishment on faithless allies. 5. I was quite ill, and so Ihastened from the city to the country. 6. Marcus had some friends dearerthan C¾sar.[3] 7. Did you not seek a more recent report concerning thebattle? 8. Not even after a victory so opportune did he seek thegeneralÕs friendship.

[Footnote 1: Why is this word used instead of ÇhostısÈ?]

[Footnote 2: Use the superlative of ÇgravisÈ.]

[Footnote 3: Accusative. In a comparison the noun after ÇquamÈ is in the same case as the one before it.]

N.B. Beginning at this point, the selections for reading will be foundnear the end of the volume. (See p. 197.)

LESSON LIV

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVESTHE ABLATIVE WITH COMPARATIVES WITHOUT _QUAM_


Çalacer, alacris, alacreÈ, _eager, spirited, excited_ (alacrity) Çcelerit�s, -�tisÈ, f., _speed_ (celerity) Çcl�mor, cl�m�risÈ, m., _shout, clamor_ Çlınis, lıneÈ, _mild, gentle_ (lenient) Çmulier, muli«erisÈ, f., _woman_ Çmultit˛d�, multit˛dinisÈ, f., _multitude_ ÇnımoÈ, dat. Çnımin˜È, acc. ÇnıminemÈ (gen. Çn˛ll˜usÈ, abl. Çn˛ll�È, from Çn˛llusÈ), no plur., m. and f., _no one_ Çn�bilis, n�bileÈ, _well known, noble_ Çnoct˛È, adv. (an old abl.), _by night_ (nocturnal) ÇstatimÈ, adv., _immediately, at once_ Çsubit�È, adv., _suddenly_ Çtardus, -a, -umÈ, _slow_ (tardy) Çcupi�, cupere, cup˜v˜, cup˜tusÈ, _desire, wish_ (cupidity)

Ç307.È The following six adjectives in Ç-lisÈ form the comparativeregularly; but the superlative is formed by adding Ç-limusÈ to the baseof the positive. Learn the meanings and comparison.

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE facilis, -e, _easy_ facilior, -ius facillimus, -a, -um difficilis, -e, _hard_ difficilior, -ius difficillimus, -a, -um similis, -e, _like_ similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um dissimilis, -e, _unlike_ dissimilior, -ius dissimillimus, -a, -um gracilis, -e, _slender_ gracilior, -ius gracillimus, -a, -um humilis, -e, _low_ humilior, -ius humillimus, -a, -um

Ç308.È From the knowledge gained in the preceding lesson we shouldtranslate the sentence _Nothing is brighter than the sun_

ÇNihil est cl�rius quam s�lÈ

But the Romans, especially in negative sentences, often expressed thecomparison in this way,

ÇNihil est cl�rius s�leÈ

which, literally translated, is _Nothing is brighter away from the sun_;that is, _starting from the sun as a standard, nothing is brighter_.This relation is expressed by the separative ablative Çs�leÈ. Hence therule

Ç309.È RULE. ÇAblative with Comparatives.È _The comparative degree, ifÇquamÈ is omitted, is followed by the separative ablative._

Ç310.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Nım� m˜litıs alacri�rıs R�m�n˜s v˜dit. 2. Statim imper�tor iussitn˛nti�s quam celerrim�s litter�s R�mam port�re. 3. Multa fl˛mina suntlıni�ra Rhın�. 4. Apud R�man�s quis erat cl�rior Caesare? 5. Nihilpulchrius urbe R�m� v˜d˜. 6. Subit� multit˛do audacissima magn� clam�reproelium �crius comm˜sit. 7. Num est equus tuus tardus? N�n vır� tardus,sed celerior aquil�. 8. Ubi Romae fu˜, nım� erat mihi amicior Sext�.9. Quaedam mulierıs cibum m˜litibus dare cup˜vırunt. 10. Rıx vetuitc˜vis ex urbe noct˛ discıdere. 11. Ille puer est gracilior h�cmuliere. 12. Expl�r�tor du�s (_two_) vi�s, alteram facilem, alteramdifficili�rem, dım�nstr�vit.

II. 1. What city have you seen more beautiful than Rome? 2. The Gaulswere not more eager than the Germans. 3. The eagle is not slower thanthe horse. 4. The spirited woman did not fear to make the journey bynight. 5. The mind of the multitude was quite gentle and friendly.6. But the kingÕs mind was very different. 7. The king was not like(similar to) his noble father. 8. These hills are lower than the hugemountains of our territory.

[Illustration: ARMA ROMANA]

LESSON LV

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Continued_)


Çaedificium, aedifi«c˜È, n., _building, dwelling_ (edifice) Çimperium, impe«r˜È, n., _command, chief power; empire_ Çmors, mortis (-ium)È, f., _death_ (mortal) Çreliquus, -a, -umÈ, _remaining, rest of_. As a noun, m. and n. plur., _the rest_ (relic) Çscelus, scelerisÈ, n., _crime_ Çservit˛s, -˛tisÈ, f., _slavery_ (servitude) Çvallıs, vallis (-ium)È, f., _valley_

Çabd�, abdere, abdid˜, abditusÈ, _hide_ Çcontend�, contendere, contend˜, contentusÈ, _strain, struggle; hasten_ (contend)

Çocc˜d�, occ˜dere, occ˜d˜, occ˜susÈ, _cut down, kill_. Cf. Çnec�È, Çinterfici�È Çperterre�, perterrıre, perterru˜, perterritusÈ, _terrify, frighten_ Çrecipi�, recipere, recıp˜, receptusÈ, _receive, recover_; Çsı recipereÈ, _betake oneÕs self, withdraw, retreat_ Çtr�d�, tr�dere, tr�did˜, tr�ditusÈ, _give over, surrender, deliver_ (traitor)

Ç311.È Some adjectives in English have irregular comparison, as _good,better, best_; _many, more, most._ So Latin comparison presents someirregularities. Among the adjectives that are compared irregularly are

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE Çbonus, -a, -umÈ, _good_ Çmelior, meliusÈ Çoptimus, -a, -umÈ Çmagnus, -a, -umÈ, _great_ Çmaior, maiusÈ Çmaximus, -a, -umÈ Çmalus, -a, -umÈ, _bad_ Çpeior, peiusÈ Çpessimus, -a, -umÈ Çmultus, -a, -umÈ, _much_ Ç----, pl˛sÈ Çpl˛rimus, -a, -umÈ Çmult˜, -ae, -aÈ, _many_ Çpl˛rıs, pl˛raÈ Çpl˛rim˜, -ae, -aÈ Çparvus, -a, -umÈ, _small_ Çminor, minusÈ Çminimus, -a, -umÈ

Ç312.È The following four adjectives have two superlatives. Unusualforms are placed in parentheses.

Çexterus, -a, -umÈ, (Çexterior, -iusÈ, { Çextrımus, -a, -umÈ } _outward_ _outer_) {(Çextimus, -a, -umÈ) } _outermost, last_ Çñferus, -a, -umÈ, Çñferior, -iusÈ, { Çñfimus, -a, -umÈ } _low_ _lower_ { Ç˜mus, -a, -umÈ } _lowest_ Çposterus, -a, -umÈ, (Çposterior, -iusÈ, { Çpostrımus, -a, -umÈ } _next_ _later_) {(Çpostumus, -a, -umÈ) } _last_ Çsuperus, -a, -umÈ, Çsuperior, -iusÈ { Çsuprımus, -a, -umÈ } _above_ _higher_ { Çsummus, -a, -umÈ } _highest_

Ç313.È ÇPl˛sÈ, _more_ (plural _more, many, several_), is declined asfollows:

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ---- pl˛s pl˛rıs pl˛ra _Gen._ ---- pl˛ris pl˛rium pl˛rium _Dat._ ---- ---- pl˛ribus pl˛ribus _Acc._ ---- pl˛s pl˛r˜s, -ıs pl˛ra _Abl._ ---- pl˛re pl˛ribus pl˛ribus

_a._ In the singular Çpl˛sÈ is used only as a neuter substantive.

Ç314.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Reliqu˜ hostıs, qu˜ � dextr� corn˛ proelium comm˜serant, dısuperi�re loc� f˛gırunt et sısı in silvam maximam recıpırunt. 2. Inextrım� parte silvae castra hostium posita erant. 3. Pl˛rim˜ capt˜vãb equitibus ad Caesarem duct˜ sunt. 4. Caesar vır� iussit e�s inservit˛tem tr�d˜. 5. Poster� diı magna multit˛d� mulierum ab R�m�n˜sin valle ˜m� reperta est. 6. Hae mulierıs maximı perterritae advent˛Caesaris sısı occ˜dere studıbant. 7. Eae quoque pl˛r˜s f�bul�s dı

exercit˛s R�m�n˜ sceleribus aud˜verant. 8. F�ma ill�rum m˜litum optiman�n erat. 9. In barbar�rum aedifici˜s maior c�pia fr˛ment˜ reperta est.10. Nım� crıbr˜s proeli˜s contendere sine aliqu� per˜cul� potest.

II. 1. The remaining women fled from their dwellings and hid themselves.2. They were terrified and did not wish to be captured and given overinto slavery. 3. Nothing can be worse than slavery. 4. Slavery is worsethan death. 5. In the Roman empire a great many were killed because theyrefused to be slaves. 6. To surrender the fatherland is the worst crime.

LESSON LVI

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (_Concluded_)ABLATIVE OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE


Çaditus, -˛sÈ, m., _approach, access; entrance_ Çc˜vit�s, c˜vit�tisÈ, f., _citizenship; body of citizens, state_ (city) ÇinterÈ, prep, with acc., _between, among_ (interstate commerce) ÇnamÈ, conj., _for_ Çobses, obsidisÈ, m. and f., _hostage_ Çpaul�È, adv. (abl. n. of ÇpaulusÈ), _by a little, somewhat_

Çincol�, incolere, incolu˜, ----È, transitive, _inhabit_; intransitive, _dwell_. Cf. Çhabit�È, Çv˜v�È Çrelinqu�, relinquere, rel˜qu˜, relictusÈ, _leave, abandon_ (relinquish) Çstatu�, statuere, statu˜, stat˛tusÈ, _fix, decide_ (statute), usually with infin.

Ç315.È The following adjectives are irregular in the formation of thesuperlative and have no positive. Forms rarely used are in parentheses.

COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE ÇciteriorÈ, _hither_ (ÇcitimusÈ, _hithermost_) ÇinteriorÈ, _inner_ (ÇintimusÈ, _inmost_) ÇpriorÈ, _former_ Çpr˜musÈ, _first_ ÇpropiorÈ, _nearer_ ÇproximusÈ, _next, nearest_ ÇulteriorÈ, _further_ ÇultimusÈ, _furthest_

Ç316.È In the sentence _Galba is a head taller than Sextus_, the phrase_a head taller_ expresses the Çmeasure of differenceÈ in height betweenGalba and Sextus. The Latin form of expression would be _Galba is tallerthan Sextus Çby a headÈ_. This is clearly an ablative relation, and theconstruction is called the Çablative of the measure of differenceÈ.

EXAMPLES

ÇGalba est altior capite quam SextusÈ _Galba is a head taller_ (taller by a head) _than Sextus_. ÇIllud iter ad Italiam est mult� breviusÈ _That route to Italy is much shorter_ (shorter by much)

Ç317.È RULE. ÇAblative of the Measure of DifferenceÈ. _With comparativesand words implying comparison the ablative is used to denote the measureof difference._

_a._ Especially common in this construction are the neuter ablatives

Çe�È, _by this, by that_ Çnihil�È,[1] _by nothing_ Çh�cÈ, _by this_ Çpaul�È, _by a little_ Çmult�È, _by much_

[Footnote 1: ÇnihilÈ was originally ÇnihilumÈ and declined like Çp˜lumÈ. There is no plural.]

Ç318.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Barbar˜ proelium committere statuırunt e� magis quod R�m�n˜˜nf˜rm˜ esse vidıbantur. 2. Meum c�nsilium est mult� melius quam tuumquia mult� facilius est. 3. Haec via est mult� l�tior quam illa.4. Barbar˜ erant nihil� tardi�rıs quam R�m�n˜. 5. Tuus equus est paul�celerior quam meus. 6. I˜ qu˜ paul� forti�rıs erant prohibuıruntreliqu�s aditum relinquere. 7. Inter ill�s c˜vit�tıs Germ�nia m˜litıshabet optim�s. 8. Propior via quae per hanc vallem d˛cit est interportum et lacum. 9. Serv˜, qu˜ agr�s citeri�rıs incolıbant, pri�rısdomin�s relinquere n�n cup˜vırunt, quod e�s am�bant. 10. UltimaeGerm�niae partıs numquam in fidem R�m�n�rum vınırunt. 11. Nam tr�nsRhınum aditus erat mult� difficilior exercitu˜ R�m�n�.

II. 1. Another way much more difficult (more difficult by much) was leftthrough hither Gaul. 2. In ancient times no state was stronger than theRoman empire. 3. The states of further Gaul did not wish to givehostages to C¾sar. 4. Slavery is no better (better by nothing) thandeath. 5. The best citizens are not loved by the worst. 6. The activeenemy immediately withdrew into the nearest forest, for they wereterrified by C¾sarÕs recent victories.

LESSON LVII

FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS


Çaequus, -a, -umÈ, _even, level; equal_ Çcohors, cohortis (-ium)È, f., _cohort_, a tenth part of a legion, about 360 men Çcurr�, currere, cucurr˜, cursusÈ, _run_ (course) Çdifficult�s, -�tisÈ, f., _difficulty_ Çfossa, -aeÈ, f., _ditch_ (fosse) Çgıns, gentis (-ium)È, f., _race, tribe, nation_ (Gentile) Çneg�tium, neg�t˜È, n., _business, affair, matter_ (negotiate) Çregi�, -�nisÈ, f., _region, district_ Çr˛mor, r˛m�risÈ, m., _rumor, report_. Cf. f�ma Çsimul atqueÈ, conj., _as soon as_

Çsuscipi�, suscipere, suscıp˜, susceptusÈ, _undertake_ Çtrah�, trahere, tr�x˜, tr�ctusÈ, _drag, draw_ (ex-tract) Çvale�, valıre, valu˜, valit˛rusÈ, _be strong_; pl˛rimum valıre, _to be most powerful, have great influence_ (value). Cf. validus

Ç319.È Adverbs are generally derived from adjectives, as in English(e.g. adj. _sweet_, adv. _sweetly_). Like adjectives, they can becompared; but they have no declension.

Ç320.È Adverbs derived from adjectives of the first and seconddeclensions are formed and compared as follows:

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE _Adj._ c�rus, _dear_ c�rior c�rissimus _Adv._ c�rı, _dearly_ c�rius c�rissimı

_Adj._ pulcher, _beautiful_ pulchrior pulcherrimus _Adv._ pulchrı, _beautifully_ pulchrius pulcherrimı

_Adj._ l˜ber, _free_ l˜berior l˜berrimus _Adv._ l˜berı, _freely_ l˜berius l˜berrimı

_a._ The positive of the adverb is formed by adding Ç-ıÈ to the base of the positive of the adjective. The superlative of the adverb is formed from the superlative of the adjective in the same way.

_b._ The comparative of any adverb is the neuter accusative singular of the comparative of the adjective.

Ç321.È Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declension areformed like those described above in the comparative and superlative.The positive is usually formed by adding Ç-iterÈ to the base ofadjectives of three endings or of two endings, and Ç-terÈ to the base ofthose of one ending;[1] as,

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE _Adj._ fortis, _brave_ fortior fortissimus _Adv._ fortiter, _bravely_ fortius fortissimı

_Adj._ aud�x, _bold_ aud�cior aud�cissimus _Adv._ aud�cter, _boldly_ aud�cius aud�cissimı

[Footnote 1: This is a good working rule, though there are some exceptions to it.]

Ç322.È ÇCase Forms as Adverbs.È As we learned above, the neuteraccusative of comparatives is used adverbially. So in the positive orsuperlative some adjectives, instead of following the usual formation,use the accusative or the ablative singular neuter adverbially; as,

_Adj._ facilis, _easy_ pr˜mus, _first_ _Adv._ facile (acc.), _easily_ pr˜mum (acc.), _first_ pr˜m� (abl.), _at first_ _Adj._ multus, _many_ pl˛rimus, _most_ _Adv._ multum (acc.), _much_ pl˛rimum (acc.), _most_ mult� (abl.), _by much_

Ç323.È Learn the following irregular comparisons:

bene, _well_ melius, _better_ optimı, _best_ di˛, _long_ (time) di˛tius, _longer_ di˛tissimı, _longest_ magnopere, _greatly_ magis, _more_ maximı, _most_ parum, _little_ minus, _less_ minimı, _least_ prope, _nearly, near_ propius, _nearer_ proximı, _nearest_ saepe, _often_ saepius, _oftener_ saepissimı, _oftenest_

Ç324.È Form adverbs from the following adjectives, using the regularrules, and compare them: ÇlaetusÈ, ÇsuperbusÈ, ÇmolestusÈ, Çam˜cusÈ,

Ç�cerÈ, ÇbrevisÈ, ÇgravisÈ, ÇrecınsÈ.

Ç325.È RULE. ÇAdverbs.È _Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and otheradverbs._

Ç326.È EXERCISES


I. 1. N˛lla rıs melius gesta est quam proelium illud[2] ubi Mariusmult� min�re exercit˛ mult� mai�rıs c�pi�s Germ�n�rum in fugam dedit.2. Aud�cter in R�m�n�rum cohort˜s hostıs impet˛s fıcırunt 3. Mariusautem omnıs h�s fortissimı sustinuit. 4. Barbar˜ nihil� forti�rıs erantquam R�m�n˜. 5. Pr˜m� barbar˜ esse superi�rıs vidıbantur, tum R�m�n˜�crius contendırunt. 6. Dınique, ubi iam di˛tissimı paene aequ� proeli�pugn�tum est, barbar˜ fugam petiırunt. 7. Quaedam Germ�n�rum gentıs,simul atque r˛m�rem ill˜us calamit�tis aud˜vırunt, sısı in ultim˜sregi�nibus f˜nium su�rum abdidırunt. 8. R�m�n˜ saepius quam hostısv˜cırunt, quod meli�ra arma habıbant. 9. Inter omn˜s gent˜s R�m�n˜pl˛rimum valıbant. 10. Hae cohortıs simul atque in aequi�rem regi�nemsı recıpırunt, castra sine ˛ll� difficult�te posuırunt.

II. 1. Some nations are easily overcome by their enemies. 2. Germany ismuch larger than Gaul. 3. Were not the Romans the most powerful amongthe tribes of Italy? 4. On account of (his) wounds the soldier draggedhis body from the ditch with the greatest difficulty. 5. He was ableneither to run nor to fight. 6. Who saved him? A certain horseman boldlyundertook the matter. 7. The rumors concerning the soldierÕs death werenot true.

[Footnote 2: ÇilleÈ standing after its noun means _that well-known, that famous_.]

LESSON LVIII

NUMERALS ¥ THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE


Çcomme�tus, -˛sÈ, m.. _provisions_ Çl�tit˛d�, -inisÈ, f., _width_ (latitude) Çlongit˛d�, -inisÈ, f., _length_ (longitude) Çmagnit˛d�, -inisÈ, f., _size, magnitude_ Çmerc�tor, merc�t�risÈ, m., _trader, merchant_ Çm˛n˜ti�, -�nisÈ, f., _fortification_ (munition) Çspatium, spat˜È, n., _room, space, distance; time_

Çcogn�sc�, cogn�scere, cogn�v˜, cognitusÈ, _learn_; in the perfect tenses, _know_ (re-cognize) Çc�g�, c�gere, coıg˜, co�ctusÈ, _collect; compel_ (cogent) Çdıfend�, dıfendere, dıfend˜, dıfınsusÈ, _defend_ Çincend�, incendere, incend˜, incınsusÈ, _set fire to, burn_ (incendiary). Cf. Çcrem�È Çobtine�, obtinıre, obtinu˜, obtentusÈ, _possess, occupy, hold_ (obtain) Çperveni�, perven˜re, pervın˜, perventusÈ, _come through, arrive_

Ç327.È The Latin numeral adjectives may be classified as follows:

1. ÇCardinal NumeralsÈ, answering the question _how many?_ as, Ç˛nusÈ, _one_; ÇduoÈ, _two_; etc.

2. ÇOrdinal NumeralsÈ, derived in most cases from the cardinals and answering the question _in what order?_ as, Çpr˜musÈ, _first_; ÇsecundusÈ, _second_; etc.

3. ÇDistributive NumeralsÈ, answering the question _how many at a time?_ as, Çsingul˜È, _one at a time_.

Ç328.È ÇThe Cardinal Numerals.È The first twenty of the cardinals are asfollows:

1, Ç˛nusÈ 6, ÇsexÈ 11, Ç˛ndecimÈ 16, ÇsıdecimÈ 2, ÇduoÈ 7, ÇseptemÈ 12, ÇduodecimÈ 17, ÇseptendecimÈ 3, ÇtrısÈ 8, Çoct�È 13, ÇtredecimÈ 18, Çduodıv˜gint˜È 4, ÇquattuorÈ 9, ÇnovemÈ 14, ÇquattuordecimÈ 19, Ç˛ndıv˜gint˜È 5, Çqu˜nqueÈ 10, ÇdecemÈ 15, Çqu˜ndecimÈ 20, Çv˜gint˜È

_a._ Learn also ÇcentumÈ = 100, Çducent˜È = 200, Çm˜lleÈ = 1000.

Ç329.È ÇDeclension of the Cardinals.È Of the cardinals only Ç˛nusÈ,ÇduoÈ, ÇtrısÈ, the hundreds above one hundred, and Çm˜lleÈ used as anoun, are declinable.

_a._ Ç˛nusÈ is one of the nine irregular adjectives, and is declined like Çn˛llusÈ (cf. ¤¤109, 470). The plural of Ç˛nusÈ is used to agree with a plural noun of a singular meaning, as, Ç˛na castraÈ, _one camp_; and with other nouns in the sense of _only_, as, ÇGall˜ ˛n˜È, _only the Gauls_.

_b._ Learn the declension of ÇduoÈ, _two_; ÇtrısÈ, _three_; and Çm˜lleÈ, _a thousand_. (¤479.)

_c._ The hundreds above one hundred are declined like the plural of ÇbonusÈ; as,

ducent˜, -ae, -a ducent�rum, -�rum, -�rum etc. etc. etc.

Ç330.È We have already become familiar with sentences like thefollowing:

ÇOmnium avium aquila est vıl�cissimaÈ _Of all birds the eagle is the swiftest_ ÇHoc �r�culum erat omnium cl�rissimumÈ _This oracle was the most famous of all_

In such sentences the genitive denotes the whole, and the word itmodifies denotes a part of that whole. Such a genitive, denoting thewhole of which a part is taken, is called a Çpartitive genitiveÈ.

Ç331.È RULE. ÇPartitive Genitive.È _Words denoting a part are often usedwith the genitive of the whole, known as the Çpartitive genitiveÈ._

_a._ Words denoting a part are especially pronouns, numerals, and other adjectives. But cardinal numbers excepting Çm˜lleÈ regularly take the ablative with ÇexÈ or ÇdıÈ instead of the partitive genitive.

_b._ ÇM˜lleÈ, _a thousand_, in the singular is usually an indeclinable adjective (as, Çm˜lle m˜litısÈ, _a thousand soldiers_), but in the plural it is a declinable noun and takes the partitive genitive (as, Çdecem m˜lia m˜litumÈ, _ten thousand soldiers_).

EXAMPLES:

ÇFortissim˜ h�rum sunt Germ�n˜È _The bravest of these are the Germans_ ÇDecem m˜lia hostium interfecta suntÈ _Ten thousand_ (lit. _thousands_) _of the enemy were slain_ Çóna ex capt˜v˜s erat soror rıgisÈ _One of the captives was the kingÕs sister_

Ç332.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Caesar maximam partem aedifici�rum incendit. 2. Magna parsm˛n˜ti�nis aqu� fl˛minis dılıta est. 3. Gall˜ huius regi�nis quñquem˜lia hominum coıgerant. 4. Duo ex me˜s fr�tribus eundem r˛m�remaud˜vırunt. 5. Quis R�m�n�rum erat clarior Caesare? 6. Quñque cohortısex ill� legi�ne castra quam fortissimı dıfendıbant. 7. Hic locus aberataequ� spati�[1] ab castr˜s Caesaris et castr˜s Germ�n�rum. 8. Caesarsimul atque pervınit, pl˛s comme�t˛s ab soci˜s postul�vit. 9. N�nnemerc�t�rıs magnit˛dinem ñsulae cogn�verant? Longit˛dinem sed n�nl�tit˛dinem cogn�verant. 10. Pauc˜ hostium obtinıbant collem quemexpl�r�t�rıs nostr˜ v˜dırunt.

II. 1. I have two brothers, and one of them lives at Rome. 2. C¾sarstormed that very town with three legions. 3. In one hour he destroyed agreat part of the fortification. 4. When the enemy could no longer[2]defend the gates, they retreated to a hill which was not far distant.[3]5. There three thousand of them bravely resisted the Romans.[4]

[Footnote 1: Ablative of the measure of difference.]

[Footnote 2: Not ÇlongiusÈ. Why?]

[Footnote 3: Latin, _was distant by a small space._]

[Footnote 4: Not the accusative.]

LESSON LIX

NUMERALS (_Continued_) ¥ THE ACCUSATIVE OF EXTENT


Çagmen, agminisÈ, n., _line of march, column_; Çpr˜mum agmenÈ, _the van_; Çnovissimum agmenÈ, _the rear_ ÇatqueÈ, ÇacÈ, conj., _and_; ÇatqueÈ is used before vowels and consonants, ÇacÈ before consonants only. Cf. ÇetÈ and Ç-queÈ Çconcilium, conci«l˜È, n., _council, assembly_ ÇHelvıti˜, -�rumÈ, m., _the Helvetii_, a Gallic tribe Çpassus, pass˛sÈ, m., _a pace_, five Roman feet; Çm˜lle passuumÈ, _a thousand (of) paces_, a Roman mile

Çqu� dı caus�È, _for this reason, for what reason_ Çv�llum, -˜È, n., _earth-works, rampart_

Çcad�, cadere, cecid˜, c�s˛rusÈ, _fall_ (decadence) Çdıd�, dıdere, dıdid˜, dıditusÈ, _surrender, give up_; with a reflexive pronoun, _surrender oneÕs self, submit_, with the dative of the indirect object Çprem�, premere, press˜, pressusÈ, _press hard, harass_ Çvex�, vex�re, vex�v˜, vex�tusÈ, _annoy, ravage_ (vex)

Ç333.È Learn the first twenty of the ordinal numerals (¤478). Theordinals are all declined like ÇbonusÈ.

Ç334.È The distributive numerals are declined like the plural ofÇbonusÈ. The first three are

Çsingul˜, -ae, -aÈ, _one each, one by one_ Çb˜n˜, -ae, -aÈ, _two each, two by two_ Çtern˜, -ae, -aÈ, _three each, three by three_

Ç335.È We have learned that, besides its use as object, the accusativeis used to express space relations not covered by the ablative. We havehad such expressions as Çper pl˛rim�s ann�sÈ, _for a great many years_;Çper t�tum diemÈ, _for a whole day_. Here the space relation is one of_extent of time_. We could also say Çper decem pedısÈ, _for ten feet_,where the space relation is one of _extent of space_. While this iscorrect Latin, the usual form is to use the accusative with nopreposition, as,

ÇVir t�tum diem cucurritÈ, _the man ran for a whole day_ ÇCaesar m˛rum decem pedıs m�vitÈ, _C¾sar moved the wall ten feet_

Ç336.È RULE. ÇAccusative of Extent.È _Duration of time and extent ofspace are expressed by the accusative._

_a._ This accusative answers the questions _how long? how far?_

_b._ Distinguish carefully between the accusative of time _how long_ and the ablative of time _when_, or _within which._

Select the accusatives of time and space and the ablatives of time inthe following:

When did the general arrive? He arrived at two oÕclock. How long hadhe been marching? For four days. How far did he march? He marchedsixty-five miles. Where has he pitched his camp? Three miles from theriver, and he will remain there several days. The wall around the campis ten feet high. When did the war begin? In the first year after thekingÕs death.

Ç337.È EXERCISES


I. _C¾sar in Gaul_. Caesar bellum in Gallia septem ann�s gessit. Pr˜m�ann� Helvıti�s v˜cit, et e�dem ann� multae German�rum gentıs e˜ sısıdıdidırunt. Mult�s iam ann�s Germ�n˜ Gall�s vexabant[1] et ducıs Germ�n˜c�pi�s su�s tr�ns Rhınum saepe tr�d˛cıbant.[1] N�n singul˜ veniıbant,sed multa milia hominum in Galliam contendıbant. Qu� dı caus� pr˜ncipısGalliae concilium convoc�vırunt atque statuırunt legates ad Caesarem

mittere. Caesar, simul atque hunc r˛m�rem aud˜vit, c�pi�s su�s sine mor�coıgit. Prim� l˛ce fortiter cum German˜s proelium comm˜sit. T�tum diem�criter pugn�tum est. Caesar ipse � dextr� corn˛ acicm d˛xit. Magna parsexercit˛s Germ�n˜ cecidit. Post magnam caedem pauc˜ multa milia passuumad fl˛men f˛gırunt.

II. 1. C¾sar pitched camp two miles from the river. 2. He fortified thecamp with a ditch fifteen feet wide and a rampart nine feet high. 3. Thecamp of the enemy was a great way off (was distant by a great space).4. On the next day he hastened ten miles in three hours. 5. Suddenly theenemy with all their forces made an attack upon (ÇinÈ _with acc._) therear. 6. For two hours the Romans were hard pressed by the barbarians.7. In three hours the barbarians were fleeing.

[Footnote 1: Translate as if pluperfect.]

LESSON LX

DEPONENT VERBS


ÇautÈ, conj., _or_; Çaut ... autÈ, _either ... or_ Çcaus�È, abl. of ÇcausaÈ, _for the sake of, because of_. Always stands _after_ the gen. which modifies it ÇferıÈ, adv., _nearly, almost_ Çop˜ni�, -�nisÈ, f., _opinion, supposition, expectation_ Çrıs fr˛ment�ria, re˜ fr˛ment�riaeÈ, f. (lit. _the grain affair_), _grain supply_ Çtimor, -�risÈ, m., _fear_. Cf. Çtime�È ÇundiqueÈ, adv., _from all sides_

Çc�nor, c�n�r˜, c�n�tus sumÈ, _attempt, try_ Çıgredior, ıgred˜, ıgressus sumÈ, _move out, disembark_; Çpr�grediorÈ, _move forward, advance_ (egress, progress) Çmoror, mor�r˜, mor�tus sumÈ, _delay_ Çorior, orir˜, ortus sumÈ, _arise, spring; begin; be born_ (_from_) (origin) Çprofic˜scor, profic˜sc˜, profectus sumÈ, _set out_ Çrevertor, revert˜, reversus sumÈ, _return_ (revert). The forms of this verb are usually active, and not deponent, in the perfect system. Perf. act., Çrevert˜È Çsequor, sequ˜, sec˛tus sumÈ, _follow_ (sequence). Note the following compounds of ÇsequorÈ and the force of the different prefixes: Çc�nsequorÈ (_follow with_), _overtake_; Ç˜nsequorÈ (_follow against_), _pursue_; ÇsubsequorÈ (_follow under_), _follow close after_

Ç338.È A number of verbs are passive in form but active in meaning; as,ÇhortorÈ, _I encourage_; ÇvereorÈ, _I fear_. Such verbs are calledÇdeponentÈ because they have laid aside (Çdı-p�nereÈ, _to lay aside_)the active forms.

_a._ Besides having all the forms of the passive, deponent verbs have also the future active infinitive and a few other active forms which will be noted later. (Sec¤¤375, 403.b.)

Ç339.È The principal parts of deponents are of course passive in form,as,

Conj. I Çhortor, hort�r˜, hort�tus sumÈ, _encourage_ Conj. II Çvereor, verır˜, veritus sumÈ, _fear_ Conj. III (_a_) Çsequor, sequ˜, sec˛tus sumÈ, _follow_ (_b_) Çpatior, pat˜, passus sumÈ, _suffer, allow_ Conj. IV Çpartior, part˜r˜, part˜tus sumÈ, _share, divide_

Learn the synopses of these verbs. (See ¤493.) ÇPatiorÈ is conjugatedlike the passive of Çcapi�È (¤492).

Ç340.È PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE

The prepositions with the accusative that occur most frequently are

ÇanteÈ, _before_ ÇapudÈ, _among_ ÇcircumÈ, _around_ Çcontr�È, _against, contrary to_ Çextr�È, _outside of_ ÇinÈ, _into, in, against, upon_ ÇinterÈ, _between, among_ Çintr�È, _within_ ÇobÈ, _on account of_ (Çquam ob remÈ, _wherefore, therefore_) ÇperÈ, _through, by means of_ ÇpostÈ, _after, behind_ ÇpropterÈ, _on account of, because of_ Çtr�nsÈ, _across, over_

_a._ Most of these you have had before. Review the old ones and learn the new ones. Review the list of prepositions governing the ablative, ¤209.

Ç341.È EXERCISES


I. 1. Trıs ex lıg�t˜s, contr� Caesaris opñi�nem, iter facere perhostium fñ˜s verıbantur. 2. Quis e�s hort�tus est? Imper�tor e�short�tus est et i˜s persu�dıre c�n�tus est, sed n�n potuit. 3. Quidlıg�t�s perterruit? Aut timor hostium, qu˜ undique premıbant, autlongit˛d� viae e�s perterruit. 4. Tamen omnıs ferı Caesarem mult� magisquam host˜s verit˜ sunt. 5. Fortissimae gentıs Galliae ex Germ�n˜soriıbantur. 6. Quam ob rem tam fortıs erant? Quia nec vñum necalia quae virt˛tem dılent ad sı port�r˜ patiıbantur. 7. Caesar exmerc�t�ribus dı ñsul� Britanni� quaes˜vit, sed nihil cogn�scere potuit.8. Itaque ipse statuit hanc terram petere, et medi� ferı aest�te cummult˜s n�vibus long˜s profectus est. 9. Magn� celerit�te iter confıcitet in opport˛nissim� loc� ıgressus est. 10. Barbar˜ summ˜s v˜ribus eumab ñsul� prohibıre c�n�t˜ sunt. 11. Ille autem barbar�s multa m˜liapassuum ñsec˛tus est; tamen sine equit�t˛ e�s c�nsequ˜ n�n potuit.

II. 1. Contrary to our expectation, the enemy fled and the cavalryfollowed close after them. 2. From all parts of the multitude the shoutsarose of those who were being wounded. 3. C¾sar did not allow thecavalry to pursue too far.[1] 4. The cavalry set out at the first hourand was returning[2] to camp at the fourth hour. 5. Around the Romancamp was a rampart twelve feet high. 6. C¾sar will delay three daysbecause of the grain supply. 7. Nearly all the lieutenants feared theenemy and attempted to delay the march.

[Footnote 1: Comparative of ÇlongıÈ.]

[Footnote 2: Will this be a deponent or an active form?]

* * * * *

ÇSeventh Review, Lessons LIII-LX, ¤¤524-526È

* * * * *

[Illustration]

PART III

CONSTRUCTIONS

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

The preceding part of this book has been concerned chiefly with formsand vocabulary. There remain still to be learned the forms of theSubjunctive Mood, the Participles, and the Gerund of the regular verb,and the conjugation of the commoner irregular verbs. These will be takenup in connection with the study of constructions, which will be thechief subject of our future work. The special vocabularies of thepreceding lessons contain, exclusive of proper names, about six hundredwords. As these are among the commonest words in the language, _theymust be mastered_. They properly form the basis of the study of words,and will be reviewed and used with but few additions in the remaininglessons.

For practice in reading and to illustrate the constructions presented, acontinued story has been prepared and may be begun at this point (see p.204). It has been divided into chapters of convenient length toaccompany progress through the lessons, but may be read with equalprofit after the lessons are finished. The story gives an account of thelife and adventures of Publius Cornelius Lentulus, a Roman boy, whofought in C¾sarÕs campaigns and shared in his triumph. The coloredplates illustrating the story are faithful representations of ancientlife and are deserving of careful study.

LESSON LXI

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

Ç342.È In addition to the indicative, imperative, and infinitive moods,which you have learned, Latin has a fourth mood called the subjunctive.The tenses of the subjunctive are

PRESENT } IMPERFECT } ACTIVE AND PASSIVE PERFECT } PLUPERFECT }

Ç343.È The tenses of the subjunctive have the same time values as thecorresponding tenses of the indicative, and, in addition, _each of them

may refer to future time_. No meanings of the tenses will be given inthe paradigms, as the translation varies with the construction used.

Ç344.È The present subjunctive is inflected as follows:

CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV ACTIVE VOICE SINGULAR 1. a«mem mo«neam re«gam ca«piam au«diam 2. a«mıs mo«ne�s re«g�s ca«pi�s au«di�s 3. a«met mo«neat re«gat ca«piat au«diat

PLURAL 1. amı«mus mone�«mus reg�«mus capi�«mus audi�«mus 2. amı«tis mone�«tis reg�«tis capi�«tis audi�«tis 3. a«ment mo«neant re«gant ca«piant au«diant

PASSIVE VOICE SINGULAR 1. a«mer mo«near re«gar ca«piar au«diar 2. amı«ris mone�«ris reg�«ris capi�«ris audi�«ris (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) 3. amı«tur mone�«tur reg�«tur capi�«tur audi�«tur

PLURAL 1. amı«mur mone�«mur reg�«mur capi�«mur audi�«mur 2. amı«min˜ mone�«min˜ reg�«min˜ capi�«min˜ audi�«min˜ 3. amen«tur monean«tur regan«tur capian«tur audian«tur

_a._ The present subjunctive is formed from the present stem.

_b._ The mood sign of the present subjunctive is Ç-ı-È in the first conjugation and Ç-�-È in the others. It is shortened in the usual places (cf. ¤12), and takes the place of the final vowel of the stem in the first and third conjugations, but not in the second and fourth.

_c._ The personal endings are the same as in the indicative.

_d._ In a similar way inflect the present subjunctive of Çc˛r�È, Çiube�È, Çs˛m�È, Çiaci�È, Çm˛ni�È.

Ç345.È The present subjunctive of the irregular verb ÇsumÈ is inflectedas follows:

{ 1. sim { 1. s˜mus SING. { 2. s˜s PLURAL { 2. s˜tis { 3. sit { 3. sint

Ç346.È ÇThe Indicative and Subjunctive Compared.È

1. The two most important of the finite moods are the indicative and the subjunctive. The indicative deals with facts either real or assumed. If, then, we wish to assert something as a fact or to inquire after a fact, we use the indicative.

2. On the other hand, if we wish to express a _desire_ or _wish_, a _purpose_, a _possibility_, an _expectation_, or some such notion, we must use the subjunctive. The following sentences illustrate the difference between the indicative and the subjunctive ideas.

INDICATIVE IDEAS SUBJUNCTIVE IDEAS

1. _He is brave_ 1. _May he be brave_ ÇFortis estÈ ÇFortis sitÈ (idea of wishing) 2. _We set out at once_ 2. _Let us set out at once_ ÇStatim profic˜scimurÈ ÇStatim profic˜sc�murÈ (idea of willing) 3. _You hear him every day_ 3. _You can hear him every day_ ÇCot˜diı eum aud˜sÈ ÇCot˜diı eum audi�sÈ (idea of possibility) 4. _He remained until the ship_ 4. _He waited until the ship_ _arrived_ _should arrive_ ÇM�nsit dum n�vis pervınitÈ ÇExspect�vit dum n�vis perven˜retÈ[1] (idea of expectation) 5. _C¾sar sends men who find the_ 5. _C¾sar sends men_ _bridge_ _who are to find_ (or _to find_) _the bridge_ ÇCaesar mittit hominıs qu˜È ÇCaesar hominıs mittit qu˜È Çpontem reperiuntÈ Çpontem reperiantÈ (idea of purpose)

[Footnote 1: Çperven˜retÈ, imperfect subjunctive.]

NOTE. From the sentences above we observe that the subjunctive may beused in either independent or dependent clauses; but it is far morecommon in the latter than in the former.

Ç347.È EXERCISE

Which verbs in the following paragraph would be in the indicative andwhich in the subjunctive in a Latin translation?

There have been times in the history of our country when you might beproud of being an American citizen. Do you remember the day when Deweysailed into Manila Bay to capture or destroy the enemyÕs fleet? Youmight have seen the admiral standing on the bridge calmly giving hisorders. He did not even wait until the mines should be removed from theharborÕs mouth, but sailed in at once. Let us not despair of our countrywhile such valor exists, and may the future add new glories to the past.

LESSON LXII

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE

Ç348.È Observe the sentence

ÇCaesar hominıs mittit qu˜ pontem reperiantÈ, _C¾sar sends men to find the bridge_

The verb ÇreperiantÈ in the dependent clause is in the subjunctivebecause it tells us what C¾sar wants the men to do; in other words, itexpresses his will and the purpose in his mind. Such a use of thesubjunctive is called the subjunctive of purpose.

Ç349.È RULE. ÇSubjunctive of Purpose.È _The subjunctive is used in adependent clause to express the purpose of the action in the principalclause._

Ç350.È A clause of purpose is introduced as follows:

I. If something is wanted, by

Çqu˜È, the relative pronoun (as above) ÇutÈ, conj., _in order that, that_ Çqu�È (abl. of Çqu˜È, _by which_), _in order that, that_, used when the purpose clause contains a comparative. The ablative Çqu�È expresses the measure of difference. (Cf. ¤317.)

II. If something is not wanted, by

ÇnıÈ, conj., _in order that not, that not, lest_

Ç351.È EXAMPLES

1. ÇCaesar c�pi�s c�git quibus host˜s ˜nsequ�turÈ _C¾sar collects troops with which to pursue the foe_

2. ÇP�cem petunt ut domum revertanturÈ _They ask for peace in order that they may return home_

3. ÇPontem faciunt qu� facilius oppidum capiantÈ _They build a bridge that they may take the town more easily_ (lit. _by which the more easily_)

4. ÇFugiunt nı vulnerenturÈ _They flee that they may not_ (or _lest they_) _be wounded_

Ç352.È ÇExpression of Purpose in English.È In English, purpose clausesare sometimes introduced by _that_ or _in order that_, but much morefrequently purpose is expressed in English by the infinitive, as _We eatto live_, _She stoops to conquer_. In Latin prose, on the other hand,Çpurpose is never expressed by the infinitiveÈ. Be on your guard and donot let the English idiom betray you into this error.

Ç353.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Veniunt ut { d˛cant, mittant, videant, audiant, { d˛cantur, mittantur, videantur, audiantur. 2. Fugimus nı { capi�mur, tr�d�mur, vide�mus, { necımur, rapi�mur, resist�mus. 3. Mittit n˛nti�s qu˜ { dicant, audiant, veniant, { n�rrent, audiantur, in concili� sedeant. 4. Castra m˛niunt { sısı dıfendant, impetum sustineant, qu� facilius { host˜s vincant, sal˛tem petant.

II. 1. The Helvetii send ambassadors to seek[1] peace. 2. They aresetting out at daybreak in order that they may make a longer marchbefore night. 3. They will hide the women in the forest (_acc. with_ÇinÈ) that they may not be captured. 4. The Gauls wage many wars tofree[1] their fatherland from slavery. 5. They will resist the Romans[2]bravely lest they be destroyed.

[Footnote 1: Not infinitive.]

[Footnote 2: Not accusative.]

LESSON LXIII

INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES

Ç354.È The imperfect subjunctive may be formed by adding the personalendings to the present active infinitive.

CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV ACTIVE 1. am�«rem monı«rem re«gerem ca«perem aud˜«rem 2. am�«rıs monı«rıs re«gerıs ca«perıs aud˜«rıs 3. am�«ret monı«ret re«geret ca«peret aud˜«ret

1. am�rı«mus monırı«mus regerı«mus caperı«mus aud˜rı«mus 2. am�rı«tis monırı«tis regerı«tis caperı«tis aud˜rı«tis 3. am�«rent monı«rent re«gerent ca«perent aud˜«rent

PASSIVE 1. am�«rer monı«rer re«gerer ca«perer aud˜«rer 2. am�rı«ris monırı«ris regerı«ris caperı«ris aud˜rı«ris (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) (-re) 3. am�rı«tur monırı«tur regerı«tur caperı«tur aud˜rı«tur

1. am�rı«mur monırı«mur regerı«mur caperı«mur aud˜rı«mur 2. am�rı«min˜ monırı«min˜ regerı«min˜ caperı«min˜ aud˜re«min˜ 3. am�ren«tur monıren«tur regeren«tur caperen«tur aud˜ren«tur

_a._ In a similar way inflect the imperfect subjunctive, active and passive, of Çc˛r�È, Çiube�È, Çs˛m�È, Çiaci�È, Çm˛ni�È.

Ç355.È The imperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb ÇsumÈ isinflected as follows:

{ 1. es«sem { 1. essı«mus SING. { 2. es«sıs PLURAL { 2. essı«tis { 3. es«set { 3. es«sent

Ç356.È The three great distinctions of time are _present_, _past_, and_future_. All tenses referring to present or future time are calledÇprimary tensesÈ, and those referring to past time are called ÇsecondarytensesÈ. Now it is a very common law of language that in a complexsentence the tense in the dependent clause should be of the same kind asthe tense in the principal clause. In the sentence _He ÇsaysÈ that heÇisÈ coming_, the principal verb, _says_, is present, that is, is in aprimary tense; and _is coming_, in the dependent clause, is naturallyalso primary. If I change _he says_ to _he said_,--in other words, if Imake the principal verb secondary in character,--I feel it natural tochange the verb in the dependent clause also, and I say, _He ÇsaidÈ thathe ÇwasÈ coming_. This following of a tense by another of the same kindis called _tense sequence_, from _sequ˜_, Òto follow.Ó

In Latin the law of tense sequence is obeyed with considerableregularity, especially when an indicative in the principal clause isfollowed by a subjunctive in the dependent clause. Then a primary tenseof the indicative is followed by a primary tense of the subjunctive, anda secondary tense of the indicative is followed by a secondary tense ofthe subjunctive. Learn the following table:

Ç357.È TABLE FOR SEQUENCE OF TENSES

+-----+-------------------+-------------------------------------------+| | PRINCIPAL VERB | DEPENDENT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE || P | IN THE +---------------------+---------------------+| R | INDICATIVE | _Incomplete or_ | _Completed Action_ || I | | _Continuing Action_ | || M +-------------------+---------------------+---------------------+| A | Present | | || R | Future | Present | Perfect || T | Future perfect | | |+-----+-------------------+---------------------+---------------------+| S D | | | || E A | Imperfect | | || C R | Perfect | Imperfect | Pluperfect || O Y | Pluperfect | | || N- | | | |+-----+-------------------+---------------------+---------------------+

Ç358.È RULE. ÇSequence of Tenses.È _Primary tenses are followed byprimary tenses and secondary by secondary._

Ç359.È EXAMPLES

I. Primary tenses in principal and dependent clauses:

ÇMittitÈ } ÇMittetÈ } Çhominıs ut agr�s v�stentÈ ÇM˜seritÈ }

{ _sends_ } { _that they may_ } _He_ { _will send_ } _men_ { _in order to_ } { _will have sent_ } { _to lay waste the fields_ }

II. Secondary tenses in principal and dependent clauses:

ÇMittıbatÈ} ÇM˜sitÈ } Çhominıs ut agr�s v�st�rentÈ ÇM˜seratÈ }

{ _was sending_ } { _that they might_ } _He_ { _sent or has sent_ } _men_ { _in order to_ } { _had sent_ } { _to lay waste the fields_ }

Ç360.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Vınerant ut {d˛cerent, mitterent, vidırent, aud˜rent, {d˛cerentur, mitterentur, vidırentur, audirentur

2. Fugiıbat nı {caperıtur, tr�derıtur, vidırıtur, {nec�rıtur, raperıtur, resisteret.

3. Misit n˛nti�s qu˜ {d˜cerent, aud˜rent, ven˜rent {n�rr�rent, aud˜rentur, in concili� sedırent.

4. Castra m˛n˜vırunt {sısı dıfenderent, impetum sustinırent, qu� facilius {host˜s vincerent, sal˛tem peterent.

II. 1. C¾sar encouraged the soldiers in order that they might fight morebravely. 2. The Helvetii left their homes to wage war. 3. The scouts set

out at once lest they should be captured by the Germans. 4. C¾sarinflicted punishment on them in order that the others might be moreterrified. 5. He sent messengers to Rome to announce the victory.

LESSON LXIV

THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE

Ç361.È The perfect and the pluperfect subjunctive active are inflectedas follows:

CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE SINGULAR 1. am�«verim monu«erim rı«xerim cı«perim aud˜«verim 2. am�«veris monu«eris rı«xeris cı«peris aud˜«veris 3. am�«verit monu«erit rı«xerit cı«perit aud˜«verit

PLURAL 1. am�ve«rimus monue«rimus rıxe«rimus cıpe«rimus aud˜ve«rimus 2. am�ve«ritis monue«ritis rıxe«ritis cıpe«ritis aud˜ve«ritis 3. am�«verint monu«erint rı«xerint cı«perint aud˜«verint

PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE SINGULAR 1. am�vis«sem monuis«sem rıxis«sem cıpis«sem aud˜vis«sem 2. am�vis«sıs monuis«sıs rıxis«sıs cıpis«sıs aud˜vis«sım 3. am�vis«set monuis«set rıxis«set cıpis«set aud˜vis«set

PLURAL 1. am�vissı«mus monuissı«mus rıxissı«mus cıpissı«mus aud˜vissı«mus 2. am�vissı«tis monuissı«tis rıxissı«tis cıpissı«tis aud˜vissı«tis 3. am�vis«sent monuis«sent rıxis«sent cıpis«sent aud˜vis«sent

_a._ Observe that these two tenses, like the corresponding ones in the indicative, are formed from the perfect stem.

_b._ Observe that the perfect subjunctive active is like the future perfect indicative active, excepting that the first person singular ends in Ç-mÈ and not in Ç-�È.

_c._ Observe that the pluperfect subjunctive active may be formed by adding Ç-issem, -issısÈ, etc. to the perfect stem.

_d._ In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive active of Çc˛r�È, Çiube�È, Çs˛m�È, Çiaci�È, Çm˛ni�È.

Ç362.È The passive of the perfect subjunctive is formed by combining theperfect passive participle with ÇsimÈ, the present subjunctive of ÇsumÈ.

CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE SINGULAR 1. am�«tus sim mo«nitus sim rıc«tus sim cap«tus sim aud˜«tus sim 2. am�«tus s˜s mo«nitus s˜s rıc«tus s˜s cap«tus s˜s aud˜«tus s˜s 3. am�«tus sit mo«nitus sit rıc«tus sit cap«tus sit aud˜«tus sit

PLURAL 1. am�«t˜ s˜mus mo«nit˜ s. rıc«t˜ s. cap«t˜ s. aud˜«t˜ s.

2. am�«t˜ s˜tis mo«nit˜ s. rıc«t˜ s. cap«t˜ s. aud˜«t˜ s. 3. am�«t˜ sint mo«nit˜ sint rıc«t˜ sint cap«t˜ sint aud˜«t˜ sint

Ç363.È The passive of the pluperfect subjunctive is formed by combiningthe perfect passive participle with ÇessemÈ, the imperfect subjunctiveof ÇsumÈ.

CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE SINGULAR 1. am�tus essem monitus essem rıctus essem captus e. aud˜tus e. 2. am�tus essıs monitus essıs rıctus essıs captus e. aud˜tus e. 3. am�tus esset monitus esset rıctus esset captus e. aud˜tus e.

PLURAL 1. am�t˜ essımus monit˜ essımus rıct˜ essımus capt˜ e. aud˜t˜ e. 2. am�t˜ essıtis monit˜ essıtis rıct˜ essıtis capt˜ e. aud˜t˜ e. 3. am�t˜ essent monit˜ essent rıct˜ essent capt˜ e. aud˜t˜ e.

_a._ In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive passive of Çc˛r�È, Çiube�È, Çs˛m�È, Çiaci�È, Çm˛ni�È.

Ç364.È The perfect and pluperfect subjunctive of the irregular verbÇsumÈ are inflected as follows:

PERFECT PLUPERFECT fu«erim fue«rimus fuis«sem fuissı«mus fu«eris fue«ritis fuis«sıs fuissı«tis fu«erit fu«erint fuis«set fuis«sent

Ç365.È A substantive clause is a clause used like a noun, as,

_That the men are afraid_ is clear enough (clause as subject) He ordered _them to call on him_ (clause as object)

We have already had many instances of infinitive clauses used in thisway (cf. ¤213), and have noted the similarity between Latin and Englishusage in this respect. But the Latin often uses the _subjunctive_ insubstantive clauses, and this marks an important difference between thetwo languages.

Ç366.È RULE. ÇSubstantive Clauses of Purpose.È _A substantive clause ofpurpose with the subjunctive is used as the object of verbs ofÇcommandingÈ, ÇurgingÈ, ÇaskingÈ, ÇpersuadingÈ, or ÇadvisingÈ, where inEnglish we should usually have the infinitive._

EXAMPLES

1. _The general ordered the soldiers to run_ ÇImper�tor m˜litibus imper�vit ut currerentÈ 2. _He urged them to resist bravely_ ÇHort�tus est ut fortiter resisterentÈ 3. _He asked them to give the children food_ ÇPet˜vit ut l˜ber˜s cibum darentÈ 4. _He will persuade us not to set out_ ÇN�b˜s persu�dıbit nı profic˜sc�murÈ 5. _He advises us to remain at home_ ÇMonet ut dom˜ mane�musÈ

_a._ The object clauses following these verbs all express the

purpose or will of the principal subject that something be done or not done. (Cf. ¤348.)

Ç367.È The following verbs are used with object clauses of purpose.Learn the list and the principal parts of the new ones.

ÇhortorÈ, _urge_ Çimper�È, _order_ (with the _dative_ of the _person_ ordered and a _subjunctive clause_ of the _thing_ ordered done) Çmone�È, _advise_ Çpet�È, Çquaer�È, Çrog�È, _ask, seek_ Çpersu�de�È, _persuade_ (with the same construction as imper�) Çpostul�È, _demand, require_ Çsu�de�È, _advise_ (cf. Çpersu�de�È)

N.B. Remember that Çiube�È, _order_, takes the infinitive as in English.(Cf. ¤213.1.) Compare the sentences

ÇIube� eum ven˜reÈ, _I order him to come_ ÇImper� e˜ ut veniatÈ, _I give orders to him that he is to come_

We ordinarily translate both of these sentences like the first, but thedifference in meaning between iube� and imper� in the Latin requires the_infinitive_ in the one case and the _subjunctive_ in the other.

Ç368.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Petit atque hort�tur ut ipse d˜cat. 2. Caesar Helvıti˜s imperr�vitnı per pr�vinciam iter facerent. 3. Caesar n�n iussit Helvıti�s perpr�vinciam iter facere. 4. Ille c˜vibus persu�sit ut dı f˜nibus su˜sdiscıderent. 5. Caesar pr˜ncipıs monıbit nı proelium committant.6. Postul�vit nı cum Helvıti˜s aut cum e�rum soci˜s bellum gererent.7. Ab i˜s quaes˜v˜ nı profic˜scerentur. 8. I˜s persu�dıre n�n potu˜ utdom˜ manırent.

II. 1. Who ordered C¾sar to make the march? (_Write this sentence bothwith_ Çimper�È _and with_ Çiube�È.) 2. The faithless scouts persuadedhim to set out at daybreak. 3. They will ask him not to inflictpunishment. 4. He demanded that they come to the camp. 5. He advisedthem to tell everything (ÇomniaÈ).

NOTE. Do not forget that the English infinitive expressing purpose mustbe rendered by a Latin subjunctive. Review ¤352.

[Illustration: LEGIO ITER FACIT]

LESSON LXV

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF _POSSUM_ ¥ VERBS OF FEARING

Ç369.È Learn the subjunctive of ÇpossumÈ (¤495), and note especially theposition of the accent.

Ç370.È ÇSubjunctive after Verbs of Fearing.È We have learned that whatwe want done or not done is expressed in Latin by a subjunctive clauseof purpose. In this class belong also _clauses after verbs of fearing_,for we fear either that something will happen or that it will not, andwe either want it to happen or we do not. If we want a thing to happenand fear that it will not, the purpose clause is introduced by ÇutÈ. If

we do not want it to happen and fear that it will, ÇnıÈ is used. Owingto a difference between the English and Latin idiom we translate ÇutÈafter a verb of fearing by _that not_, and ÇnıÈ by _that_ or _lest_.

Ç371.È EXAMPLES

Çtime�È } { ÇveniatÈ Çtimıb�È } ÇutÈ { Çtimuer�È } { ÇvıneritÈ

_I fear_, _shall fear_, _shall have feared_, _that he will not come_,_has not come_

ÇtimıbamÈ } { Çven˜retÈ Çtimu˜È } ÇutÈ { ÇtimueramÈ } { ÇvınissetÈ

_I was fearing_, _feared_, _had feared_, _that he would not come_, _hadnot come_

The same examples with ÇnıÈ instead of ÇutÈ would be translated _I fearthat_ or _lest he will come_, _has come_, etc.

Ç372.È RULE. ÇSubjunctive after Verbs of Fearing.È _Verbs of fearing arefollowed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced by ÇutÈ (ÇthatnotÈ) or ÇnıÈ (ÇthatÈ or ÇlestÈ)._

Ç373.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Caesar verıb�tur ut supplicium capt˜v�rum Gall˜s placıret.2. R�m�n˜ ips˜ magnopere verıbantur nı Helvıti˜ iter per pr�vinciamfacerent. 3. Timıbant ut satis re˜ fr˛ment�riae mitt˜ posset. 4. Vereorut hostium impetum sustinıre possim. 5. Timuit nı imped˜menta abhostibus capta essent. 6. Caesar numquam timuit nı legi�nıs vincerentur.7. Legi�nıs pugn�re n�n timuırunt.[1]

II. 1. We fear that they are not coming. 2. We fear lest they arecoming. 3. We feared that they had come. 4. We feared that they hadnot come. 5. They feared greatly that the camp could not be defended.6. Almost all feared[1] to leave the camp.

[Footnote 1: Distinguish between what one is afraid _to do_ (complementary infinitive as here) and what one is afraid _will take place_ or _has taken place_ (substantive clause with the subjunctive).]

LESSON LXVI

THE PARTICIPLES

Ç374.È The Latin verb has the following Participles:[1]

[TranscriberÕs Note: For reasons of space, this table is given in two forms: first a reduced version without translation, and then the complete text, including translations, split into two elements.]

CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV ACTIVE

PRESENT am�ns monıns regıns capiıns audiıns FUTURE am�t˛rus monit˛rus rıct˛rus capt˛rus aud˜t˛rus

PASSIVE PERFECT am�tus monitus rıctus captus aud˜tus FUTURE[2] amandus monendus regendus capiendus audiendus

CONJ. I CONJ. II ACTIVE PRESENT am�ns monıns _loving_ _advising_ FUTURE am�t˛rus monit˛rus _about to love_ _about to advise_

PASSIVE PERFECT am�tus monitus _loved, having_ _advised, having been advised_ _been loved_ FUTURE[2] amandus monendus _to be loved_ _to be advised_

CONJ. III CONJ. IV ACTIVE PRESENT regıns capiıns audiıns _ruling_ _taking_ _hearing_ FUTURE rıct˛rus capt˛rus aud˜t˛rus _about to rule_ _about to take_ _about to hear_

PASSIVE PERFECT rıctus captus aud˜tus _ruled, having_ _taken, having_ _heard, havinh_ _been ruled_ _been taken_ _been heard_ FUTURE[2] regendus capiendus audiendus _to be ruled_ _to be taken_ _to be heard_

[Footnote 1: Review ¤203.]

[Footnote 2: The future passive participle is often called the _gerundive_.]

_a._ The present active and future passive participles are formed from the present stem, and the future active and perfect passive participles are formed from the participial stem.

_b._ The present active participle is formed by adding Ç-nsÈ to the present stem. In Ç-i�È verbs of the third conjugation, and in the fourth conjugation, the stem is modified by the addition of Ç-ı-È, as Çcapi-ı-nsÈ, Çaudi-ı-nsÈ. It is declined like an adjective of one ending of the third declension. (Cf. ¤256.)

Çam�nsÈ, _loving_ BASE Çamant-È STEM Çamanti-È SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ am�ns am�ns amantıs amantia _Gen._ amantis amantis amantium amantium _Dat._ amant˜ amant˜ amantibus amantibus _Acc._ amantem am�ns amant˜s amantia _or_ -ıs _Abl._ amant˜ amant˜ amantibus amantibus

_or_ -e _or_ -e

(1) When used as an adjective the ablative singular ends in Ç-˜È; when used as a participle or as a substantive, in Ç-eÈ.

(2) In a similar way decline ÇmonınsÈ, ÇregınsÈ, ÇcapiınsÈ, ÇaudiınsÈ.

_c._ The future active participle is formed by adding Ç-˛rusÈ to the base of the participial stem. We have already met this form combined with ÇesseÈ to produce the future active infinitive. (Cf. ¤206.)

_d._ For the perfect passive participle see ¤201. The future passive participle or gerundive is formed by adding Ç-ndusÈ to the present stem.

_e._ All participles in Ç-usÈ are declined like ÇbonusÈ.

_f._ Participles agree with nouns or pronouns like adjectives.

_g._ Give all the participles of the following verbs: Çc˛r�È, Çiube�È, Çs˛m�È, Çiaci�È, Çm˛ni�È.

Ç375.È ÇParticiples of Deponent Verbs.È Deponent verbs have theparticiples of the active voice as well as of the passive; consequentlyevery deponent verb has four participles, as,

_Pres. Act._ Çhort�nsÈ, _urging_ _Fut. Act._ Çhort�t˛rusÈ, _about to urge_ _Perf. Pass._ (in form) Çhort�tusÈ, _having urged_ _Fut. Pass._ (_Gerundive_) ÇhortandusÈ, _to be urged_

_a._ Observe that the perfect participle of deponent verbs is passive in form but _active_ in meaning. _No other verbs have a perfect active participle._ On the other hand, the future passive participle of deponent verbs is passive in meaning as in other verbs.

_b._ Give the participles of Çc�norÈ, ÇvereorÈ, ÇsequorÈ, ÇpatiorÈ, ÇpartiorÈ.

Ç376.È ÇTenses of the Participle.È The tenses express time as follows:

1. The present active participle corresponds to the English present active participle in _-ing_, but can be used only of an action occurring at the same time as the action of the main verb; as, Çm˜litıs ˜nsequentıs cıpırunt mult�sÈ, _the soldiers, while pursuing, captured many._ Here the pursuing and the capturing are going on together.

2. The perfect participle (excepting of deponents) is regularly passive and corresponds to the English past participle with or without the auxiliary _having been_; as, Çaud˜tusÈ, _heard_ or _having been heard_.

3. The future active participle, translated _about to_, etc., denotes time after the action of the main verb.

Ç377.È Review ¤¤203, 204, and, note the following model sentences:

1. ÇM˜litıs currentıs erant dıfess˜È, _the soldiers who were running_

(lit. _running_) _were weary_.

2. ÇCaesar profect˛rus R�mam n�n exspect�vitÈ, _C¾sar, when about to set out_ (lit. _about to set out_) _for Rome, did not wait_.

3. ÇOppidum captum v˜dimusÈ, _we saw the town which had been captured_ (lit. _captured town_).

4. ÇImper�tor tr˜duum mor�tus profectus estÈ, _the general, since_ (_when_, or _after_) _he had delayed_ (lit. _the general, having delayed_) _three days, set out_.

5. ÇM˜litıs v˜ct˜ terga n�n vertıruntÈ, _the soldiers, though they were conquered_ (lit. _the soldiers conquered_), _did not retreat_.

In each of these sentences the literal translation of the participle isgiven in parentheses. We note, however, that its proper translationusually requires a clause beginning with some conjunction (_when, since,after, though_, etc.), or a relative clause. Consider, in each case,what translation will best bring out the thought, and do not, as a rule,translate the participle literally.

Ç378.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Puer timıns nı capi�tur fugit. 2. Aquila ˜r� comm�ta av˜s reliqu�sinterficere c�n�ta erat. 3. M˜litıs ab hostibus press˜ tıla iacere n�npotuırunt. 4. Caesar decimam legi�nem laud�t˛rus ad pr˜mum agmenpr�gressus est. 5. Imper�tor hort�tus equitıs ut fortiter pugn�rentsignum proeli� dedit. 6. M˜litıs host˜s oct� milia passuum ˜nsec˛t˜mult˜s cum capt˜v˜s ad castra revertırunt. 7. S�l oriıns mult�sinterfect�s v˜dit. 8. R�m�n˜ c�nsilium aud�x suspic�t˜ barbaris sısın�n comm˜sırunt. 9. N�vis ı port˛ ıgressa n˛ll� in per˜cul� erat.

II.[3] 1. The army was in very great danger while marching through theenemyÕs country. 2. Frightened by the length of the way, they longed forhome. 3. When the scouts were about to set out, they heard the shouts ofvictory. 4. When we had delayed many days, we set fire to the buildingsand departed. 5. While living at Rome I heard orators much better thanthese. 6. The soldiers who are fighting across the river are no braverthan we.

[Footnote 3: In this exercise use participles for the subordinate clauses.]

LESSON LXVII

THE IRREGULAR VERBS _VOLï_, _NïLï_, _MåLï_THE ABLATIVE WITH A PARTICIPLE, OR ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE

Ç379.È Learn the principal parts and conjugation of Çvol�È, _wish_;Çn�l�È (ÇneÈ + Çvol�È), _be unwilling_; Çm�l�È (ÇmagisÈ + Çvol�È), _bemore willing, prefer_ (¤497). Note the irregularities in the presentindicative, subjunctive, and infinitive, and in the imperfectsubjunctive. (Cf. ¤354.)

_a._ These verbs are usually followed by the infinitive with or without a subject accusative; as, Çvolunt ven˜reÈ, _they wish to come_; Çvolunt am˜c�s ven˜reÈ, _they wish their friends to come_. The English usage is the same.[1]

[Footnote 1: Sometimes the subjunctive of purpose is used after these verbs. (See ¤366.)]

[ Conjugations given in ¤497:

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Çvol�, velle, volu˜È, ----, _be willing, will, wish_ Çn�l�, n�lle, n�lu˜È, ----, _be unwilling, will not_ Çm�l�, m�lle, m�lu˜È, ----, _be more willing, prefer_

INDICATIVE SINGULAR _Pres._ vol� n�l� m�l� v˜s n�n vis m�v˜s vult n�n vult m�vult

PLURAL volumus n�lumus m�lumus vultis n�n vultis m�vul«tis volunt n�lunt m�lunt

_Impf._ volıbam n�lıbam m�lıbam _Fut._ volam, volıs, etc. n�lam, n�lıs, etc. m�lam, m�lıs, etc. _Perf._ volu˜ n�lu˜ m�lu˜ _Plup._ volueram n�lueram m�lueram _F. P._ voluer� n�luer� m�luer�

SUBJUNCTIVE SINGULAR _Pres._ velim n�lim m�lim vel˜s n�l˜s m�l˜s velit n�lit m�lit

PLURAL vel˜«mus n�l˜«mus m�l˜«mus vel˜«tis n�l˜«tis m�l˜«tis velint n�lint m�lint

_Impf._ vellem n�llem m�llem _Perf._ voluerim n�luerim m�luerim _Plup._ voluissem n�luissem m�luissem

IMPERATIVE _Pres._ n�l˜ n�l˜te _Fut._ n�l˜t�, etc.

INFINITIVE _Pres._ velle n�lle m�lle _Perf._ voluisse n�luisse m�luisse

PARTICIPLE _Pres._ volıns, -entis n�lıns, -entis ----]

Ç380.È Observe the following sentences:

1. ÇMagistr� laudante omnıs puer˜ d˜ligenter lab�rantÈ, _with the teacher praising_, or _since the teacher praises_, or _the teacher

praising, all the boys labor diligently._

2. ÇCaesare d˛cente nım� pr�gred˜ timetÈ, _with C¾sar leading_, or _when C¾sar leads_, or _if C¾sar leads_, or _C¾sar leading, no one fears to advance._

3. ÇHis rıbus cognit˜s m˜litıs f˛gıruntÈ, _when this was known_, or _since this was known_, or _these things having been learned, the soldiers fled._

4. ÇProeli� commiss� mult˜ vulner�t˜ suntÈ, _after the battle had begun_, or _when the battle had begun_, or _the battle having been joined, many were wounded._

_a._ One of the fundamental ablative relations is expressed in English by the preposition _with_ (cf. ¤50). In each of the sentences above we have a noun and a participle in agreement in the ablative, and the translation shows that in each instance the ablative expresses _attendant circumstance_. For example, in the first sentence the circumstance attending or accompanying the diligent labor of the boys is the praise of the teacher. This is clearly a _with_ relation, and the ablative is the case to use.

_b._ We observe, further, that the ablative and its participle are absolutely independent grammatically of the rest of the sentence. If we were to express the thought in English in a similar way, we should use the nominative independent or absolute. In Latin the construction is called the Ablative Absolute, or the Ablative with a Participle. This form of expression is exceedingly common in Latin, but rather rare in English, so we must not, as a rule, employ the English absolute construction to translate the ablative abolute. The attendant circumstance may be one of _time_ (when or after), or one of _cause_ (since), or one of _concession_ (though), or one of _condition_ (if). In each case try to discover the precise relation, and tranlate the ablative and its participle by a clause which will best express the thought.

Ç381.È RULE. ÇAblative Absolute.È _The ablative of a noun or pronounwith a present or perfect participle in agreement is used to expressattendant circumstance._

NOTE 1. The verb ÇsumÈ has no present participle. In consequence weoften find two nouns or a noun and an adjective in the ablative absolutewith no participle expressed; as, Çtı duceÈ, _you_ (being) _leader_,_with you as leader_; Çpatre ˜nfirm�È, _my father_ (being) _weak_.

NOTE 2. Be very careful not to put in the ablative absolute a noun andparticiple that form the subject or object of a sentence. Compare

_a._ _The Gauls, having been conquered by C¾sar, returned home_

_b._ _The Gauls having been conquered by C¾sar, the army returned home_

In _a_ the subject is _The Gauls having been conquered by C¾sar_, and wetranslate,

ÇGall˜ � Caesare victi domum revertıruntÈ

In _b_ the subject is _the army_. _The Gauls having been conquered by

C¾sar_ is nominative absolute in English, which requires the ablativeabsolute in Latin, and we translate,

ÇGall˜s � Caesare vict˜s exercitus domum revertitÈ

NOTE 3. The fact that only deponent verbs have a perfect activeparticiple (cf. ¤375.a) often compels a change of voice whentranslating from one language to the other. For example, we cantranslate _C¾sar having encouraged the legions_ just as it stands,because ÇhortorÈ is a deponent verb. But if we wish to say _C¾sar havingconquered the Gauls_, we have to change the voice of the participle tothe passive because Çvinc�È is not deponent, and say, _the Gauls havingbeen conquered by C¾sar_ (see translation above).

Ç382.È EXERCISES

I. 1. M�v˜s, n�n v˜s, vultis, n�lumus. 2. Ut n�lit, ut vellımus, utm�lit. 3. N�l˜, velle, n�luisse, m�lle. 4. Vult, m�vultis, ut n�llet,n�l˜te. 5. S�le oriente, avıs cant�re incıpırunt. 6. Cl�m�ribus aud˜t˜s,barbar˜ pr�gred˜ rec˛s�bant. 7. Caesare legi�nıs hort�t�, m˜litıs paul�fortius pugn�vırunt. 8. H˜s rıbus cognit˜s, Helvıti˜ fñitim˜spersu�sırunt ut sıcum iter facerent. 9. Lab�ribus c�nfect˜s, m˜litıs� Caesare quaerıbant ut sibi praemia daret. 10. Concili� convoc�t�,prñcipıs ita respondırunt. 11. Dux pl˛r˜s diıs in Helvıti�rum fñibusmor�ns mult�s v˜c�s incendit. 12. Magnit˛dine Germ�n�rum cognit�, qu˜damex R�m�nis timıbant. 13. Merc�t�ribus rog�t˜s, Caesar nihil� pl˛sreper˜re potuit.

II. 1. He was unwilling, lest they prefer, they have wished. 2. Youprefer, that they might be unwilling, they wish. 3. We wish, they hadpreferred, that he may prefer. 4. C¾sar, when he heard the rumor (_therumor having been heard_), commanded (Çimper�reÈ) the legions to advancemore quickly. 5. Since C¾sar was leader, the men were willing to makethe journey. 6. A few, terrified[2] by the reports which they had heard,preferred to remain at home. 7. After these had been left behind, therest hastened as quickly as possible. 8. After C¾sar had undertaken thebusiness (_C¾sar, the business having been undertaken_), he wasunwilling to delay longer.[3]

[Footnote 2: Would the ablative absolute be correct here?]

[Footnote 3: Not ÇlongiusÈ. Why?]

LESSON LXVIII

THE IRREGULAR VERB _Fëï_ ¥ THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT

Ç383.È The verb Çf˜�È, _be made, happen_, serves as the passive ofÇfaci�È, _make_, in the present system. The rest of the verb is formedregularly from Çfaci�È. Learn the principal parts and conjugation(¤500). Observe that the ÇiÈ is long except before Ç-erÈ and in ÇfitÈ.

_a._ The compounds of ÇfacioÈ with prepositions usually form the passive regularly, as,

_Active_ Çc�nfici�, c�nficere, c�nfıc˜, c�nfectusÈ _Passive_ Çc�nficior, c�nfic˜, c�nfectus sumÈ

[ Conjugation given in ¤500:

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çf˜�, fier˜, factus sumÈ

INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE _Pres._ f˜� ---- f˜am _2d Pers._ f˜ f˜te f˜s ---- fit f˜unt _Impf._ f˜ıbam fierem _Fut._ f˜am ----

INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE _Perf._ factus, -a, -um sum factus, -a, -um sim _Plup._ factus, -a, -um eram factus, -a, -um essem _F. P._ factus, -a, -um er�

INFINITIVE PARTICIPLES _Pres._ fier˜ _Perf._ factus, -a, -um _Perf._ factus, -a, -um esse _Ger._ faciendus, -a, -um _Fut._ [[factum ˜r˜]]]


1. ÇTerror erat tantus ut omnıs fugerentÈ, _the terror was so great that all fled._

2. ÇTerror erat tantus ut n�n facile m˜litıs sısı reciperentÈ, _the terror was so great that the soldiers did not easily recover themselves._

3. ÇTerror fıcit ut omnıs fugerentÈ, _terror caused all to flee_ (lit. _made that all fled_).

_a._ Each of these sentences is complex, containing a principal clause and a subordinate clause.

_b._ The principal clause names a cause and the subordinate clause states the _consequence_ or _result_ of this cause.

_c._ The subordinate clause has its verb in the subjunctive, though it is translated like an indicative. The construction is called the _subjunctive of consequence or result_, and the clause is called a consecutive or result clause.

_d._ In the last example the clause of result is the object of the verb ÇfıcitÈ.

_e._ The conjunction introducing the consecutive or result clause is ÇutÈ = _so that_; negative, Çut n�nÈ = _so that not_.

Ç385.È RULE. ÇSubjunctive of Result.È _Consecutive clauses of result areintroduced by ÇutÈ or Çut n�nÈ and have the verb in the subjunctive._

Ç386.È RULE. _Object clauses of result with ÇutÈ or Çut n�nÈ are foundafter verbs of ÇeffectingÈ or Çbringing aboutÈ._

Ç387.È ÇPurpose and Result Clauses Compared.È There is great similarityin the expression of purpose and of result in Latin. If the sentence isaffirmative, both purpose and result clauses may be introduced by ÇutÈ;but if the sentence is negative, the purpose clause has ÇnıÈ and theresult clause Çut n�nÈ. Result clauses are often preceded in the main

clause by such words as ÇtamÈ, ÇitaÈ, ÇsicÈ (_so_), and these serve topoint them out. Compare

_a._ ÇTam graviter vulner�tus est ut caperıturÈ _He was so severely wounded that he was captured_ _b._ ÇGraviter vulner�tus est ut caperıturÈ _He was severely wounded in order that he might be captured_

Which sentence contains a result clause, and how is it pointed out?

Ç388.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Fit, f˜et, ut f˜at, f˜ıb�mus. 2. F˜�, f˜ıs, ut fierent, fier˜,f˜unt. 3. F˜ıtis, ut f˜�mus, f˜s, f˜emus. 4. M˜litıs erant tam tard˜ut ante noctem in castra n�n perven˜rent. 5. S�l facit ut omnia sintpulchra. 6. Eius mod˜ per˜cula erant ut nım� profic˜sc˜ vellet.7. Equitıs hostium cum equit�t˛ nostr� in itinere contendırunt, itatamen[1] ut nostr˜ omnibus in partibus superi�rıs essent. 8. Virt˛sm˜litum nostr�rum fıcit ut hostıs nı ˛num quidem[2] impetum sustinırent.9. Hominıs erant tam aud�cıs ut n˛ll� mod� continır˜ possent.10. Spatium erat tam parvum ut m˜litıs tıla iacere n�n facile possent.11. H�c proeli� fact� barbar˜ ita perterrit˜ sunt ut ab ultim˜s gentibuslıg�t˜ ad Caesarem mitterentur. 12. Hoc proelium factum est nı lıg�t˜ adCaesarem mitterentur.

[Footnote 1: Çita tamenÈ, _with such a result however_.]

[Footnote 2: Çnı ... quidemÈ, _not even_. The emphatic word is placed between.]

II. 1. It will happen, they were being made, that it may happen. 2. Ithappens, he will be made, to happen. 3. They are made, we were beingmade, lest it happen. 4. The soldiers are so brave that they conquer.5. The soldiers are brave in order that they may conquer. 6. Thefortification was made so strong that it could not be taken. 7. Thefortification was made strong in order that it might not be taken.8. After the town was taken,[3] the townsmen feared that they would bemade slaves. 9. What state is so weak that it is unwilling to defenditself?

[Footnote 3: Ablative absolute.]

LESSON LXIX

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC OR DESCRIPTIONTHE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE

Ç389.È Akin to the subjunctive of consequence or result is the use ofthe subjunctive in clauses of characteristic or description.

This construction is illustrated in the following sentences:

1. ÇQuis est qu˜ suam domum n�n amet?È _who is there who does not love his own home?_

2. ÇErant qu˜ hoc facere n�llentÈ, _there were (some) who were unwilling to do this._

3. ÇT˛ n�n is es qu˜ am˜c�s tr�d�sÈ, _you are not such a one as to_,

or _you are not the man to, betray your friends._

4. ÇNihil vide� quod timeamÈ, _I see nothing to fear_ (nothing of such as character as to fear it).

_a._ Each of these examples contains a descriptive relative clause which tells what kind of a person or thing the antecedent is. To express this thought the subjunctive is used. A relative clause that merely states a fact and does not describe the antecedent uses the indicative. Compare the sentences

_C¾sar is the man who is leading us_, ÇCaesar est is qu˜ n�s d˛citÈ (mere statement of fact, no description, with the indicative) _C¾sar is the man to lead us_, ÇCaesar est is qu˜ n�s d˛catÈ (descriptive relative clause with the subjunctive)

_b._ Observe that in this construction a demonstrative pronoun and a relative, as is Çqu˜È, are translated _such a one as to, the man to_.

_c._ In which of the following sentences would you use the indicative and in which the subjunctive?

_These are not the men who did this_ _These are not the men to do this_

Ç390.È RULE. ÇSubjunctive of Characteristic.È _A relative clause withthe subjunctive is often used to describe an antecedent. This is calledthe Çsubjunctive of characteristic or descriptionÈ._


1. R�m�n˜ ÇCaesarem c�nsulemÈ fıcırunt, _the Romans made ÇC¾sar consulÈ_.

2. ÇCaesar c�nsulÈ � R�m�n˜s factus est, _ÇC¾sarÈ was made ÇconsulÈ by the Romans_.

_a._ Observe in 1 that the transitive verb ÇfıcıruntÈ, _made_, has two objects: (1) the direct object, ÇCaesaremÈ; (2) a second object, Çc�nsulemÈ, referring to the same person as the direct object and completing the predicate. The second accusative is called a Predicate Accusative.

_b._ Observe in 2 that when the verb is changed to the passive both of the accusatives become nominatives, the _direct object_ becoming the _subject_ and the _predicate accusative_ the _predicate nominative_.

Ç392.È RULE. ÇTwo Accusatives.È _Verbs of ÇmakingÈ, ÇchoosingÈ,ÇcallingÈ, ÇshowingÈ, and the like, may take a predicate accusativealong with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusativesbecome nominatives._

Ç393.È The verbs commonly found with two accusatives are

Çcreo, cre�re, cre�v˜, cre�tusÈ, _choose_ Çappell�, appell�re, appell�v˜, appell�tusÈ }

Çn�min�, n�min�re, n�min�v˜, n�min�tusÈ } _call_ Çvoc�, voc�re, voc�v˜, voc�tusÈ } Çfaci�, facere, fıc˜, factusÈ, _make_

Ç394.È EXERCISES

I. 1. In Germ�niae silvis sunt[1] multa genera fer�rum quae reliqu˜sin loc˜s n�n v˜sa sint. 2. Erant[1] itinera duo quibus Helvıti˜ dom�discıdere possent. 3. Erat[1] manus n˛lla, n˛llum oppidum, n˛llumpraesidium quod sı arm˜s dıfenderet. 4. T�t� fr˛ment� rapt�, dom˜ nihilerat qu� mortem prohibıre possent. 5. R�m�n˜ Galbam ducem cre�vırunt etsumm� celerit�te profect˜ sunt. 6. Neque erat[1] tantae multit˛dinisquisquam qu˜ mor�r˜ vellet. 7. Germ�n˜ n�n i˜ sunt qu˜ adventum Caesarisvereantur. 8. C�nsulibus occ˜s˜s erant qu˜[2] vellent cum rıgem cre�re.9. P�ce fact� erat nım� qu˜ arma tr�dere n�llet. 10. Inter Helvıti�squis erat qu˜ n�bilior ill� esset?

II. 1. The Romans called the city Rome. 2. The city was called Rome bythe Romans. 3. The better citizens wished to choose him king. 4. Thebrave soldier was not the man to run. 5. There was no one [3]to call mefriend. 6. These are not the men to[4] betray their friends. 7. Therewere (some) who called him the bravest of all.

[Footnote 1: Remember that when the verb ÇsumÈ precedes its subject it is translated _there is_, _there are_, _there were_, etc.]

[Footnote 2: Çerant qu˜È, _there were_ (some) _who_. A wholly indefinite antecedent of Çqu˜È does not need to be expressed.]

[Footnote 3: A relative clause of characteristic or description.]

[Footnote 4: See ¤389.b.]

* * * * *

ÇEighth Review, Lessons LXI-LXIX, ¤¤527-528È

* * * * *

LESSON LXX

THE CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION _CUM_ THE ABLATIVE OFSPECIFICATION

Ç395.È The conjunction ÇcumÈ has the following meanings andconstructions:

ÇcumÈ TEMPORAL = _when_, followed by the indicative or the subjunctive ÇcumÈ CAUSAL = _since_, followed by the subjunctive ÇcumÈ CONCESSIVE = _although_, followed by the subjunctive

As you observe, the mood after ÇcumÈ is sometimes indicative andsometimes subjunctive. The reason for this will be made clear by a studyof the following sentences:

1. ÇCaesarem v˜d˜ tum cum in Galli� eramÈ, _I saw C¾sar at the time when I was in Gaul_.

2. ÇCaesar in e�s impetum fıcit cum p�cem peterentÈ, _C¾sar made an attack upon them when they were seeking peace_.

3. ÇHoc erat difficile cum pauc˜ sine vulneribus essentÈ, _this was difficult, since only a few were without wounds_.

4. ÇCum pr˜m˜ �rdinıs f˛gissent, tamen reliqu˜ fortiter c�nsistıbantÈ, _though the front ranks had fled, yet the rest bravely stood their ground_.

_a._ The underlying principle is one already familiar to you (cf. ¤389.a). When the ÇcumÈ clause states a fact and simply _fixes the time_ at which the main action took place, the indicative mood is used. So, in the first example, Çcum in Galli� eramÈ fixes the time when I saw C¾sar.

_b._ On the other hand, when the ÇcumÈ clause _describes the circumstances_ under which the main act took place, the subjunctive mood is used. So, in the second example, the principal clause states that C¾sar made an attack, and the ÇcumÈ clause describes the circumstances under which this act occurred. The idea of _time_ is also present, but it is subordinate to the idea of _description_. Sometimes the descriptive clause is one of _cause_ and we translate ÇcumÈ by _since_; sometimes it denotes _concession_ and ÇcumÈ is translated _although_.

Ç396.È RULE. ÇConstructions with _Cum_È. _The conjunction ÇcumÈ meansÇwhenÈ, ÇsinceÈ, or ÇalthoughÈ. It is followed by the subjunctive unlessit means ÇwhenÈ and its clause fixes the time at which the main actiontook place._

NOTE. ÇCumÈ in clauses of description with the subjunctive is much morecommon than its use with the indicative.

Ç397.È Note the following sentences:

1. ÇOppidum erat parvum magnit˛dine sed magnum multit˛dine hominumÈ, _the town was small in size but great in population_.

2. ÇHom� erat corpore ˜nf˜rmus sed validus anim�È, _the man was weak in body but strong in courage_.

_a._ Observe that Çmagnit˛dineÈ, Çmultit˛dineÈ, ÇcorporeÈ, and Çanim�È tell _in what respect_ something is true. The relation is one covered by the ablative case, and the construction is called the _ablative of specification_.

Ç398.È RULE. ÇAblative of Specification.È _The ablative is used todenote Çin what respectÈ something is true._

Ç399.È IDIOMS

Çaliquem certi�rem facereÈ, _to inform some one_ (lit. _to make some one more certain_) Çcertior fier˜È, _to be informed_ (lit. _to be made more certain_) Çiter dareÈ, _to give a right of way, allow to pass_ Çobsidıs inter sı dareÈ, _to give hostages to each other_

Ç400.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Helvıti˜ cum patrum nostr�rum tempore dom� prefect˜ essent,c�nsulis exercitum in fugam dederant. 2. Cum Caesar in Galliam vınit,

Helvıti˜ ali�s agr�s petıbant. 3. Caesar cum in citeri�re Gallia esset,tamen dı Helvıti�rum c�nsili˜s certior f˜ıbat. 4. Cum Helvıti˜ bell�cl�rissim˜ essent, Caesar iter per pr�vinciam dare rec˛s�vit. 5. Lıg�tuscum haec aud˜visset, Caesarem certi�rem fecit. 6. Cum principıs inter sıobsidıs darent, R�m�n˜ bellum par�vırunt. 7. Caesar, cum id n˛nti�tumesset, m�t˛rat ab urbe profic˜sc˜. 8. Nı virt˛te quidem Gall˜ erantparıs Germ�nis. 9. Caesar neque corpore neque anim� ˜nf˜rmus erat.10. Illud bellum tum incıpit cum Caesar fuit c�nsul.

Observe in each case what mood follows ÇcumÈ, and try to give thereasons for its use. In the third sentence the ÇcumÈ clause isconcessive, in the fourth and sixth causal.

II. 1. That battle was fought at the time when (Çtum cumÈ) I was atRome. 2. Though the horsemen were few in number, nevertheless they didnot retreat. 3. When the camp had been sufficiently fortified, the enemyreturned home. 4. Since the tribes are giving hostages to each other,we shall inform C¾sar. 5. The Gauls and the Germans are very unlike inlanguage and laws.

LESSON LXXI

VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE ¥ THE PREDICATE GENITIVE

Ç401.È Review the word lists in ¤¤510, 511.

Ç402.È ÇThe Gerund.È Suppose we had to translate the sentence

_By overcoming the Gauls C¾sar won great glory_

We can see that _overcoming_ here is a verbal noun corresponding tothe English infinitive in _-ing_, and that the thought calls for theablative of means. To translate this by the Latin infinitive would beimpossible, because the infinitive is indeclinable and therefore hasno ablative case form. Latin, however, has another verbal noun ofcorresponding meaning, called the ÇgerundÈ, declined as a neuter ofthe second declension in the _genitive_, _dative_, _accusative_, and_ablative singular_, and thus supplying the cases that the infinitivelacks.[1] Hence, to decline in Latin the verbal noun _overcoming_, weshould use the infinitive for the nominative and the gerund for theother cases, as follows:

_Nom._ Çsuper�reÈ, _overcoming, to overcome_ INFINITIVE _Gen._ Çsuperand˜È, _of overcoming_ } _Dat._ Çsuperand�È, _for overcoming_ } _Acc._ ÇsuperandumÈ, _overcoming_ } GERUND _Abl._ Çsuperand�È, _by overcoming_ }

Like the infinitive, the gerund governs the same case as the verb fromwhich it is derived. So the sentence given above becomes in Latin

ÇSuperand� Gall�s Caesar magnam gl�riam report�vitÈ

[Footnote 1: Sometimes, however, the infinitive is used as an accusative.]

Ç403.È The gerund[2] is formed by adding Ç-nd˜, -nd�, -ndum, -nd�È, tothe present stem, which is shortened or otherwise changed, as shownbelow:

PARADIGM OF THE GERUND

CONJ. I CONJ. II CONJ. III CONJ. IV _Gen._ amand˜ monend˜ regend˜ capiend˜ audiend˜ _Dat._ amand� monend� regend� capiend� audiend� _Acc._ amandum monendum regendum capiendum audiendum _Abl._ amand� monend� regend� capiend� audiend�

_a._ Give the gerund of Çc˛r�È, Çdıle�È, Çs˛m�È, Çiaci�È, Çveni�È.

_b._ Deponent verbs have the gerund of the active voice (see ¤493). Give the gerund of Çc�norÈ, ÇvereorÈ, ÇsequorÈ, ÇpatiorÈ, ÇpartiorÈ.

[Footnote 2: The gerund is the neuter singular of the future passive participle used as a noun, and has the same formation. (Cf. ¤374.d.)]

Ç404.È ÇThe Gerundive.È The gerundive is the name given to the futurepassive participle (¤374.d) when the participle approaches the meaningof a verbal noun and is translated like a gerund. It is the adjectivecorresponding to the gerund. For example, to translate _the plan ofwaging war_, we may use the gerund with its direct object and sayÇc�nsilium gerend˜ bellumÈ; or we may use the gerundive and sayÇc�nsilium bell˜ gerend˜È, which means, literally, _the plan of the warto be waged_, but which came to have the same force as the gerund withits object, and was even preferred to it.

Ç405.È Compare the following parallel uses of the gerund and gerundive:

GERUND GERUNDIVE _Gen._ ÇSpıs faciend˜ p�cemÈ ÇSpıs faciendae p�cisÈ _Dat._ ÇLocus id�neus pugnand�È ÇLocus id�neus castr˜s p�nend˜sÈ _A place suitable for_ _A place suitable for fighting_ pitching camp_ _Acc._ ÇM˜sit equitıs ad ˜nsequendumÈ ÇM˜sit equitıs ad ˜nsequend�s host˜sÈ _He sent horsemen to pursue_ _He sent horsemen to pursue the enemy_ _Abl._ ÇN�rrand� f�bul�s magister ÇN�rrand˜s f�bul˜s magister puer˜s placuitÈ puer˜s placuitÈ _The teacher pleased the _The teacher pleased the boys by telling stories_ boys by telling stories_

_a._ We observe

(1) That the gerund is a noun and the gerundive an adjective. (2) That the gerund, being a noun, may stand alone or with an object. (3) That the gerundive, being an adjective, is used only in agreement with a noun.

Ç406.È RULE. ÇGerund and Gerundive.È

1. _The Gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns._

2. _The Gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without

a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more usual._

Ç407.È RULE. ÇGerund or Gerundive of Purpose.È _The accusative of thegerund or gerundive with_ ÇadÈ, _or the genitive with Çcaus�È[3] (= forthe sake of), is used to express purpose._

GERUND GERUNDIVE ÇAd audiendum vınıruntÈ or ÇAd urbem videndam vınıruntÈ or ÇAudiend˜ caus� vınıruntÈ ÇUrbis videndae caus� vınıruntÈ _They came to hear_ _They came to see the city_

[Footnote 3: Çcaus�È always _follows_ the genitive.]

NOTE. These sentences might, of course, be written with the subjunctiveof purpose,--Çvınırunt ut aud˜rentÈ; Çvınırunt ut urbem vidırentÈ. Inshort expressions, however, the gerund and gerundive of purpose arerather more common.

Ç408.È We have learned that the word denoting the owner or possessor ofsomething is in the genitive, as, Çequus GalbaeÈ, _GalbaÕs horse._ If,now, we wish to express the idea _the horse is GalbaÕs_, Galba remainsthe possessor, and hence in the genitive as before, but now stands inthe predicate, as, Çequus est GalbaeÈ. Hence this is called thepredicate genitive.

Ç409.È RULE. ÇPredicate Genitive.È _The possessive genitive often standsin the predicate, especially after the forms of ÇsumÈ, and is thencalled the predicate genitive._

Ç410.È IDIOMS

Çal˜cui neg�tium dareÈ, _to employ someone_ (lit. _to give business to some one_) Çnov˜s rıbus studıreÈ, _to be eager for a revolution_ (lit. _to be eager for new things_) Çre˜ m˜lit�ris per˜tissimusÈ, _very skillful in the art of war_ Çsı suaque omniaÈ, _themselves and all their possessions_

Ç411.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Caesar cum in Galli� bellum gereret, militibus decimae legi�nismaximı f�vit quia re˜ m˜lit�ris per˜tissim˜ erant. 2. Soci˜s neg�tiumdedit re˜ frument�riae c˛randae. 3. Lıg�ti n�n s�lum audiend˜ caus� sedetiam dicend˜ caus� vınırunt. 4. Imper�tor iussit expl�r�t�res locumid�neum m˛nind� reper˜re. 5. Nuper hae gentıs nov˜s rıbus studıbant;mox i˜s persu�dıb� ut Caesar˜ sı suaque omnia dıdant. 6. Iubıre estreg˜nae[4] et p�rıre est multit˛dinis.[4] 7. H�c proeli� fact� qu˜dam exhostibus ad p�cem petendam venırunt. 8. Erant qu˜ arma tr�dere n�llent.9. Hostıs tam celeriter pr�gress˜ sunt ut spatium p˜la in host˜siaciend˜ non darıtur. 10. Spatium neque arma capiend˜[5] neque auxil˜petend˜[5] datum est.

II. 1. These ornaments [6]belong to Cornelia. 2. Men very skillful inthe art of war were sent [7]to capture the town. 3. The scouts found ahill suitable for fortifying very near to the river. 4. Soon the cavalrywill come [8]to seek supplies. 5. The mind of the Gauls is eager forrevolution and for undertaking wars. 6. To lead the line of battle[9]belongs to the general. 7. [10]Whom shall we employ to look afterthe grain supply?

[Footnote 4: Predicate genitive.]

[Footnote 5: Which of these expressions is gerund and which gerundive?]

[Footnote 6: _belong to_ = _are of_.]

[Footnote 7: Use the gerundive with ÇadÈ.]

[Footnote 8: Use the genitive with Çcaus�È. Where should Çcaus�È stand?]

[Footnote 9: Compare the first sentence.]

[Footnote 10: Compare the second sentence in the Latin above.]

LESSON LXXII

THE IRREGULAR VERB _Eï_ ¥ INDIRECT STATEMENTS

Ç412.È Learn the principal parts and the conjugation of Çe�È, _go_(¤499).

_a._ Notice that Ç˜-È, the root of Çe�È, is changed to Çe-È before a vowel, excepting in ÇiınsÈ, the nominative of the present participle. In the perfect system Ç-v-È is regularly dropped.


PRINCIPAL PARTS Çe�, ˜re, i˜ (˜v˜), itumÈ (n. perf. part.) PRES. STEM ˜- PERF. STEM ˜- or ˜v- PART. STEM it-

INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE SING. PLUR. _Pres._ e� ˜mus eam _2d Pers._ ˜ ˜te ˜s ˜tis it eunt _Impf._ ˜bam ˜rem _Fut._ ˜b� ---- _2d Pers._ ˜t� ˜t�te _3d Pers._ ˜t� eunt� _Perf._ i˜ (˜v˜) ierim (˜verim) _Plup._ ieram (˜veram) ˜ssem (˜vissem) _F. P._ ier� (˜ver�)

INFINITIVE _Pres._ ˜re _Perf._ ˜sse (˜visse) _Fut._ it˛rus, -a, -um esse

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ iıns, _gen._ euntis (¤472) _Fut._ it˛rus, -a, -um _Ger._ eundum

GERUND _Gen._ eund˜

_Dat._ eund� _Acc._ eundum _Abl._ eund�

SUPINE _Acc._ [[itum]] _Abl._ [[it˛]] ]

Ç413.È Learn the meaning and principal parts of the following compoundsof Çe�È with prepositions:

Çad«e�, ad˜«re, ad«i˜, ad«itusÈ, _go to, visit_, with the accusative Çex«e�, ex˜«re, ex«i˜, ex«itusÈ, _go forth_, with ÇexÈ or ÇdıÈ and the ablative of the place from which Çin«e�, in˜«re, in«i˜, in«itusÈ, _begin, enter upon_, with the accusative Çred«e�, red˜«re, red«i˜, red«itusÈ, _return_, with ÇadÈ or ÇinÈ and the accusative of the place to which Çtr�ns«e�, tr�ns˜«re, tr�ns«i˜, tr�ns«itusÈ, _cross_, with the accusative

Ç414.È ÇIndirect Statements in English.È Direct statements are thosewhich the speaker or writer makes himself or which are quoted in hisexact language. Indirect statements are those reported in a differentform of words from that used by the speaker or writer. Compare thefollowing direct and indirect statements:

{ 1. The Gauls are brave Direct statements { 2. The Gauls were brave { 3. The Gauls will be brave

Indirect statements { 1. _He says_ that the Gauls _are_ brave after a verb in { 2. _He says_ that the Gauls _were_ brave the present tense { 3. _He says_ that the Gauls _will be_ brave

Indirect statements { 1. _He said_ that the Gauls _were_ brave after a verb in { 2. _He said_ that the Gauls _had been_ brave a past tense { 3. _He said_ that the Gauls _would be_ brave

We see that in English

_a._ The indirect statement forms a clause introduced by the conjunction _that_.

_b._ The verb is finite (cf. ¤173) and its subject is in the nominative.

_c._ The tenses of the verbs originally used are changed after the past tense, _He said._

Ç415.È ÇIndirect Statements in Latin.È In Latin the direct and indirectstatements above would be as follows:

DIRECT { 1. ÇGall˜ sunt fortısÈ STATEMENTS { 2. ÇGall˜ erant fortısÈ { 3. ÇGall˜ erunt fortısÈ

{ 1. ÇD˜citÈ or ÇD˜xit Gall�s esse fort˜sÈ { (_He says_ or _He said_

{ _the Gauls to be brave_)[1] INDIRECT { 2. ÇD˜citÈ or ÇD˜xit Gall�s fuisse fort˜sÈ STATEMENTS { (_He says_ or _He said_ { _the Gauls to have been brave_)[1] { 3. ÇD˜citÈ or ÇD˜xit Gall�s fut˛r�s esse fort˜sÈ { (_He says_ or _He said_ { _the Gauls to be about to be brave_)[1]

[Footnote 1: These parenthetical renderings are not inserted as translations, but merely to show the literal meaning of the Latin.]

Comparing these Latin indirect statements with the English in thepreceding section, we observe three marked differences:

_a._ There is no conjunction corresponding to _that_.

_b._ The verb is in the infinitive and its subject is in the accusative.

_c._ The tenses of the infinitive are not changed after a past tense of the principal verb.

Ç416.È RULE. ÇIndirect Statements.È _When a direct statement becomesindirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive and itssubject nominative becomes subject accusative of the infinitive._

Ç417.È ÇTenses of the Infinitive.È When the sentences in ¤415 werechanged from the direct to the indirect form of statement, ÇsuntÈ becameÇesseÈ, ÇerantÈ became ÇfuisseÈ, and ÇeruntÈ became Çfut˛r�s esseÈ.

Ç418.È RULE. ÇInfinitive Tenses in Indirect Statements.È _A presentindicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of theindirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a futureindicative becomes future infinitive._

NOTE. When translating into Latin an English indirect statement, firstdecide what tense of the indicative would have been used in the directform. That will show you what tense of the infinitive to use in theindirect.

Ç419.È RULE. ÇVerbs followed by Indirect Statements.È _Theaccusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is foundafter verbs of ÇsayingÈ, ÇtellingÈ, ÇknowingÈ, ÇthinkingÈ, andÇperceivingÈ._

Ç420.È Verbs regularly followed by indirect statements are:

_a_. Verbs of saying and telling: Çd˜c�, d˜cere, d˜x˜, dictusÈ, _say_ Çneg�, neg�re, neg�v˜, neg�tusÈ, _deny, say not_ Çn˛nti�, n˛nti�re, n˛nti�v˜, n˛nti�tusÈ, _announce_ Çresponde�, respondıre, respond˜, resp�nsusÈ, _reply_

_b_. Verbs of knowing: Çcogn�sc�, cogn�scere, cogn�v˜, cognitusÈ, _learn_, (in the perf.) _know_ Çsci�, sc˜re, sc˜v˜, sc˜tusÈ, _know_

_c_. Verbs of thinking: Çarbitror, arbitr�r˜, arbitr�tus sumÈ, _think, consider_

Çex˜stim�, ex˜stim�re, ex˜stim�v˜, ex˜stim�tusÈ, _think, believe_ Çi˛dic�, i˛dic�re, i˛dic�vi, i˛dic�tusÈ, _judge, decide_ Çput�, put�re, put�v˜, put�tusÈ, _reckon, think_ Çspır�, spır�re, spır�vi, spır�tusÈ, _hope_

_d_. Verbs of perceiving: Çaudi�, aud˜re, aud˜v˜, aud˜tusÈ, _hear_ Çsenti�, sent˜re, sıns˜, sınsusÈ, _feel, perceive_ Çvide�, vidıre, v˜d˜, v˜susÈ, _see_ Çintelleg�, intellegere, intellıx˜, intellıctusÈ, _understand, perceive_

Learn such of these verbs as are new to you.

Ç421.È IDIOMS Çpostr˜diı eius diı˜È, _on the next day_ (lit. _on the next day of that day_) Çinit� aest�teÈ, _at the beginning of summer_ Çmemori� tenıreÈ, _to remember_ (lit. _to hold by memory_) Çper expl�r�t�rıs cogn�scereÈ, _to learn through scouts_

Ç422.È EXERCISES

I. 1. It, ˜mus, ˜te, ˜re. 2. Eunt˜, iisse _or_ ˜sse, ˜bunt, eunt.3. Eundi, ut eant, ˜bitis, ˜s. 4. Nı ˜rent, ˜, ˜bant, ierat. 5. Caesarper explor�tores cogn�vit Gall�s fl˛men tr�ns˜sse. 6. R�m�n˜ aud˜vıruntHelvıti�s init� aest�te dı fñibus su˜s exit˛r�s esse. 7. Leg�t˜respondırunt nıminem ante Caesarem illam ñsulam ad˜sse. 8. PrñcipısGall�rum d˜cunt sı n˛llum c�nsilium contr� Caesaris imperium init˛r�sesse. 9. Arbitr�mur potentiam rıgñae esse mai�rem quam c˜vium.10. R�m�n˜ negant se l˜bert�tem Gall˜s ırept˛r�s esse. 11. H˜s rıbuscognit˜s sınsimus lıg�t�s non vınisse ad p�cem petendam. 12. Helvıtiisciunt R�m�n�s pri�rıs vict�ri�s memori� tenıre. 13. Soci˜ cumintellegerent mult�s vulner�r˜, statuırunt in su�s fñ˜s red˜re.14. Aliquis n˛nti�vit M�rcum c�nsulem cre�tum esse.

II. 1. The boy is slow. He says that the boy is, was, (and) will beslow. 2. The horse is, has been, (and) will be strong. He judged thatthe horse was, had been, (and) would be strong. 3. We think that thearmy will go forth from the camp at the beginning of summer. 4. The nextday we learned through scouts that the enemyÕs town was ten milesoff.[2] 5. The king replied that the ornaments belonged to[3] the queen.

[Footnote 2: _to be off, to be distant_, ÇabesseÈ.]

[Footnote 3: Latin, _were of_ (¤409).]

[Illustration: TUBA]

LESSON LXXIII

VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE IRREGULAR VERB _FERï_THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS


Ç424.È Learn the principal parts and conjugation of the verb Çfer�È,_bear_ (¤498).

1. Learn the principal parts and meanings of the following compounds of fer�, _bear_:

Çad«fer�, adfer«re, at«tul˜, adl�«tusÈ, _bring to; report_ Çc�n«fer�, c�nfer«re, con«tul˜, conl�«tusÈ, _bring together, collect_ Çdı«fer�, dıfer«re, dı«tul˜, dıl�«tusÈ, _bring to; report; grant, confer_ Ç˜n«fer�, ˜nfer«re, in«tul˜, inl�«tusÈ, _bring in, bring against_ Çre«fer�, refer«re, ret«tul˜, rel�«tusÈ, _bear back, report_


PRINCIPAL PARTS Çfer�, ferre, tul˜, l�tusÈ PRES. STEM fer- PERF. STEM tul- PART. STEM l�t-

INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ fer� ferimus feror ferimur fers fert˜s ferris, -re ferimim˜ fert ferunt fertur feruntur _Impf._ ferıbam ferıbar _Fut._ feram, ferıs, etc. ferar, ferıris, etc. _Perf._ tul˜ l�tus, -a, -um sum _Plup._ tuleram l�tus, -a, -um eram _F. P._ tuler� l�tus, -a, -um er�

SUBJUNCTIVE _Pres._ feram, fer�s, etc. ferar, fer�ris, etc. _Impf._ ferrem ferrer _Perf._ tulerim l�tus, -a, -um sim _Plup._ tulissem l�tus, -a, -um essem

IMPERATIVE _Pres. 2d Pers._ fer ferte ferre ferimin˜ _Fut. 2d Pers._ fert� fert�te fertor _3d Pers._ fert� ferunto fertor feruntor

INFINITIVE _Pres._ ferre ferr˜ _Perf._ tulisse l�tus, -a, -um esse _Fut._ l�t˛rus, -a, -um esse ----

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ ferıns, -entis _Pres._ ---- _Fut._ l�t˛rus, -a, -um _Ger._ ferendus, -a, -um _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ l�tus, -a, -um

GERUND _Gen._ ferend˜ _Dat._ ferend� _Acc._ ferendum _Abl._ ferend�

SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[l�tum]] _Abl._ [[l�t˛]] ]

Ç425.È The dative is the case of the indirect object. Many intransitiveverbs take an indirect object and are therefore used with the dative(cf. ¤153). Transitive verbs take a direct object in the accusative; but

sometimes they have an indirect object or dative as well. _The wholequestion, then, as to whether or not a verb takes the dative, defendsupon its capacity for governing an indirect object._ A number of verbs,some transitive and some intransitive, which in their simple form wouldnot take an indirect object, when compounded with certain prepositions,have a meaning which calls for an indirect object. Observe the followingsentences:

1. ÇHaec rıs exercitu˜ magnam calamit�tem attulitÈ, _this circumstance brought great disaster to the army._

2. ÇGerm�n˜ Gall˜s bellum ñferuntÈ, _the Germans make war upon the Gauls._

3. ÇHae c�piae proeli� n�n intererantÈ, _these troops did not take part in the battle._

4. ÇEquitıs fugientibus hostibus occurruntÈ, _the horsemen meet the fleeing enemy._

5. ÇGalba c�pi˜s f˜lium praefıcitÈ, _Galba put his son in command of the troops._

In each sentence there is a dative, and in each a verb combined with apreposition. In no case would the simple verb take the dative.

Ç426.È RULE. ÇDative with Compounds.È _Some verbs compounded with ÇadÈ,ÇanteÈ, ÇconÈ, ÇdıÈ, ÇinÈ, ÇinterÈ, ÇobÈ, ÇpostÈ, ÇpraeÈ, Çpr�È, ÇsubÈ,ÇsuperÈ, admit the dative of the indirect object. Transitive compoundsmay take both an accusative and a dative._

NOTE 1. Among such verbs are[1]

Çad«fer�, adfer«re, at«tul˜, adl�«tusÈ, _bring to; report_ Çad«sum, ades«se, ad«fu˜, adfut˛«rusÈ, _assist; be present_ Çdı«fer�, dıfer«re, dı«tul˜, dıl�tusÈ, _report; grant, confer_ Çdı«sum, dees«se, dı«fu˜,----È, _be wanting, be lacking_ Çñ«fer�, ñfer«re, in«tul˜, inl�«tusÈ, _bring against, bring upon_ Çinter«sum, interes«se, inter«fu˜, interfut˛«rusÈ, _take part in_ Çoccur«r�, occur«rere, occur«r˜, occur«susÈ, _run against, meet_ Çpraefi«ci�, praefi«cere, praefı«c˜, praefec«tusÈ, _appoint over, place in command of_ Çprae«sum, praees«se, prae«fu˜, ----È, _be over, be in command_

[Footnote 1: But the accusative with ÇadÈ or ÇinÈ is used with some of these, when the idea of _motion to_ or _against_ is strong.]

Ç427.È IDIOMS

ÇgraviterÈ or Çmolestı ferreÈ, _to be annoyed at, to be indignant at_, followed by the accusative and infinitive Çsı c�nferre adÈ or ÇinÈ, with the accusative, _to betake oneÕs self to_ Çalicui bellum ñferreÈ, _to make war upon some one_ Çpedem referreÈ, _to retreat_ (lit. _to bear back the foot_)

Ç428.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Fer, ferent, ut ferant, ferunt. 2. Ferte, ut ferrent, tulisse,tulerant. 3. Tulimus, ferıns, l�tus esse, ferre. 4. Cum n�vigia insulae

adpropinqu�rent, barbar˜ terr�re comm�t˜ pedem referre c�n�t˜ sunt.5. Gall˜ molestı ferıbant R�m�n�s agr�s vast�re. 6. Caesar soci˜simper�vit nı f˜nitimis su˜s bellum ˜nferrent. 7. Explor�t�rıs, quiCaesar˜ occurrırunt, d˜xırunt exercitum hostium vulneribus dıfessum sısıin alium locum contulisse. 8. Hostes sciıbant R�m�n�s fr˛ment� egıre ethanc rem Caesar˜ summum per˜culum adl�t˛ram esse. 9. Imped˜ment˜s in˛num locum conl�tis, aliqu˜ m˜litum fl˛men quod n�n longı aberattr�nsiırunt. 10. H�s rıx hort�tus est ut �r�culum ad˜rent et rıs aud˜t�sad sı referrent. 11. Quem imper�tor ill˜ legi�n˜ praefıcit? P˛blius ill˜legi�n˜ pracerat. 12. Cum esset Caesar in citeri�re Galli�, crıbr˜ adeum[2] r˛m�rıs adferıbantur litter˜sque quoque certior f˜ıbat Gall�sobsidıs inter sı dare.

II. 1. The Gauls will make war upon C¾sarÕs allies. 2. We heard that theGauls would make war upon C¾sarÕs allies. 3. Publius did not take partin that battle. 4. We have been informed that Publius did not take partin that battle. 5. The man who was in command of the cavalry was woundedand began to retreat. 6. C¾sar did not place you in command of thecohort to bring[3] disaster upon the army.

[Footnote 2: Observe that when Çadfer�È denotes _motion to_, it is not followed by the dative; cf. footnote, p. 182.]

[Footnote 3: Not the infinitive. (Cf. ¤352.)]

LESSON LXXIV

VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS


Ç430.È When we report a statement instead of giving it directly, we havean indirect statement. (Cf. ¤414.) So, if we report a question insteadof asking it directly, we have an indirect question.

DIRECT QUESTION INDIRECT QUESTION _Who conquered the Gauls? He asked who conquered the Gauls_

_a._ An indirect question depends, usually as object, upon a verb of asking (as Çpet�È, Çpostul�È, Çquaer�È, Çrog�È) or upon some verb or expression of saying or mental action. (Cf. ¤420.)

Ç431.È Compare the following direct and indirect questions:

DIRECT INDIRECT

ÇQuis Gall�s vincit?È { _a._ ÇRogat quis Gall�s vincatÈ _Who is conquering the_ { _He asks who is conquering the_ _Gauls?_ { _Gauls_ { _b._ ÇRogavit quis Gall�s vinceretÈ { _He asked who was conquering_ { _the Gauls_

{ _a._ ÇRogat ubi sit R�maÈ ÇUb˜ est R�ma?È { _He asks where Rome is_ _Where is Rome?_ { _b._ ÇRog�vit ubi esset R�maÈ { _He asked where Rome was_

{ _a._ ÇRogat num Caesar Gall�s v˜ceritÈ

{ _He asks whether C¾sar conquered_ ÇCaesarne Gall�s v˜cit?È { _the Gauls_ _Did C¾sar conquer the_ { _b._ ÇRog�vit num Caesar Gall�s _Gauls?_ { Çv˜cissetÈ { _He asked whether C¾sar had_ { _conquered the Gauls_

_a._ The verb in a direct question is in the indicative mood, but the mood is subjunctive in an indirect question.

_b._ The tense of the subjunctive follows the rules for tense sequence.

_c._ Indirect questions are introduced by the same interrogative words as introduce direct questions, excepting that_yes_-or-_no_ direct questions (cf. ¤210) on becoming indirect are usually introduced by ÇnumÈ, _whether_.

Ç432.È RULE. ÇIndirect Questions.È _In an indirect question the verb isin the subjunctive and its tense is determined by the law for tensesequence._

Ç433.È IDIOMS

Çdı terti� vigili�È, _about the third watch_ Çini˛ri�s alicui ˜nferreÈ, _to inflict injuries upon some one_ Çfacere verba pr�È, with the ablative, _to speak in behalf of_ Çin reliquum tempusÈ, _for the future_

Ç434.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Rıx rog�vit quid lıg�t˜ postul�rent et c˛r ad sı vınissent.2. Quaes˜vit quoque num nec recent˜s ini˛ri�s nec dubiam R�m�n�rumam˜citiam memori� tenırent. 3. Vidıtisne quae oppida hostısoppugn�verint? 4. N�nne sc˜tis c˛r Gall˜ sub montem sıse contulerint?5. Aud˜vimus qu�s ini˛rias tibi Germ�n˜ intulissent. 6. Dı terti�vigili� imper�tor m˜sit hominıs qu˜ cogn�scerent quae esset n�t˛ramontis. 7. Pr� h˜s �r�tor verba fıcit et rog�vit c˛r c�nsulıs n�v˜sad plınem summ˜ per˜cul˜ locum mittere vellent. 8. Lıg�t˜s convoc�t˜sdım�nstr�vit quid fier˜ vellet. 9. N˛ntius referıbat quid in Gall�rumconcili� dı arm˜s tr�dend˜s dictum esset. 10. Mone� nı in reliquumtempus peditıs et equitıs tr�ns fl˛men d˛c�s.

II. 1. What hill did they seize? I see what hill they seized. 2. Whohas inflicted these injuries upon our dependents? 3. They asked who hadinflicted those injuries upon their dependents. 4. Whither did you goabout the third watch? You know whither I went. 5. At what time did theboys return home? I will ask at what time the boys returned home.

LESSON LXXV

VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END FOR WHICH



1. ÇExpl�r�t�rıs locum castr˜s dılıgıruntÈ, _the scouts chose a place for a camp._

2. ÇHoc erat magn� imped˜ment� Gall˜sÈ, _this was_ (for) _a great hindrance to the Gauls._

3. ÇDu�s legi�nıs praesidi� castr˜s rel˜quitÈ, _he left two legions as_ (lit. _for_) _a guard to the camp._

In each of these sentences we find a dative expressing the _purposeor end for which_ something is intended or for which it serves. Thesedatives are Çcastr˜sÈ, Çimped˜ment�È, and Çpraesidi�È. In the second andthird sentences we find a second dative expressing the _person or thingaffected_ (ÇGall˜sÈ and Çcastr˜sÈ). As you notice, these are truedatives, covering the relations of _for which_ and _to which_. (Cf.¤43.)

Ç437.È RULE. ÇDative of Purpose or End.È _The dative is used to denotethe Çpurpose or end for whichÈ, often with another dative denoting theÇperson or thing affectedÈ._

Ç438.È IDIOMS

Çc�nsilium omittereÈ, _to give up a plan_ Çlocum castr˜s dıligereÈ, _to choose a place for a camp_ Çalicui magn� ˛su˜ esseÈ, _to be of great advantage to some one_ (lit. _for great advantage to some one_)

Ç439.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Rog�vit c˛r illae c�piae relictae essent. Respondırunt ill�sc�pi�s esse praesidi� castr˜s. 2. Caesar m˜sit expl�r�t�rıs ad locumdıligendum castr˜s. 3. Quisque ex˜stim�vit ipsum n�men Caesaris magn�terr�r˜ barbar˜s fut˛rum esse. 4. Pr˜m� l˛ce ˜dem exercitus proelium�cre comm˜sit, sed gravia su�rum vulnera magnae c˛rae imper�t�r˜ erant.5. Rıx respondit am˜citiam popul˜ R�m�n˜ sibi �rn�ment� et praesidi�dıbıre esse. 6. Quis praeerat equit�tu˜ quem auxili� Caesar˜ soci˜m˜serant? 7. Aliquibus rıs secundae sunt summae calamit�t˜ et rısadversae sunt m˜r� ˛su˜. 8. Gall˜s magn� ad pugnam erat imped˜ment� quodequit�tus � dextr� corn˛ premıbat. 9. Memoria pr˜stinae virt˛tis n�nminus quam metus hostium erat nostr˜s magn� ˛su˜. 10. Tam dınsa eratsilva ut pr�gred˜ n�n possent.

II. 1. I advise you [1]to give up the plan [2]of making war upon thebrave Gauls. 2. Do you know [3]where the cavalry has chosen a place fora camp? 3. The fear of the enemy will be of great advantage to you.4. C¾sar left three cohorts as (for) a guard to the baggage. 5. Inwinter the waves of the lake are so great [4]that they are (for) a greathindrance to ships. 6. C¾sar inflicted severe[5] punishment on those whoburned the public buildings.

[Footnote 1: Subjunctive of purpose. (Cf. ¤366.)]

[Footnote 2: Express by the genitive of the gerundive.]

[Footnote 3: Indirect question.]

[Footnote 4: A clause of result.]

[Footnote 5: Çgravis, -eÈ.]

LESSON LXXVI

VOCABULARY REVIEW ¥ THE GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY OR DESCRIPTION


Ç441.È Observe the English sentences

(1) _A man ÇofÈ great courage_, or (2) _A man ÇwithÈ great courage_

(3) _A forest ÇofÈ tall trees_, or (4) _A forest ÇwithÈ tall trees_

Each of these sentences contains a phrase of quality or description.In the first two a man is described; in the last two a forest. Thedescriptive phrases are introduced by the prepositions _of_ and _with_.

In Latin the expression of quality or description is very similar.

The prepositions _of_ and _with_ suggest the genitive and the ablativerespectively, and we translate the sentences above

(1) ÇVir magnae virt˛tisÈ, or (2) ÇVir magn� virt˛teÈ (3) ÇSilva alt�rum arborumÈ, or (4) ÇSilva alt˜s arboribusÈ

There is, however, one important difference between the Latin and theEnglish. In English we may say, for example, _a man of courage_, usingthe descriptive phrase without an adjective modifier. _In Latin,however, an adjective modifier must always be used_, as above.

_a._ Latin makes a distinction between the use of the two cases in that _numerical descriptions of measure are in the genitive_ and _descriptions of physical characteristics are in the ablative._ Other descriptive phrases may be in either case.

Ç442.È EXAMPLES

1. ÇFossa duodecim pedumÈ, _a ditch of twelve feet_.

2. ÇHom� magn˜s pedibus et parv� capiteÈ, _a man with big feet and a small head_.

3. ÇRıx erat vir summ� aud�ci�È or Çrıx erat vir summae aud�ciaeÈ, _the king was a man of the greatest boldness_.

Ç443.È RULE. ÇGenitive of Description.È _Numerical descriptions ofmeasure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying adjective._

Ç444.È RULE. ÇAblative of Description.È _Descriptions of physicalcharacteristics are expressed by the ablative with a modifyingadjective._

Ç445.È RULE. ÇGenitive or Ablative of Description.È _Descriptionsinvolving neither numerical statements nor physical characteristics maybe expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a modifyingadjective._

Ç446.È IDIOMS

ÇHelvıti˜s in anim� estÈ, _the Helvetii intend_, (lit. _it is in mind to the Helvetians_)

Çin m�trim�nium dareÈ, _to give in marriage_ Çnihil posseÈ, _to have no power_ Çfossam perd˛cereÈ, _to construct a ditch_ (lit. _to lead a ditch through_)

Ç447.È EXERCISES

I. 1. M˜litıs fossam decem pedum per e�rum fñ˜s perd˛xırunt.2. Prñceps Helvıti�rum, vir summae aud�ciae, prñcipibus gentiumfñitim�rum sor�rıs in m�trim�nium dedit. 3. E�rum am˜citiam c�nf˜rm�revoluit qu� facilius R�m�n˜s bellum ñferret. 4. German˜ et Gall˜ n�nerant eiusdem gentis. 5. Omnıs ferı Germ�n˜ erant magn˜s corporumv˜ribus.[1] 6. Gall˜ qui oppidum fortiter dıfendıbant saxa ingentismagnit˛dinis dı m˛r� iaciıbant. 7. Cum Caesar ab expl�r�t�ribusquaereret qu˜ illud oppidum incolerent, expl�r�t�rıs respondırunt e�sesse homines summ� virt˛te et magn� c�nsili�. 8. Moenia v˜gint˜ pedum� sinistr� parte, et � dextr� parte fl˛men magnae altit˛dinis oppidumdıfendıbant. 9. Cum Caesar in Galliam pervınisset, erat r˛mor Helvıti˜sin anim� esse iter per pr�vinciam R�m�nam facere. 10. Caesar, ut e�s abfñibus R�m�nis prohibıret, m˛n˜ti�nem [2]multa m˜lia passuum longamfıcit.

II. 1. C¾sar was a general of much wisdom and great boldness, and veryskillful in the art of war. 2. The Germans were of great size, andthought that the Romans had no power. 3. Men of the highest couragewere left in the camp as (for) a guard to the baggage. 4. The kingÕsdaughter, who was given in marriage to the chief of a neighboring state,was a woman of very beautiful appearance. 5. The soldiers will constructa ditch of nine feet around the camp. 6. A river of great width wasbetween us and the enemy.

[Footnote 1: From Çv˜sÈ. (Cf. ¤468.)]

[Footnote 2: Genitives and ablatives of description are adjective phrases. When we use an _adverbial_ phrase to tell _how long_ or _how high_ or _how deep_ anything is, we must use the accusative of extent. (Cf. ¤336.) For example, in the sentence above Çmulta m˜lia passuumÈ is an adverbial phrase (accusative of extent) modifying ÇlongamÈ. If we should omit ÇlongamÈ and say _a fortification of many miles_, the genitive of description (an adjective phrase) modifying Çm˛n˜ti�nemÈ would be used, as Çm˛n˜ti�nem mult�rum m˜lium passuumÈ.]

[Illustration: GLADII]

LESSON LXXVII

REVIEW OF AGREEMENT, AND OF THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND ACCUSATIVE

Ç448.È There are four agreements:

1. That of the predicate noun or of the appositive with the noun to which it belongs (¤¤76, 81).

2. That of the adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle with its noun (¤65).

3. That of a verb with its subject (¤28).

4. That of a relative pronoun with its antecedent (¤224).

Ç449.È The relation expressed by the ÇgenitiveÈ is, in general, denotedin English by the preposition _of_. It is used to express

{ _a._ As attributive (¤38). 1. Possession { { _b._ In the predicate (¤409).

2. The whole of which a part is taken (partitive genitive) (¤331).

3. Quality or description (¤¤443, 445).

Ç450.È The relation expressed by the ÇdativeÈ is, in general, denoted inEnglish by the prepositions _to_ or _for_ when they do not imply motionthrough space. It is used to express

{ _a._ With intransitive verbs and with { transitive verbs in connection with a { direct object in the accusative (¤45). 1. The indirect object { _b_. With special intransitive verbs (¤154). { _c_. With verbs compounded with ÇadÈ, ÇanteÈ, { ÇconÈ, ÇdıÈ, ÇinÈ, ÇinterÈ, ÇobÈ, ÇpostÈ, { ÇpraeÈ, Çpr�È, ÇsubÈ, ÇsuperÈ (¤426).

2. The object to which the quality of an adjective is directed (¤143).

3. The purpose, or end for which, often with a second dative denoting the person or thing affected (¤437).

Ç451.È The ÇaccusativeÈ case corresponds, in general, to the Englishobjective. It is used to express

1. The direct object of a transitive verb (¤37).

2. The predicate accusative together with the direct object after verbs of _making, choosing, falling, showing_, and the like (¤392).

3. The subject of the infinitive (¤214).

4. The object of prepositions that do not govern the ablative (¤340).

5. The duration of time and the extent of space (¤336).

6. The place to which (¤¤263, 266).

Ç452.È EXERCISES

I. 1. M˜litıs qu�s v˜dimus d˜xırunt imperium bell˜ esse Caesarisimper�t�ris. 2. Helvıti˜ statuırunt quam[1] maximum numerum equ�rumet carr�rum c�gere. 3. T�t˜us Galliae Helvıti˜ pl˛rimum valuırunt.4. Mult�s h�r�s �criter pugn�tum est neque quisquam poterat vidırehostem fugientem. 5. Vir˜ summae virt˛tis host˜s decem m˜lia passuum˜nsec˛t˜ sunt. 6. Caesar popul� R�m�n� persu�sit ut sı c�nsulem cre�ret.7. Vict�ria exercit˛s erat semper imper�t�r˜ gr�tissima. 8. Tr˜duum iterfıcırunt et Gen�vam, in oppidum[2] hostium, pervınırunt. 9. Caesaraud˜vit Germ�n�s bellum Gall˜s intulisse. 10. Magn� ˛su˜ m˜litibusCaesaris erat quod pri�ribus proeli˜s sısı exercuerant.

II. 1. One[3] of the kingÕs sons and many of his men were captured.

2. There was no one who wished[4] to appoint her queen. 3. The grainsupply was always a care (for a care) to C¾sar, the general. 4. I thinkthat the camp is ten miles distant. 5. We marched for three hoursthrough a very dense forest. 6. The plan [5]of making war upon theallies was not pleasing to the king. 7. When he came to the hill hefortified it [6]by a twelve-foot wall.

[Footnote 1: What is the force of ÇquamÈ with superlatives?]

[Footnote 2: ÇurbsÈ or ÇoppidumÈ, appositive to a name of a town, takes a preposition.]

[Footnote 3: What construction is used with numerals in preference to the partitive genitive?]

[Footnote 4: What mood? (Cf. ¤390.)]

[Footnote 5: Use the gerund or gerundive.]

[Footnote 6: Latin, _by a wall of twelve feet._]

LESSON LXXVIII

REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE

Ç453.È The relations of the ablative are, in general, expressed inEnglish by the prepositions _with_ (or _by_), _from_ (or _by_), and _in_(or _at_). The constructions growing out of these meanings are

I. Ablative rendered _with_ (or _by_): 1. Cause (¤102) 2. Means (¤103) 3. Accompaniment (¤104) 4. Manner (¤105) 5. Measure of difference (¤317) 6. With a participle (ablative absolute) (¤381) 7. Description or quality (¤¤444, 445) 8. Specification (¤398)

II. Ablative rendered _from_ (or _by_): 1. Place from which (¤¤179, 264) 2. Ablative of separation (¤180) 3. Personal agent with a passive verb (¤181) 4. Comparison without ÇquamÈ (¤309)

III. Ablative rendered _in_ (or _at_): 1. Place at or in which (¤¤265, 266) 2. Time when or within which (¤275)

Ç454.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Gall˜ loc˜s superi�ribus occup�t˜s itinere exercitum prohibırec�nantur. 2. Omnıs oppid�n˜ ex oppid� ıgress˜ sal˛tem fug� petereincıpırunt. 3. Caesar docet sı m˜litum v˜tam su� sal˛te habıre mult�c�ri�rem. 4. Cum celerius omnium op˜ni�ne pervınisset, hostıs ad eumobsidıs m˜sırunt 5. V˜cus in valle positus montibus altissim˜s undiquecontinıtur. 6. Pl˛rimum inter Gall�s haec gıns et virt˛te et hominumnumer� valıbat. 7. Secund� vigili� n˛ll� cert� �rdine neque imperi� ıcastr˜s ıgress˜ sunt. 8. Du�bus legi�nibus Gen�vae relict˜s, proxim� diı

cum reliqu˜s domum profectus est. 9. Erant itinera duo quibus itineribusHelvıti˜ dom� ex˜re possent. 10. Rıx erat summ� aud�ci� et magn� apudpopulum potenti�. 11. Gall˜ tim�re servit˛tis comm�t˜ bellum par�bant.12. Caesar monet lıg�t�s ut contineant militıs, nı studi� pugnand˜ autspı praedae longius[1] pr�grediantur. 13. Bellum �cerrimum � Caesare inGall�s gestum est.

II. 1. The lieutenant after having seized the mountain restrained his(men) from battle. 2. All the Gauls differ from each other in laws.3. This tribe is much braver than the rest. 4. This road is [2]ten milesshorter than that. 5. In summer C¾sar carried on war in Gaul, in winterhe returned to Italy. 6. At midnight the general set out from the campwith three legions. 7. I fear that you cannot protect[3] yourself fromthese enemies. 8. [4]After this battle was finished peace was made byall the Gauls.

[Footnote 1: ÇlongiusÈ, _too far_. (Cf. ¤305.)]

[Footnote 2: Latin, _by ten thousands of paces_.]

[Footnote 3: ÇdıfendereÈ.]

[Footnote 4: Ablative absolute.]

LESSON LXXIX

REVIEW OF THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE, THE INFINITIVE, AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE

Ç455.È The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive,dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of thesecases are in general the same as those of other nouns (¤¤402, 406.1).

Ç456.È The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead ofgerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without apreposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is moreusual (¤406.2).

Ç457.È The infinitive is used:

I. As in English.

_a._ As subject or predicate nominative (¤216).

_b._ To complete the predicate with verbs of incomplete predication (complementary infinitive) (¤215).

_c._ As object with subject accusative after verbs of _wishing, commanding, forbidding_, and the like (¤213).

II. In the principal sentence of an indirect statement after verbs of _saying _and _mental action_. The subject is in the accusative (¤¤416, 418, 419).

Ç458.È The subjunctive is used:

1. To denote purpose (¤¤349, 366, 372).

2. To denote consequence or result (¤¤385, 386).

3. In relative clauses of characteristic or description (¤390).

4. In ÇcumÈ clauses of time, cause, and concession (¤396).

5. In indirect questions (¤432).

Ç459.È EXERCISES

I. 1. Caesar, cum pervınisset, militıs hort�b�tur nı c�nsilium oppid˜capiendi omitterent. 2. Rıx, castr˜s prope oppidum posit˜s, m˜sitexpl�r�t�rıs qu˜ cogn�scerent ubi exercitus R�manus esset. 3. Nımorelinquıb�tur qu˜ arma ferre posset. 4. N˛nti˜ v˜dırunt ingentemarm�rum multitudinem dı m˛r� in fossani iactam esse. 5. Dux su�str�ns˜re fl˛men iussit. Tr�ns˜re autem hoc fl˛men erat difficillimum.6. R�m�n˜ cum hanc calamit�tem molestı ferrant, tamen terga vertererec˛s�vırunt. 7. H�c r˛m�re aud˜t�, tantus terror omnium anim�soccup�vit ut nı fortissim˜ quidem proelium committere vellent. 8. Erantqu˜ put�rent tempus ann˜ id�neum n�n esse itiner˜ faciend�. 9. Tam�criter ab utraque parte pugn�b�tur ut multa m˜lia hominum occ˜derentur.10. Quid timıs? Time� nı R�m�n˜s in anim� sit t�tam Galliam super�re etn�b˜s ini˛ri�s inferre.

II. 1. Do you not see who is standing on the wall? 2. We hear that theplan of taking the town has been given up. 3. Since the Germans thoughtthat the Romans could not cross the Rhine, C¾sar ordered a bridge to bemade. 4. When the bridge was finished, the savages were so terrifiedthat they hid themselves. 5. They feared that C¾sar would pursue them.6. C¾sar [1]asked the traders what the size of the island was. 7. Thetraders advised him not [2]to cross the sea. 8. He sent scouts [3]tochoose a place for a camp.

[Footnote 1: Çquaerere abÈ.]

[Footnote 2: Not infinitive.]

[Footnote 3: Use the gerundive with ÇadÈ.]

READING MATTER

INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS

ÇHow to Translate.È You have already had considerable practice intranslating simple Latin, and have learned that the guide to the meaninglies in the endings of the words. If these are neglected, no skill canmake sense of the Latin. If they are carefully noted and accuratelytranslated, not many difficulties remain. Observe the followingsuggestions:

1. Read the Latin sentence through to the end, noting endings of nouns, adjectives, verbs, etc.

2. Read it again and see if any of the words you know are nominatives or accusatives. This will often give you what may be called the backbone of the sentence; that is, subject, verb, and object.

3. Look up the words you do not know, and determine their use in the

sentence from their endings.

4. If you cannot yet translate the sentence, put down the English meanings of all the words _in the same order as the Latin words_. You will then generally see through the meaning of the sentence.

5. Be careful to

_a._ Translate adjectives with the nouns to which they belong.

_b._ Translate together prepositions and the nouns which they govern.

_c._ Translate adverbs with the words that they modify.

_d._ _Make sense._ If you do not make sense, you have made a mistake. One mistake will spoil a whole sentence.

6. When the sentence is correctly translated, read the Latin over again, and try to understand it as Latin, without thinking of the English translation.

ÇThe Parts of a Sentence.È You will now meet somewhat longer sentencesthan you have had before. To assist in translating them, remember, firstof all, that every sentence conveys a meaning and either tells ussomething, asks a question, or gives a command. Every sentence must havea subject and a verb, and the verb may always have an adverb, and, iftransitive, will have a direct object.

However long a sentence is, you will usually be able to recognize itssubject, verb, and object or predicate complement without anydifficulty. These will give you the leading thought, and they must neverbe lost sight of while making out the rest of the sentence. The chiefdifficulty in translating arises from the fact that instead of a singleadjective, adverb, or noun, we often have a phrase or a clause takingthe place of one of these; for Latin, like English, has adjective,adverbial, and substantive clauses and phrases. For example, in thesentence _The idle boy does not study_, the word _idle_ is an adjective.In _The boy wasting his time does not study_, the words _wasting histime_ form an adjective phrase modifying _boy_. In the sentence _The boywho wastes his time does not study_, the words _who wastes his time_form an adjective clause modifying _boy_, and the sentence is complex.These sentences would show the same structure in Latin.

In translating, it is important to keep the parts of a phrase and theparts of a clause together and not let them become confused with theprincipal sentence. To distinguish between the subordinate clauses andthe principal sentence is of the first importance, and is not difficultif you remember that a clause regularly contains a word that marks it asa clause and that this word usually stands first. These words joinclauses to the words they depend on, and are called _subordinateconjunctions_. They are not very numerous, and you will soon learn torecognize them. In Latin they are the equivalents for such words as_when, while, since, because, if, before, after, though, in order that,that_, etc. Form the habit of memorizing the Latin subordinateconjunctions as you meet them, and of noting carefully the mood of theverb in the clauses which they introduce.

[Illustration: HERCULES]

THE LABORS OF HERCULES

Hercules, a Greek hero celebrated for his great strength, was pursued throughout his life by the hatred of Juno. While yet an infant he strangled some serpents sent by the goddess to destroy him. During his boyhood and youth he performed various marvelous feats of strength, and on reaching manhood he succeeded in delivering the Thebans from the oppression of the Miny¾. In a fit of madness, sent upon him by Juno, he slew his own children; and, on consulting the Delphic oracle as to how he should cleanse himself from this crime, he was ordered to submit himself for twelve years to Eurystheus, king of Tiryns, and to perform whatever tasks were appointed him. Hercules obeyed the oracle, and during the twelve years of his servitude accomplished twelve extraordinary feats known as the Labors of Hercules. His death was caused, unintentionally, by his wife Deiani«ra. Hercules had shot with his poisoned arrows a centaur named Nessus, who had insulted Deianira. Nessus, before he died, gave some of his blood to Deianira, and told her it would act as a charm to secure her husbandÕs love. Some time after, Deianira, wishing to try the charm, soaked one of her husbandÕs garments in the blood, not knowing that it was poisoned. Hercules put on the robe, and, after suffering terrible torments, died, or was carried off by his father Jupiter.

[Illustration: HERCULES ET SERPENTES]

LIII.[1] THE INFANT HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS

D˜[2] grave supplicium s˛mmit de mal˜s, sed i˜ qu˜ lıgibus[3] de�rump�rent, etiam post mortem c˛rantur. Illa v˜ta d˜s[2] erat gr�tissimaquae hominibus miser˜s ˛tilissima fuerat. Omnium autem praemi�rum summumerat immort�lit�s. Illud praemium Hercul˜ datum est.

Herculis pater fuit Iuppiter, m�ter Alcmına, et omnium hominumvalidissimus fuisse d˜citur. Sed I˛n�, rıg˜na de�rum, eum, adh˛c˜nfantem, interficere studıbat; nam e˜[1] et[2] Herculıs et Alcmınaerant inv˜s˜. Itaque m˜sit du�s serpent˜s, utramque saevissimam, quaemedi� nocte domum[3] Alcmınae vınırunt. Ibi Herculıs, cum fr�tre su�,n�n in lectul� sed in sc˛t� ingent˜ dormiıbat. Iam aud�cıs serpentısadpropinqu�verant, iam sc˛tum movıbant. Tum fr�ter, terr�re comm�tus,magn� v�ce m�trem voc�vit, sed Herculıs ipse, fortior quam fr�ter,statim ingent˜s serpent˜s manibus su˜s rapuit et interfıcit.

[Footnote 1: This number refers to the lesson after which the selection may be read.]

[Footnote 2: ÇD˜È and Çd˜sÈ are from ÇdeusÈ. Cf. ¤468.]

[Footnote 3: ÇlıgibusÈ, ¤501.14.]

[Footnote 1: Çe˜È, _to her_, referring to Juno.]

[Footnote 2: Çet ... etÈ, _both ... and_.]

[Footnote 3: ÇdomumÈ, ¤501.20.]

LIV. HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINY®

Herculıs � puer�[1] corpus suum gravissim˜s et difficillim˜s lab�ribusexercıbat et h�c mod� v˜rıs[2] su�s c�nfirm�vit. Iam adulıscınsThıb˜s[3] habit�bat. Ibi Cre�n qu˜dam erat rıx. Minyae, gınsvalidissima, erant f˜nitim˜ Thıb�n˜s, et, quia �lim Thıb�n�s v˜cerant,quotann˜s lıg�t�s mittıbant et vect˜gal postul�bant. Herculıs autemc�nstituit c˜v˜s su�s h�c vect˜g�l˜ l˜ber�re et dixit rıg˜, ÒD� mihiexercitum tuum et ego h�s superb�s host˜s super�b�.Ó Hanc condici�nemrıx n�n rec˛s�vit, et Herculıs n˛nti�s in omn˜s partis d˜m˜sit et c�pi�scoıgit.[4] Tum tempore opport˛nissim� proelium cum Miny˜s comm˜sit. Di˛pugn�tum est, sed dınique ill˜ impetum Thıb�n�rum sustinıre n�npotuırunt et terga vertırunt fugamque cıpırunt.

[Footnote 1: Ç� puer�È, _from boyhood_.]

[Footnote 2: ÇvirısÈ, from Çv˜sÈ. Cf. ¤468.]

[Footnote 3: ÇThıb˜sÈ, ¤501.36.1.]

[Footnote 4: ÇcoıgitÈ, from Çc�g�È.]

HE COMMITS A CRIME AND GOES TO THE DELPHIAN ORACLE TO SEEK EXPIATION

Post hoc proelium Cre�n rıx, tant� vict�ri� laetus, f˜liam suam Hercul˜in m�trim�nium dedit. Thıb˜s Herculıs cum ux�re su� di˛ v˜vıbat et abomnibus magnopere am�b�tur; sed post mult�s ann�s subit� [1]in fur�remincidit et ipse su� man˛ l˜ber�s su�s interfıcit. Post breve tempus[2]ad s�nit�tem reductus tantum scelus expi�re cupiıbat et c�nstituit ad�r�culum Delphicum iter facere. Hoc autem �r�culum erat omniumcl�rissimum. Ibi sedıbat fımina quaedam quae Pythia appell�b�tur. Eac�nsilium dabat i˜s qu˜ ad �r�culum veniıbant.

[Footnote 1: Çin fur�rem inciditÈ, _went mad_.]

[Footnote 2: Çad s�nit�tem reductusÈ, lit. _led back to sanity_. What in good English?]

[Illustration: HERCULES LEONEM SUPERAT]

LV. HERCULES BECOMES SUBJECT TO EURYSTHEUS[1] ¥ HE STRANGLES THE NEME«AN LION

Itaque Herculıs Pythiae t�tam rem dımonstr�vit nec scelus suum abdidit.Ubi iam Herculıs f˜nem fıcit, Pythia iussit eum ad urbem T˜ryntha[2]discıdere et ibi rıg˜ Eurysthe� sısı committere. Quae[3] ubi aud˜vit,Herculıs ad illam urbem statim contendit et Eurysthe� sı in servit˛temtr�didit et d˜xit, ÒQuid pr˜mum, ï rıx, mı facere iubıs?Ó Eurystheus,qu˜ perterrıb�tur v˜ et corpore ingent˜ Herculis et eum occid˜[4]studıbat, ita respondit: ÒAud˜, Herculıs! Multa mira[5] n�rrantur dıle�ne saevissim� qu˜ h�c tempore in valle Nemae� omnia v�stat. Iube� tı,vir�rum omnium fortissimum, ill� m�nstr� hominıs l˜ber�re.Ó Haec verbaHercul˜ maximı placuırunt. ÒProper�bo,Ó inquit, Òet parıb� imperi�[6]tu�.Ó Tum in silv�s in quibus le� habit�bat statim iter fıcit. Mox feramv˜dit et pl˛r˜s impet˛s fıcit; fr˛str� tamen, quod neque sagitt˜s neque˛ll� ali� tıl� m�nstrum vulner�re potuit. Dınique Herculıs saevum le�nemsu˜s ingentibus bracchi˜s rapuit et fauc˜s eius omnibus v˜ribuscompressit. H�c mod� brev˜ tempore eum interfıcit. Tum corpus le�nis adoppidum in umer˜s report�vit et pellem poste� pr�[7] veste gerıbat.Omnıs autem qu� eam regi�nem incolıbant, ubi f�mam dı morte le�nis

ingentis accıpırunt, erant laetissim˜ et Herculem laud�bant verb˜samplissim˜s.

[Footnote 1: ÇEu-rys«theusÈ (pronounced _U-ris«th˛s_) was king of _T˜«ryns_, a Grecian city, whose foundation goes back to prehistoric times.]

[Footnote 2: ÇT˜rynthaÈ, the acc. case of ÇT˜rynsÈ, a Greek noun.]

[Footnote 3: ÇQuaeÈ, obj. of Çaud˜vitÈ. It is placed first to make a close connection with the preceding sentence. This is called a connecting relative.]

[Footnote 4: Çocc˜d˜È, pres. pass. infin.]

[Footnote 5: Çm˜raÈ, _marvelous things_, the adj. being used as a noun. Cf. ÇomniaÈ, in the next line.]

[Footnote 6: Çimperi�È, ¤501.14.]

[Footnote 7: Çpr�È, _for, instead of_.]

LVI. SLAYING THE LERNE«AN HYDRA

Deinde Herculıs ab Eurysthe� iussus est Hydram occ˜dere. Itaque cumam˜c� Iol��[1] contendit ad pal˛dem Lernaeam ubi Hydra incolıbat. Hocautem m�nstrum erat serpıns ingıns quae novem capita habıbat. Mox ism�nstrum repperit et summ�[2] cum per˜cul� collum eius sinistr� man˛rapuit et tenuit. Tum dextr� man˛ capita novem absc˜dere incıpit, sedfr˛str� lab�r�bat, quod quotiıns hoc fıcerat totiıns alia nova capitavidıbat. Quod[3] ubi v˜dit, statuit capita ign˜ crem�re. H�c mod� oct�capita dılıvit, sed extrımum caput vulner�r˜ n�n potuit, quod eratimmort�le. Itaque illud sub ingent˜ sax� Herculıs posuit et itavict�riam report�vit.

[Footnote 1: ÇIol��È, abl. of _I-o-l�«us_, the heroÕs best friend.]

[Footnote 2: Note the emphatic position of this adjective.]

[Footnote 3: ÇQuod ubiÈ, _when he saw this_, another instance of the connecting relative. Cf. p. 199, l. 3.]

LVII. THE ARCADIAN STAG AND THE ERYMANTHIAN BOAR

Postquam Eurysthe� mors Hydrae nuntiata est, summus terror animum eiusoccupavit. Itaque iussit Herculem capere et ad sı report�re cervumquendam; nam minimı cup˜vit tantum virum in rıgn� su� tenıre. Hie autemcervus d˜cıb�tur aurea cornua et pedıs mult�[1] celeri�rıs vent�[2]habıre. Pr˜mum Herculıs vest˜gia anim�lis pet˜vit, deinde, ubi cervumipsum v˜dit, omnibus v˜ribus currere incıpit. Per pl˛rim�s diıscontendit nec noct˛ cess�vit. Dınique postquam per t�tum annumcucurrerat--ita d˜citur--cervum iam dıfessum cıpit et ad Eurystheumport�vit.

Tum vır� iussus est Herculıs aprum quendam capere qu˜ ill� tempore agr�sErymanthi�s v�st�bat et hominıs ill˜us loc˜ magnopere perterrıbat.Herculıs laetı neg�tium suscıpit et in Arcadiam celeriter sı recıpit.Ibi mox aprum repperit. Ille autem; simul atque Herculem v˜dit, statim

quam[3] celerrimı f˛git et met˛ perterritus in fossam altam sısıabdidit. Herculıs tamen summ� cum difficult�te eum extr�xit, nec aper˛ll� mod� sısı l˜ber�re potuit, et v˜vus ad Eurystheum port�tus est.

[Footnote 1: Çmult�È, ¤501.27.]

[Footnote 2: Çvent�È, ¤501.34.]

[Footnote 3: ÇquamÈ. What is the force of ÇquamÈ with a superlative?]

LVIII. HERCULES CLEANS THE AUGE«AN STABLES AND KILLS THE STYMPHALIAN BIRDS

Deinde Eurystheus Hercul˜ hunc lab�rem mult� gravi�rem imper�vit.Augı�s[1] qu˜dam, qu˜ ill� tempore rıgnum ælidis[2] obtinıbat, triam˜lia boum[3] habıbat. H˜[4] ingent˜ stabul� continıbantur. Hocstabulum, quod per tr˜gint� ann�s n�n p˛rg�tum erat, Herculıs intr�spatium ˛n˜us diı˜ p˛rg�re iussus est. llle neg�tium alacriter suscıpit,et pr˜mum lab�re gravissim� maximam fossam f�dit per quam fl˛minis aquamdı montibus ad m˛rum stabul˜ d˛xit. Tum partem parvam m˛r˜ dılıvit etaquam in stabulum imm˜sit. H�c mod� fñm operis fıcit ˛n� diı facillimı.

Post pauc�s diıs Herculıs ad oppidum Stymph�lum iter fıcit; namEurystheus iusserat eum avis Stymph�lidıs occ˜dere. Hae avıs r�straferrea habıbant et hominıs miser�s dıvor�bant. Ille, postquam ad locumpervınit, lacum v˜dit in qu� avıs incolıbant. N˛ll� tamen mod� Herculısavibus adpropinqu�re potuit; lacus enim n�n ex aqu� sed ı l˜m�c�nstitit.[5] Dınique autem avıs [6]dı aliqu� caus� perterritae in aur�svol�vırunt et magna pars e�rum sagitt˜s Herculis occ˜sa est.

[Footnote 1: ÇAugı�sÈ, pronounced in English _Aw-jı«as_.]

[Footnote 2: ÇælidisÈ, gen. case of ÇælisÈ, a district of Greece.]

[Footnote 3: ÇboumÈ, gen. plur. of Çb�sÈ. For construction see ¤501.11.]

[Footnote 4: Çingent˜ stabul�È, abl. of means, but in our idiom we should say _in a huge stable_.]

[Footnote 5: Çc�nstititÈ, from ÇconstoÈ.]

[Footnote 6: Çdı aliqu� caus� perterritaeÈ, _frightened for some reason_.]

[Illustration: HERCULES ET TAURUS]

LIX. HERCULES CAPTURES THE CRETAN BULL AND CARRIES HIM LIVING TOEURYSTHEUS

Tum Eurystheus iussit Herculem port�re v˜vum ex ñsul� Crıt� taurumquendam saevissimum. Ille igitur n�vem c�nscendit--nam ventus eratid�neus--atque statim solvit. Postquam tr˜duum n�vigavit, incolumisñsulae adpropinqu�vit. Deinde, postquam omnia par�ta sunt, contendit adeam regi�nem quam taurus vex�bat. Mox taurum v˜dit ac sine ˛ll� met˛cornua eius corripuit. Tum ingent˜ lab�re m�nstrum ad n�vem tr�xit atquecum h�c praed� ex ñsul� discessit.

THE FLESH-EATING HORSES OF DIOME«DES

Postquam ex ñsul� Crıt� domum pervınit, Hercules ab Eurysthe� inThr�ciam missus est. Ibi Diomıdıs qu˜dam, vir saevissimus, rıgnumobtinıbat et omn˜s � fñibus su˜s prohibıbat. Herculıs iussus erat equ�sDiomedis rapere et ad Eurystheum d˛cere. H˜ autem equ˜ hominısmiserrim�s dıvor�bant dı quibus rıx supplicium s˛mere cupiıbat. Herculısubi pervınit, pr˜mum equ�s � rıge postul�vit, sed rıx e�s dıdererec˛s�vit. Deinde ille ˜r� comm�tus rıgem occ˜dit et corpus eius equ˜str�didit. Itaque is qu˜ ante� mult�s nec�verat, ipse e�dem supplici�nec�tus est. Et equ˜, n˛per saevissima anim�lia, postquam domin˜ su˜corpus dıvor�vırunt, m�nsuıt˜ erant.

LX. THE BELT OF HIPPOL«YTE, QUEEN OF THE AMAZONS

Gıns Am�zonum[1] d˜citur[2] omnñ� ex mulieribus fuisse. Hae cum vir˜sproelium committere n�n verıbantur. Hippolytı, Am�zonum rıgña, balteumhabuit pulcherrimum. Hunc balteum possidıre f˜lia Eurysthe˜ vehementercupiıbat. Itaque Eurystheus iussit Herculem impetum in Am�zonıs facere.Ille mult˜s cum c�pi˜s n�vem c�nscend˜t et paucis diıbus in Am�zonumfñ˜s pervınit, ac balteum postul�vit. Eum tr�dere ipsa Hipporytı quidemcup˜vit; reliqu˜s tamen Amazonibus[3] persu�dıre n�n potuit. Postr˜diıHerculıs proelium comm˜sit. Mult�s h�r�s utrimque quam fortissimıpugn�tum est Dınique tamen mulieres terga vertırunt et fug� sal˛tempetiırunt. Multae autem captae sunt, in qu� numer� erat ipsa Hippolytı.Herculıs postquam balteum accıpit, omnibus capt˜v˜s l˜bert�tem dedit.

[Footnote 1: A fabled tribe of warlike women living in Asia Minor.]

[Footnote 2: Çomnñ�È, etc., _to have consisted entirely of women._]

[Footnote 3: ÇAm�zonibusÈ, ¤501.14.]

[Illustration: HERCULES ET CERBERUS]

THE DESCENT TO HADES AND THE DOG CER«BERUS

Iamque ˛nus modo ı duodecim lab�ribus relinquıb�tur sed inter omn˜s hicerat difficillimus. Iussus est enim canem Cerberum[4] ex Orc� in l˛cemtrahere. Ex Orc� autem nım� ante� reverterat. Praetere� Cerberus eratm�nstrum maximı horribile et tria capita habıbat. Herculıs postquamimperia Eurysthe˜ accıpit, statim profectus est et in Orcum dıscendit.Ibi vır� n�n sine summ� pericul� Cerberum manibus rapuit et ingent˜ cumlab�re ex Orc� in l˛cem et adurbem Eurysthe˜ tr�xit.

Sic duodecim laborıs ill˜[5] intr� duodecim ann�s c�nfect˜ sunt. Dımumpost longam v˜tam Herculıs � de˜s receptus est et Iuppiter f˜li� su�dedit immort�lit�tem.

[Footnote 4: The dog Cerberus guarded the gate of Orcus, the abode of the dead.]

[Footnote 5: Çill˜È, _those famous._]

[Illustration: PUERI ROMANI]

P. CORNELIUS LENTULUS: THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY[1]

LXI. PUBLIUS IS BORN NEAR POMPE«II

P. Cornılius Lentulus,[2] adulıscıns R�m�nus, amplissim� famili�[3]n�tus est; nam pater eius, M�rcus, erat dux per˜tissimus, cuiusvirt˛te[4] et c�nsili� multae vict�riae report�tae erant; atque matereius, l˛lia, � cl�rissim˜s mai�ribus orta est. N�n vır� in urbe sedr˛r˜[5] P˛blius n�tus est, et cum m�tre habit�bat in v˜ll� quae in marisl˜tore et sub rad˜cibus magn˜ montis sita erat. M�ns autem erat Vesuviuset parva urbs Pompıi˜ oct� m˜lia[6] passuum[7] aberat. In Itali� ant˜qu�erant pl˛rimae quidem villae et pulchrae, sed inter h�s omn˜s n˛lla eratpulchrior quam villa M�rc˜ I˛liaeque. Fr�ns v˜llae m˛r� a marisfluctibus m˛niıb�tur. Hinc mare et l˜tora et ˜nsulae longı l�tıquec�nspic˜[8] ac saepe n�vıs longae et oner�riae poterant. å terg� et abutr�que latere agr˜ fer�cissim˜ patıbant. Undique erat magna vari�rumfl�rum c�pia et multa ingentium arborum genera quae aest�te[9] umbramdıfess˜s agricol˜s gr�tissimam adferıbant. Praetere� erant[10] in agr˜sstabul˜sque multa anim�lium genera, n�n s�lum equ˜ et bovıs sed etiamr�rae avıs. Etiam erat[10] magna pisc˜na plına piscium; nam R�m�n˜pisc˜s d˜ligenter colıbant.

[Footnote 1: This story is fiction with certain historical facts in C¾sarÕs career as a setting. However, the events chronicled might have happened, and no doubt did happen to many a Roman youth.]

[Footnote 2: A Roman had three names, as, ÇP˛bliusÈ (given name), ÇCornıliusÈ (name of the _gıns_ or clan), ÇLentulusÈ (family name).]

[Footnote 3: Abl. of source, which is akin to the abl. of separation (¤501.32).]

[Footnote 4: Çvirt˛teÈ, ¤501.24.]

[Footnote 5: Çr˛r˜È, ¤501.36.1.]

[Footnote 6: Çm˜liaÈ, ¤501.21.]

[Footnote 7: ÇpassuumÈ, ¤501.11.]

[Footnote 8: Çc�nspic˜È, infin. with poterant, ¤215. Consult the map of Italy for the approximate location of the villa.]

[Footnote 9: Çaest�teÈ, ¤501.35.]

[Footnote 10: How are the forms of ÇsumÈ translated when they precede the subject?]

[Illustration: CASA ROMANA]

LXII. HIS LIFE ON THE FARM

Huius v˜llae D�vus, servus M�rc˜, est v˜licus[1] et cum Lesbi� ux�reomnia c˛rat. V˜licus et uxor in cas� humil˜, medi˜s in agr˜s sit�,habitant. å pr˜m� l˛ce ˛sque ad vesperum sı[2] gravibus lab�ribusexercent ut omn˜ rıs bene gerant.[3] Pl˛rima enim sunt officia D�v˜ etLesbiae. V˜licus serv�s regit nı tard˜ sint[3]; mittit ali�s qu˜ agr�sarent,[3] ali�s qu˜ hort�s inrigent,[3] et opera in[4] t�tum diem

imp�nit. Lesbia autem omnibus vest˜menta parat, cibum coquit, p�nemfacit.

N�n longı ab h�rum cas� et in summ� colle situm surgıbat domiciliumips˜us domin˜ dominaeque amplissimum. Ibi pl˛r˜s ann�s[5] P˛blius cumm�tre v˜tam fıl˜cem agıbat; nam pater eius, M�rcus, in terr˜s longinqu˜sgravia re˜ p˛blicae bella gerıbat nec domum[6] revert˜ poterat. Nequepuer� quidem molestum est r˛r˜[7] v˜vere. Eum multae rıs dılectant.Magnopere amat silv�s, agr�s, equ�s, bovıs, gallñ�s, av˜s, reliquaqueanim�lia. Saepe pl˛r˜s h�r�s[8] ad mare sedet qu�[9] melius fluct˛s etn�v˜s spectet. Nec omnñ� sine comitibus erat, quod Lydia, D�v˜ f˜lia,quae erat eiusdem aet�tis, cum e� adh˛c infante l˛dıbat, inter qu�s cumann˜s am˜citia crıscıbat. Lydia n˛llum alium ducem dıligıbat et P˛bliusab puellae latere r�r� discıdıbat. Itaque sub cl�r� Italiae s�le P˛bliuset Lydia, am˜c˜ fidılissim˜, per camp�s coll˜sque cot˜diı vag�bantur.Modo in silv� fñitim� l˛debant ubi P˛blius sagitt˜s[10] celeribus avisdıiciıbat et Lydia cor�n˜s vari�rum fl�rum com�s su�s �rn�bat; modoaquam et cibum port�bant ad D�vum serv�sque dıfess�s qu˜ agr�s colıbant:modo in cas� parv� aut h�r�s lact�s in l˛d� c�ns˛mıbant aut auxiliumdabant Lesbiae, quae cibum vir� et serv˜s par�bat vel ali�s rısdomestic�s agıbat.

[Footnote 1: The Çv˜licusÈ was a slave who acted as overseer of a farm. He directed the farming operations and the sale of the produce.]

[Footnote 2: ÇseÈ, reflexive pron., object of ÇexercentÈ.]

[Footnote 3: For the construction, see ¤501.40.]

[Footnote 4: ÇinÈ, _for_.]

[Footnote 5: Çann�sÈ, ¤501.21.]


[Footnote 7: Çr˛r˜È, ¤501.36.1.]

[Footnote 8: Çh�r�sÈ, cf. Çann�sÈ, line 17.]

[Footnote 9: Çqu� ... spectetÈ, ¤¤349, 350.]

[Footnote 10: ÇsagittisÈ, ¤501.24.]

LXIII. MARCUS LENTULUS, THE FATHER OF PUBLIUS, IS SHIPWRECKED ¥JULIA RECEIVES A LETTER FROM HIM

Iam P˛blius[1] decem ann�s habıbat cum M. Cornılius Lentulus, patereius, qu˜ quñque ann�s[2] grave bellum in Asi� gerıbat, non sine gl�ri�domum[3] revertıb�tur. Namque multa secunda proelia fıcerat, maxim�shostium c�pi�s dılıverat, mult�s urb˜s populo[4] R�m�n� inim˜c�scıperat. Primum n˛ntius pervınit qu˜ � Lentul�[5] missus erat[6] utprofecti�nem suam n˛nti�ret. Deinde pl˛r˜s diıs[7] reditum vir˜ optim˜m�ter f˜liusque exspect�bant et anim˜s[8] sollicitis de�s immort�l˜sfr˛str� colıbant. Tum dımum h�s litter�s summo cum gaudi� accıpırunt:

[9]ÒM�rcus I˛liae suac sal˛tem d˜cit. S˜ valıs, bene est; ego vale�. ExGraeci�, qu�[10] praeter spem et opñi�nem hodiı pervın˜, h�s litter�sad tı scrib�. Namque n�vis nostra fr�cta est; n�s autem--[11]d˜s est

gratia--incolumes sumus. Ex Asiae[12] port˛ n�vem lın˜ vent� solvimus.Postquam[13] altum mare tenuimus [14]nec iam ˛llae terrae app�ruırunt,caelum undique et undique fluct˛s, subit� magna tempest�s coorta est etn�vem vehementissimı adfl˜xit. Vent˜s fluctibusque adfl˜ct�t˜[15] necs�lem discernere nec cursum tenıre poter�mus et omnia praesentem mortemintent�bant. Tr˜s diıs[16] et tr˜s noct˜s[16] sine rım˜s vıl˜squeagimur. Qu�rt� diı[17] pr˜mum terra v˜sa est et violenter in saxa, quaen�n longı � l˜tore aberant, dıiect˜ sumus. Tum vır� mai�ra per˜culatimıb�mus; sed nauta qu˜dam, vir fortissimus, ex n�ve in fluct˛s ˜r�t�sdısiluit [18]ut f˛nem ad l˜tus port�ret; quam rem summ� lab�re vixeffıcit. Ita omnıs serv�t˜ sumus. Gr�ti�s igitur et hon�rem Nept˛n�dıbımus, qu˜ deus n�s ı per˜cul� ıripuit. Nunc Athın˜s[19] sum, qu�c�nf˛g˜ ut mihi pauc�s h�r�s ad quiıtem darem.[20] Quam pr˜mum autemaliam n�vem cond˛cam ut iter ad Italiam reliquum c�nficiam et domum[21]ad me�s c�r�s revertar. Sal˛t� nostrum P˛blium am˜cissimı et valıt˛dinemtuam c˛r� d˜ligenter. [22]Kalend˜s M�rti˜s.Ó

[Footnote 1: _was ten years old_.]

[Footnote 2: Çann�sÈ, ¤501.21.]


[Footnote 4: Çpopul�È, dat. with inim˜c�s, cf. ¤501.16.]

[Footnote 5: ÇLentul�È, ¤501.33.]

[Footnote 6: Çut ... n˛nti�retÈ, ¤501.40.]

[Footnote 7: ÇdiısÈ, cf. ann�s, 1. 9.]

[Footnote 8: Çanim˜sÈ, abl. of manner. Do you see one in line 15?]

[Footnote 9: This is the usual form for the beginning of a Latin letter. First we have the greeting, and then the expression S˜ valıs, etc. The date of the letter is usually given at the end, and also the place of writing, if not previously mentioned in the letter.]

[Footnote 10: Çqu�È, _where_.]

[Footnote 11: Çd˜s est gr�tiaÈ, _thank God_, in our idiom.]

[Footnote 12: Asia refers to the Roman province of that name in Asia Minor.]

[Footnote 13: Çaltum mare tenuimusÈ, _we were well out to sea._]

[Footnote 14: Çnec iamÈ, _and no longer_.]

[Footnote 15: Çadfl˜ct�t˜È, perf. passive part. _tossed about_.]

[Footnote 16: What construction?]

[Footnote 17: ÇdiıÈ, ¤501.35.]

[Footnote 18: Çut ... port�retÈ, ¤501.40.]

[Footnote 19: ÇAthın˜sÈ, ¤501.36.1.]

[Footnote 20: ÇdaremÈ, cf. Çport�retÈ, l. 6.]

[Footnote 21: Why not Çad domumÈ?]

[Footnote 22: ÇKalend˜s M�rti˜sÈ, _the Calends_ or _first of March_; abl. of time, giving the date of the letter.]

LXIV. LENTULUS REACHES HOME ¥ PUBLIUS VISITS POMPEII WITH HIS FATHER

Post pauc�s diıs n�vis M. Cornıl˜ Lentul˜ portum M˜sın˜[1] petiit, qu˜portus n�n longı � Pompıi˜s situs est; qu� in port˛ classis R�m�n�p�nıb�tur et ad pugn�s n�v�l˜s �rn�b�tur. Ibi n�vıs omnium generumc�nspic˜ poterant. Iamque incrıdibil˜ celerit�te n�vis longa qu�Lentulus vehıb�tur l˜tor˜ adpropinqu�vit; nam n�n s�lum vent� sed etiamrım˜s impellıb�tur. In alt� puppe st�bat gubern�tor et n�n procul aliqu˜m˜litıs R�m�n˜ cum arm˜s splendid˜s, inter qu�s cl�rissimus eratLentulus. Deinde serv˜ rım˜s contendere cess�vırunt[2]; nautae vılumcontr�xırunt et ancor�s iıcırunt. Lentulus statim ı n�v˜ ıgressus estet[3] ad villam suam proper�vit. Eum I˛lia, P˛blius, t�taque familiaexcıpırunt. [4]Qu˜ complex˛s, quanta gaudia fuırunt!

Postr˜diı eius diı˜ Lentulus f˜li� su� d˜xit, ÒVen˜, m˜ P˛bl˜, mıcum.Pompıi�s iter hodiı faciam. M�ter tua su�det[5] ut fr˛ct˛s et cib�riaemam. Namque pl˛r˜s am˜c�s ad cınam voc�vimus et mult˜s rıbus[6] egımus.Ea hort�tur ut quam pr˜mum profic˜sc�mur.Ó ÒLibenter, m˜ pater,Ó inquitP˛blius. ÒTıcum esse mihi semper est gr�tum; nec Pompıi�s umquam v˜d˜.Sine mor� profic˜sc˜ par�tus sum.Ó Tum celeriter currum c�nscendırunt etad urbis m˛r�s vect˜ sunt. Stabi�n� port�[7] urbem ingress˜ sunt.P˛blius str�t�s vi�s m˜r�tur et saxa alti�ra quae in medi� dispositaerant et alt�s orbit�s qu�s rotae inter haec saxa fıcerant. Etiamstrepitum m˜r�tur, multit˛dinem, carr�s, font˜s, dom�s, tabern�s,forum[8] cum statu˜s, templ˜s, reliqu˜sque aedifici˜s p˛blic˜s.

[Footnote 1: Misenum had an excellent harbor, and under the emperor Augustus became the chief naval station of the Roman fleet. See map of Italy.]

[Footnote 2: Why is the infinitive used with Çcess�vıruntÈ?]

[Footnote 3: See Plate I, Frontispiece.]

[Footnote 4: Observe that these words are exclamatory.]

[Footnote 5: What construction follows Çsu�de�È? ¤501.41.]

[Footnote 6: ÇrıbusÈ, ¤501.32.]

[Footnote 7: This is the abl. of the _way by which_ motion takes place, sometimes called the abl. of route. The construction comes under the general head of the abl. of means. For the scene here described, see Plate II, p. 53, and notice especially the stepping-stones for crossing the street (Çsaxa quae in medi� disposita erantÈ).]

[Footnote 8: The forum of Pompeii was surrounded by temples, public halls, and markets of various sorts. Locate Pompeii on the map.]

LXV. A DAY AT POMPEII

Apud forum ı curr˛ dıscendırunt et Lentulus d˜xit, ÒH˜c sunt multatabern�rum genera, m˜ P˛bl˜. Ecce, tr�ns viam est popña! [1]Hoc genustabern�rum cib�ria vındit. Fr˛ct˛s quoque ante i�nuam stant. Ibi cib�riamea emam.Ó ÒOptimı,Ó respondit P˛blius. ÒAt ubi, m˜ pater, cr˛stulaemere possumus? Namque m�ter n�b˜s imper�vit [2]ut haec quoquepar�rımus. Time� ut[3] ista popña vındat cr˛stula.Ó ÒBene d˜cis,Óinquit Lentulus. ÒAt n�nne vidıs illum fontem � dextr� ubi aqua perle�nis caput fluit? In ill� ips� loc� est taberna p˜st�ris qu˜ sinedubi� vındit cr˛stula.Ó

Brev˜ tempore[4] omnia erant par�ta, iamque [5]quñta h�ra erat. DeindeLentulus et f˜lius ad caup�nam proper�vırunt, quod famı[6] et sit˜[7]urgıbantur. Ibi sub arboris umbr� sıdırunt et puer� imper�vırunt utsibi[8] cibum et vñum daret. Huic imperi�[9] puer celeriter p�ruit. Tumlaet˜ sı[10] ex lab�re refıcırunt.

Post prandium prefect˜ sunt ut alia urbis spect�cula vidırent. Ill�tempore fuırunt Pompıi˜s[11] multa templa, duo the�tra, thermaemagnumque amphithe�trum, quae omnia post pauc�s ann�s flamm˜s atqueincendi˜s Vesuv˜ et terrae m�t˛ dılıta sunt. Ante hanc calamit�tem autemhominıs [12]nihil dı monte verit˜ sunt. In amphithe�tr� quidem P˛bliusmor�r˜ cup˜vit ut spect�cula gladi�t�ria vidıret, quae in[13] illumipsum diem pr�scr˜pta erant et iam [14]rı vır� incıperant. Sed Lentulusd˜xit, ÒMor�r˜, P˛bl˜, [15]vereor ut poss˜mus. Iam decima h�ra est etvia est longa. Tempus su�det ut quam pr˜mum domum revert�mur.Ó Itaqueserv� imper�vit ut equ�s iungeret, et s�lis occ�s˛[16] ad v˜llampervınırunt.

[Footnote 1: We say, _this kind of shop_; Latin, _this kind of shops_.]

[Footnote 2: Çut ... par�rımusÈ, ¤501.41.]

[Footnote 3: How is ÇutÈ translated after a verb of fearing? How ÇnıÈ? Cf. ¤501.42.]

[Footnote 4: ÇtemporeÈ, ¤501.35.]

[Footnote 5: Çquñta h�raÈ. The Romans numbered the hours of the day consecutively from sunrise to sunset, dividing the day, whether long or short, into twelve equal parts.]

[Footnote 6: ÇfamıÈ shows a slight irregularity in that the abl. ending Ç-eÈ is long.]

[Footnote 7: ÇsitisÈ, _thirst_, has Ç-imÈ in the acc. sing., Ç-˜È in the abl. sing., and no plural.]

[Footnote 8: Observe that the reflexive pronoun ÇsibiÈ does not here refer to the subject of the subordinate clause in which it stands, but to the subject of the main clause. This so-called _indirect_ use of the reflexive is often found in object clauses of purpose.]

[Footnote 9: What case? Cf. ¤501.14.]

[Footnote 10: ÇsıÈ, cf. p. 205, l. 7, and note.]

[Footnote 11: ÇPompıi˜sÈ, ¤501.36.1.]

[Footnote 12: Çnihil ... verit˜ suntÈ, _had no fears of the mountain_.]

[Footnote 13: ÇinÈ, _for_.]

[Footnote 14: Çrı vır�È, _in fact_.]

[Footnote 15: Çvereor utÈ, ¤501.42.]

[Footnote 16: Çocc�s˛È, ¤501.35.]

LXVI. LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON

å pr˜m˜s ann˜s quidem I˛lia ipsa f˜lium suum docuerat, et P˛blius n�ns�lum [1]p˛rı et Lat˜nı loqu˜ poterat sed etiam commodı legıbat etscr˜bıbat. Iam Ennium[2] ali�sque poıt�s lıgerat. Nunc vır� P˛blius[3]duodecim ann�s habıbat; itaque e˜ pater bonum magistrum, [4]virumomn˜ doctr˜n� et virt˛te �rn�tissimum, par�vit, [5]qu˜ Graeca, m˛sicam,ali�sque art˜s docıret. [6]Namque ill˜s temporibus omnıs ferı gentısGraecı loquıbantur. Cum P˛bli� ali˜ puer˜, Lentul˜ am˜c�rum f˜li˜,[7]discıbant. Nam saepe apud R�m�n�s m�s erat [8]n�n in l˛dum f˜li�smittere sed dom˜ per magistrum docıre. Cot˜diı discipul˜ cum magistr� inperistyl�[9] M�rc˜ dom˛s sedıbant. Omnıs puer˜ bullam auream, or˜ginishonestae signum, in coll� gerıbant, et omnıs tog� praetext� amict˜erant, [10]quod n�ndum sıdecim ann�s[11] n�t˜ sunt.

[Footnote 1: Çp˛rı ... poteratÈ, freely, _could speak Latin well_. What is the literal translation?]

[Footnote 2: ÇEnniumÈ, the father of Latin poetry.]

[Footnote 3: Çduodecim ... habıbatÈ, cf. p. 206, l. 8, and note.]

[Footnote 4: ÇvirumÈ, etc., _a very well-educated and worthy man_. Observe the Latin equivalent.]

[Footnote 5: Çqu˜ ... docıretÈ, a relative clause of purpose. Cf. ¤¤ 349, 350.]

[Footnote 6: In C¾sarÕs time Greek was spoken more widely in the Roman world than any other language.]

[Footnote 7: Çf˜li˜È, in apposition with Çpuer˜È.]

[Footnote 8: Çn�n ... mittereÈ. This infinitive clause is the subject of ÇeratÈ. Cf. ¤216. The same construction is repeated in the next clause, Çdom˜ ... docıreÈ. The object of ÇdocıreÈ is Çf˜li�sÈ understood.]

[Footnote 9: The peristyle was an open court surrounded by a colonnade.]

[Footnote 10: At the age of sixteen a boy laid aside the _bulla_ and the _toga praetexta_ and assumed _toga vir˜lis_ or manly gown.]

[Footnote 11: Çann�sÈ, ¤501.21. The expression Çn�ndum sıdecim ann�s n�t˜ suntÈ means literally, _they were born not yet sixteen years_. This is the usual expression for age. What is the English equivalent?]

[Illustration: TABULA ET STILUS]

SCENE IN SCHOOL ¥ AN EXERCISE IN COMPOSITION

DISCIPULë. Salvı, magister.MAGISTER. V�s quoque omnıs, salvıte. [1]Tabul�sne port�vistis et stil�s?D. Port�vimus.M. Iam f�bulam Aes�p˜[2] discımus. Ego legam, v�s in tabul˜s scr˜bite. Et t˛, P˛bl˜, d� mihi ı caps�[3] Aes�p˜ vol˛men.[4] Iam aud˜te omnıs: _Vulpıs et óva_.Vulpıs �lim famı co�cta ˛vam dıpendentem v˜dit. Ad ˛vam saliıbat, s˛mere c�n�ns. Fr˛str� di˛ c�n�ta, tandem ˜r�ta erat et sal˜re cess�ns d˜xit: ÒIlla ˛va est acerba; acerbam ˛vam [5]nihil moror.ÓOmnia«ne scr˜psistis, puer˜?D. Omnia, magister.

[Footnote 1: Tablets were thin boards of wood smeared with wax. The writing was done with a stylus, a pointed instrument like a pencil, made of bone or metal, with a knob at the other end. The knob was used to smooth over the wax in making erasures and corrections.]

[Footnote 2: ÇAes�p˜È, the famous Greek to whom are ascribed most of the fables current in the ancient world.]

[Footnote 3: A cylindrical box for holding books and papers, shaped like a hatbox.]

[Footnote 4: Ancient books were written on rolls made of papy«rus.]

[Footnote 5: Çnihil mororÈ, _I care nothing for_.]

LXVII. PUBLIUS GOES TO ROME TO FINISH HIS EDUCATION

Iamque P˛blius, [1]quñdecim ann�s n�tus, [2]pr˜m˜s litter�rum element˜sc�nfect˜s, R�mam petere voluit ut schol�s grammatic�rum et philosoph�rumfrequent�ret. Et facillimı patr˜[3] su�, qui ipse philosophiae studi�tenıb�tur, persu�sit. Itaque [4]omnibus rıbus ad profecti�nemcompar�t˜s, pater f˜liusque equ˜s anim�s˜s vect˜[5] ad magnam urbemprofect˜ sunt. E�s profic˜scent˜s I˛lia t�taque familia v�t˜sprecibusque pr�sec˛tae sunt. Tum per loca[6] pl�na et collis silv˜svest˜t�s viam ingress˜ sunt ad N�lam, quod oppidum e�s hospiti� modic�excıpit. N�lae[7] du�s h�r�s mor�t˜ sunt, quod s�l mer˜di�nus �rdıbat.Tum rıct� vi�[8] circiter v˜gint˜ m˜lia[9] passuum[9] Capuam,[9] adñsignem Camp�niae urbem, contendırunt. E�[10] mult� nocte dıfess˜pervınırunt. [11]Postr˜diı eius diı˜, somn� et cib� recre�t˜, Capu�discessırunt et [13]viam Appiam ingress˜, quae Capuam tangit et ˛sque adurbem R�mam d˛cit, ante mer˜diem Sinuessam pervınırunt, quod oppidumtangit mare. Inde pr˜m� l˛ce profic˜scentıs Formi�s[13] proper�vırunt,ubi Cicer�, �r�tor clarissimus, qu˜ forte apud v˜llam suam erat, e�sbenignı excıpit. Hinc [14]itinere v˜gint˜ quñque m˜lium passuum fact�,Tarracñam, oppidum in sax˜s altissim˜s situm, v˜dırunt. Iamque n�nlongı aberant pal˛dıs magnae, quae multa m˜lia passuum undique patent.Per e�s pedestris via est gravis et in n�ve vi�t�rıs vehuntur. Itaque[15]equ˜s relict˜s Lentulus et P˛blius n�vem c�nscendırunt, et, ˛n�nocte in tr�nsit˛ c�ns˛mpt�, Forum App˜ vınırunt. Tum brev˜ temporeAr˜cia e�s excıpit. Hoc oppidum, in colle situm, ab urbe Rom� sıdecim

m˜lia passuum abest. Inde dıclivis via ˛sque ad latum campum d˛cit ubiR�ma stat. Quem ad locum ubi P˛blius vınit et R�mam adh˛c rem�tam,maximam t�t˜us orbis terr�rum urbem, c�nspıxit, summ� adm˜r�ti�ne etgaudi� adfectus est. Sine mor� dıscendırunt, et, medi� interv�ll� quamcelerrimı super�t�, urbem port� Capın� ingress˜ sunt.

[Footnote 1: Çqu˜ndecimÈ, etc., cf. p. 210, l. 5, and note.]

[Footnote 2: Çpr˜m˜s ... c�nfect˜sÈ, abl. abs. Cf. ¤501.28.]

[Footnote 3: Çpatr˜È, dat. with Çpersu�sitÈ.]

[Footnote 4: Çomnibus ... compar�t˜sÈ, cf. note 2.]

[Footnote 5: Çvect˜È, perf. pass. part. of Çveh�È.]

[Footnote 6: What is there peculiar about the gender of this word?]

[Footnote 7: ÇN�laeÈ, locative case, ¤501.36.2.]

[Footnote 8: Çvi�È, cf. Çport�È, p. 208, l. 7, and note.]

[Footnote 9: What construction?]

[Footnote 10: ÇE�È, adv. _there_.]

[Footnote 11: ÇPostr˜diı eius diı˜È, _on the next day_.]

[Footnote 12: Çviam AppiamÈ, the most famous of all Roman roads, the great highway from Rome to Tarentum and Brundisium, with numerous branches. Locate on the map the various towns that are mentioned in the lines that follow.]

[Footnote 13: ÇFormi�sÈ, _Formi¾_, one of the most beautiful spots on this coast, and a favorite site for the villas of rich Romans.]

[Footnote 14: Çitinere ... fact�È, abl. abs. The gen. Çm˜liumÈ modifies ÇitinereÈ.]

[Footnote 15: Çequ˜s relict˜sÈ. What construction? Point out a similar one in the next line.]

[Illustration: BULLA]

LXVIII. PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS

P˛blius iam t�tum annum R�mae mor�b�tur[1] multaque urbis spect�culav˜derat et mult�s sibi[2] am˜c�s par�verat. E˜[3] omnıs favıbant; [4]dıe� omnıs bene spır�re poterant. Cot˜diı P˛blius scholas philosoph�rum etgrammatic�rum tant� studi� frequent�bat [5]ut ali˜s cl�rum exemplumpraebıret. Saepe erat cum patre in c˛ri�[6]; quae rıs effıcit [7]utsumm�s re˜ p˛blicae vir�s et aud˜ret et vidıret. Ubi [8]sıdecim ann�snatus est, bullam[9] auream et togam praetextam m�re R�m�n� dıposuitatque vir˜lem togam s˛mpsit. Vir˜lis autem toga erat omn˜n� alba, sedpraetexta cl�vum purpureum in margine habıbat. [10]Dıp�nere togampraetextam et s˛mere togam vir˜lem erat rıs gr�tissima puer� R�m�n�,quod poste� vir et c˜vis R�m�nus habıb�tur.

[11]H˜s rıbus gest˜s Lentulus ad ux�rem suam h�s litter�s scr˜psit:

[12]ÒM�rcus I˛liae suae sal˛tem d˜cit. S˜ valıs, bene est; ego vale�.Accıp˜ tu�s litter�s. H�s nunc R�m� per servum fidılissimum mitt� ut dıP˛bli� nostr� quam celerrimı sci�s. Nam hodiı e˜ togam vir˜lem ded˜.Ante lucem surrıx˜[13] et pr˜mum bullam auream dı coll� eius rem�v˜. H�cLaribus[14] c�nsecr�t� et sacr˜s fact˜s, eum tog� vir˜l˜ vest˜v˜.Interim pl˛rıs am˜c˜ cum multit˛dine optim�rum c˜vium et honest�rumclientium pervınerant [15]qu˜ P˛blium dom� in forum dıd˛cerent. Ibi inc˜vit�tem receptus est et n�men, P˛blius Cornılius Lentulus, apud c˜v˜sR�m�n�s ascr˜ptum est. Omnıs e˜ am˜cissim˜ fuırunt et magna[16] de e�praed˜cunt. Sapientior enim aequ�libus[17] est et magnum ingenium habet.[18]C˛r� ut vale�s.Ó

[Footnote 1: Çmor�b�turÈ, translate as if pluperfect.]

[Footnote 2: ÇsibiÈ, _for himself_.]

[Footnote 3: ÇE˜È, why dat.?]

[Footnote 4: Çdı ... poterantÈ, in English, _all regarded him as a very promising youth;_ but what does the Latin say?]

[Footnote 5: Çut ... praebıretÈ, ¤501.43.]

[Footnote 6: Çc˛ri�È, a famous building near the Roman Forum.]

[Footnote 7: Çut ... aud˜ret et vidıretÈ, ¤501.44.]

[Footnote 8: Çsıdecim, etc.È, cf. p. 210, l. 5, and note.]

[Footnote 9: ÇbullamÈ, cf. p. 210, l. 3, and note 4.]

[Footnote 10: These infinitive clauses are the subject of ÇeratÈ. Cf. ¤216.]

[Footnote 11: ÇH˜s rıbus gest˜sÈ, i.e. the assumption of the _toga virilis_ and attendant ceremonies.]

[Footnote 12: Compare the beginning of this letter with the one on page 206.]

[Footnote 13: Çsurrıx˜È, from Çsurg�È.]

[Footnote 14: The Lares were the spirits of the ancestors, and were worshiped as household gods. All that the house contained was confided to their care, and sacrifices were made to them daily.]

[Footnote 15: Çqu˜ ... dıd˛cerentÈ, ¤350.]

[Footnote 16: ÇmagnaÈ, _great things_, a neuter adj. used as a noun.]

[Footnote 17: Çaequ�libusÈ, ¤501.34.]

[Footnote 18: ÇC˛r� ut vale�sÈ, _take good care of your health_. How does the Latin express this idea?]

LXIX. PUBLIUS JOINS C®SARÕS ARMY IN GAUL

P˛blius iam adulıscıns postquam togam vir˜lem s˛mpsit, ali˜s rıbusstudıre incıpit et praesertim ˛s˛[1] arm�rum sı[2] d˜ligenter exercuit.Magis magisque am�vit ill�s art˜s quae m˜lit�rem animum dılectant.Iamque erant [3]qu˜ e˜ cursum m˜lit�rem praed˜cerent. Nec sine caus�,quod certı patris ˜signe exemplum [4]ita multum trahıbat. [5]Pauc˜s anteann˜s C. I˛lius Caesar, ducum R�m�n�rum maximus, c�nsul cre�tus erat eth�c tempore in Galli� bellum grave gerıbat. Atque in exercit˛ eiuspl˛rıs adulıscentıs m˜lit�bant, apud qu�s erat am˜cus qu˜dam P˛bl˜. IlleP˛blium crıbr˜s litter˜s vehementer hort�b�tur [6]ut iter in Galliamfaceret. Neque P˛blius rec˛s�vit, et, mult˜s am˜c˜s ad portam urbispr�sequentibus, ad Caesaris castra profectus est. Qu�rt� diı postquamiter ingressus est, ad Alp˜s, mont˜s altissim�s, pervınit. H˜s summ�difficult�te super�t˜s, tandem Gall�rum in fñibus erat. Pr˜m� autemveritus est ut[7] castr˜s R�m�n˜s adpropinqu�re posset, quod Gall˜,maxim˜s c�pi˜s co�ct˜s, R�m�n�s obsidıbant et vi�s omn˜s iam clauserant.H˜s rıbus comm�tus P˛blius vestem Gallicam induit nı � Gall˜s caperıtur,et ita per hostium c�pi�s incolumis ad castra perven˜re potuit. Intr�m˛n˜ti�nes acceptus, � Caesare benignı exceptus est. Imper�tor fortemadulıscentem amplissim˜s verb˜s laud�vit et eum [8]trib˛num m˜l˜tumcre�vit.

[Footnote 1: Abl. of means.]

[Footnote 2: ÇsıÈ, reflexive object of ÇexercuitÈ.]

[Footnote 3: Çqu˜ ... praed˜cerentÈ, ¤501.45.]

[Footnote 4: Çita multum trahıbatÈ, _had a great influence in that direction_.]

[Footnote 5: ÇPauc˜s ante ann˜sÈ, _a few years before_; in Latin, _before by a few years_, ÇanteÈ being an adverb and Çann˜sÈ abl. of degree of difference.]

[Footnote 6: Çut ... faceretÈ, ¤501.41.]

[Footnote 7: ÇutÈ, how translated here? See ¤501.42.]

[Footnote 8: The _military tribune_ was a commissioned officer nearly corresponding to our rank of colonel. The tribunes were often inexperienced men, so C¾sar did not allow them much responsibility.]

[Illustration: IMPEDIMENTA]

HOW THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED

Exercitus qu˜ in hostium fñibus bellum genit mult˜s per˜cu˜scircumdatus est. [1]Quae per˜cula ut v˜t�ret, R�m�ni summam c˛ramadh˜bıre solıbant. Adpropinquanteıs c�pi˜s hostium agmen ita disp�nıbant[2]ut imper�tor ipse cum pl�ribus legi�nibus exped˜t˜s[3] pr˜mum agmend˛ceret. Post e�s c�pi�s imped˜menta[4] t�t˜us exercit˛s conloc�bant.[5]Tum legi�nıs quae proximı c�nscr˜ptae erant t�tum agmen claudıbant.Equitıs quoque in omn˜s part˜s d˜mittıbantur qu˜ loca expl�r�rent; etcenturi�nıs praemittıbantur ut locum castr˜s id�neum dıligerent. Locushabıbatur id�neus castr˜s [6]qu˜ facile dıfend˜ posset et prope aquamesset. Qu� dı caus� castra[7] in colle ab utr�que parte ardu�, � frontelıniter dıcl˜v˜ saepe p�nıbantur; vel locus pal˛dibus cñctus vel infl˛minis r˜p˜s situs dıligıb�tur. Ad locum postquam exercitus pervınit,ali˜ m˜litum [8]in arm˜s erant, ali˜ castra m˛n˜re incipiıbant. Nam

[9]qu� t˛ti�rıs ab hostibus m˜litıs essent, nıve incaut˜ et impar�tõpprimerentur, castra foss� l�t� et v�ll� alt� m˛niıbant. In castr˜sportae quattuor erant ut ırupti� m˜litum omn˜s in part˜s fier˜ posset.In angul˜s castr�rum erant turrıs dı quibus tıla in host˜sconiciıbantur. [10]T�libus in castr˜s qu�lia dıscr˜psimus P˛blius �Caesare exceptus est.

[Footnote 1: ÇQuae per˜culaÈ, object of Çv˜t�rentÈ. It is placed first to make a proper connection with the preceding sentence.]

[Footnote 2: Çut ... d˛ceretÈ, ¤501.43.]

[Footnote 3: Çexped˜t˜sÈ, i.e. without baggage and ready for action.]

[Footnote 4: Çimped˜mentaÈ. Much of the baggage was carried in carts and on beasts of burden, as is shown above; but, besides this, each soldier (unless Çexped˜tusÈ) carried a heavy pack. See also picture, p. 159.]

[Footnote 5: The newest legions were placed in the rear, because they were the least reliable.]

[Footnote 6: Çqu˜ ... posset ... essetÈ, ¤501.45.]

[Footnote 7: ÇcastraÈ, subject of Çp�nıbanturÈ.]

[Footnote 8: Çin arm˜s erantÈ, _stood under arms_.]

[Footnote 9: Çqu� ... essentÈ. When is Çqu�È used to introduce a purpose clause? See ¤350.I.]

[Footnote 10: ÇT�libus in castr˜s qu�liaÈ, _in such a camp as_. It is important to remember the correlatives Çt�lis ... qu�lisÈ, _such ... as_.]

[Illustration: CENTURIO]

LXX. THE RIVAL CENTURIONS

Ill˜s in castr˜s erant duo centuri�nıs,[1] fortissim˜ vir˜, T. Pull� etL. Vorınus, qu�rum neuter alter˜ virt˛te[2] cıdere volıbat. Inter e�siam mult�s ann�s ñfınsum cert�men gerıb�tur. Tum dımum fñiscontr�versiae h�c mod�[3] factus est. Diı terti� postquam P˛bliuspervınit, hostıs, mai�ribus c�pi˜s co�ct˜s, �cerrimum impetum in castrafıcırunt. Tum Pull�, [4]cum R�m�n˜ tardi�rıs[5] vidırentur, ÒC˛rdubit�s,Ó inquit, ÒVorıne? Quam commodi�rem occ�si�nem exspect�s? Hicdiıs dı virt˛te nostr� i˛dic�bit.Ó Haec[6] cum d˜xisset, extr�m˛n˜ti�nıs pr�cessit et in eam hostium partem quae c�fertissima[7]vidıb�tur inr˛pit. Neque Vorınus quidem tum v�ll�[8] sısı continet,sed Pull�nem subsequitur. Tum Pull� p˜lum in host˜s immittit atque ˛numex multit˛dine pr�currentem tr�icit. Hunc percussum et exanim�tum hostıssc˛t˜s pr�tegunt et in Pull�nem omnıs tıla coniciunt. Eius sc˛tumtr�nsf˜gitur et tılum in balte� dıf˜gitur. Hic c�sus v�gñam �vertit etdextram manum eius gladium ıd˛cere c�nantis[9] mor�tur. Eum itaimped˜tum hostıs circumsistunt.

Tum vıro [10]e˜ lab�rant˜ Vorınus, cum sit inim˜cus, tamen auxilium dat.Ad hunc c�nfestim [11]� Pull�ne omnis multit˛d� sı convertit. Gladi�

comminus pugnat Vorınus, atque, ˛n� interfect�, reliqu�s paulumpr�pellit. Sed ˜nst�ns cupidius[12] ˜nfıl˜x, [13]pede sı fallente,concidit.

Huic r˛rsus circumvent� auxilium dat Pull�, atque amb� incolumıs,pl˛ribus interfect˜s, summ� cum laude intr� m˛n˜ti�nıs sı recipiunt. Sicinim˜c�rum alter alter˜ auxilium dedit nec de e�rum virt˛te quisquami˛dic�re potuit.

[Footnote 1: A centurion commanded a company of about sixty men. He was a common soldier who had been promoted from the ranks for his courage and fighting qualities. The centurions were the real leaders of the men in battle. There were sixty of them in a legion. The centurion in the picture (p. 216) has in his hand a staff with a crook at one end, the symbol of his authority.]

[Footnote 2: Çvirt˛teÈ, ¤501.30.]

[Footnote 3: Abl. of manner.]

[Footnote 4: Çcum ... vidırenturÈ, ¤501.46.]

[Footnote 5: Çtardi�rısÈ, _too slow_, a not infrequent translation of the comparative degree.]

[Footnote 6: ÇHaecÈ, obj. of Çd˜xissetÈ. It is placed before ÇcumÈ to make a close connection with the preceding sentence. What is the construction of Çd˜xissetÈ?]

[Footnote 7: Çvidıbatur, inr˛pitÈ. Why is the imperfect used in one case and the perfect in the other? Cf. ¤190.]

[Footnote 8: Çv�ll�È, abl. of means, but in English we should say _within the rampart_. Cf. Çingent˜ stabul�È, p. 201, l. 13, and note.]

[Footnote 9: Çc�nantisÈ, pres. part. agreeing with ÇeiusÈ.]

[Footnote 10: Çe˜ lab�rant˜È, indir. obj. of dat.]

[Footnote 11: Ç� Pull�neÈ, _from Pullo_, abl. of separation.]

[Footnote 12: ÇcupidiusÈ, _too eagerly_.]

[Footnote 13: Çpede sı fallenteÈ, lit. _the foot deceiving itself_; in our idiom, _his foot slipping_.]

LXXI. THE ENEMY BESIEGING THE CAMP ARE REPULSED

Cum iam sex h�r�s pugnatum esset[1] ac n�n s�lum v˜rıs sed etiam tılaR�m�n�s dıficerent[1], atque hostıs �crius inst�rent,[1] et v�llumscindere fossamque complıre incıpissent,[1] Caesar, vir re˜ m˜lit�risper˜tissimus, su˜s imper�vit ut proelium paulisper intermitterent,[2]et, sign� dat�, ex castr˜s ırumperent.[2] [3]Quod iuss˜ sunt faciunt, etsubit� ex omnibus port˜s ırumpunt. Atque tam celeriter m˜litısconcurrırunt et tam propinqu˜ erant hostıs[4] ut spatium p˜laconiciend˜[5] n�n darıtur. Itaque reiect˜s p˜l˜s [6]comminus gladi˜spugn�tum est. Di˛ et aud�cter hostıs restitırunt et in extrım� spısal˛tis tantam virt˛tem praestitırunt ut � dextr� corn˛ vehementer

[7]multit˛dine su�rum aciem R�manam premerent. [8]Id imper�tor cumanimadvertisset, P˛blium adulıscentem cum equit�t˛ m˜sit qu˜lab�rantibus[9] auxilium daret. Eius impetum sustinıre n�n potuırunthostıs[10] et omnıs terga vertırunt. E�s in fugam dat�s P˛bliussubsec˛tus est ˛sque ad fl˛men Rhınum, quod ab e� loc� quñque m˜liapassuum aberat. Ibi pauc˜ sal˛tem sibi repperırunt. Omnibus reliqu˜sinterfect˜s, P˛blius et equitıs in castra sısı recıpırunt. Dı h�ccalamit�te fñitimae gentıs cum certi�rıs factae essent, ad Caesaremlıg�t�s m˜sırunt et sı suaque omnia dıdidırunt.

[Footnote 1: Çpugn�tum esset, dıficerent, ñst�rent, incıpissentÈ. These are all subjunctives with ÇcumÈ. Cf. ¤501.46.]

[Footnote 2: Çintermitterent, ırumperentÈ. What use of the subjunctive?]

[Footnote 3: ÇQuodÈ, etc., _they do as ordered_. The antecedent of ÇquodÈ is ÇidÈ understood, which would be the object of ÇfaciuntÈ.]

[Footnote 4: Çut ... darıturÈ. Is this a clause of purpose or of result?]

[Footnote 5: Çconiciend˜È, ¤402.]

[Footnote 6: Çcomminus gladi˜s pugn�tum estÈ, _a hand-to-hand conflict was waged with swords_.]

[Footnote 7: Çmultit˛dine su�rumÈ, _by their numbers_. Çsu�rumÈ is used as a noun. What is the literal translation of this expression?]

[Footnote 8: ÇId imper�tor. IdÈ is the obj. and Çimper�torÈ the subj. of ÇanimadvertissetÈ.]

[Footnote 9: Çlab�rantibusÈ. This participle agrees with Çi˜sÈ understood, the indir. obj. of Çdaret; qui ... daretÈ is a purpose clause, ¤501.40.]

[Footnote 10: ÇhostısÈ, subj. of ÇpotuıruntÈ.]

LXXII. PUBLIUS GOES TO GERMANY ¥ ITS GREAT FORESTS AND STRANGE ANIMALS

Init� aest�te Caesar litter˜s certior f˜ıbat et per expl�r�t�rıscogn�scıbat pl˛r˜s c˜vit�tıs Galliae nov˜s rıbus studıre,[1] et contr�populum R�m�num coni˛r�re[1] obsidısque [2]inter sı dare,[1] atque cumh˜s Germ�n�s qu�sdam quoque sısı coni˛nct˛r�s esse.[1] H˜s litter˜sn˛nti˜sque comm�tus Caesar c�nstituit quam celerrimı in Gall�sprofic˜sc˜,[3] ut e�s inopñant˜s opprimeret, et Labiınum lıg�tum cumdu�bus legi�nibus peditum et du�bus m˜libus equitum in Germ�n�smittere.[3] [4]Itaque rı fr˛ment�ri� compar�t� castra m�vit. Abutr�que[5] rıs bene gesta est; nam Caesar tam celeriter in hostium fñ˜spervınit ut spatium [6]c�pi�s c�gend˜ n�n darıtur[4]; et Labiınus dıGerm�n˜s tam grave supplicium s˛mpsit ut nım� ex e� gente in reliquumtempus Gall˜s auxilium dare audıret.[7]

Hoc iter in Germ�niam P˛blius quoque fıcit et, [8]cum ibi mor�rıtur,multa m˜r�bilia v˜dit. Praesertim vır� ingentem silvam m˜r�b�tur, quaetantae magnit˛dinis esse d˜cıb�tur [9]ut nım� eam tr�ns˜re posset, necquisquam sc˜ret aut initium aut fñem. Qu� dı rı pl˛ra cogn�verat �m˜lite qu�dam qu˜ �lim captus � Germ�n˜s mult�s ann�s ibi incoluit.

Ille[10] dı silv� d˜cıns, Òënfñ˜tae magnit˛dinis est haec silva,Óinquit; Ònee quisquam est [11]huius Germ�niae [12]qu˜ initium eius sciataut ad fñem adierit. N�scuntur ill˜c multa t�lia anim�lium generaqu�lia reliqu˜s in loc˜s n�n inveniuntur. Sunt bovıs qu˜ ˛num[13] corn˛habent; sunt etiam anim�lia quae appellantur alcıs. Hae n˛ll�scr˛rum[14] articul�s habent. Itaque, s˜ forte concidırunt, sısı ırigeren˛ll� mod� possunt. Arborıs habent pr�[15] cub˜libus; ad e�s sıapplicant atque ita reclñ�tae quiıtem capiunt. Tertium est genus e�rumqu˜ ˛r˜ appellantur. H˜ sunt paul� min�rıs elephant˜s.[16] Magna vise�rum est et magna vıl�cit�s. Neque homin˜ neque ferae parcunt.[17]Ó

[Footnote 1: Observe that all these infinitives are in indirect statements after Çcertior f˜ıbatÈ, _he was informed_, and Çcogn�scıbatÈ, _he learned_. Cf. ¤501.48, 49.]

[Footnote 2: Çinter sıÈ, _to each other_.]

[Footnote 3: Çprofic˜sc˜, mittereÈ. These infinitives depend upon Çc�nstituitÈ.]

[Footnote 4: Before beginning a campaign, food had to be provided. Every fifteen days grain was distributed. Each soldier received about two pecks. This he carried in his pack, and this constituted his food, varied occasionally by what he could find by foraging.]

[Footnote 5: Abl. of personal agent, ¤501.33.]

[Footnote 6: Çc�pi�s c�gend˜È, ¤501.37.1.]

[Footnote 7: Çdarıtur, audıretÈ, ¤501.43. ÇaudıretÈ is not from Çaudi�È.]

[Footnote 8: Çcum ... mor�rıturÈ, ¤501.46.]

[Footnote 9: Çut ... posset, ... sc˜retÈ, ¤501.43.]

[Footnote 10: ÇIlleÈ, subj. of ÇinquitÈ.]

[Footnote 11: Çhuius Germ�niaeÈ, _of this part of Germany_.]

[Footnote 12: Çqu˜ ... scãt ... adieritÈ, ¤501.45.]

[Footnote 13: Ç˛numÈ, _only one_.]

[Footnote 14: Çcr˛rumÈ, from Çcr˛sÈ.]

[Footnote 15: Çpr�È, _for, in place of_.]

[Footnote 16: Çelephant˜sÈ, ¤501.34.]

[Footnote 17: ÇparcuntÈ. What case is used with this verb?]

[Illustration: VINEA]

LXXIII. THE STORMING OF A CITY

P˛blius pl˛r˜s diıs in Germ�ni� mor�tus[1] in Galliam rediit, et adCaesaris castra sı contulit. Ille quia molestı ferıbat Gall�s[2] eiusregi�nis obsidıs dare rec˛s�visse et exercitu˜ fr˛mentum praebıre

n�luisse, c�nstituit e˜s[3] bellum ñferre. Agr˜s v�st�t˜s, v˜c˜sincıns˜s, pervınit ad oppidum validissimum quod et n�t˛r� et artem˛n˜tum erat. Cingıb�tur m˛r� v˜gint˜ quñque pedıs[4] alt�. å lateribusdu�situm, praerupt� fast˜gi� ad pl�nitiem vergıgat; � qu�rt� tantum[5]latere aditus erat facilis. Hoc oppidum oppugn�re, [6]cum opus essetdifficillimum, tamen c�nstituit Caesar. Et castr˜s m˛n˜t˜s P˛bli�neg�tium dedit ut rıs [7]ad oppugnandum necess�ri�s par�ret.

R�m�n�rum autem oppugn�ti� est haec.[8] Pr˜mum turrıs aedificanturquibus m˜litıs in summum m˛rum ıv�dere possint[9]; vñeae[10] f˜untquibus tıct˜ m˜litıs ad m˛rum succıdant; plute˜[11] parantur post qu�sm˜litıs tormenta[12] administrent; sunt quoque arietıs qu˜ m˛rum etport�s discutiant. H˜s omnibus rıbus compar�t˜s, deinde [13]agger ab e�parte ubi aditus est facillimus exstruitur et cum vñe˜s ad ipsumoppidum agitur. Tum turris in aggere pr�movıtur; arietibus qu˜ subvñe˜s conloc�t˜ erant m˛rus et portae discutiuntur; ballist˜s,catapult˜s, reliqu˜sque torment˜s lapidıs et tıla in oppidumconiciuntur. Postrım� cum iam turris et agger altit˛dinem m˛r˜ adaequantet arietıs moenia perfrıgırunt,[14] sign� dat� m˜litıs inruunt etoppidum expugnant.

[Footnote 1: Çmor�tusÈ. Is this part. active or passive in meaning?]

[Footnote 2: ÇGall�sÈ, subj. acc. of the infins. Çrec˛s�visseÈ and Çn�luisseÈ. The indirect statement depends upon Çmolestı ferıbatÈ.]

[Footnote 3: Çe˜sÈ, ¤501.15.]

[Footnote 4: ÇpedısÈ, ¤501.21.]

[Footnote 5: ÇtantumÈ, adv. _only_.]

[Footnote 6: Çcum ... essetÈ, a clause of concession, ¤501.46.]

[Footnote 7: Çad oppugnandumÈ, a gerund expressing purpose.]

[Footnote 8: ÇhaecÈ, _as follows_.]

[Footnote 9: ÇpossintÈ, subjv. of purpose. Three similar constructions follow.]

[Footnote 10: ÇvñeaeÈ. These ÇvñeaeÈ were wooden sheds, open in front and rear, used to protect men who were working to take a fortification. They were about eight feet high, of like width, and double that length, covered with raw hides to protect them from being set on fire, and moved on wheels or rollers.]

[Footnote 11: Çplute˜È, large screens or shields with small wheels attached to them. These were used to protect besiegers while moving up to a city or while serving the engines of war.]

[Footnote 12: ÇtormentaÈ. The engines of war were chiefly the catapult for shooting great arrows, and the ballista, for hurling large stones. They had a range of about two thousand feet and were very effective.]

[Footnote 13: The ÇaggerÈ, or mound, was of chief importance in a siege. It was begun just out of reach of the missiles of the enemy, and then gradually extended towards the point to be attacked. At the same time its height gradually increased until on a level with the

top of the wall, or even higher. It was made of earth and timber, and had covered galleries running through it for the use of the besiegers. Over or beside the _agger_ a tower was moved up to the wall, often with a battering-ram (_aries_) in the lowest story. (See picture, p. 221.)]

[Footnote 14: ÇperfrıgıruntÈ, from Çperfring�È.]

[Illustration: BALLISTA]

[Illustration: TURRES, ARIETES, VINEA]

LXXIV. THE CITY IS TAKEN ¥ THE CAPTIVES ARE QUESTIONED

Omnibus rıbus necess�ri˜s ad oppugnandum � P˛bli� compar�t˜s,dıl˜ber�tur in concili� quod c�nsilium [1]oppid˜ expugnand˜ ineant.[2]Tum ˛nus[3] ex centuri�nibus, vir re˜ m˜lit�ris per˜tissimus, ÒEgosu�de�,Ó inquit, Òut ab e� parte, ubi aditus sit[5] facillimus, aggeremexstru�mus[4] et turrim pr�move�mus[6] atque ariete adm�t� simul m˛rumdiscutere c�nımur.[5]Ó [6]Hoc c�nsilium cum omnibus placıret, Caesarconcilium d˜m˜sit. Deinde m˜litıs hort�tus ut pri�rıs vict�ri�smemori�[7] tenırent, iussit aggerem exstru˜, turrim et arietem admovır˜.Neque oppid�n˜s[8] c�nsilium dıfuit. Ali˜ ignem et omne genus tıl�rum dım˛r� in turrim coniıcırunt, ali˜ ingentia saxa in vñe�s et arietemdıvolvırunt. Di˛ utrimque �cerrimı pugn�tum est. Nı vulner�t˜ quidempedem rettulırunt. Tandem, [9]dı terti� vigili�, P˛blius, quem Caesarill˜ oper˜[10] praefıcerat, n˛nti�vit partem[11] m˛r˜ ictibus arietislabefactam concidisse. Qu� rı aud˜t� Caesar signum dat; m˜litıs inruuntet magn� cum caede hostium oppidum capiunt.

Postr˜diı eius diı˜, h�c oppid� expugn�t�, [12]capt˜v�rum quñ�bilissim˜ sunt ad imper�t�rem ante praet�rium[13] add˛cuntur. Ipse,l�r˜c� aur�t� et palud�ment� purpure� ñsignis, capt˜v�s per interpretemin hunc modum interrogat:[14] V�s qu˜ estis[15]?

INTERPRES. Rogat imper�tor qu˜ s˜tis.

CAPTëVë. F˜li˜ rıgis sumus.

INTERPRES. D˜cunt sı f˜li�s esse rıgis.

IMPERåTOR. C˛r mihi tant�s ini˛ri�s intulistis?

INTERPRES. Rogat c˛r sibi tant�s ini˛ri�s intuleritis.

CAPTëVë. Ini˛ri�s e˜ n�n intulimus sed pr� patri� bellum gessimus.Semper voluimus R�m�n˜s esse am˜c˜, sed R�m�n˜ sine caus� n�s dom�patri�que expellere c�n�t˜ sunt.

INTERPRES. [16]Negant sı ini˛ri�s tibi intulisse, sed pr� patri� bellumgessisse. [17]Semper sı voluisse am˜c�s R�m�n˜s esse, sed R�m�n�s sinecaus� sı dom� patri�que expellere c�n�t�s esse.

IMPERåTOR. [18]Manıbitisne in reliquum tempus in fidı, h�c rebelli�necond�n�t�?

Tum vır� capt˜v˜ mult˜s cum lacrim˜s i˛r�vırunt sı in fidı m�ns˛r�sesse, et Caesar e�s incolum˜s domum d˜m˜sit.

[Footnote 1: Çoppid˜ expugnand˜È. Is this a gerund or a gerundive construction? Cf. ¤501.37.]

[Footnote 2: ÇineantÈ. ¤501.50.]

[Footnote 3: Ç˛nusÈ. subj. of ÇinquitÈ.]

[Footnote 4: ÇsitÈ. This is a so-called subjunctive by attraction, which means that the clause beginning with ÇubiÈ stands in such close connection with the subjv. clause beginning with ÇutÈ, that its verb is attracted into the same mood.]

[Footnote 5: All these verbs are in the same construction.]

[Footnote 6: ÇHoc c�nsiliumÈ, subj. of ÇplacıretÈ. For the order cf. ÇHaec cumÈ, etc., p. 215, l. 22, and note; ÇId imper�tor cumÈ, p. 217, l. 8.]

[Footnote 7: Çmemori�È, abl. of means.]

[Footnote 8: Çoppid�n˜sÈ, ¤501.15.]

[Footnote 9: Between twelve and three oÕclock in the morning. The night was divided into four watches.]

[Footnote 10: Çoper˜È, ¤501.15.]

[Footnote 11: ÇpartemÈ, subj. acc. of ÇconcidisseÈ.]

[Footnote 12: Çcapt˜v�rum ... suntÈ, _the noblest of the captives_.]

[Footnote 13: The generalÕs headquarters.]

[Footnote 14: Study carefully these direct questions, indirect questions, and indirect statements.]

[Footnote 15: See Plate III, p. 148.]

[Footnote 16: ÇNegantÈ, etc., _they say that they have not_, etc. ÇNegantÈ is equivalent to Çd˜cunt n�nÈ, and the negative modifies ÇintulisseÈ, but not the remainder of the indirect statement.]

[Footnote 17: ÇSemperÈ, etc., _that they have always_, etc.]

[Footnote 18: ÇManıbitisne in fidıÈ, _will you remain loyal?_]

LXXV. CIVIL WAR BREAKS OUT BETWEEN C®SAR AND POMPEYTHE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA

Nı c�nfect�[1] quidem bell� Gallic�, [2]bellum c˜v˜le inter Caesarem etPompıium exortum est. Nam Pompıius, qu˜ summum imperium petıbat, sen�tu˜persu�serat ut Caesarem re˜ p˛blicae hostem[3] i˛dic�ret et exercitumeius d˜mitt˜ iubıret. Quibus cognit˜s rıbus Caesar exercitum suumd˜mittere rec˛s�vit, atque, hort�tus m˜litıs ut ducem totiıns vict�remab inim˜c�rum ini˛ri˜s dıfenderent, imper�vit ut sı R�mam sequerentur.Summ� cum alacrit�te m˜litıs p�ruırunt, et tr�nsit� Rubic�ne[4] initiumbell˜ c˜v˜lis factum est.

Italiae urbıs quidem omnıs ferı [5]rıbus Caesaris favıbant et eum

benignı excıpırunt. Qu� rı comm�tus Pompıius ante Caesaris adventum R�m�excessit et Brundisium[6] pervınit, inde [7]pauc˜s post diıbus cumomnibus c�pi˜s ad æp˜rum mare tr�nsiit. Eum Caesar cum septem legi�nibuset quñgent˜s equitibus sec˛tus est, et ñsignis inter Caesariscomit�tum erat P˛blius.

Pl˛ribus levi�ribus proeli˜s fact˜s, tandem c�piae adversae adPhars�lum[8] in Thessali� sitam castra posuırunt. Cum Pompe˜ exercitusesset bis tantus quantus Caesaris, tamen erant mult˜ qu˜ veter�n�slegi�nıs quae Gall�s et Germ�n�s super�verant vehementer timıbant.Qu�s[9] [10]ante proelium commissum Labiınus[11] lıg�tus, qu˜ ab Caesaren˛per dıfıcerat, ita adloc˛tus est: Ò[12]N�l˜te ex˜stim�re hunc esseexercitum veter�n�rum m˜litum. Omnibus interfu˜ proeli˜s[13] nequetemerı incognitam rem pr�n˛nti�. Perexigua pars ill˜us exercit˛s qu˜Gall�s super�vit adh˛c superest. Magna pars occ˜sa est, mult˜ domumdiscessırunt, mult˜ sunt relict˜ in Itali�. Hae c�piae qu�s vidıtis in[14]citeri�re Galli� n˛per c�nscr˜ptae sunt.Ó Haec[15] cum d˜xisset,i˛r�vit sı nisi vict�rem in castra n�n revers˛rum esse. [16]Hoc idemPompıius et omnıs reliqu˜ i˛r�vırunt, et magn� spı et laetiti�, s˜cutcertam ad vict�riam, c�piae ı castr˜s exiırunt.

Item Caesar, anim�[17] ad d˜micandum par�tus, exercitum suum ıd˛xit etseptem cohortibus [18]praesidi� castr˜s relict˜s c�pi�s triplic˜ aciıñstr˛xit. Tum, m˜litibus studi� pugnae �rdentibus, tub� signum dedit.M˜litıs pr�currırunt et p˜l˜s miss˜s gladi�s strñxırunt. Neque vır�virt˛s hostibus dıfuit. Nam et tıla missa sustinuırunt et impetumgladi�rum excıpırunt et �rdinıs c�nserv�vırunt. Utrimque di˛ et �criterpugn�tum est nec quisquam pedem rettulit. Tum equitıs Pompı˜ aciemCaesaris circum˜re c�n�t˜ sunt. Quod[19] ubi Caesar animadvertit,tertiam aciem,[20] quae ad id tempus quiıta fuerat, pr�currere iussit.Tum vır� integr�rum impetum[21] dıfess˜ hostıs sustinıre n�n potuıruntet omnıs terga vertırunt. Sed Pompıius dı fort˛n˜s su˜s dıspır�ns sı incastra equ� contulit, inde mox cum pauc˜s equitibus eff˛git.

[Footnote 1: With Çnı ... quidemÈ the emphatic word stands between the two.]

[Footnote 2: The Civil War was caused by the jealousy and rivalry between C¾sar and Pompey. It resulted in the defeat and subsequent death of Pompey and the elevation of C¾sar to the lordship of the Roman world.]

[Footnote 3: ÇhostemÈ, predicate accusative, ¤501.22.]

[Footnote 4: The Rubicon was a small stream in northern Italy that marked the boundary of C¾sarÕs province. By crossing it with an armed force C¾sar declared war upon Pompey and the existing government. C¾sar crossed the Rubicon early in the year 49 B.C.]

[Footnote 5: Çrıbus Caesaris favıbantÈ, _favored C¾sarÕs side_. In what case is ÇrıbusÈ?]

[Footnote 6: ÇBrundisiumÈ, a famous port in southern Italy whence ships sailed for Greece and the East. See map.]

[Footnote 7: Çpauc˜s post diıbusÈ, _a few days later_; literally, _afterguards by a few days_. Cf. Çpauc˜s ante ann˜sÈ, p. 213, l. 12, and note.]

[Footnote 8: The battle of Pharsalia was fought on August 9, 48 B.C.

In importance it ranks as one of the great battles of the world.]

[Footnote 9: ÇQu�sÈ, obj. of Çadloc˛tus estÈ.]

[Footnote 10: Çante proelium commissumÈ, _before the beginning of the battle_.]

[Footnote 11: ÇLabiınusÈ, C¾sarÕs most faithful and skillful lieutenant in the Gallic War. On the outbreak of the Civil War, in 49 B.C., he deserted C¾sar and joined Pompey. His defection caused the greatest joy among the Pompeian party; but he disappointed the expectations of his new friends, and never accomplished anything of importance. He fought against his old commander in several battles and was slain at the battle of Munda in Spain, 45 B.C.]

[Footnote 12: ÇN�l˜te ex˜stim�reÈ, _don«t think_.]

[Footnote 13: Çproeli˜sÈ, ¤501.15.]

[Footnote 14: Çciteri�re Galli�È. This name is applied to Cisalpine Gaul, or Gaul south of the Alps.]

[Footnote 15: ÇHaecÈ, obj. of Çd˜xissetÈ.]

[Footnote 16: ÇHoc idemÈ, obj. of Çi˛r�vıruntÈ.]

[Footnote 17: Çanim�È, ¤501.30.]

[Footnote 18: Çpraesidi� castr˜sÈ, ¤501.17.]

[Footnote 19: ÇQuodÈ, obj. of ÇanimadvertitÈ.]

[Footnote 20: ÇaciemÈ, subj. of Çpr�currereÈ.]

[Footnote 21: ÇimpetumÈ, obj. of ÇsustinıreÈ.]

[Illustration: SIGNIFER]

LXXVI. THE TRIUMPH OF CAESAR

Pompıi� am˜c˜sque eius super�t˜s atque omnibus hostibus ub˜que vict˜s,Caesar imper�tor R�mam rediit et [1]extr� moenia urbis in camp� M�rti�castra posuit. Tum vır� amplissim˜s hon�ribus adfectus est. Dict�torcre�tus est, et e˜ triumphus � sen�t˛ est dıcrıtus. [2]Qu� diı de Gall˜striumphum ıgit, tanta multit˛d� hominum in urbem undique c�nfl˛xit [3]utomnia loca essent c�nferta. Templa patıbant, �rae f˛m�bant, columnaesert˜s �rn�tae erant. [4]Cum vır� pompa urbem intr�ret, quantus hominumfremitus ortus est! Pr˜mum per portam ingress˜ sunt sen�tus etmagistr�t˛s. Sec˛t˜ sunt t˜b˜cinıs, signifer˜, peditıs laure� cor�n�t˜canentıs: ÒEcce Caesar nunc triumphat, qu˜ subıgit Galliam,Ó et ÒM˜lle,m˜lle, m˜lle, m˜lle Gall�s truc˜d�vimus.Ó Mult˜ praedam capt�rum urbiumport�bant, arma, omnia bell˜ ˜nstr˛menta. Sec˛t˜ sunt equitıs, anim�s˜satque splendidissimı �rn�t˜s equ˜s vect˜, inter qu�s P˛blius adulıscınsfortissimus habıb�tur. Add˛cıbantur taur˜, arietıs, [5]qu˜ d˜simmort�libus immol�rentur. Ita long� agmine pr�grediıns exercitus[6]sacr� vi� per forum in Capit�lium perrıxit.

Imper�tor ipse cum urbem intr�ret, undique laet� cl�m�re multit˛dinissal˛t�tus est. St�bat in curr˛ aure� quem quattuor alb˜ equ˜ vehıbant.

Ind˛tus [7]tog� pict�, alter� man˛ habın�s et lauream tenıbat, alter�eburneum scıptrum. Post eum servus in curr˛ st�ns auream cor�nam supercaput eius tenıbat. Ante currum miserrim˜ capt˜v˜, rıgıs prñcipısquesuper�t�rum gentium, catın˜s vñct˜, pr�grediıbantur; et v˜gint˜quattuor l˜ct�rıs[8] laureat�s fasc˜s ferentıs et signifer˜ currumCaesaris comit�bantur. Concl˛dit agmen multit˛d� capt˜v�rum, qu˜, inservit˛tem red�ct˜,[9] dımiss� vult˛, vñct˜s[10] bracchi˜s, sequuntur;quibuscum veniunt longissim� �rdine m˜litıs, etiam h˜ praedam velinsignia m˜lit�ria ferentıs.

[Illustration: LICTORES CUM FASCIBUS]

Caesar cum Capit�lium ascendisset, in templ� Iov˜ Capit�lñ� sacrafıcit. Simul[11] captiv�rum qu˜ n�bilissim˜ erant, abduct˜ incarcerem,[12] interfect˜ sunt. Sacr˜s fact˜s Caesar dı Capit�li�dıscendit et in for� m˜itibus su˜s hon�rıs m˜lit�r˜s dedit e˜squepec˛niam ex bell˜ praed� distribuit.

H˜s omnibus rıbus c�nfect˜s, P˛blius Caesarem valıre[13] iussit et quamcelerrimı ad v˜llam contendit ut patrem m�tremque sal˛t�ret.

[14]Dı rıbus gest˜s P. Cornıl˜ Lentul˜ h�ctenus.

[Footnote 1: A victorious general with his army was not allowed to enter the city until the day of his triumph. A triumph was the greatest of all military honors.]

[Footnote 2: ÇQu� diıÈ, _on the day that_, abl. of time.]

[Footnote 3: Çut ... essentÈ, ¤501.43.]

[Footnote 4: ÇCum ... intr�retÈ, ¤501.46.]

[Footnote 5: Çqu˜ ... immol�renturÈ, ¤501.40.]

[Footnote 6: The Sacred Way was a noted street running along one side of the Forum to the base of the Capitoline Hill, on whose summit stood the magnificent temple of Jupiter Capitolinus. This route was always followed by triumphal processions.]

[Footnote 7: The Çtoga pictaÈ worn by a general in his triumph was a splendid robe of Tyrian purple covered with golden stars. See Plate IV, p. 213.]

[Footnote 8: The lictors were a guard of honor that attended the higher magistrates and made a way for them through the streets. On their shoulders they carried the _fasces_, a bundle of rods with an ax in the middle, symbolizing the power of the law.]

[Footnote 9: Çdımiss� vult˛È, _with downcast countenance_.]

[Footnote 10: Çvñct˜sÈ, from Çvinci�È.]

[Footnote 11: ÇSimulÈ, etc., _At the same time those of the captives who were the noblest._]

[Footnote 12: The prison was a gloomy dungeon on the lower slopes of the Capitoline Hill.]

[Footnote 13: Çvalıre iussitÈ, _bade farewell to_.]

[Footnote 14: This sentence marks the end of the story.]

APPENDIX I

DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS, NUMERALS, ETC.

NOUNS

Ç460.È Nouns are inflected in five declensions, distinguished by thefinal letter of the stem and by the termination of the genitivesingular.

FIRST DECLENSION--Çå-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-aeÈ

SECOND DECLENSION--ÇO-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-˜È

THIRD DECLENSION--Consonant stems and ÇI-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-isÈ

FOURTH DECLENSION--ÇU-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-˛sÈ

FIFTH DECLENSION--Çæ-Èstems, Gen. Sing. Ç-ı˜È or Ç-e˜È

Ç461.È FIRST DECLENSION. _å_-STEMS

ÇdominaÈ, _lady_ STEM Çdomin�-È BASE Çdomin-È

SINGULAR PLURAL TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS _Nom._ domina -a dominae -ae _Gen._ dominae -ae domin�rum -�rum _Dat._ dominae -ae domin˜s -˜s _Acc._ dominam -am domin�s -�s _Abl._ domin� -� domin˜s -˜s

_a._ ÇDeaÈ and Çf˜liaÈ have the termination Ç-�busÈ in the dative and ablative plural.

Ç462.È SECOND DECLENSION. _O_-STEMS

_a._ MASCULINES IN -us

ÇdominusÈ, _master_ STEM Çdomino-È BASE Çdomin-È

SINGULAR PLURAL TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS _Nom._ dominus -us domin˜ -˜ _Gen._ domin˜ -˜ domin�rum -�rum _Dat._ domin� -� domin˜s -˜s _Acc._ dominum -um domin�s -�s _Abl._ domin� -� domin˜s -˜s

1. Nouns in Ç-usÈ of the second declension have the termination Ç-eÈ in the vocative singular, as ÇdomineÈ.

2. Proper names in Ç-iusÈ, and ÇfiliusÈ, end in Ç-˜È in the vocative

singular, and the accent rests on the penult, as ÇVergi«l˜, f˜l˜È.

_b._ NEUTERS IN -um

Çp˜lumÈ, _spear_ STEM Çp˜lo-È BASE Çp˜l-È

SINGULAR PLURAL TERMINATIONS TERMINATIONS _Nom._ p˜lum -um p˜la -a _Gen._ p˜l˜ -˜ p˜l�rum -�rum _Dat._ p˜l� -� p˜l˜s -˜s _Acc._ p˜lum -um p˜la -a _Abl._ p˜l� -� p˜l˜s -˜s

1. Masculines in Ç-iusÈ and neuters in Ç-iumÈ end in Ç-˜È in the genitive singular, _not_ in Ç-i˜È, and the accent rests on the penult.

_c._ MASCULINES IN -er AND -ir

ÇpuerÈ, _boy_ ÇagerÈ, _field_ ÇvirÈ, _man_ STEMS Çpuero-È Çagro-È Çviro-È BASES Çpuer-È Çagr-È Çvir-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ puer ager vir -- _Gen._ puer˜ agr˜ vir˜ -˜ _Dat._ puer� agr� vir� -� _Acc._ puerum agrum virum -um _Abl._ puer� agr� vir� -�

PLURAL _Nom._ puer˜ agr˜ vir˜ -˜ _Gen._ puer�rum agr�rum vir�rum -�rum _Dat._ puer˜s agr˜s vir˜s -˜s _Acc._ puer�s agr�s vir�s -�s _Abl._ puer˜s agr˜s vir˜s -˜s

Ç463.È THIRD DECLENSION.

CLASSIFICATION

I. Consonant Stems

1. Stems that add Ç-sÈ to the base to form the nominative singular: masculines and feminines only.

2. Stems that add no termination in the nominitive singular: _a._ masculines and feminines; _b._ neuters.

II. _I_-Stems.

Masculines, feminines, and neuters.

Ç464.È I. CONSONANT STEMS

1. _Nouns that add Ç-sÈ to the base to form the nominative singular:masculines and feminines only_

Çpr˜ncepsÈ, Çm˜lesÈ, m., ÇlapisÈ, m., m., _chief_ _soldier_ _stone_

BASES | OR | Çprñcip-È Çm˜lit-È Çlapid-È STEMS |

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ prñceps m˜les lapis -s _Gen._ prñcipis m˜litis lapidis -is _Dat._ prñcip˜ m˜lit˜ lapid˜ -˜ _Acc._ prñcipem m˜litem lapidem -em _Abl._ prñcipe m˜lite lapide -e

PLURAL _Nom._ prñcipıs m˜litıs lapidıs -ıs _Gen._ prñcipum m˜litum lapidum -um _Dat._ prñcipibus m˜litibus lapidibus -ibus _Acc._ prñcipıs m˜litıs lapidıs -ıs _Abl._ prñcipibus m˜litibus lapidibus -ibus

ÇrıxÈ, m., Çi˛dexÈ, m., Çvirt˛sÈ, f., _king_ _judge_ _virtue_ BASES | OR | Çrıg-È Çi˛dic-È Çvirt˛t-È STEMS |

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ rıx i˛dex virt˛s -s _Gen._ rıgis i˛dicis virt˛tis -is _Dat._ rıg˜ i˛dic˜ virt˛t˜ -˜ _Acc._ rıgem i˛dicem virt˛tem -em _Abl._ rıge i˛dice virt˛te -e

PLURAL _Nom._ rıgıs i˛dicıs virt˛tıs -ıs _Gen._ rıgum i˛dicum virt˛tum -um _Dat._ rıgibus i˛dicibus virt˛tibus -ibus _Acc._ rıgıs i˛dicıs virt˛tıs -es _Abl._ rıgibus i˛dicibus virt˛tibus -ibus

NOTE. For consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. ¤233.3.

2. _Nouns that have no termination in the nominative singular_

_a._ MASCULINES AND FEMININES

Çc�nsulÈ, m., Çlegi�È, f., Ç�rd�È, ÇpaterÈ, m., _consul_ _legion_ m., _row_ _father_ BASES | OR | Çconsul-È Çlegi�n-È Ç�rdin-È Çpatr-È STEMS |

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ c�nsul legi� �rd� pater -- _Gen._ c�nsulis legi�nis �rdinis patris -is _Dat._ c�nsul˜ legi�n˜ �rdin˜ patr˜ -˜ _Acc._ c�nsulem legi�nem �rdinem patrem -em _Abl._ c�nsule legi�ne �rdine patre -e

PLURAL _Nom._ c�nsulıs legi�nıs �rdinıs patrıs -ıs _Gen._ c�nsulum legi�num �rdinum patrum -um

_Dat._ c�nsulibus legi�nibus �rdinibus patribus -ibus _Acc._ c�nsulıs legi�nıs �rdinıs patrıs -ıs _Abl._ c�nsulibus legi�nibus �rdinibus patribus -ibus

NOTE. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf.¤236.1-3.

_b._ NEUTERS Çfl˛menÈ, ÇtempusÈ, ÇopusÈ, ÇcaputÈ, n., _river_ n., _time_ n., _work_ n., _head_ BASES | OR | Çfl˛min-È Çtempor-È Çoper-È Çcapit-È STEMS |

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ fl˛men tempus opus caput -- _Gen._ fl˛minis temporis operis capitis -is _Dat._ fl˛min˜ tempor˜ oper˜ capit˜ -˜ _Acc._ fl˛men tempus opus caput -- _Abl._ fl˛mine tempore opere capite -e

PLURAL _Nom._ fl˛mina tempora opera capita -a _Gen._ fl˛minum temporum operum capitum -um _Dat._ fl˛minibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus _Acc._ fl˛mina tempora opera capita -a _Abl._ fl˛minibus temporibus operibus capitibus -ibus

NOTE. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf.¤238.2, 3.

Ç465.È II. _I_-STEMS

_a._ MASCULINES AND FEMININES

ÇcaedısÈ, f., ÇhostisÈ, ÇurbsÈ, f., ÇcliınsÈ, m., _slaughter_ m., _enemy_ _city_ _retainer_ STEMS Çcaedi-È Çhosti-È Çurbi-È Çclienti-È BASES Çcaed-È Çhost-È Çurb-È Çclient-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ caedıs hostis urbs cliıns -s, -is, _or_ -ıs _Gen._ caedis hostis urbis clientis -is _Dat._ caed˜ host˜ urb˜ client˜ -˜ _Acc._ caedem hostem urbem clientem -em (-im) _Abl._ caede hoste urbe cliente -e (-˜)

PLURAL _Nom._ caedıs hostıs urbıs clientıs -ıs _Gen._ caedium hostium urbium clientium -ium _Dat._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus _Acc._ caed˜s, -ıs host˜s, -ıs urb˜s, -ıs client˜s, -ıs -˜s, -ıs _Abl._ caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus

1. ÇAvisÈ, Çc˜visÈ, Çf˜nisÈ, ÇignisÈ, Çn�visÈ, have the abl. sing. in Ç-˜È or Ç-eÈ.

2. ÇTurrisÈ has accusative ÇturrimÈ and ablative Çturr˜È or ÇturreÈ.

_b._ NEUTERS

ÇñsigneÈ, n., ÇanimalÈ, n., ÇcalcarÈ, _decoration_ _animal_ n., _spur_

STEMS Çñsigni-È Çanim�li-È Çcalc�ri-È BASES Çñsign-È Çanim�l-È Çcalc�r-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ ñsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- _Gen._ ñsignis anim�lis calc�ris -is _Dat._ ñsign˜ anim�l˜ calc�r˜ -˜ _Acc._ ñsigne animal calcar -e _or_ -- _Abl._ ñsign˜ anim�l˜ calc�r˜ -˜

PLURAL _Nom._ ñsignia anim�lia calc�ria -ia _Gen._ ñsignium anim�lium calc�rium -ium _Dat._ ñsignibus anim�libus calc�ribus -ibus _Acc._ ñsignia anim�lia calc�ria -ia _Abl._ ñsignibus anim�libus calc�ribus -ibus

Ç466.È THE FOURTH DECLENSION. _U_-STEMS

ÇadventusÈ, m., Çcorn˛È, n., _horn_ _arrival_ STEMS Çadventu-È Çcornu-È BASES Çadvent-È Çcorn-È

TERMINATIONS SINGULAR MASC. NEUT. _Nom._ adventus corn˛ -us -˛ _Gen._ advent˛s corn˛s -˛s -˛s _Dat._ adventu˜ (˛) corn˛ -u˜ (˛) -˛ _Acc._ adventum corn˛ -um -˛ _Abl._ advent˛ corn˛ -˛ -˛

PLURAL _Nom._ advent˛s cornua -˛s -ua _Gen._ adventuum cornuum -uum -uum _Dat._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus _Acc._ advent˛s cornua -˛s -ua _Abl._ adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus

Ç467.È THE FIFTH DECLENSION. _æ_-STEMS

ÇdiısÈ, m., _day_ ÇrısÈ, f., _thing_ STEMS Çdiı-È Çrı-È BASES Çdi-È Çr-È

SINGULAR TERMINATIONS _Nom._ diıs rıs -ıs _Gen._ diı˜ re˜ -ı˜ _or_ -e˜ _Dat._ diı˜ re˜ -ı˜ _or_ -e˜ _Acc._ diem rem -em _Abl._ diı rı -ı

PLURAL _Nom._ diıs rıs -ıs _Gen._ diırum rırum -ırum

_Dat._ diıbus rıbus -ıbus _Acc._ diıs rıs -ıs _Abl._ diıbus rıbus -ıbus

Ç468.È SPECIAL PARADIGMS

ÇdeusÈ, ÇdomusÈ, f., Çv˜sÈ, f., ÇiterÈ, m., _god_ _house_ _strength_ n., _way_ STEMS Çdeo-È Çdomu-È Çv˜-È and Çiter-È and Çv˜ri-È Çitiner-È BASES Çde-È Çdom-È Çv-È and Çiter-È and Çv˜r-È Çitiner-È

SINGULAR _Nom._ deus domus v˜s iter _Gen._ de˜ dom˛s v˜s (rare) itineris _Dat._ de� domu˜, -� v˜ (rare) itiner˜ _Acc._ deum domum vim iter _Abl._ de� dom�, -˛ v˜ itinere

PLURAL _Nom._ de˜, d˜ dom˛s v˜rıs itinera _Gen._ de�rum, deum domuum, -�rum v˜rium itinerum _Dat._ de˜s, d˜s domibus v˜ribus itineribus _Acc._ de�s dom�s, -˛s v˜r˜s, -ıs itinera _Abl._ de˜s, d˜s domibus v˜ribus itineribus

_a._ The vocative singular of ÇdeusÈ is like the nominative.

_b._ The locative of ÇdomusÈ is Çdom˜È.

ADJECTIVES

Ç469.È FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. _O_- AND _å_-STEMS

_a._ ADJECTIVES IN -us

ÇbonusÈ, _good_ STEMS Çbono-È m. and n., Çbona-È f. BASE Çbon-È

SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ bonus bona bonum _Gen._ bon˜ bonae bon˜ _Dat._ bon� bonae bon� _Acc._ bonum bonam bonum _Abl._ bon� bon� bon�

PLURAL _Nom._ bon˜ bonae bona _Gen._ bon�rum bon�rum bon�rum _Dat._ bon˜s bon˜s bon˜s _Acc._ bon�s bon�s bona _Abl._ bon˜s bon˜s bon˜s

_b._ ADJECTIVES IN Ç-erÈ

Çl˜berÈ, _free_

STEMS Çl˜bero-È m. and n., Çl˜ber�-È f. BASE Çl˜ber-È

SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ l˜ber l˜bera l˜berum _Gen._ l˜ber˜ l˜berae l˜ber˜ _Dat._ l˜ber� l˜berae l˜ber� _Acc._ l˜berum l˜beram l˜berum _Abl._ l˜ber� l˜ber� l˜ber�

PLURAL _Nom._ l˜ber˜ l˜berae l˜bera _Gen._ l˜ber�rum l˜ber�rum l˜ber�rum _Dat._ l˜ber˜s l˜ber˜s l˜ber˜s _Acc._ l˜ber�s l˜ber�s l˜bera _Abl._ l˜ber˜s l˜ber˜s l˜ber˜s

ÇpulcherÈ, _pretty_ STEMS Çpulchro-È m. and n., Çpulchr�-È f. BASE Çpulchr-È

SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ pulcher pulchra pulchrum _Gen._ pulchr˜ pulchrae pulchr˜ _Dat._ pulchr� pulchrae pulchr� _Acc._ pulchrum pulchram pulchrum _Abl._ pulchr� pulchr� pulchr�

PLURAL _Nom._ pulchr˜ pulchrae pulchra _Gen._ pulchr�rum pulchr�rum pulchr�rum _Dat._ pulchr˜s pulchr˜s pulchr˜s _Acc._ pulchr�s pulchr�s pulchra _Abl._ pulchr˜s pulchr˜s pulchr˜s

Ç470.È THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

ÇaliusÈ, _another_ STEMS Çalio-È m. and n., Çali�-È f. BASE Çali-È

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ alius alia aliud ali˜ aliae alia _Gen._ al˜us al˜us al˜us ali�rum ali�rum ali�rum _Dat._ ali˜ ali˜ ali˜ ali˜s ali˜s ali˜s _Acc._ alium aliam aliud ali�s ali�s alia _Abl._ ali� ali� ali� ali˜s ali˜s ali˜s

Ç˛nusÈ, _one, only_ STEMS Ç˛no-È m. and n., Ç˛n�-È f. BASE Ç˛n-È

MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ˛nus ˛na ˛num ˛n˜ ˛nae ˛na _Gen._ ˛n˜us ˛n˜us ˛n˜us ˛n�rum ˛n�rum ˛n�rum _Dat._ ˛n˜ ˛n˜ ˛n˜ ˛n˜s ˛n˜s ˛n˜s

_Acc._ ˛num ˛nam ˛num ˛n�s ˛n�s ˛na _Abl._ ˛n� ˛n� ˛n� ˛n˜s ˛n˜s ˛n˜s

_a._ For the complete list see ¤108.

Ç471.È ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. _I_-STEMS

I. THREE ENDINGS

Ç�cer, �cris, �creÈ, _keen, eager_ STEM Ç�cri-È BASE Ç�cr-È

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ �cer �cris �cre �crıs �crıs �cria _Gen._ �cris �cris �cris �crium �crium �crium _Dat._ �cr˜ �cr˜ �cr˜ �cribus �cribus �cribus _Acc._ �crem �crem �cre �cr˜s, -ıs �cr˜s, -ıs �cria _Abl._ �cr˜ �cr˜ �cr˜ �cribus �cribus �cribus

II. TWO ENDINGS

Çomnis, omneÈ, _every, all_ STEM Çomni-È BASE Çomn-È

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ omnis omne omnıs omnia _Gen._ omnis omnis omnium omnium _Dat._ omn˜ omn˜ omnibus omnibus _Acc._ omnem omne omn˜s, -ıs omnia _Abl._ omn˜ omn˜ omnibus omnibus

III. ONE ENDING

Çp�rÈ, _equal_ STEM Çpari-È BASE Çpar-È

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ p�r p�r parıs paria _Gen._ paris paris parium parium _Dat._ par˜ par˜ paribus paribus _Acc._ parem p�r par˜s, -ıs paria _Abl._ par˜ par˜ paribus paribus

1. Observe that all i-stem adjectives have Ç-˜È in the ablative singular.

[TranscriberÕs Note: This sentence appears to be a footnote, but there is no footnote tag on the page.]

Ç472.È PRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLES

Çam�nsÈ, _loving_ STEM Çamanti-È BASE Çamant-È

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT.

_Nom._ am�ns am�ns amantıs amantia _Gen._ amantis amantis amantium amantium _Dat._ amant˜ amant˜ amantibus amantibus _Acc._ amantem am�ns amant˜s, -ıs amantia _Abl._ amante, -˜ amante, -˜ amantibus amantibus

ÇiınsÈ, _going_ STEM Çienti-, eunti-È BASE Çient-, eunt-È

_Nom._ iıns iıns euntıs euntia _Gen._ euntis euntis euntium euntium _Dat._ eunt˜ eunt˜ euntibus euntibus _Acc._ euntem iıns eunt˜s, -ıs euntia _Abl._ eunte, -˜ eunte, -˜ euntibus euntibus

Ç473.È REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE MASC. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. altus (alto-) altior altius altissimus -a -um l˜ber (l˜bero-) l˜berior l˜berius l˜berrimus -a -um pulcher (pulchro-) pulchrior pulchrius pulcherrimus -a -um aud�x (aud�ci-) aud�cior aud�cius aud�cissimus -a -um brevis (brevi-) brevior brevius brevissimus -a -um �cer (�cri-) �crior �crius �cerrimus -a -um

Ç474.È DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES

ÇaltiorÈ, _higher_

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ altior altius alti�rıs alti�ra _Gen._ alti�ris alti�ris alti�rum alti�rum _Dat._ alti�r˜ alti�r˜ alti�ribus alti�ribus _Acc._ alti�rem altius alti�rıs alti�ra _Abl._ alti�re alti�re alti�ribus alti�ribus

Çpl˛sÈ, _more_

_Nom._ ---- pl˛s pl˛rıs pl˛ra _Gen._ ---- pl˛ris pl˛rium pl˛rium _Dat._ ---- ---- pl˛ribus pl˛ribus _Acc._ ---- pl˛s pl˛r˜s (-ıs) pl˛ra _Abl._ ---- pl˛re pl˛ribus pl˛ribus

Ç475.È IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE bonus, -a, -um, melior, melius, optimus, -a, -um, _good_ _better_ _best_ malus, -a, -um, peior, peius, pessimus, -a, -um, _bad_ _worse_ _worst_ magnus, -a, -um, maior, maius, maximus, -a, -um, _great_ _greater_ _greatest_ multus, -a, -um, ----, pl˛s, _more_ pl˛rimus, -a, -um, _much_ _most_ parvus, -a, -um, minor, minus, minimus, -a, -um,_ _small_ _smaller_ _smallest senex, senis, senior maximus n�t˛

_old_ iuvenis, -e, i˛nior minimus n�t˛ _young_ vetus, veteris, vetustior, -ius veterrimus, -a, -um _old_ facilis, -e, facilior, -ius facillimus, -a, -um _easy_ difficilis, -e, difficilior, -ius difficillimus, -a, -um _difficult_ similis, -e, similior, -ius simillimus, -a, -um _similar_ dissimilis, -e, dissimilior, -ius dissimillimus, -a, -um _dissimilar_ humilis, -e, _low_ humilior, -ius humillimus, -a, -um gracilis, -e, gracilior, -ius gracillimus, -a, -um _slender_ exterus, _outward_ exterior, extrımus, extimus, _outer, exterior_ _outermost, last_ ñferus, _below_ ñferior, _lower_ ñfimus, ˜mus, _lowest_ posterus, posterior, _later_ postrımus, postumus, _following_ _last_ superus, _above_ superior, suprımus, summus, _higher_ _highest_ [[cis, citr�,]] citerior, _hither_ citimus, _hithermost_ [[_on this side_]] [[in, intr�,]] interior, _inner_ intimus, _inmost_ [[_in, within_]] [[prae, pr�,]] prior, _former_ pr˜mus, _first_ [[_before_]] [[prope, _near_]] propior, _nearer_ proximus, _next_ [[ultr�, _beyond_]] ulterior, _further_ ultimus, _furthest_

Ç476.È REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE c�rı (c�rus), _dearly_ c�rius c�rissimı miserı (miser), _wretchedly_ miserius miserrimı �criter (�cer), _sharply_ �crius �cerrimı facile (facilis), _easily_ facilius facillimı

Ç477.È IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE di˛, _long, a long time_ di˛tius di˛tissimı bene (bonus), _well_ melius, _better_ optimı, _best_ male (malus), _ill_ peius, _worse_ pessimı, _worst_ magnopere, _greatly_ magis, _more_ maximı, _most_ multum (multus), _much_ pl˛s, _more_ pl˛rimum, _most_ parum, _little_ minus, _less_ minimı, _least_ saepe, _often_ saep˜us saepissimı

Ç478.È NUMERALS

The cardinal numerals are indeclinable excepting Ç˛nusÈ, ÇduoÈ, ÇtrısÈ,the hundreds above one hundred, and Çm˜lleÈ used as a noun. The ordinalsare declined like Çbonus, -a, -umÈ.

CARDINALS ORDINALS (_How many_) (_In what order_) 1, ˛nus, -a, -um, _one_ pr˜mus, -a, -um _first_

2, duo, duae, duo _two_ secundus (_or_ alter) _second_ 3, trıs, tria _three_, tertius _third_, 4, quattuor etc. qu�rtus etc. 5, quñque quñtus 6, sex sextus 7, septem septimus 8, oct� oct�vus 9, novem n�nus 10, decem decimus 11, ˛ndecim ˛ndecimus 12, duodecim duodecimus 13, tredecim (decem (et) trıs) tertius decimus 14, quattuordecim qu�rtus decimus 15, quñdecim quñtus decimus 16, sıdecim sextus decimus 17, septendecim septimus decimus 18, duodıv˜gint˜ (oct�decim) duodıv˜cınsimus 19, ˛ndıv˜gint˜ (novendecim) ˛ndıv˜cınsimus 20, v˜gint˜ v˜cınsimus 21, {v˜gint˜ ˛nus _or_ {v˜cınsimus pr˜mus _or_ {˛nus et v˜gint˜, etc. {˛nus et v˜cınsimus, etc. 30, tr˜gint� tr˜cınsimus 40, quadr�gint� quadr�gınsimus 50, quñqu�gint� quñqu�gınsimus 60, sex�gint� sex�gınsimus 70, septu�gint� septu�gınsimus 80, oct�gint� oct�gınsimus 90, n�n�gint� n�n�gınsimus 100, centum centınsimus 101, centum (et) ˛nus, etc. centınsimus (et) pr˜mus, etc. 120, centum (et) v˜gint˜ centınsimus v˜cınsimus 121, centum (et) v˜gint˜ ˛nus, centınsimus (et) v˜cınsimus pr˜mus, etc. etc. 200, ducent˜, -ae, -a ducentınsimus 300, trecent˜ trecentınsimus 400, quadringent˜ quadringentınsimus 500, quñgent˜ quñgentınsimus 600, sescent˜ sescentınsimus 700, septingent˜ septingentınsimus 800, octingent˜ octingentınsimus 900, n�ngent˜ n�ngentınsimus 1000, m˜lle m˜llınsimus

Ç479.È Declension of ÇduoÈ, _two_, ÇtrısÈ, _three_, and Çm˜lleÈ,_a thousand_.

MASC. FEM. NEUT. M. AND F. NEUT. SING. PLUR. _N._ duo duae duo trıs trã m˜lle m˜lia _G._ du�rum du�rum du�rum trium trium m˜lle m˜lium _D._ du�bus du�bus du�bus tribus tribus m˜lle m˜libus _A._ du�s du�s duo tr˜s tria m˜lle m˜lia _or_ duo du�s duo _or_ trıs tria _A._ du�bus du�bus du�bus tribus tribus m˜lle m˜libus

NOTE. ÇM˜lleÈ is used in the plural as a noun with a modifying genitive,and is occasionally so used in the nominative and accusative singular.For the declension of Ç˛nusÈ cf. ¤470.

PRONOUNS

Ç480.È PERSONAL

ego, _I_ t˛, _you_ su˜, _of himself,_ _etc._ SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. _Nom._ ego n�s t˛ v�s ---- ---- _Gen._ me˜ nostrum, -tr˜ tu˜ vestrum, -tr˜ su˜ su˜ _Dat._ mihi n�b˜s tibi v�b˜s sibi sibi _Acc._ mı n�s tı v�s sı, sısı sı, sısı _Abl._ mı n�b˜s tı v�b˜s sı, sısı sı, sısı

Note that Çsu˜È is always reflexive.

Ç481.È DEMONSTRATIVE

Demonstratives belong to the first and second declensions, but have thepronominal endings Ç-˜usÈ or Ç-iusÈ and Ç-˜È in the gen. and dat. sing.

ÇipseÈ, _self_

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ ipse ipsa ipsum ips˜ ipsae ipsa _Gen._ ips˜«us ips˜«us ips˜«us ips�rum ips�rum ips�rum _Dat._ ips˜ ips˜ ips˜ ips˜s ips˜s ips˜s _Acc._ ipsum ipsam ipsum ips�s ips�s ipsa _Abl._ ips� ips� ips� ips˜s ips˜s ips˜s

ÇhicÈ, _this_ (here), _he_

_Nom._ hic haec hoc h˜ hae haec _Gen._ huius huius huius h�rum h�rum h�rum _Dat._ huic huic huic h˜s h˜s h˜s _Acc._ hunc hanc hoc h�s h�s haec _Abl._ h�c h�c h�c h˜s h˜s h˜s

ÇisteÈ, _this, that_ (of yours), _he_

_Nom._ iste ista istud ist˜ istae ista _Gen._ ist˜«us ist˜«us ist˜«us ist�rum ist�rum ist�rum _Dat._ ist˜ ist˜ ist˜ ist˜s ist˜s ist˜s _Acc._ istum istam istud ist�s ist�s ista _Abl._ ist� ist� ist� ist˜s ist˜s ist˜s

ÇilleÈ, _that_ (yonder), _he_

_Nom._ ille illa illud ill˜ illae illa _Gen._ ill˜«us ill˜«us ill˜«us ill�rum ill�rum ill�rum _Dat._ ill˜ ill˜ ill˜ ill˜s ill˜s ill˜s _Acc._ illum illam illud ill�s ill�s illa _Abl._ ill� ill� ill� ill˜s ill˜s ill˜s

ÇisÈ, _this, that, he_

_Nom._ is ea id i˜, e˜ eae ea _Gen._ eius eius eius e�rum e�rum e�rum _Dat._ e˜ e˜ e˜ i˜s, e˜s i˜s, e˜s i˜s, e˜s _Acc._ eum eam id e�s e�s ea _Abl._ e� e� e� i˜s, e˜s i˜s, e˜s i˜s, e˜s

Ç˜demÈ, _the same_

_Nom._ ˜dem e«adem idem i˜«dem eae«dem e«adem e˜«dem _Gen._ eius«dem eius«dem eius«dem e�run«dem e�run«dem e�run«dem _Dat._ e˜«dem e˜«dem e˜«dem i˜s«dem i˜s«dem i˜s«dem e˜s«dem e˜s«dem e˜s«dem _Acc._ eun«dem ean«dem idem e�s«dem e�s«dem e«adem _Abl._ e�«dem e�«dem e�«dem i˜s«dem i˜s«dem i˜s«dem e˜s«dem e˜s«dem e˜s«dem

NOTE. In the plural of ÇisÈ and Ç˜demÈ the forms with two iÕs arepreferred, the two iÕs being pronounced as one.

Ç482.È RELATIVE

Çqu˜È, _who, which, that_

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ qu˜ quae quod qu˜ quae quae _Gen._ cuius cuius cuius qu�rum qu�rum qu�rum _Dat._ cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus _Acc._ quem quam quod qu�s qu�s quae _Abl._ qu� qu� qu� quibus quibus quibus

Ç483.È INTERROGATIVE

ÇquisÈ, substantive, _who, what_

SINGULAR PLURAL MASC. & FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ quis quid qui quae quae _Gen._ cuius cuius qu�rum qu�rum qu�rum _Dat._ cui cui quibus quibus quibus _Acc._ quem quid qu�s qu�s quae _Abl._ qu� qu� quibus quibus quibus

The interrogative adjective Çqu˜, quae, quodÈ, is declined like therelative.

Ç484.È INDEFINITES

ÇquisÈ and Çqu˜È, as declined above,[1] are used also as indefinites(_some, any_). The other indefinites are compounds of ÇquisÈ and Çqu˜È.

ÇquisqueÈ, _each_

SUBSTANTIVE ADJECTIVE MASC. & FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ quisque quidque quisque quaeque quodque _Gen._ cuius«que cuius«que cuius«que cuius«que cuius«que _Dat._ cuique cuique cuique cuique cuique _Acc._ quemque quidque quemque quamque quodque _Abl._ qu�que qu�que qu�que qu�que qu�que

[Footnote 1: ÇquaÈ is generally used instead of ÇquaeÈ in the feminine nominative singular and in the neuter nominative and accusative plural.]

Ç485.È Çqu˜damÈ, _a certain one, a certain_

Observe that in the neuter singular the adjective has ÇquoddamÈ and thesubstantive ÇquiddamÈ.

SINGULAR MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ qu˜dam quaedam quoddam, quiddam (_subst._) _Gen._ cuius«dam cuius«dam cuius«dam _Dat._ cuidam cuidam cuidam _Acc._ quendam quandam quoddam, quiddam (_subst._) _Abl._ qu�dam qu�dam qu�dam

PLURAL _Nom._ qu˜dam quaedam quaedam _Gen._ qu�run«dam qu�run«dam qu�run«dam _Dat._ quibus«dam quibus«dam quibus«dam _Acc._ qu�sdam qu�sdam quaedam _Abl._ quibus«dam quibus«dam quibus«dam

Ç486.È ÇquisquamÈ, substantive, _any one_ (at all)

MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ quisquam quicquam (quidquam) _Gen._ cuius«quam cuius«quam _Dat._ cuiquam cuiquam _Acc._ quemquam quicquam (quidquam) _Abl._ qu�quam qu�quam

Ç487.È ÇaliquisÈ, substantive, _some one_. Çaliqu˜È, adjective, _some_

SINGULAR SUBSTANTIVE ADJECTIVE MASC. AND FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ aliquis aliquid aliqu˜ aliqua aliquod _Gen._ alicu«ius alicu«ius alicu«ius alicu«ius alicu«ius _Dat._ alicui alicui alicui alicui alicui _Acc._ aliquem aliquid aliquem aliquam aliquod _Abl._ aliqu� aliqu� aliqu� aliqu� aliqu�

PLURAL FOR BOTH SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE MASC. FEM. NEUT. _Nom._ aliqu˜ aliquae aliqua _Gen._ aliqu�«rum aliqu�«rum aliqu�«rum _Dat._ ali«quibus ali«quibus ali«quibus _Acc._ aliqu�s aliqu�s aliqua _Abl._ ali«quibus ali«quibus ali«quibus

_a._ Çquis (qu˜)È, _any one, any_, is the least definite (¤297.b). Çaliquis (aliqu˜)È, _some one, some_, is more definite than ÇquisÈ. ÇquisquamÈ, _any one_ (at all), and its adjective Ç˛llusÈ, _any_, occur mostly with a negative, expressed or implied, and in clauses of comparison.

REGULAR VERBS

Ç488.È FIRST CONJUGATION. _å_-VERBS. _AMï_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çam�, am�re, am�v˜, am�tusÈ PRES. STEM am�- PERF. STEM am�v- PART. STEM am�t-

ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT _I love, am loving,_ _I am loved_, etc. _do love_, etc. am� am�mus amor am�mur am�s am�tis am�ris, -re am�min˜ amat amant am�tur amantur

IMPERFECT _I loved, was loving_, _I was loved_, etc. _did love_, etc. am�bam am�b�mus am�bar am�b�mur am�b�s am�b�tis am�b�ris, -re am�b�min˜ am�bat am�bant am�b�tur am�bantur

FUTURE _I shall love_, etc. _I shall be loved_, etc. am�b� am�bimus am�bor am�bimur am�bis am�bitis am�beris, -re am�bimin˜ am�bit am�bunt am�bitur am�buntur

PERFECT _I have loved, loved,_ _I have been (was) loved_, etc. _did love_, etc. am�vi am�vimus am�tus, {sum am�t˜, {sumus am�vist˜ am�vistis -a, -um {es -ae, -a {estis am�vit am�vırunt, -re {est {sunt

PLUPERFECT _I had loved_, etc. _I had been loved_, etc. am�veram am�ver�mus am�tus, {eram am�t˜, {er�mus am�ver�s am�ver�tis -a, -um {er�s -ae, -a {er�tis am�verat am�verant {erat {erant

FUTURE PERFECT _I shall have loved_, etc. _I shall have been loved_, etc. am�ver� am�verimus am�tus, {er� am�t˜, {erimus am�veris am�veritis -a, -um {eris -ae, -a {eritis am�verit am�verint {erit {erunt

SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT amem amımus amer amımur amıs amıtis amıris, -re amımin˜ amet ament amıtur amentur

IMPERFECT am�rem am�remus am�rer am�rımur am�rıs am�rıtis am�rıris, -re am�rımin˜ am�ret am�rent am�rıtur am�rentur

PERFECT am�verim am�verimus am�tus, {sim am�t˜, {s˜mus am�veris am�veritis -a, -um {s˜s -ae, -a {s˜tis am�verit am�verint {sit {sint

PLUPERFECT am�vissem am�vissımus am�tus, {essem am�t˜, {essımus am�vissıs am�vissıtis -a, -um {essıs -ae, -a {essıtis am�visset am�vissent {esset {essent

IMPERATIVE PRESENT am�, _love thou_ am�re, _be thou loved_ am�te, _love ye_ am�min˜, _be ye loved_

FUTURE am�t�, _thou shalt love_ am�tor, _thou shalt be loved_ am�t�, _he shall love_ am�tor, _he shall be loved_ am�t�te, _you shall love_ ---- amant�, _they shall love_ amantor, _they shall be loved_

INFINITIVE _Pres._ am�re, _to love_ am�r˜, _to be loved_ _Perf._ am�visse, am�tus, -a, -um esse, _to have loved_ _to have been loved_ _Fut._ am�t˛rus, -a, -um [[am�tum ˜r˜]], _to be about to be loved_ esse, _to be_ _about to love_

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ am�ns, -antis, _Pres._ ---- _loving_ _Fut._ am�t˛rus, -a, -um, _Gerundive[1]_ amandus, -a, -um, _to be _about to love_ loved_ _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ am�tus, -a, -um, _having been loved, loved_

GERUND _Nom._ ---- _Gen._ amand˜, _of loving_ _Dat._ amand�, _for loving_ _Acc._ amandum, _loving_ _Abl._ amand�, _by loving_

SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[am�tum]], _to love_ _Abl._ [[am�t˛]], _to love, in the loving_

[Footnote 1: Sometimes called the future passive participle.]

Ç489.È SECOND CONJUGATION. _æ_-VERBS. _MONEï_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çmone�, monıre, monu˜, monitusÈ PRES. STEM monı- PERF. STEM monu- PART. STEM monit-

ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT _I advise_, etc., _I am advised,_ etc. mone� monımus moneor monımur monıs monıtis monıris, -re monımin˜ monet monent monıtur monentur

IMPERFECT _I was advising_, etc., _I was advised_, etc.

monıbam monıb�mus monıbar monıb�mur monıb�s monıb�tis monıb�ris, -re monıb�min˜ monıbat monıbant monıb�tur monıb�ntur

FUTURE _I shall advise_, etc., _I shall be advised_, etc. monıb� monıbimus monıbor monıbimur monıbis monıbitis monıberis, -re monıbimin˜ monıbit monıbunt monıbitur monıbuntur

PERFECT _I have advised,_ _I have been (was) advised_, etc. _I advised_, etc. monu˜ monuimus {sum {sumus monuist˜ monuistis monitus, {es monit˜, {estis monuit monuırunt, -re -a, -um {est -ae, -a {sunt

PLUPERFECT _I had advised_, etc., _I had been advised_, etc.

monueram monuer�mus {eram {er�mus monuer�s monuer�tis monitus, {eras monit˜, {eratis monuerat monuerant -a, -um {erat -ae, -a {erant

FUTURE PERFECT _I shall have advised_, _I shall have been advised_, etc. etc. monuer� monuerimus {er� {erimus monueris monuer˜tis monitus, {eris monit˜, {eritis monuerit monuer˜nt -a, -um {erit -ae, -a {erunt

SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT moneam mone�mus monear mone�mur mone�s mone�tis mone�ris, -re mone�min˜ moneat moneant mone�tur moneantur

IMPERFECT monırem monırımus monırer monırımur monırıs monırıtis monırıris, -re monırımin˜ monıret monırent monırıtur monırentur

PERFECT monuerim monuerimus {sim {s˜mus monueris monueritis monitus, {s˜s monit˜, {s˜tis monuerit monuerint -a, -um {sit -ae, -a {sint

PLUPERFECT monuissem monuissımus {essem {essımus monuissıs monuissıtis monitus, {essıs monit˜, {essıtis monuisset monuissent -a, -um {esset -ae, -a {essent

IMPERATIVE PRESENT monı, _advise thou_ monıre, _be thou advised_ monıte, _advise ye_ monımin˜, _be ye advised_

FUTURE monıt�, _thou shall_ monıtor, _thou shalt be advised_ _advise_

monıt�, _he shall advise_ monıtor, _he shall be advised_ monıt�te, _you shall advise_ ---- monent�, _they shall_ monentor, _they shall be advised_ _advise_

INFINITIVE _Pres._ monıre, _to advise_ monır˜, _to be advised_ _Perf._ monuisse, _to have_ monitus, -a, -um esse, _advised_ _to have been advised_ _Fut._ monit˛rus, -a, -um [[monitum ˜r˜]], esse, _to be_ _to be about to be advised_ _about to advise_

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ monıns, -entis, _Pres._ ---- _advising_ _Fut._ monit˛rus, -a, -um, _Ger._ monendus, -a, -um, _about to advise_ _to be advised_ _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ monitus, -a, -um, _having been advised, advised_

GERUND _Nom._ ---- _Gen._ monend˜, _of advising_ _Dat._ monend�, _for advising_ _Acc._ monendum, _advising_ _Abl._ monend�, _by advising_

SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[monitum]], _to advise_ _Abl._ [[monit˛]], _to advise, in the advising_

Ç490.È THIRD CONJUGATION. _E_-VERBS. _REGï_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çreg�, regere, rex˜, rıctusÈ PRES. STEM rege- PERF. STEM rıx- PART. STEM rıct-

ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT _I rule_, etc. _I am ruled_, etc. reg� regimus re«gor re«gimur regis regitis re«geris, -re regi«min˜ regit regunt re«gitur regun«tur

IMPERFECT _I was ruling_, etc. _I was ruled_, etc. regıbam regıb�mus regı«bar regıb�«mur regıb�s regıb�tis regıb�«ris, -re regıb�«min˜ regıbat regıbant regıb�«tur regıban«tur

FUTURE _I shall rule_, etc. _I shall be ruled_, etc. regam regımus re«gar regı«mur regıs regıtis regı«ris, -re regı«min˜ reget regent regı«tur regen«tur

PERFECT _I have ruled_, etc. _I have been ruled_, etc. rıx˜ rıximus {sum {sumus

rıxist˜ rıxistis rıctus, {es rıct˜, {estis rıxit rıxırunt, -re -a, -um {est -ae, -a {sunt

PLUPERFECT _I had ruled_, etc. _I had been ruled_, etc. rıxeram rıxer�mus {eram {er�mus rıxer�s rıxer�tis rıctus, {eras rıct˜, {er�tis rıxerat rıxerant -a, -um {erat -ae, -a {erant

FUTURE PERFECT _I shall have ruled_, etc. _I shall have been ruled_, etc. rıxer� rıxerimus {er� {erimus rıxeris rıxeritis rıctus, {eris rıct˜, {eritis rıxerit rıxerint -a, -um {erit -ae, -a {erunt

SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT regam reg�mus regar reg�mur reg�s reg�tis reg�ris, -re reg�min˜ regat regant reg�tur regantur

IMPERFECT regerem regerımus regerer regerımur regerıs regerıtis regerıris, -re regerımin˜ regeret regerent regerıtur regerentur

PERFECT rıxerim rıxerimus {sim {s˜mus rıxeris rıxeritis rıctus, {s˜s rıcti, {s˜tis rıxerit rıxerint -a, -um {sit -ae, -a {sint

PLUPERFECT rıxissem rıxissımus {essem {essımus rıxissıs rıxissıtis rıctus, {essıs rıcti, {essıtis rıxisset rıxissent -a, -um {esset -ae, -a {essent

IMPERATIVE PRESENT rege, _rule thou_ regere, _be thou ruled_ regite, _rule ye_ regimin˜, _be ye ruled_

FUTURE regit�, _thou shalt rule_ regitor, _thou shalt be ruled_ regit� _he shall rule_ regitor, _he shall be ruled_ regit�te, _ye shall rule_ ---- regunt�, _they shall rule_ reguntor, _they shall be ruled_

INFINITIVE _Pres._ regere, _to rule_ reg˜, _to be ruled_ _Perf._ rıxisse, _to have_ rıctus, -a, -um esse, _ruled_ _to have been ruled_ _Fut._ rıct˛rus, -a, -um [[rıctum ˜r˜]], esse, _to be_ _to be about to be ruled_ _about to rule_

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ regıns, -entis, _Pres._ ---- _ruling_ _Fut._ rıct˛rus, -a, -um, _Ger._ regendus, -a, -um, _to be ruled_ _about to rule_

_Perf._ ---- _Perf._ rıctus, -a, -um, _having been ruled, ruled_

GERUND _Nom._ ---- _Gen._ regend˜, _of ruling_ _Dat._ regend�, _for ruling_ _Acc._ regendum, _ruling_ _Abl._ regend�, _by ruling_

SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[rıctum]], _to rule_ _Abl._ [[rıct˛]], _to rule, in the ruling_

Ç491.È FOURTH CONJUGATION. _ë_-VERBS. _AUDIï_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çaudi�, aud˜re, aud˜v˜, aud˜tusÈ PRES. STEM aud˜- PERF. STEM aud˜v- PART. STEM aud˜t-

ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT _I hear_, etc. _I am heard_, etc. audi� aud˜mus au«dior aud˜«mur aud˜s aud˜tis aud˜«ris, -re aud˜«min˜ audit audiunt aud˜«tur audiun«tur

IMPERFECT _I was hearing_, etc. _I was heard_, etc. audiıbam audiıb�mus audiı«bar audiıb�«mur audiıb�s audiıb�tis audiıb�«ris, -re audiıb�«min˜ audiıbat audiıbant audiıb�«tur audiıban«tur

FUTURE _I shall hear_, etc. _I shall be heard_, etc. audiam audiımus au«diar audiı«mur audiıs audiıtis audiı«ris, -re audiı«min˜ audiet audient audiı«tur audien«tur

PERFECT _I have heard_, etc. _I have been heard_, etc. aud˜v˜ aud˜vimus {sum {sumus aud˜vist˜ aud˜vistis aud˜tus, {es aud˜t˜, {estis aud˜vit aud˜vırunt, -re -a, -um {est -ae, -a {sunt

PLUPERFECT _I had heard_, etc. _I had been heard_, etc. aud˜veram aud˜ver�mus {eram {er�mus aud˜ver�s aud˜ver�tis aud˜tus, {eras aud˜t˜, {er�tis aud˜verat aud˜verant -a, -um {erat -ae, -a {erant

FUTURE PERFECT _I shall have heard_, etc. _I shall have been heard_, etc. aud˜ver� aud˜verimus {er� {erimus aud˜veris aud˜veritis aud˜tus, {eris aud˜t˜, {eritis aud˜verit aud˜verint -a, -um {erit -ae, -a {erunt

SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT audiam audi�mus audiar audi�mur

audi�s audi�tis audi�ris, -re audi�min˜ audiat audiant audi�tur audiantur

IMPERFECT aud˜rem aud˜rımus aud˜rer aud˜rımur aud˜rıs aud˜rıtis aud˜rıris, -re aud˜rımin˜ aud˜ret aud˜rent aud˜rıtur aud˜rentur

PERFECT aud˜verim aud˜verimus {sim {s˜mus aud˜veris aud˜veritis aud˜tus, {s˜s aud˜ti, {s˜tis aud˜verit aud˜verint -a, -um {sit -ae, -a {sint

PLUPERFECT aud˜vissem aud˜vissımus {essem {essımus aud˜vissıs aud˜vissıtis aud˜tus, {essıs aud˜ti, {essıtis aud˜visset aud˜vissent -a, -um {esset -ae, -a {essent

IMPERATIVE PRESENT PRESENT aud˜, _hear thou_ aud˜re, _be thou heard_ aud˜te, _hear ye_ aud˜min˜, _be ye heard_

FUTURE aud˜t�, _thou shalt hear_ aud˜tor, _thou shalt be heard_ aud˜t� _he shall hear_ aud˜tor, _he shall be heard_ aud˜t�te, _ye shall hear_ ---- audunt�, _they shall hear_ audiuntor, _they shall be heard_

INFINITIVE _Pres._ aud˜re, _to hear_ aud˜r˜, _to be heard_ _Perf._ aud˜visse, aud˜tus, -a, -um esse, _to have heard_ _to have been heard_ _Fut._ aud˜t˛rus, -a, -um [[aud˜tum ˜r˜]], esse, _to be_ _to be about to be heard_ _about to hear_

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ audiıns, -entis, _Pres._ ---- _hearing_ _Fut._ aud˜t˛rus, -a, -um, _Ger._ audiendus, -a, -um, _to be heard_ _about to hear_ _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ aud˜tus, -a, -um, _having been heard, heard_

GERUND _Nom._ ---- _Gen._ audiend˜, _of hearing_ _Dat._ audiend�, _for hearing_ _Acc._ audiendum, _hearing_ _Abl._ audiend�, _by hearing_

SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[aud˜tum]], _to hear_ _Abl._ [[aud˜tu]], _to hear, in the hearing_

Ç492.È THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN _-Iï_. _CAPIï_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çcapi�, capere, cıp˜, captusÈ

PRES. STEM cape- PERF. STEM cıp- PART. STEM capt-

ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE PRESENT capi� capimus ca«pior ca«pimur capis capitis ca«peris, -re capi«min˜ capit capiunt ca«pitur capiun«tur

IMPERFECT capiıbam capiebamus capiı«bar capiıb�«mur capiıbas capiıb�tis capiıba«ris, -re capiıb�«min˜ capiıbat capiıbant capiıb�«tur capieban«tur

FUTURE capiam capiımus ca«piar capiı«mur capiıs capiıtis capiı«ris, -re capiı«min˜ capiet capient capiı«tur capien«tur

PERFECT cıp˜, cıpist˜, cıpit, etc. captus, -a, -um sum, es, est, etc.

PLUPERFECT cıperam, cıper�s, cıperat, captus, -a, -um eram, er�s, erat, etc. etc.

FUTURE PERFECT cıper�, cıperis, cıperit, captus, -a, -um er�, eris, erit, etc. etc.

SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT capiam, capi�s, capiat, capiar, -i�ris, -re, -i�tur, etc. etc. IMPERFECT caperem, caperıs, caperet, caperer, -erıris, -re, -erıtur, etc. etc. PERFECT cıperim, cıperis, cıperit, captus, -a, -um sim, s˜s, sit, etc. etc. PLUPERFECT cıpissem, cıpissıs, captus, -a, -um essem, essıs, esset, cıpisset, etc. etc.

IMPERATIVE PRESENT _2d Pers._ cape capite capere capimin˜

FUTURE _2d Pers._ capit� capit�te capitor ---- _3rd Pers._ capit� capiunt� capitor capiuntor

INFINITIVE _Pres._ capere cap˜ _Perf._ cıpisse captus, -a, -um esse _Fut._ capt˛rus, -a, -um [[captum ˜r˜]] esse

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ capiıns, -ientis _Pres._ ----

_Fut._ capt˛rus, -a, -um _Ger._ capiendus, -a, -um _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ captus, -a, -um

GERUND _Gen._ capiend˜ etc.

SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[captum]] _Abl._ [[capt˛]]

Ç493.È DEPONENT VERBS

[TranscriberÕs Note: Asterisks in this section are from the original text (Òmarked with a starÓ).]

PRINCIPAL PARTS

I. Çhortor, hort�r˜, hort�tus sumÈ, _urge_ II. Çvereor, verır˜, veritus sumÈ, _fear_ III. Çsequor, sequ˜, sec˛tus sumÈ, _follow_ IV. Çpartior, part˜r˜, part˜tus sumÈ, _share, divide_

NOTE. In addition to the passive conjugation, deponent verbs use certainforms from the active. These are marked with a star. Deponent -i� verbsof the third conjugation are inflected like the passive of capi�.

INDICATIVE _Pres._ hortor vereor sequor partior hort�ris, -re verıris, -re sequeris, -re part˜ris, -re hort�tur verıtur sequitur part˜tur hort�mur verımur sequimur part˜mur hort�min˜ verımin˜ sequimin˜ part˜min˜ hortantur verentur sequuntur partiuntur _Impf._ hort�bar verıbar sequıbar partiıbar _Fut._ hort�bor verıbor sequar partiar _Perf._ hort�tus sum veritus sum sec˛tus sum part˜tus sum _Plup._ hort�tus eram veritus eram sec˛tus eram part˜tus eram _F. P._ hort�tus er� veritus er� sec˛tus er� part˜tus er�

SUBJUNCTIVE _Pres._ horter verear sequar partiar _Impf._ hort�rer verırer sequerer part˜rer _Perf._ hort�tus sim veritus sim sec˛tus sim part˜tus sim _Plup._ hort�tus essem veritus essem sec˛tus essem part˜tus essem

IMPERATIVE _Pres._ hort�re verıre sequere part˜re _Fut._ hort�tor verıtor sequitor part˜tor

INFINITIVE _Pres._ hort�r˜ verır˜ sequ˜ part˜r˜ _Perf._ hort�tus esse veritus esse sec˛tus esse part˜tus esse _Fut._ *hort�t˛rus *verit˛rus *sec˛t˛rus *part˜t˛rus esse esse esse esse

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ *hort�ns *verıns *sequıns *partiıns _Fut._ *hort�turus *verit˛rus *sec˛t˛rus *part˜t˛rus _Perf._ hort�tus veritus sec˛tus part˜tus

_Ger._ hortandus verendus sequendus partiendus

GERUND *hortand˜, etc. *verend˜, etc. *sequend˜, etc. *partiend˜, etc.

SUPINE *[[hort�tus, -t˛]] *[[veritum, -t˛]] *[[sec˛tum, -t˛]] *[[part˜tum, -t˛]]

IRREGULAR VERBS

Ç494.È ÇsumÈ, _am, be_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çsum, esse, fu˜, fut˛rusÈ PRES. STEM es- PERF. STEM fu- PART. STEM fut-

INDICATIVE PRESENT SINGULAR PLURAL sum, _I am_ sumus, _we are_ es, _thou art_ estis, _you are_ est, _he (she, it) is_ sunt, _they are_

IMPERFECT eram, _I was_ er�mus, _we were_ er�s, _thou wast_ er�tis, _you were_ erat, _he was_ erant, _they were_

FUTURE er�, _I shall be_ erimus, _we shall be_ eris, _thou wilt be_ eritis, _you will be_ erit, _he will be_ erunt, _they will be_

PERFECT fu˜, _I have been, was_ fuimus, _we have been, were_ fuist˜, _thou hast been, wast_ fuistis, _you have been, were_ fuit, _he has been, was_ fuırunt, fuıre, _they have been, were_

PLUPERFECT fueram, _I had been_ fuer�mus, _we had been_ fuer�s, _thou hadst been_ fuer�tis, _you had been_ fuerat, _he had been_ fuerant, _they had been_

FUTURE PERFECT fuer�, _I shall have been_ fuerimus, _we shall have been_ fueris, _thou wilt have been_ fueritis, _you will have been_ fuerit, _he will have been_ fuerint, _they will have been_

SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT IMPERFECT SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL sim s˜mus essem essımus s˜s s˜tis essıs essıtis sit sint esset essent

PERFECT PLUPERFECT fuerim fuerimus fuissem fuissımus fueris fueritis fuissıs fuissıtis fuerit fuerint fuisset fuissent

IMPERATIVE PRESENT _2d Pers. Sing._ es, _be thou_ _2d Pers. Plur._ este, _be ye_ FUTURE _2d Pers. Sing._ est�, _thou shalt be_ _3d Pers. Sing._ est�, _he shall be_ _2d Pers. Plur._ est�te, _ye shall be_ _3d Pers. Plur._ sunt�, _they shall be_

INFINITIVE _Pres._ esse, _to be_ _Perf._ fuisse, _to have been_ _Fut._ fut˛rus, -a, -um esse or ÇforeÈ, _to be about to be_

PARTICIPLE fut˛rus, -a, -um, _about to be_

Ç495.È ÇpossumÈ, _be able, can_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çpossum, posse, potu˜, ----È

INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL _Pres._ possum pos«sumus possim poss˜«mus potes potes«tis poss˜s poss˜«tis potest possunt possit possint _Impf._ poteram poter�mus possem possı«mus _Fut._ poter� poterimus ---- ---- _Perf._ potu˜ potuimus potuerim potuerimus _Plup._ potueram potuer�mus potuissem potuissımus _F. P._ potuer� potuerimus ---- ----

INFINITIVE _Pres._ posse _Perf._ potuisse

PARTICIPLE _Pres._ potens, _gen._ -entis, (adjective) _powerful_

Ç496.È Çpr�sumÈ, _benefit_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çpr�sum, pr�desse, pr�fu˜, pr�fut˛rusÈ PRES. STEM Çpr�des-È PERF. STEM Çpr�fu-È PART. STEM Çpr�fut-È

INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL _Pres._ pr�sum pr�«sumus pr�sim pr�s˜«mus pr�des pr�des«tis pr�s˜s pr�s˜«tis pr�dest pr�sunt pr�sit pr�sint _Impf._ pr�deram pr�der�mus pr�dessem prodessı«mus _Fut._ pr�der� pr�derimus ---- ---- _Perf._ pr�fu˜ pr�fuimus pr�fuerim pr�fuerimus _Plup._ pr�fueram pr�fuer�mus pr�fuissem pr�fuissımus _F. P._ pr�fuer� pr�fuerimus ---- ----

IMPERATIVE _Pres. 2d Pers._ pr�des, pr�deste _Fut. 2d Pers._ pr�dest�, pr�dest�te

INFINITIVE _Pres._ pr�desse _Perf._ pr�fuisse _Fut._ pr�fut˛rus, -a, -um esse

FUTURE PARTICIPLE pr�fut˛rus, -a, -um

Ç497.È [ Çvol�È, Çn�l�È, Çm�l�È]

PRINCIPAL PARTS: Çvol�, velle, volu˜È, ----, _be willing, will, wish_ Çn�l�, n�lle, n�lu˜È, ----, _be unwilling, will not_ Çm�l�, m�lle, m�lu˜È, ----, _be more willing, prefer_

ÇN�l�È and Çm�l�È are compounds of Çvol�È. ÇN�l�È is for ÇneÈ (_not_) +Çvol�È, and Çm�l�È for Çm�È (from ÇmagisÈ, _more_) + Çvol�È. The secondperson Çv˜sÈ is from a different root.

INDICATIVE SINGULAR _Pres._ vol� n�l� m�l� v˜s n�n vis m�v˜s vult n�n vult m�vult

PLURAL volumus n�lumus m�lumus vultis n�n vultis m�vul«tis volunt n�lunt m�lunt

_Impf._ volıbam n�lıbam m�lıbam _Fut._ volam, volıs, etc. n�lam, n�lıs, etc. m�lam, m�lıs, etc. _Perf._ volu˜ n�lu˜ m�lu˜ _Plup._ volueram n�lueram m�lueram _F. P._ voluer� n�luer� m�luer�

SUBJUNCTIVE SINGULAR _Pres._ velim n�lim m�lim vel˜s n�l˜s m�l˜s velit n�lit m�lit

PLURAL vel˜«mus n�l˜«mus m�l˜«mus vel˜«tis n�l˜«tis m�l˜«tis velint n�lint m�lint

_Impf._ vellem n�llem m�llem _Perf._ voluerim n�luerim m�luerim _Plup._ voluissem n�luissem m�luissem

IMPERATIVE _Pres._ n�l˜ n�l˜te _Fut._ n�l˜t�, etc.

INFINITIVE _Pres._ velle n�lle m�lle _Perf._ voluisse n�luisse m�luisse

PARTICIPLE _Pres._ volıns, -entis n�lıns, -entis ----

Ç498.È Çfer�È, _bear, carry, endure_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çfer�, ferre, tul˜, l�tusÈ PRES. STEM fer- PERF. STEM tul- PART. STEM l�t-

INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE _Pres._ fer� ferimus feror ferimur fers fert˜s ferris, -re ferimim˜ fert ferunt fertur feruntur _Impf._ ferıbam ferıbar _Fut._ feram, ferıs, etc. ferar, ferıris, etc. _Perf._ tul˜ l�tus, -a, -um sum _Plup._ tuleram l�tus, -a, -um eram _F. P._ tuler� l�tus, -a, -um er�

SUBJUNCTIVE _Pres._ feram, fer�s, etc. ferar, fer�ris, etc. _Impf._ ferrem ferrer _Perf._ tulerim l�tus, -a, -um sim _Plup._ tulissem l�tus, -a, -um essem

IMPERATIVE _Pres. 2d Pers._ fer ferte ferre ferimin˜ _Fut. 2d Pers._ fert� fert�te fertor _3d Pers._ fert� ferunto fertor feruntor

INFINITIVE _Pres._ ferre ferr˜ _Perf._ tulisse l�tus, -a, -um esse _Fut._ l�t˛rus, -a, -um esse ----

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ ferıns, -entis _Pres._ ---- _Fut._ l�t˛rus, -a, -um _Ger._ ferendus, -a, -um _Perf._ ---- _Perf._ l�tus, -a, -um

GERUND _Gen._ ferend˜ _Dat._ ferend� _Acc._ ferendum _Abl._ ferend�

SUPINE (Active Voice) _Acc._ [[l�tum]] _Abl._ [[l�t˛]]

Ç499.È e�, _go_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çe�, ˜re, i˜ (˜v˜), itumÈ (n. perf. part.) PRES. STEM ˜- PERF. STEM ˜- or ˜v- PART. STEM it-

INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE SING. PLUR. _Pres._ e� ˜mus eam _2d Pers._ ˜ ˜te

˜s ˜tis it eunt _Impf._ ˜bam ˜rem _Fut._ ˜b� ---- _2d Pers._ ˜t� ˜t�te _3d Pers._ ˜t� eunt� _Perf._ i˜ (˜v˜) ierim (˜verim) _Plup._ ieram (˜veram) ˜ssem (˜vissem) _F. P._ ier� (˜ver�)

INFINITIVE _Pres._ ˜re _Perf._ ˜sse (˜visse) _Fut._ it˛rus, -a, -um esse

PARTICIPLES _Pres._ iıns, _gen._ euntis (¤472) _Fut._ it˛rus, -a, -um _Ger._ eundum

GERUND _Gen._ eund˜ _Dat._ eund� _Acc._ eundum _Abl._ eund�

SUPINE _Acc._ [[itum]] _Abl._ [[it˛]]

_a._ The verb Çe�È is used impersonally in the third person singular of the passive, as Ç˜turÈ, Çitum estÈ, _etc._

_b._ In the perfect system the forms with ÇvÈ are very rare.

Ç500.È Çf˜�È, passive of Çfaci�È; _be made, become, happen_

PRINCIPAL PARTS Çf˜�, fier˜, factus sumÈ

INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERATIVE _Pres._ f˜� ---- f˜am _2d Pers._ f˜ f˜te f˜s ---- fit f˜unt _Impf._ f˜ıbam fierem _Fut._ f˜am ----

INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE _Perf._ factus, -a, -um sum factus, -a, -um sim _Plup._ factus, -a, -um eram factus, -a, -um essem _F. P._ factus, -a, -um er�

INFINITIVE PARTICIPLES _Pres._ fier˜ _Perf._ factus, -a, -um _Perf._ factus, -a, -um esse _Ger._ faciendus, -a, -um _Fut._ [[factum ˜r˜]]

[Illustration: CASTRA MURO FOSSAQUE MUNIUNTUR]

APPENDIX II

Ç501.È RULES OF SYNTAX

NOTE. The rules of syntax are here classified and numberedconsecutively. The number of the text section in which the rule appearsis given at the end of each.

_Nominative Case_

Ç1.È The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative and answers the question Who? or What? ¤36.

_Agreement_

Ç2.È A finite verb must always be in the same person and number as its subject. ¤28.

Ç3.È A predicate noun agrees in case with the subject of the verb. ¤76.

Ç4.È An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it explains. ¤81.

Ç5.È Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. ¤65.

Ç6.È A predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees in gender, number, and case with the subject of the main verb. ¤215.a.

Ç7.È A relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and number; but its case is determined by the way it is used in its own clause. ¤224.

_Prepositions_

Ç8.È A noun governed by a preposition must be in the accusative or ablative case. ¤52.

_Genitive Case_

Ç9.È The word denoting the owner or possessor of something is in the genitive and answers the question Whose? ¤38.

Ç10.È The possessive genitive often stands in the predicate, especially after the forms of ÇsumÈ, and is then called the _predicate genitive_. ¤409.

Ç11.È Words denoting a part are often used with the genitive of the whole, known as _the partitive genitive_. ¤331.

Ç12.È Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying adjective. ¤443.

_Dative Case_

Ç13.È The indirect object of a verb is in the dative. ¤45.

Ç14.È The dative of the indirect object is used with the intransitive verbs Çcrıd�È, Çfave�È, Çnoce�È, Çp�re�È, Çpersu�de�È, Çresist�È, Çstude�È, and others of like meaning. ¤154.

Ç15.È Some verbs compounded with ÇadÈ, ÇanteÈ, ÇconÈ, ÇdıÈ, ÇinÈ, ÇinterÈ, ÇobÈ, ÇpostÈ, ÇpraeÈ, Çpr�È, ÇsubÈ, ÇsuperÈ, admit the dative of the indirect object. Transitive compounds may take both an accusative and a dative. ¤426.

Ç16.È The dative is used with adjectives to denote the object toward which the given quality is directed. Such are, especially, those meaning _near_, also _fit, friendly, pleasing, like_, and their opposites. ¤143.

Ç17.È The dative is used to denote the _purpose_ or _end for which_; often with another dative denoting _the person or thing affected_. ¤437.

_Accusative Case_

Ç18.È The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative and answers the question Whom? or What? ¤37.

Ç19.È The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. ¤214.

Ç20.È The _place to which_ is expressed by ÇadÈ or ÇinÈ with the accusative. Before names of towns, small islands, ÇdomusÈ, and Çr˛sÈ the preposition is omitted. ¤¤263, 266.

Ç21.È _Duration of time_ and _extent of space_ are expressed by the accusative. ¤336.

Ç22.È Verbs of _making, choosing, calling, showing_, and the like, may take a _predicate accusative_ along with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusatives become nominatives. ¤392.

_Ablative Case_

Ç23.È _Cause_ is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question Because of what? ¤102.

Ç24.È _Means_ is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question By means of what? or With what? ¤103.

Ç25.È _Accompaniment_ is denoted by the ablative with ÇcumÈ. This answers the question With whom? ¤104.

Ç26.È The ablative with ÇcumÈ is used to denote the manner of an action. ÇCumÈ may be omitted, if an adjective is used with the ablative. This answers the question How? or In what manner? ¤105.

Ç27.È With comparatives and words implying comparison the ablative is used to denote the _measure of difference_. ¤317.

Ç28.È The ablative of a noun or pronoun with a present or perfect participle in agreement is used to express attendant circumstance. This is called the _ablative absolute_. ¤381.

Ç29.È 1. Descriptions of physical characteristics are expressed by the ablative with a modifying adjective. ¤444.

2. Descriptions involving neither numerical statements nor physical characteristics may be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a modifying adjective. ¤445.

Ç30.È The ablative is used to denote _in what respect_ something is true. ¤398.

Ç31.È The _place from which_ is expressed by Ç�È or ÇabÈ, ÇdıÈ, ÇıÈ or ÇexÈ with the separative ablative. This answers the question Whence? Before names of towns, small islands, ÇdomusÈ, and Çr˛sÈ the preposition is omitted. ¤¤264, 266.

Ç32.È Words expressing separation or deprivation require an ablative to complete their meaning. This is called the _ablative of separation_. ¤180.

Ç33.È The word expressing the person from whom an action starts, when not the subject, is put in the ablative with the preposition Ç�È or ÇabÈ. This is called the _ablative of the personal agent_. ¤181.

Ç34.È The comparative degree, if ÇquamÈ is omitted, is followed by the separative ablative. ¤309.

Ç35.È The _time when or within which_ anything happens is expressed by the ablative without a preposition. ¤275.

Ç36.È 1. The _place at or in which_ is expressed by the ablative with ÇinÈ. This answers the question Where? Before names of towns, small islands, and Çr˛sÈ the preposition is omitted. ¤¤265, 266.

2. Names of towns and small islands, if singular and of the first or second declension, and the word ÇdomusÈ express the _place in which_ by the locative. ¤268.

_Gerund and Gerundive_

Ç37.È 1. The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns. ¤406.1.

2. The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more usual. ¤406.2.

Ç38.È The accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ÇadÈ, or the genitive with Çcaus�È, is used to express purpose. ¤407.

_Moods and Tenses of Verbs_

Ç39.È Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses, and secondary by secondary. ¤358.

Ç40.È The subjunctive is used in a dependent clause to express the _purpose_ of the action in the principal clause. ¤349.

Ç41.È _A substantive clause of purpose_ with the subjunctive is used as object with verbs of _commanding, urging, asking, persuading_, or _advising_, where in English we should usually have the infinitive.

¤366.

Ç42.È Verbs of _fearing_ are followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced by ÇutÈ (_that not_) or ÇnıÈ (_that_ or _lest_). ¤372.

Ç43.È _Consecutive clauses of result_ are introduced by ÇutÈ or Çut n�nÈ, and have the verb in the subjunctive. ¤385.

Ç44.È _Object clauses of result_ with ÇutÈ or Çut n�nÈ are found after verbs of effecting or bringing about. ¤386.

Ç45.È A relative clause with the subjunctive is often used to describe an antecedent. This is called the _subjunctive of characteristic or description_. ¤390.

Ç46.È The conjunction ÇcumÈ means _when, since_, or _although_. It is followed by the subjunctive unless it means _when_ and its clause fixes the time at which the main action took place. ¤396.

Ç47.È When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive, and its subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the infinitive. ¤416.

Ç48.È The accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is found after verbs of _saying, telling, knowing, thinking_, and _perceiving_. ¤419.

Ç49.È A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future indicative becomes future infinitive. ¤418.

Ç50.È In an _indirect question_ the verb is in the subjunctive and its tense is determined by the law for tense sequence. ¤432.

[Illustration: DOMINA]

APPENDIX III

REVIEWS[1]

[Footnote 1: It is suggested that each of these reviews be assigned for a written test.]

[TranscriberÕs Note: In this Review section, the lists of English words for translation maynot be in the same order as in the original.]

I. REVIEW OF VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR THROUGH LESSON VIII

Ç502.È Give the English of the following words:[1]

NOUNS agricola Çgall˜naÈ ancilla ini˛ria

ÇaquaÈ Ç˜nsulaÈ ÇcasaÈ Çl˛naÈ ÇcausaÈ ÇnautaÈ cına Çpec˛niaÈ Çcor�naÈ puella ÇdeaÈ ÇpugnaÈ domina ÇsagittaÈ f�bula ÇsilvaÈ ÇferaÈ ÇterraÈ Çf˜liaÈ ÇtubaÈ Çfort˛naÈ ÇviaÈ ÇfugaÈ Çvict�riaÈ

ADJECTIVES ÇaltaÈ ÇmagnaÈ ÇbonaÈ ÇmalaÈ Çcl�raÈ ÇnovaÈ Çgr�taÈ ÇparvaÈ Çl�taÈ ÇpulchraÈ ÇlongaÈ Çs�laÈ

VERBS amat ÇnecatÈ ÇdatÈ Çn˛ntiatÈ ÇestÈ ÇparatÈ habitat ÇportatÈ Çlab�ratÈ ÇpugnatÈ ÇlaudatÈ ÇsuntÈ n�rrat ÇvocatÈ

PREPOSITIONS Ç�È or ÇabÈ ÇadÈ ÇcumÈ ÇdıÈ ÇıÈ or ÇexÈ ÇinÈ

PRONOUNS ÇmeaÈ ÇtuaÈ ÇquisÈ ÇcuiusÈ ÇcuiÈ ÇquemÈ ÇquidÈ

ADVERBS Çc˛rÈ ÇdeindeÈ Çn�nÈ ÇubiÈ

CONJUNCTIONS ÇetÈ quia ÇquodÈ

INTERROGATIVE PARTICLE

Ç-neÈ

[Footnote 1: Proper nouns and proper adjectives are not repeated in the reviews. Words used in CassarÕs ÒGallic WarÓ are in heavy type.]

Ç503.È Give the Latin of the following words:[1]

Underline the words you do not remember. Do not look up a single wordtill you have gone through the entire list. Then drill on the words youhave underlined.

_flight_ _wide_ story tells _new_ _money_ lives (verb) _calls_ _away from_ _with_ _who_ _your_ _why_ _then, in the next place_ _forest_ _daughter_ _wreath_ _to whom_ _deep, high_ _fortune_ dinner _famous_ _out from_ _labors_ (verb) _my_ _kills_ _where_ _not_ _trumpet_ _in_ lady, mistress _and_ _whom_ _sailor_ _island_ farmer _goddess_ _what_ _wild beast_ _way_ _praises_ (verb) _bad_ _alone_ loves _pleasing_ _pretty_ _prepares_ _water_ _are_ _great_ _to_ _is_ _because_ _announces_ _arrow_ _injury, wrong_ _cottage_ _battle_ (noun) _gives_ _small_ girl _fights_ (verb) _good_ maid _carries_ _down from_ _chicken_ _long_ _victory_ _cause_ _land_ _whose_

[Footnote 1: The translations of words used in C¾sar are in italics.]

Ç504.È ÇReview Questions.È How many syllables has a Latin word? How arewords divided into syllables? What is the ultima? the penult? theantepenult? When is a syllable short? When is a syllable long? What isthe law of Latin accent? Define the subject of a sentence; thepredicate; the object; the copula. What is inflection? declension?conjugation? What is the ending of the verb in the third personsingular, and what in the plural? What does the form of a noun show?Name the Latin cases. What case is used for the subject? the directobject? the possessor? What relation is expressed by the dative case?

Give the rule for the indirect object. How are questions answered inLatin? What is a predicate adjective? an attributive adjective? What ismeant by agreement? Give the rule for the agreement of the adjective.What are the three relations expressed by the ablative? What can you sayof the position of the possessive pronoun? the modifying genitive? theadjective? What is the base? What is grammatical gender? What is therule for gender in the first declension? What are the general principlesof Latin word order?

Ç505.È Fill out the following summary of the first declension:

THE FIRST OR å-DECLENSION 1. Ending in the nominative singular 2. Rule for gender 3. Case terminations a. Singular b. Plural 4. Irregular nouns

II. REVIEW OF LESSONS IX-XVII

Ç506.È Give the English of the following words:

NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION Çagr˜ cult˛raÈ ÇgaleaÈ Çc�nstantiaÈ ÇinopiaÈ Çc�piaÈ ÇlacrimaÈ Çd˜ligentiaÈ Çl�r˜caÈ Çf�maÈ ÇpatriaÈ fımina ÇpraedaÈ

NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION ÇagerÈ Çl˜ber˜È Çam˜cusÈ magister ÇarmaÈ (plural) Çm˛rusÈ ÇauxiliumÈ ÇnumerusÈ ÇbellumÈ Çoppid�nusÈ ÇcarrusÈ ÇoppidumÈ ÇcastrumÈ Çp˜lumÈ ÇcibusÈ ÇpopulusÈ Çc�nsiliumÈ ÇpraemiumÈ ÇdomiciliumÈ ÇproeliumÈ dominus ÇpuerÈ ÇequusÈ Çsc˛tumÈ Çf˜liusÈ ÇservusÈ fluvius ÇstudiumÈ Çfr˛mentumÈ ÇtılumÈ ÇgladiusÈ Çv˜cusÈ Çlıg�tusÈ ÇvirÈ

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS Çaeger, aegra, aegrumÈ Çalius, alia, aliudÈ Çalter, altera, alterumÈ Çarm�tus, -a, -umÈ Çcrıber, crıbra, crıbrumÈ Çd˛rus, -a, -umÈ Çf˜nitimus, -a, -umÈ Ç˜nf˜rmus, -a, -umÈ

Çlegi�n�rius, -a, -umÈ Çl˜ber, l˜bera, l˜berumÈ Çm�t˛rus, -a, -umÈ Çmeus, -a, -umÈ Çmiser, misera, miserumÈ Çmultus, -a, -umÈ Çneuter, neutra, neutrumÈ Çnoster, nostra, nostrumÈ Çn˛llus, -a, -umÈ Çpulcher, pulchra, pulchrumÈ Çs�lus, -a, -umÈ Çsuus, -a, -umÈ Çt�tus, -a, -umÈ Çtuus, -a, -umÈ Ç˛llus, -a, -umÈ Ç˛nus, -a, -umÈ Çuter, utra, utrumÈ validus, -a, -um Çvester, vestra, vestrumÈ

VERBS arat Çc˛ratÈ Çdıs˜deratÈ Çm�t˛ratÈ ÇproperatÈ

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN Çis, ea, idÈ

CONJUNCTIONS ÇanÈ Ç-queÈ ÇsedÈ

ADVERBS ÇiamÈ qu� ÇsaepeÈ

PREPOSITION ÇapudÈ

Ç507.È Give the Latin of the following words:

_sword_ _shield_ (noun) _corselet_ _whole_ _man_ _it_ _your_ (plural) _aid_ (noun) _hasten_ _legionary_ _but_ _weak_ _among_ _arms_ _tear_ (noun) master (of school) _village_ _friend_ strong _neighboring_ _long for_ _sick_ _and_ (enclitic) _lieutenant_ _often_ _field_ _want_ (noun) _report, rumor_ _which_ (of two) _abode_

_care for_ _boy_ _or_ (in a question) _his own_ whither _alone_ _wagon_ _prize_ (noun) _townsman_ master (owner) _wretched_ _carefulness_ _ripe_ _plenty_ _war_ _troops_ _number_ _plan_ (noun) _my_ _people_ _free_ (adj.) _beautiful_ _children_ _no_ (adj.) _wall_ _our_ _grain_ _battle_ _weapon_ _spear_ _one_ _food_ plow (verb) _steadiness_ _this_ or _that_ _fatherland_ _already_ _town_ _helmet_ _fort_ river _camp_ _zeal_ _neither_ (of two) _any_ _much_ _he_ _agriculture_ _son_ _other_ _slave_ _the other_ (of two) _your_ (singular) _hard_ _she_ _booty_ _woman_ _frequent_ _horse_ _armed_

Ç508.È ÇReview Questions.È How many declensions are there? What threethings must be known about a noun before it can be declined? What threecases of neuter nouns are always alike, and in what do they end in theplural? What two plural cases are always alike? When is the vocativesingular not like the nominative? What is a predicate noun? With whatdoes it agree? What is an appositive? Give the rule for the agreement ofan appositive. How can we tell whether a noun in Ç-erÈ is declined likeÇpuerÈ or like ÇagerÈ? Decline ÇbonusÈ, Çl˜berÈ, ÇpulcherÈ. How can wetell whether an adjective in Ç-erÈ is declined like Çl˜berÈ or likeÇpulcherÈ? Why must we say Çnauta bonusÈ and not Çnauta bonaÈ? Name theLatin possessive pronouns. How are they declined? With what does thepossessive pronoun agree? When do we use ÇtuusÈ and when ÇvesterÈ? Whyis ÇsuusÈ called a _reflexive_ possessive? What is the non-reflexivepossessive of the third person? When are possessives omitted? What fouruses of the ablative case are covered by the relations expressed inEnglish by _with_? Give an illustration in Latin of the _ablative ofmanner_; of the _ablative of cause_; of the _ablative of means_; of the_ablative of accompaniment_. What ablative regularly has ÇcumÈ? Whatablative sometimes has ÇcumÈ? What uses of the ablative never haveÇcumÈ? Name the nine pronominal adjectives, with their meanings. DeclineÇaliusÈ, Çn˛llusÈ. Decline ÇisÈ. What does ÇisÈ mean as a demonstrativeadjective or pronoun? What other important use has it?

Ç509.È Fill out the following summary of the second declension:

THE SECOND OR O-DECLENSION 1. Endings in the nominative 2. Rule for gender 3. Case terminations of nouns in Ç-usÈ

a. Singular b. Plural a. The vocative singular of nouns in Ç-usÈ 4. Case terminations of nouns in Ç-umÈ a. Singular b. Plural 5. Peculiarities of nouns in Ç-erÈ and Ç-irÈ 6. Peculiarities of nouns in Ç-iusÈ and Ç-iumÈ

III. REVIEW OF LESSONS XVIII-XXVI


NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION ÇdisciplñaÈ rıgña Çf�rmaÈ superbia ÇpoenaÈ Çtr˜stitiaÈ ÇpotentiaÈ

NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION l˛dus Ç�rn�mentumÈ sacrum ÇsociusÈ ÇverbumÈ

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS Çam˜cusÈ ˜r�tus Çant˜quusÈ ÇlaetusÈ ÇfñitimusÈ ÇmolestusÈ Çgr�tusÈ ÇperpetuusÈ Çid�neusÈ ÇproximusÈ Çinim˜cusÈ ÇseptemÈ ÇinterfectusÈ ÇsuperbusÈ

ADVERBS hodiı ÇibiÈ ÇmaximıÈ mox ÇnuncÈ Çn˛perÈ

CONJUNCTIONS ÇetiamÈ Çn�n s�lum ... sed etiamÈ

PERSONAL PRONOUN ÇegoÈ

VERBS CONJ. I vol�, -�re

CONJ. II Çdıle�, -ıreÈ Çnoce�, -ıreÈ Çdoce�, -ıreÈ Çp�re�, -ıreÈ Çfave�, -ıreÈ Çpersu�de�, -ıreÈ Çhabe�, -ıreÈ sede�, -ıre

Çiube�, -ıreÈ Çstude�, -ıreÈ Çmone�, -ıreÈ Çvide�, -ıreÈ Çmove�, -ıreÈ

CONJ. III Çag�, -ereÈ Çfugi�, -ereÈ Çcapi�, -ereÈ Çiaci�, -ereÈ Çcrıd�, -ereÈ Çmitt�, -ereÈ Çd˜c�, -ereÈ rapi�, -ere Çd˛c�, -ereÈ Çreg�, -ereÈ Çfaci�, -ereÈ Çresist�, -ereÈ

CONJ. IV Çaudi�, -˜reÈ Çm˛ni�, -˜reÈ Çreperi�, -˜reÈ Çveni�, -˜reÈ

IRREGULAR VERB Çsum, esseÈ

Ç511.È ÇGive the Latin of the following words.È In the case of verbsalways give the first form and the present infinitive.

_ancient_ _power_ _come_ _make, do_ _resist_ _injure_ _see_ _now_ _be_ _annoying_ fly _lead_ _I_ _move_ _proud_ soon _word_ _glad_ _sadness_ _punishment_ _find_ _believe_ _rule_ (verb) _advise_ _be eager for_ _especially, most of all_ _not only ... but also_ angry _seven_ _beauty_ _ally, companion_ _say_ pride _command_ (verb) _fortify_ _there_ _send_ _slain_ sit _training_ _also_ _take_ school _have_ _hear_ to-day _hurl_ _unfriendly_ _persuade_ _drive_ _only_ _favor_ (verb) _nearest_ _suitable_ sacred rite _pleasing_ queen _teach_ _flee_ _neighboring_ _obey_ _destroy_ _lately_ _friendly_ _constant_ seize _ornament_

Ç512.È ÇReview Questions.È What is conjugation? Name two important

differences between conjugation in Latin and in English. What is tense?What is mood? What are the Latin moods? When do we use the indicativemood? Name the six tenses of the indicative. What are personal endings?Name those you have had. Inflect sum in the three tenses you havelearned. How many regular conjugations are there? How are theydistinguished? How is the present stem found? What tenses are formedfrom the present stem? What is the tense sign of the imperfect? What isthe meaning of the imperfect? What is the tense sign of the future inthe first two conjugations? in the last two? Before what letters is afinal long vowel of the stem shortened? What are the three possibletranslations of a present, as of pugn�? Inflect ar�, sede�, mitt�,faci�, and veni�, in the present, imperfect, and future active. Whatforms of -i� verbs of the third conjugation are like audi�? what likereg�? Give the rule for the dative with adjectives. Name the specialintransitive verbs that govern the dative. What does the imperative moodexpress? How is the present active imperative formed in the singular? inthe plural? What three verbs have a shortened present active imperative?Give the present active imperative of port�, dıle�, ag�, faci�, m˛ni�.

IV. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXVII-XXXVI


NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION Ç�laÈ Çc˛raÈ ÇmoraÈ ÇportaÈ Çpr�vinciaÈ Çv˜taÈ

NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION ÇanimusÈ Çn�vigiumÈ aurum �r�culum ÇbracchiumÈ Çper˜culumÈ ÇdeusÈ ÇventusÈ ÇlocusÈ Çv˜numÈ m�nstrum

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS ÇadversusÈ ÇdubiusÈ attentus ÇmaximusÈ Çc�rusÈ perfidus Çcomm�tusÈ ÇplınusÈ ÇdıfessusÈ saevus ÇdexterÈ ÇsinisterÈ

ADVERBS Çante�È ÇitaÈ ÇceleriterÈ ÇlongıÈ ÇdıniqueÈ ÇsemperÈ Çdi˛È Çsubit�È Çfr˛str�È ÇtamenÈ ÇgraviterÈ ÇtumÈ

CONJUNCTIONS ÇautemÈ Çs˜È ÇubiÈ

PREPOSITIONS ÇdıÈ ÇperÈ Çpr�È ÇsineÈ

VERBS CONJ. I Çadpropinqu�È Çserv�È Çn�vig�È Çst�È Çoccup�È Çsuper�È Çpostul�È Çtempt�È Çrec˛s�È Çv�st�È Çreport�È Çvulner�È

CONJ. II Çcontine�È Çege�È Çprohibe�È Çresponde�È Çtene�È

CONJ. III Çdiscıd�È Çger�È Çinterfici�È

IRREGULAR VERB ÇabsumÈ

Ç514.È Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the genderof the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.

_be away_ _heavily_ _wind_ monster _through_ _approach_ _if_ _nevertheless_ savage _place_ _wound_ (verb) _be without, lack_ _wine_ _moved_ _delay_ gold faithless _restrain, keep from_ _right_ _without_ _seize_ _hold_ _quickly_ _suddenly_ _before, in behalf of_ _dear_ _battle_ _always_ _down from_ or _concerning_ _god_ _moreover_ _hold in, keep_ _greatest_ _afar_ oracle _thus, so, as follows_ _danger_ _arm_ (noun) _lay waste_ _when_ _gate_ _in vain_ _doubtful_ _stand_ _opposite, adverse_ _bring back, win_ _demand_ _before, previously_ _finally_ _depart, go away_ attentive _province_

_then, at that time_ _care, trouble_ _weary_ _kill_ _overcome, conquer_ _reply_ (verb) _conquer_ _wing_ _boat, ship_ _mind, heart_ _sail_ (verb) _left_ (adj.) _life_ _bear, carry on_ _save_ _try_ _full_ _for a long time_ _refuse_

Ç515.È Give the principal parts and meaning of the following verbs:

ÇsumÈ Çfave�È Çd�È Çnoce�È Çtene�È Çd˜c�È Çiube�È Çp�re�È Çag�È Çd˛c�È Çmitt�È Çfaci�È Çm˛ni�È Çpersu�de�È Çmove�È Çsede�È Çcrıd�È Çstude�È Çrapi�È Çfugi�È Çreperi�È Çveni�È Çdıle�È Çiaci�È Çresist�È Çvide�È Çaudi�È ÇabsumÈ Çmone�È Çege�È Çcapi�È Çger�È Çdoce�È Çst�È Çreg�È

Ç516.È ÇReview Questions.È What are the personal endings in the passivevoice? What is the letter -r sometimes called? What are thedistinguishing vowels of the four conjugations? What forms constitutethe principal parts? What are the three different conjugation stems? Howmay they be found? What are the tenses of the indicative? of theinfinitive? What tense of the imperative have you learned? What formsare built on the present stem? on the perfect stem? on the participialstem? What are the endings of the perfect active indicative? What is thetense sign of the pluperfect active? of the future perfect active? Howis the present active infinitive formed? the present passive infinitive?How is the present active imperative formed? the present passiveimperative? How is the perfect active infinitive formed? the perfectpassive infinitive? How is the future active infinitive formed? What isa participle? How are participles in -us declined? Give the rule for theagreement of the participle. How are the perfect, pluperfect, and futureperfect passive indicative formed? Conjugate the verb ÇsumÈ in all moodsand tenses as far as you have learned it (¤494). What is meant by theseparative ablative? How is the place _from which_ expressed in Latin?Give the rule for the ablative of separation; for the ablative of thepersonal agent. How can we distinguish between the ablative of means andthe ablative of the personal agent? What is the perfect definite? theperfect indefinite? What is the difference in meaning between theperfect indefinite and the imperfect? What two cases in Latin may begoverned by a preposition? Name the prepositions that govern theablative. What does the preposition ÇinÈ mean when it governs theablative? the accusative? What are the three interrogatives used tointroduce _yes_-and-_no_ questions? Explain the force of each. Whatwords are sometimes used for _yes_ and _no?_ What are the different

meanings and uses of ubi?

V. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXVII-XLIV


NOUNS FIRST DECLENSION SECOND DECLENSION Çr˜paÈ Çbarbar˜È Çcapt˜vusÈ ÇcastellumÈ Çimped˜mentumÈ

THIRD DECLENSION ÇanimalÈ Çhom�È Ç�rd�È ÇarborÈ Çhost˜sÈ ÇpaterÈ ÇavisÈ ÇignisÈ ÇpedesÈ ÇcaedısÈ Çimper�torÈ ÇpısÈ Çcalamit�sÈ ÇñsigneÈ p�ns calcar ÇiterÈ ÇprñcepsÈ ÇcaputÈ i˛dex ÇrıxÈ Çc˜visÈ ÇlaborÈ Çsal˛sÈ ÇcliınsÈ ÇlapisÈ ÇsanguisÈ ÇcollisÈ Çlegi�È ÇsororÈ Çc�nsulÈ ÇmareÈ tempus ÇdınsÈ Çm�terÈ ÇterrorÈ ÇduxÈ ÇmınsisÈ ÇturrisÈ ÇequesÈ Çm˜lesÈ ÇurbsÈ ÇfñisÈ Çm�nsÈ ÇvictorÈ Çfl˛menÈ Çn�visÈ Çvirt˛sÈ f�ns ÇopusÈ Çv˜sÈ Çfr�terÈ Ç�r�torÈ

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS ÇbarbarusÈ ÇdexterÈ ÇsinisterÈ ÇsummusÈ

PREPOSITIONS ÇinÈ with the abl. ÇinÈ with the acc. Çtr�nsÈ

ADVERBS Çcot˜diıÈ ÇnumquamÈ

CONJUNCTIONS Çnec, nequeÈ Çnec ... necÈ, or Çneque ... nequeÈ

VERBS CONJ. I CONJ. III Çcess�È Çaccipi�È Çoppugn�È Çpet�È Çconfirm�È Çvinc�È Çvet�È Çincipi�È Çpon�È

Çviv�È

Ç518.È Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the genderof the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs:

_forbid_ _in_ _rank, row_ _judge_ _brother_ _defeat, disaster_ _force_ _fire_ _across_ _tree_ _savages_ _foot soldier_ _horseman_ _receive_ _never_ _general_ _mountain_ _highest_ _manliness, courage_ _fountain_ _leader_ _orator_ _put, place_ _neither ... nor_ _time_ _and not_ _savage, barbarous_ _left_ _sister_ _tooth_ _seek_ _soldier_ _captive_ _month_ _hindrance, baggage_ _city_ _captive_ _victor_ _hindrance, baggage_ _daily_ _man-of-war_ _live_ (verb) _conquer_ _redoubt, fort_ _consul_ _sea_ _mother_ _tower_ _retainer_ _drill_ (verb) _citizen_ _legion_ _head_ _terror_ _safety_ _into, to_ _assail, storm_ _right_ (adj.) _begin_ _stone_ _march_ _blood_ _decoration_ _labor_ (noun) _bridge_ _king_ _bird_ _spur_ _cease_ _chief_ _man_ _slaughter_ _river_ _strengthen_ _work_ (noun) _foot_ _and_ _enemy_ _ship_ _animal_ _bank_ _father_

Ç519.È ÇReview Questions.È Give the conjugation of ÇpossumÈ. What is aninfinitive? What three uses has the Latin infinitive that are like theEnglish? What is the case of the subject of the infinitive? What ismeant by a complementary infinitive? In the sentence _The bad boy cannotbe happy_, what is the case of _happy_? Give the rule. Decline Çqu˜È.Give the rule for the agreement of the relative. What are the two usesof the interrogative? Decline ÇquisÈ. What is the base of a noun? How isthe stem formed from the base? Are the stem and the base ever the same?How many declensions of nouns are there? Name them. What are the twochief divisions of the third declension? How are the consonant stemsclassified? Explain the formation of ÇlapisÈ from the stem Çlapid-È,Çm˜lesÈ from Çm˜lit-È, ÇrıxÈ from Çrıg-È. What nouns have ÇiÈ-stems?What peculiarities of form do ÇiÈ-stems have,--masc., fem., and neut.?

Name the five nouns that have Ç-˜È and Ç-eÈ in the abl. DeclineÇturrisÈ. Give the rules for gender in the third declension. DeclineÇm˜lesÈ, ÇlapisÈ, ÇrıxÈ, Çvirt˛sÈ, Çc�nsulÈ, Çlegi�È, Çhom�È, ÇpaterÈ,Çfl˛menÈ, ÇopusÈ, ÇtempusÈ, ÇcaputÈ, ÇcaedısÈ, ÇurbsÈ, ÇhostisÈ, ÇmareÈ,ÇanimalÈ, Çv˜sÈ, ÇiterÈ.

Ç520.È Fill out the following scheme:

{ { Masculine { GENDER { Feminine { ENDINGS { Neuter { THE THIRD { { I. CONSONANT { _a_. Masc. and fem. DECLENSION { { STEMS { _b_. Neuters { CASE { { TERMINATIONS { { { { { II. _I_-STEMS { _a_. Masc. and fem. { { { _b_. Neuters { { IRREGULAR NOUNS

VI. REVIEW OF LESSONS XLV-LII


NOUNS FIRST DECLENSION Çam˜citiaÈ Çh�raÈ ÇlitteraÈ

SECOND DECLENSION ÇannusÈ ÇsuppliciumÈ, ÇmodusÈ Çsupplicium dareÈ Çn˛ntiusÈ Çsupplicium s˛mere dıÈ ÇoculusÈ ÇtergumÈ, ÇrıgnumÈ Çtergum vertereÈ ÇsignumÈ Çvest˜giumÈ

THIRD DECLENSION Çaest�sÈ ÇnoxÈ ÇcorpusÈ ÇparsÈ ÇhiemsÈ Çp�xÈ Çl˜bert�sÈ r˛s Çl˛xÈ, Çs�lÈ Çpr˜ma l˛xÈ Çv�xÈ Çn�menÈ ÇvulnusÈ

FOURTH DECLENSION ÇadventusÈ ÇimpetusÈ Çcorn˛È ÇlacusÈ ÇdomusÈ ÇmanusÈ Çequit�tusÈ ÇmetusÈ ÇexercitusÈ ÇportusÈ ÇfluctusÈ

FIFTH DECLENSION ÇaciısÈ ÇrısÈ,

ÇdiısÈ Çrıs gestaeÈ ÇfidısÈ, Çrıs adversaeÈ Çin fidem ven˜reÈ Çrıs secundaeÈ Çrıs p˛blicaÈ ÇspısÈ

INDECLINABLE NOUN ÇnihilÈ

ADJECTIVES FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS ÇdınsusÈ Çpr˜stinusÈ Çinv˜susÈ Çp˛blicusÈ Çm˜rusÈ ÇsecundusÈ Çpauc˜È ÇtantusÈ Çpr˜musÈ ÇvırusÈ

THIRD DECLENSION Ç�cer, �cris, �creÈ Çgravis, graveÈ Çbrevis, breveÈ Çincolumis, incolumeÈ Çdifficilis, difficileÈ Çomnis, omneÈ Çfac˜lis, facileÈ Çp�r, p�rÈ Çfortis, forteÈ Çvıl�x, vıl�xÈ

PRONOUNS PERSONAL ÇegoÈ Çn�sÈ Çsu˜È Çt˛È Çv�sÈ

DEMONSTRATIVE ÇhicÈ Ç˜demÈ ÇilleÈ ÇisteÈ

INTENSIVE ÇipseÈ

INDEFINITE Çaliquis, aliqu˜È Çqu˜damÈ Çquis, qu˜È ÇquisquamÈ ÇquisqueÈ

ADVERBS Çnı ... quidemÈ ÇquoqueÈ �lim ÇsatisÈ ÇpaeneÈ Çvır�È

CONJUNCTIONS ÇitaqueÈ ÇnisiÈ

PREPOSITIONS ÇanteÈ ÇpostÈ

ÇpropterÈ

VERBS CONJ. I CONJ. II Çconloc�È Çdıbe�È Çconvoc�È Çexerce�È Çcrem�È Çmane�È Çdım�nstr�È Çplace�È Çmand�È Çsustine�È

CONJ. III CONJ. IV Çcommitt�È, Çdısili�È Çcommittere proeliumÈ Çdıcid�È Çıripi�È Çs˛m�È, Çs˛mere supplicium dıÈ Çtr�d˛c�È Çvert�È

Ç522.È Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the genderof the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.

_if not, unless_ _adversity_ _on account of_ _former, old-time_ _public_ _all, every_ _commonwealth_ _any one_ (at all) _leap down, dismount_ _this_ (of mine) _unharmed_ _heavy, serious_ _lead across_ _hateful, detested_ _remain_ _true_ _call together_ _burn_ _friendship_ _snatch from_ _footprint, trace_ _letter_ _each_ _punishment_ _fear_ (noun) _inflict punishment on_ _hope_ _behind, after_ _therefore_ _suffer punishment_ _so great_ _liberty_ _equal_ _sun_ _in truth, indeed_ _sustain_ _that_ (yonder) _take up, assume_ _a certain_ _hour_ _fall down_ _reign, realm_ _owe, ought_ _messenger_ _measure, mode_ _part, direction_ _eye_ _body_ _name_ _harbor_ _wave, billow_ _faith, protection_ _thing, matter_ _of himself_ _exploits_ _also, too_ _republic_ _sufficiently_ _prosperity_ _you_ (plur.) _burn_ _peace_ _that_ (of yours) _back_ _before_ _turn the back, retreat_ _light_ _night_ _daybreak_ _hand, force_ _winter_ _lake_ _attack_ _day_

_line of battle_ _commit, intrust_ _army_ _a few only_ _drill, train_ _sharp, eager_ _join battle_ _we_ _house, home_ _turn_ _midday_ _you_ (sing.) _wonderful_ _I_ _brave_ _signal_ _almost_ _summer_ _the same_ _cavalry_ _some, any_ _wound_ _if any one_ _horn, wing_ _self, very_ _country_ _not even_ _second, favorable_ _easy_ _formerly, once_ _dense_ _short_ _point out, explain_ _voice_ _difficult_ _arrival_ _first_ _come under the protection of_ _arrange, station_ _nothing_ _please_ _swift_ _year_

Ç523.È ÇReview Questions.È By what declensions are Latin adjectivesdeclined? What can you say about the stem of adjectives of the thirddeclension? Into what classes are these adjectives divided? How can youtell to which of the classes an adjective belongs? Decline Ç�cer, omnis,p�rÈ. What are the nominative endings and genders of nouns of the fourthor ÇuÈ-declension? What nouns are feminine by exception? DeclineÇadventus, lacus, corn˛, domusÈ. Give the rules for the ordinaryexpression of the _place to which_, the _place from which_, the _placein which_. What special rules apply to names of towns, small islands,and Çr˛sÈ? What is the locative case? What words have a locative case?What is the form of the locative case? Translate _Galba lives at home,Galba lives at Rome, Galba lives at Pompeii_. What is the rule forgender in the fifth or ÇıÈ-declension? Decline ÇdiısÈ, ÇrısÈ. When isthe long ÇıÈ shortened? What can you say about the plural of the fifthdeclension? Decline ÇtubaÈ, ÇservusÈ, Çp˜lumÈ, ÇagerÈ, ÇpuerÈ, Çm˜lesÈ,Çc�nsulÈ, Çfl˛menÈ, ÇcaedısÈ, ÇanimalÈ. How is the _time when_expressed? Name the classes of pronouns and define each class. DeclineÇego, t˛, isÈ. What are the reflexives of the first and second persons?What is the reflexive of the third person? Decline it. Translate _I seemyself, he sees himself, he sees him_. Decline ÇipseÈ. How is ÇipseÈused? Decline Ç˜demÈ. Decline ÇhicÈ, ÇisteÈ, ÇilleÈ. Explain the use ofthese words. Name and translate the commoner indefinite pronouns.Decline ÇaliquisÈ, ÇquisquamÈ, Çqu˜damÈ, ÇquisqueÈ.

VII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LIII-LX


NOUNS FIRST DECLENSION ÇaquilaÈ ÇfossaÈ

SECOND DECLENSION ÇaedificiumÈ Çneg�tiumÈ Çcapt˜vusÈ ÇspatiumÈ ÇconciliumÈ Çv�llumÈ

ÇimperiumÈ

THIRD DECLENSION ÇagmenÈ ÇmorsÈ Çcelerit�sÈ ÇmulierÈ Çc˜vit�sÈ Çmultit˛d�È Çcl�morÈ Çm˛n˜ti�È ÇcohorsÈ Çnım�È Çdifficult�sÈ ÇobsesÈ Çexpl�r�torÈ Çopñi�È ÇgınsÈ Çregi�È Çl�tit˛d�È Çr˛morÈ Çlongit˛d�È ÇscelusÈ Çmagnit˛d�È Çservit˛sÈ ÇmınsÈ ÇtimorÈ Çmerc�torÈ ÇvallısÈ Çm˜lleÈ

FOURTH DECLENSIONS ÇaditusÈ ÇpassusÈ Çcomme�tusÈ

FIFTH DECLENSION Çrıs fr˛ment�riaÈ

ADJECTIVES FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS ÇaequusÈ ÇpessimusÈ Çbñ˜È Çpl˛rimusÈ Çducent˜È ÇposterusÈ ÇduoÈ Çpr˜musÈ ÇexterusÈ reliquus ÇñferusÈ ÇsecundusÈ ÇmaximusÈ Çsingul˜È ÇmediusÈ ÇsuperusÈ ÇminimusÈ ÇtardusÈ Çopport˛nusÈ Çtern˜È ÇoptimusÈ Ç˛nusÈ

THIRD DECLENSION Çalacer, alacris, alacreÈ Çaud�x, aud�xÈ Çceler, celeris, celereÈ Çciterior, citeriusÈ Çdifficilis, difficileÈ Çdissimilis, dissimileÈ Çfacilis, facileÈ gracilis, gracile Çhumilis, humileÈ Çingıns, ingınsÈ Çinterior, interiusÈ Çlınis, lıneÈ Çmaior, maiusÈ Çmelior, meliusÈ Çminor, minusÈ Çn�bilis, n�bileÈ Çpeior, peiusÈ ----, Çpl˛sÈ Çprior, priusÈ Çrecıns, recınsÈ

Çsimilis, simileÈ Çtrıs, triaÈ Çulterior, ulteriusÈ

ADVERBS Ç�criterÈ ÇoptimıÈ Çaud�cterÈ ÇparumÈ ÇbeneÈ Çpaul�È ÇfacileÈ Çpl˛rimumÈ ÇferıÈ ÇpropeÈ ÇfortiterÈ ÇpropiusÈ ÇmagisÈ ÇproximıÈ ÇmagnopereÈ ÇquamÈ ÇmaximıÈ ÇstatimÈ ÇmeliusÈ ÇtamÈ ÇminimıÈ ÇundiqueÈ ÇmultumÈ

CONJUNCTIONS Çatque, acÈ Çqu� dı caus�È ÇautÈ Çquam ob remÈ Çaut ... autÈ Çsimul atque orÈ Çet ... etÈ Çsimul ac ÇnamÈÈ

PREPOSITIONS ÇcircumÈ Çcontr�È ÇinterÈ ÇobÈ Çtr�nsÈ

VERBS CONJ. I CONJ. II Çc�norÈ Çobtine�È ÇhortorÈ Çperterre�È ÇmororÈ Çvale�È Çvex�È ÇvereorÈ

CONJ. III Çabd�È ÇpatiorÈ Çcad�È prem� Çcogn�sc�È Çprofic˜scorÈ Çc�nsequorÈ Çpr�grediorÈ Çcontend�È Çquaer�È Çcupi�È Çrecipi�È Çcurr�È Çrelinqu�È Çdıd�È ÇrevertorÈ Çdıfend�È ÇsequorÈ ıgredior statu� Çincend�È subsequor Çincol�È Çsuscipi�È Ç˜nsequorÈ Çtr�d�È Çocc˜d�È Çtrah�È

CONJ. IV ÇoriorÈ perveni�È

Ç525.È Translate the following words. Give the genitive and thegender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs:

_on account of_ _width_ _nearly_ _scout_ _keenly, sharply_ _cohort_ _thousand_ _tribe, nation_ _two_ _business_ _opportune_ _by a little_ _remaining_ _somewhat_ _above_ (adj.) _crime_ _next_ _difficult_ _grain supply_ _equal_ _pace_ _move forward, advance_ _shout_ (noun) _further_ _from all sides_ _multitude_ _against_ _woman_ _around_ _desire_ (verb) _three_ _give over, surrender_ _line of march_ _kill_ _manor_ _overtake_ _region_ _hasten, strive_ _fortification_ _hide_ _eagle_ _one_ _almost_ _first_ _boldly_ _second, favorable_ _bravely_ _two hundred_ _across_ _former_ _between, among_ _inner_ _hither_ (adj.) _middle_ _so_ _low_ _less_ _outward_ _more_ _three by three_ _most_ _provisions_ _worst_ _speed_ _difficulty_ _ditch_ _hostage_ _wherefore_ or _therefore_ _death_ _length_ _command, power_ _for this reason_ _captive_ _fear_ (noun) _or_ _return_ _and_ _inquire_ _arrive_ _set out_ _attempt, try_ _move out, disembark_ _fear_ (verb) _leave_ _worse_ _abandon_ _greater, larger_ _be strong_ _two by two_ _receive, recover_ _least_ (adv.) _terrify, frighten_ _opinion, expectation_ _dwell_ _defend_ _state, citizenship_ _approach, entrance_ _valley_ _trader_ _slavery_ _magnitude, size_ _greatly_ _council, assembly_ _best of all_ (adv.) _space, room_ _better_ (adv.) _either ... or_ _well_ (adv.) _rise, arise_ _very much_ _suffer, allow_ _much_ _press hard_ _unlike_ _fall_ _like_ (adj.) _surrender_ _slow_

_set fire to_ _very greatly, exceedingly_ _possess, hold_ _building_ _delay_ (verb) _mind_ (noun) _nearest_ (adv.) _easily_ _nearer_ (adv.) _easy_ _better_ (adj.) _recent_ _well known, noble_ _huge, great_ _rampart_ _bold_ _mild, gentle_ _immediately_ _swift_ _as soon as_ _eager_ _for_ _low_ (adj.) _than_ _slender_ _best_ (adj.) _one by one_ _greatest_ _no one_ _follow close_ _least_ (adv.) _encourage_ _little_ (adv.) _annoy, ravage_ _learn, know_ _hide_ _drag_ _follow_ _undertake_ _pursue_ _run_ _both ... and_ _fix, decide_

Ç526.È ÇReview Questions.È What is meant by comparison? In what two waysmay adjectives be compared? Compare Çcl�rus, brevis, vıl�xÈ, and explainthe formation of the comparative and the superlative. What are theadverbs used in comparison? Compare ÇbrevisÈ by adverbs. Decline thecomparative of Çvıl�xÈ. How are adjectives in Ç-erÈ compared? CompareÇ�cerÈ, ÇpulcherÈ, ÇliberÈ. What are possible translations for thecomparative and superlative? Name the six adjectives that form thesuperlative in Ç-limusÈ. Translate in two ways _Nothing is brighter thanthe sun_. Give the rule for the ablative with comparatives. CompareÇbonus, magnus, malus, multus, parvus, exterus, ˜nferus, posterus,superusÈ. Decline Çpl˛sÈ. Compare Çciterior, interior, propior,ulteriorÈ. Translate _That route to Italy is much shorter_. Give therule for the expression of measure of difference. Name five words thatare especially common in this construction. How are adverbs usuallyformed from adjectives of the first and second declensions? fromadjectives of the third declension? Compare the adverbs Çc�rıÈ,Çl˜berıÈ, ÇfortiterÈ, Çaud�cterÈ. What cases of adjectives are sometimesused as adverbs? What are the adverbs from ÇfacilisÈ? Çmultus? pr˜mus?pl˛rimusÈ? ÇbonusÈ? ÇmagnusÈ? ÇparvusÈ? Compare ÇpropeÈ, ÇsaepeÈ,ÇmagnopereÈ. How are numerals classified? Give the first twentycardinals. Decline Ç˛nus, duo, trıs, m˜lleÈ. How are the hundredsdeclined? What is meant by the partitive genitive? Give the rule for thepartitive genitive. What sort of words are commonly used with thisconstruction? What construction is used with Çqu˜damÈ and cardinalnumbers excepting Çm˜lleÈ? Give the first twenty ordinals. How are theydeclined? How are the distributives declined? Give the rule for theexpression of duration of time and extent of space. What is thedifference between the ablative of time and the accusative of time? Whatis a deponent verb? Give the synopsis of one. What form always has apassive meaning? Conjugate Çam�È, Çmone�È, Çreg�È, Çcapi�È, Çaudi�È, inthe active and passive.

VIII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LXI-LXIX

Ç527.È Review the vocabularies of the first seventeen lessons. See¤¤502, 503, 506, 507.

Ç528.È ÇReview Questions.È Name the tenses of the subjunctive. What timeis denoted by these tenses? What are the mood signs of the presentsubjunctive? How may the imperfect subjunctive be formed? How do theperfect subjunctive and the future perfect indicative active differ inform? How is the pluperfect subjunctive active formed? Inflect thesubjunctive active and passive of Çc˛r�È, Çdıle�È, Çvinc�È, Çrapi�È,Çm˛ni�È. Inflect the subjunctive tenses of ÇsumÈ; of ÇpossumÈ. What arethe tenses of the participles in the active? What in the passive? Givethe active and passive participles of Çam�È, Çmone�È, Çreg�È, Çcapi�È,Çaudi�È. Decline ÇregınsÈ. What participles do deponent verbs have? Whatis the difference in meaning between the perfect participle of adeponent verb and of one not deponent? Give the participles of ÇvereorÈ.How should participles usually be translated? Conjugate Çvol�È, Çnol�È,Çm�l�È, Çf˜�È.

What is the difference between the indicative and subjunctive in theirfundamental ideas? How is purpose usually expressed in English? How isit expressed in Latin? By what words is a Latin purpose clauseintroduced? When should Çqu�È be used? What is meant by sequence oftenses? Name the primary tenses of the indicative and of thesubjunctive; the secondary tenses. What Latin verbs are regularlyfollowed by substantive clauses of purpose? What construction followsÇiube�È? What construction follows verbs of _fearing_? How isconsequence or result expressed in Latin? How is a result clauseintroduced? What words are often found in the principal clauseforeshadowing the coming of a result clause? How may negative purpose bedistinguished from negative result? What is meant by the subjunctive ofcharacteristic or description? How are such clauses introduced? Explainthe ablative absolute. Why is the ablative absolute of such frequentoccurrence in Latin? Explain the predicate accusative. After what verbsare two accusatives commonly found? What do these accusatives becomewhen the verb is passive?

[Illustration: IMPERATOR MILITES HORTATUR]

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

The words in heavy type are used in C¾sarÕs ÒGallic War.Ó

[TranscriberÕs Note:

Each chapterÕs Special Vocabulary was included with its chapter textin addition to its original location here. Details are given in theTranscriberÕs Note at the beginning of the text. In the printed book,the vocabularies for Lesson IV and Lesson V appeared on the same page;the Footnote about _conjunctions_ was shared by the two lists.]

LESSON IV, ¤39

NOUNS ÇdeaÈ, _goddess_ (deity) Di�«na, _Diana_ ÇferaÈ, _a wild beast_ (fierce) L�t�«na, _Latona_ Çsagit«taÈ, _arrow_

VERBS ÇestÈ, _he (she, it) is_; ÇsuntÈ, _they are_ ÇnecatÈ, _he (she, it) kills, is killing, does kill_

CONJUNCTION[A] ÇetÈ, _and_

PRONOUNS ÇquisÈ, interrog. pronoun, nom. sing., _who?_ ÇcuiusÈ (pronounced _c[oo]i«y[oo]s_, two syllables), interrog. pronoun, gen. sing., _whose?_


LESSON V, ¤47

NOUNS Çcor�«naÈ, _wreath, garland, crown_ f�«bula, _story_ (fable) Çpec˛«niaÈ, _money_ (pecuniary) ÇpugnaÈ, _battle_ (pugnacious) Çvict�«riaÈ, _victory_

VERBS ÇdatÈ, _he (she, it) gives_ n�rrat, _he (she, it) tells_ (narrate)

CONJUNCTION[A] ÇquiaÈ or ÇquodÈ, _because_

ÇcuiÈ (pronounced _c[oo]i_, one syllable), interrog. pronoun, dat. sing., _to whom?_ _for whom?_


LESSON VI, ¤56

ADJECTIVES ÇbonaÈ, _good_ Çgr�taÈ, _pleasing_ ÇmagnaÈ, _large, great_ ÇmalaÈ, _bad, wicked_ ÇparvaÈ, _small, little_ ÇpulchraÈ, _beautiful, pretty_ Çs�laÈ, _alone_

NOUNS ancil«la, _maidservant_ I˛lia, _Julia_

ADVERBS[A] Çc˛rÈ, _why_ Çn�nÈ, _not_

PRONOUNS

ÇmeaÈ, _my_; ÇtuaÈ, _thy, your_ (possesives) ÇquidÈ, interrog. pronoun, nom. and acc. sing., _what?_

Ç-neÈ, the question sign, an enclitic (¤16) added to the first word, which, in a question, is usually the verb, as ÇamatÈ, _he loves_, but Çamat«ne?È _does he love?_ ÇestÈ, _he is_; Çestne?È _is he?_ Of course Ç-neÈ is not used when the sentence contains ÇquisÈ, Çc˛rÈ, or some other interrogative word.

[Footnote A: An _adverb_ is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another adverb; as, She sings _sweetly_; she is _very_ talented; she began to sing _very early_.]

LESSON VII, ¤62

NOUNS Çcasa, -aeÈ, f., _cottage_ cına, -ae, f., _dinner_ Çgall˜«na, -aeÈ, f., _hen, chicken_ Ç˜n«sula, aeÈ, f., _island_ (pen-insula)

ADVERBS Çde-in«deÈ, _then, in the next place_ ÇubiÈ, _where_

PREPOSITION ÇadÈ, _to_, with acc. to express motion toward

PRONOUN ÇquemÈ, interrog. pronoun, acc. sing., _whom?_

VERBS ha«bitat, _he (she, it) lives, is living, does live_ (inhabit) ÇlaudatÈ, _he (she, it) praises, is praising, does praise_ (laud) ÇparatÈ, _he (she, it) prepares, is preparing, does prepare_ ÇvocatÈ, _he (she, it) calls, is calling, does call; invites, is inviting, does invite_ (vocation)

LESSON VIII, ¤69

NOUNS ÇItalia, -aeÈ, f., _Italy_ Sicilia, -ae, f., _Sicily_ Çtuba, -aeÈ, f., _trumpet_ (tube) Çvia, -aeÈ, f., _way, road, street_ (viaduct)

ADJECTIVES ÇaltaÈ, _high, deep_ (altitude) Çcl�raÈ, _clear, bright; famous_ Çl�taÈ, _wide_ (latitude) ÇlongaÈ, _long_ (longitude) ÇnovaÈ, _new_ (novelty)

LESSON IX, ¤77

NOUNS Çbellum, -˜È, n., _war_ (re-bel)

Çc�nstantia, -aeÈ, f., _firmness, constancy, steadiness_ dominus, -˜, m., _master, lord_ (dominate) Çequus, -˜È, m., _horse_ (equine) Çfr˛mentum, -˜È, n., _grain_ Çlıg�tus, -˜È, m., _lieutenant, ambassador_ (legate) ÇM�rcus, -˜È, m., _Marcus, Mark_ Çm˛rus, -˜È, m., _wall_ (mural) Çoppid�nus, -˜È, m., _townsman_ Çoppidum, -˜È, n., _town_ Çp˜lum, -˜È, n., _spear_ (pile driver) Çservus, -˜È, m., _slave, servant_ Sextus, -˜, m., _Sextus_

VERBS Çc˛ratÈ, _he (she, it) cares for_, with acc. ÇproperatÈ, _he (she, it) hastens_

LESSON X, ¤82

NOUNS Çam˜cus, -˜È, m., _friend_ (amicable) ÇGerm�nia, -aeÈ, f., _Germany_ Çpatria, -aeÈ, f., _fatherland_ Çpopulus, -˜È, m., _people_ ÇRhınus, -˜È, m., _the Rhine_ Çv˜cus, -˜È, m., _village_

LESSON XI, ¤86

NOUNS Çarma, arm�rumÈ, n., plur., _arms_, especially defensive weapons Çf�ma, -aeÈ, f., _rumor; reputation, fame_ Çgalea, -aeÈ, f., _helmet_ Çpraeda, -aeÈ, f., _booty, spoils_ (predatory) Çtılum, -˜È, n., _weapon of offense, spear_

ADJECTIVES Çd˛rus, -a, -umÈ, _hard, rough; unfeeling, cruel; severe, toilsome_ (durable) ÇR�m�nus, -a, -umÈ, _Roman_. As a noun, ÇR�m�nus, -˜È, m., _a Roman_

LESSON XII, ¤90

NOUNS Çf˜lius, f˜l˜È, m., _son_ (filial) fluvius, fluv˜, m., _river_ (fluent) Çgladius, glad˜È, m., _sword_ (gladiator) Çpraesidium, praesi«d˜È, n., _garrison, guard, protection_ Çproelium, proel˜È, n., _battle_

ADJECTIVES Çf˜nitimus, -a, -umÈ, _bordering upon, neighboring, near to_. As a noun, Çf˜nitim˜, -�rumÈ, m., plur., _neighbors_ ÇGerm�nus, -a, -umÈ, _German_. As a noun, ÇGerm�nus, -˜È, m., _a German_ Çmultus, -a, -umÈ, _much_; plur., _many_

ADVERB ÇsaepeÈ, _often_

LESSON XIII, ¤95

NOUNS Çager, agr˜È, m., _field_ (acre) Çc�pia, -aeÈ, f., _plenty, abundance_ (copious); plur., _troops, forces_ ÇCornılius, Cornı«l˜È, m., _Cornelius_ Çl�r˜«ca, -aeÈ, f., _coat of mail, corselet_ Çpraemium, praem˜È, n., _reward, prize_ (premium) Çpuer, puer˜È, m., _boy_ (puerile) ÇR�ma, -aeÈ, f., _Rome_ Çsc˛tum, -˜È, n., _shield_ (escutcheon) Çvir, vir˜È, m., _man, hero_ (virile)

ADJECTIVES Çlegi�n�rius, -a, -umÈ,[A] _legionary, belonging to the legion_. As a noun, Çlegi�n�ri˜, -�rumÈ, m., plur., _legionary soldiers_ Çl˜ber, l˜bera, l˜berumÈ, _free_ (liberty) As a noun. Çl˜ber˜, -�rum,È m., plur., _children_ (lit. _the freeborn_) Çpulcher, pulchra, pulchrumÈ, _pretty, beautiful_

PREPOSITION ÇapudÈ, _among_, with acc.

CONJUNCTION ÇsedÈ, _but_

[Footnote A: The genitive singular masculine of adjectives in Ç-iusÈ ends in Ç-i˜È and the vocative in Ç-ieÈ; not in Ç-˜È, as in nouns.]

LESSON XIV, ¤99

NOUNS Çauxilium, auxi«l˜È, n., _help, aid_ (auxiliary) Çcastrum, -˜È, n., _fort_ (castle); plur., _camp_ (lit. _forts_) Çcibus, -˜È, m., _food_ Çc�nsilium, c�nsi«l˜È, n., _plan_ (counsel) Çd˜ligentia, -aeÈ, f., _diligence, industry_ magister, magistr˜, m., _master, teacher_[A]

ADJECTIVES Çaeger, aegra, aegrumÈ, _sick_ Çcrıber, crıbra, crıbrumÈ, _frequent_ Çmiser, misera, miserumÈ, _wretched, unfortunate_ (miser)

[Footnote A: Observe that ÇdominusÈ, as distinguished from ÇmagisterÈ, means _master_ in the sense of _owner_.]

LESSON XV, ¤107

NOUNS Çcarrus, -˜È, m., _cart, wagon_ Çinopia, -aeÈ, f., _want, lack;_ the opposite of Çc�piaÈ Çstudium, stud˜È, n., _zeal, eagerness_ (study)

ADJECTIVES Çarm�tus, -a, -umÈ, _armed_ Ç˜nf˜rmus, -a, -umÈ, _week, feeble_ (infirm) vali«dus, -a, -um, _strong, sturdy_

VERB Çm�t˛ratÈ, _he (she, it) hastens._ Cf. properat

ADVERB ÇiamÈ, _already, now_

Ç-queÈ, conjunction, _and_; an enclitic (cf. ¤16) and always added to the _second_ of two words to be connected, as Çarma tıla«queÈ, _arms and weapons_.

LESSON XVII, ¤117

NOUNS Çagr˜ cult˛ra, -aeÈ, f., _agriculture_ ÇGallia, -aeÈ, f., _Gaul_ Çdomicil˜um, dom˜ci«l˜È, n., _dwelling place_ (domicile), _abode_ ÇGallus, -iÈ, m., _a Gaul_ Çlacrima, -aeÈ, f., _tear_ Çfımina, -aeÈ, f., _woman_ (female) Çnumerus, -˜È, m., _number_ (numeral)

ADJECTIVE Çm�t˛rus, -a, -umÈ, _ripe, mature_

ADVERB qu�, _whither_

VERBS arat, _he (she, it) plows_ (arable) Çdıs˜deratÈ, _he (she, it) misses, longs for_ (desire), with acc.

CONJUNCTION ÇanÈ, _or_, introducing the second half of a double question, as _Is he a Roman or a Gaul_, ÇEstne Romanus an Gallus?È

LESSON XVIII, ¤124

NOUNS l˛dus, -˜, m., _school_ Çsocius, soc˜È, m., _companion, ally_ (social)

ADJECTIVES Ç˜r�tus, -a, -umÈ, _angry, furious_ (irate) Çlaetus, -a, -umÈ, _happy, glad_ (social)

ADVERBS hodiı, _to-day_ ÇibiÈ, _there, in that place_ mox, _presently, soon_, of the immediate future ÇnuncÈ, _now, the present moment_ Çn˛perÈ, _lately, recently_, of the immediate past

LESSON XX, ¤136

NOUNS Çf�rma, -aeÈ, f., _form, beauty_ Çregña, -aeÈ, f., _queen_ (regal) Çpoena, -aeÈ, f., _punishment, penalty_ superbia, -ae, f., _pride, haughtiness_ Çpotentia, -aeÈ, f., _power_ (potent) Çtr˜st˜tã, -aeÈ, f., _sadness, sorrow_

ADJECTIVES Çseptem,È indeclinable, _seven_ Çsuperbus, -a, -umÈ, _proud, haughty_ (superb)

CONJUNCTIONS Çn�n s�lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_

LESSON XXI, ¤140

NOUNS sacrum, -˜, n., _sacrifice, offering, rite_ Çverbum, -˜È, n., _word_ (verb)

VERBS sede�, -ıre, _sit_ (sediment) vol�, -�re, _fly_ (volatile)

ADJECTIVES Çinterfectus, -a, -umÈ, _slain_ Çmolestus, -a, -umÈ, _troublesome, annoying_ (molest) Çperpetuus, -a, -umÈ, _perpetual, continuous_

ÇegoÈ, personal pronoun, _I_ (egotism). Always emphatic in the nominative.

LESSON XXII, ¤146

NOUNS Çdisciplña, -aeÈ, f., _training, culture, discipline_ ÇG�ius, G�˜È, m., _Caius_, a Roman first name Ç�rn�mentum, -˜È, n., _ornament, jewel_ Tiberius, Tibe«r˜, m., _Tiberius_, a Roman first name

VERB Çdoce�, -ıreÈ, _teach_ (doctrine)

ADVERB ÇmaximıÈ, _most of all, especially_

ADJECTIVE Çant˜quus, -qua, -quumÈ, _old, ancient_ (antique)

LESSON XXVII, ¤168

NOUNS Ç�la, -aeÈ, f., _wing_

Çdeus, -˜È, m., _god_ (deity)[A] Çmonstrum, -˜È, n., _omen, prodigy; monster_ �r�culum, -˜, n., _oracle_

VERB Çv�st�, -�reÈ, _lay waste, devastate_

ADJECTIVES Çcomm�tus, -a, -umÈ, _moved, excited_ Çmaximus, -a, -umÈ, _greatest_ (maximum) Çsaevus, -a, -umÈ, _fierce, savage_

ADVERBS ÇitaÈ, _thus, in this way, as follows_ ÇtumÈ, _then, at that time_

[Footnote A: For the declension of ÇdeusÈ, see ¤468]

LESSON XXVIII, ¤171

VERBS Çresponde�, -ıreÈ, _respond, reply_ Çserv�, -�reÈ, _save, preserve_

ADJECTIVE Çc�rus, -a, -umÈ, _dear_ (cherish)

CONJUNCTION ÇautemÈ, _but, moreover, now_. Usually stands second, never first

NOUN Çv˜ta, -aeÈ, f., _life_ (vital)

LESSON XXIX, ¤176

VERB Çsuper�, -�reÈ, _conquer, overcome_ (insuperable)

NOUNS Çc˛ra, -aeÈ, f., _care, trouble_ Çlocus, -˜È, m., _place, spot_ (location). ÇLocusÈ is neuter in the plural and is declined Çloca, -�rumÈ, etc. Çper˜culum, -˜È, n., _danger, peril_

ADVERBS ÇsemperÈ, _always_ ÇtamenÈ, _yet, nevertheless_

PREPOSITIONS ÇdıÈ, with abl., _down from.; concerning_ ÇperÈ, with acc., _through_

CONJUNCTION ÇsiÈ, _if_

LESSON XXX, ¤182

VERBS ÇabsumÈ, abesse, irreg., _be away, be absent, be distant_, with separative abl. Çadpropinqu�, -�reÈ, _draw near, approach_ (propinquity), with dative[A] Çcontine�, -ıreÈ, _hold together, hem in, keep_ (contain) Çdiscıd�, -ereÈ, _depart, go away, leave_, with separative abl. Çege�, -ıreÈ, _lack, need, be without_, with separative abl. Çinterfici�, -ereÈ, _kill_ Çprohibe�, -ıreÈ, _restrain, keep from_ (prohibit) Çvulner�, -�reÈ, _wound_ (vulnerable)

NOUNS Çpr�vincia, -aeÈ, f., _province_ Çv˜num, -˜È, n., _wine_

ADJECTIVE Çdıfessus, -a, -umÈ, _weary, worn out_

ADVERB ÇlongıÈ, _far, by far, far away_

[Footnote A: This verb governs the dative because the idea of _nearness to_ is stronger than that of _motion to_. If the latter idea were the stronger, the word would be used with ÇadÈ and the accusative.]

LESSON XXXI, ¤188

NOUNS aurum, -˜, n., _gold_ (oriole) Çmora, -aeÈ, f., _delay_ Çn�vigium, n�vi«g˜È, n., _boat, ship_ Çventus, -˜È, m., _wind_ (ventilate)

VERB Çn�vig�, -�reÈ, _sail_ (navigate)

ADJECTIVES attentus, -a, -um, _attentive, careful_ Çdubius, -a, -umÈ, _doubtful_ (dubious) perfidus, -a, -um, _faithless, treacherous_ (perfidy)

ADVERB Çante�È, _before, previously_

PREPOSITION ÇsineÈ, with abl., _without_

LESSON XXXII, ¤193

NOUNS Çanimus, -˜È, m., _mind, heart; spirit, feeling_ (animate) Çbracchium, bracch˜È, n., _forearm, arm_ Çporta, -aeÈ, f., _gate_ (portal)

ADJECTIVES Çadversus, -a, -umÈ, _opposite; adverse, contrary_

Çplınus, -a, -umÈ, _full_ (plenty)

PREPOSITION Çpr�È, with abl., _before; in behalf of; instead of_

ADVERB Çdi˛È, _for a long time, long_

LESSON XXXIV, ¤200

ADVERBS ÇceleriterÈ, _quickly_ (celerity) ÇdıniqueÈ, _finally_ ÇgraviterÈ, _heavily, severely_ (gravity) Çsubit�È, _suddenly_

VERB Çreport�, -�re, -�v˜È, _bring back, restore; win, gain_ (report)

LESSON XXXVI, ¤211

Çdexter, dextra, dextrumÈ, _right_ (dextrous) Çsinister, sinistra, sinistrumÈ, _left_ Çfr˛str�È, adv., _in vain_ (frustrate)

Çger�, gerere, gess˜, gestusÈ, _bear, carry on; wear_; Çbellum gerereÈ, _to wage war_ Çoccup�, occup�re, occup�v˜, occup�tusÈ, _seize, take possession of_ (occupy) Çpostul�, postul�re, postul�v˜, postul�tusÈ, _demand_ (ex-postulate) Çrec˛s�, rec˛s�re, rec˛s�v˜, rec˛s�tusÈ, _refuse_ Çst�, st�re, stet˜, statusÈ, _stand_ Çtempt�, tempt�re, tempt�v˜, tempt�tusÈ, _try, tempt, test; attempt_ Çtene�, tenıre, tenu˜, ----È, _keep, hold_ (tenacious)

The word ÇubiÈ, which we have used so much in the sense of _where_ in asking a question, has two other uses equally important:

1. ÇubiÈ = _when_, as a relative conjunction denoting time; as, ÇUbi m�nstrum aud˜vırunt, f˛gıruntÈ, _when they heard the monster, they fled_

2. ÇubiÈ = _where_, as a relative conjunction denoting place; as, ÇVide� oppidum ubi Galba habitatÈ, _I see the town where Galba lives_

ÇubiÈ is called a _relative conjunction_ because it is equivalent to a relative pronoun. _When_ in the first sentence is equivalent to _at the time Çat whichÈ;_ and in the second, _where_ is equivalent to _the place Çin whichÈ._

LESSON XXXVII, ¤217

ÇnequeÈ or ÇnecÈ, conj., _neither_, _nor_, _and ... not_; Çneque ... nequeÈ, _neither ... nor_ Çcastellum, -˜È, n., _redoubt, fort_ (castle) Çcot˜diıÈ, adv., _daily_

cess�, cess�re, cess�v˜, cess�tus, _cease_, with the infin. Çincipi�, incipere, incıp˜, inceptusÈ, _begin_ (incipient), with the infin. Çoppugn�, oppugn�re, oppugn�v˜, oppugn�tusÈ, _storm, assail_ Çpet�, petere, petiviÈ or Çpeti˜, pet˜tusÈ, _aim at, assail, storm, attack; seek, ask_ (petition) Çp�n�, p�nere, posu˜, positusÈ, _place, put_ (position); Çcastra p�nereÈ, _to pitch camp_ Çpossum, posse, potu˜, ----È, _be able, can_ (potent), with the infin. Çvet�, vet�re, vetu˜, vetitusÈ, _forbid_ (veto), vith the infin.; opposite of Çiube�È, _command_ Çvinc�, vincere, v˜c˜, victusÈ, _conquer_ (in-vincible) Çv˜v�, v˜vere, v˜x˜, ----È, _live, be alive_ (re-vive)

LESSON XXXIX, ¤234

Çbarbarus, -a, -umÈ, _strange, foreign, barbarous_. As a noun, Çbarbar˜, -�rumÈ, m., plur., _savages, barbarians_ Çdux, ducisÈ, m., _leader_ (duke). Cf. the verb Çd˛c�È Çeques, equitisÈ, m., _horseman, cavalryman_ (equestrian) i˛dex, i˛dicis, _m., judge_ Çlapis, lapidisÈ, m., _stone_ (lapidary) Çm˜les, m˜litisÈ, m., _soldier_ (militia) Çpedes, peditisÈ, m., _foot soldier_ (pedestrian) Çpıs, pedisÈ,[A] m., _foot_ (pedal) Çpr˜nceps, pr˜ncipisÈ, m., _chief_ (principal) Çrıx, rıgisÈ, m., _king_ (regal) Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, _highest, greatest_ (summit) Çvirt˛s, virt˛tisÈ, f., _manliness, courage_ (virtue)

[Footnote A: Observe that ÇeÈ is _long_ in the nom. sing, and _short_ in the other cases.]

LESSON XL, ¤237

ÇCaesar, -arisÈ, m., _C¾sar_ Çcapt˜vus, -˜È, m., _captive, prisoner_ Çc�nsul, -isÈ, m., _consul_ Çfr�ter, fr�trisÈ, m., _brother_ (fraternity) Çhom�, hominisÈ, m., _man, human being_ Çimped˜mentum, -˜È, n., _hindrance_ (impediment); plur. Çimped˜menta, -�rumÈ, _baggage_ Çimper�tor, imper�t�risÈ, m., _commander in chief, general_ (emperor) Çlegi�, legi�nisÈ, f., _legion_ Çm�ter, m�trisÈ, f., _mother_ (maternal) Ç�rd�, �rdinisÈ, m., _row, rank_ (order) Çpater, patrisÈ, m., _father_ (paternal) Çsal˛s, sal˛tisÈ, f., _safety_ (salutary) Çsoror, sor�risÈ, f., _sister_ (sorority)

LESSON XLI, ¤239

Çcalamit�s, calamit�tisÈ, f., _loss, disaster, defeat_ (calamity) Çcaput, capitisÈ, n., _head_ (capital) Çfl˛men, fl˛minisÈ, n., _river_ (flume) Çlabor, lab�risÈ, m., _labor, toil_

Çopus, operisÈ, n., _work, task_ Ç�r�tor, �r�t�risÈ, m., _orator_ Çr˜pa, -aeÈ, f., _bank_ (of a stream) Çtempus, temporisÈ, n., _time_ (temporal) Çterror, terr�risÈ, m., _terror, fear_ Çvictor, vict�risÈ, m., _victor_

Çaccipi�, accipere, accıp˜, acceptusÈ, _receive, accept_ Çc�nfirm�, c�nf˜rm�re, c�nf˜rm�v˜, c�nf˜rm�tusÈ, _strengthen, establish, encourage_ (confirm)

LESSON XLIII, ¤245

Çanimal, anim�lis (-ium[A])È, n., _animal_ Çavis, avis (-ium)È, f., _bird_ (aviation) Çcaedıs, caedis (-ium)È, f., _slaughter_ calcar, calc�ris (-ium), n., _spur_ Çc˜vis, c˜vis (-ium)È, m. and f., _citizen_ (civic) Çcliıns, clientis (-ium)È, m., _retainer, dependent_ (client) Çfñis, fñis (-ium)È, m., _end, limit_ (final); plur., _country, territory_ Çhostis, hostis (-ium)È, m. and f., _enemy_ in war (hostile). Distinguish from Çinim˜cusÈ, which means a _personal_ enemy Çignis, ignis (-ium)È, m., _fire_ (ignite) Çñsigne, ñsignis (-ium)È, n. _decoration, badge_ (ensign) Çmare, maris (-ium[B])È, n., _sea_ (marine) Çn�vis, n�vis (-ium)È, f., _ship_ (naval); Çn�vis longaÈ, _man-of-war_ Çturris, turris (-ium)È, f., _tower_ (turret) Çurbs, urbis (-ium)È, f., _city_ (suburb). An ÇurbsÈ is larger than an ÇoppidumÈ.

[Footnote A: The genitive plural ending -ium is written to mark the i-stems.]

[Footnote B: The genitive plural of mare is not in use.]

LESSON XLIV, ¤249

Çarbor, arborisÈ, f., _tree_ (arbor) Çcollis, collis (-ium)È, m., _hill_ Çdıns, dentis (-ium)È, m., _tooth_ (dentist) f�ns, fontis (-ium), m.. _fountain, spring; source_ Çiter, itinerisÈ, n., _march, journey, route_ (itinerary) Çmınsis, mınsis (-ium)È, m., _month_ Çmoenia, -iumÈ, n., plur., _walls, fortifications_. Cf. Çm˛rusÈ Çm�ns, montis (-ium)È, m., _mountain_; Çsummus m�nsÈ, _top of the mountain_ ÇnumquamÈ, adv., _never_ Çp�ns, pontisÈ, m., _bridge_ (pontoon) Çsanguis, sanguinisÈ, m., blood (sanguinary) Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, _highest, greatest_ (summit) Çtr�nsÈ, prep, with acc., _across_ (transatlantic) Çv˜s (v˜s)È, gen. plur. ÇviriumÈ, f. _strength, force, violence_ (vim)

LESSON XLV, ¤258

Ç�cer, �cris, �creÈ, _sharp, keen, eager_ (acrid) Çbrevis, breveÈ, _short, brief_ Çdifficilis, difficileÈ, _difficult_ Çfacilis, facileÈ, _facile, easy_ Çfortis, forteÈ, _brave_ (fortitude) Çgravis, graveÈ, _heavy, severe, serious_ (grave) Çomnis, omneÈ, _every, all_ (omnibus) Çp�rÈ, gen. ÇparisÈ, _equal_ (par) Çpauc˜, -ae, -aÈ, _few, only a few_ (paucity) Çsecundus, -a, -umÈ, _second; favorable_, opposite of adversus Çsignum, -˜È, n., _signal, sign, standard_ Çvıl�xÈ, gen. Çvıl�cisÈ, _swift_ (velocity)

Çconloc�, conloc�re, conloc�v˜, conloc�tusÈ, _arrange, station, place_ (collocation) Çdım�nstr�, dım�nstr�re, dım�nstr�v˜, dım�nstr�tusÈ, _point out, explain_ (demonstrate) Çmand�, mand�re, mand�v˜, mand�tusÈ, _commit, intrust_ (mandate)

LESSON XLVI, ¤261

Çadventus, -˛sÈ, m., _approach, arrival_ (advent) ÇanteÈ, prep, with acc., _before_ (ante-date) Çcorn˛, -˛sÈ, n., _horn, wing_ of an army (cornucopia); Ç� dextr� corn˛È, _on the right wing_; Ç� sinistr� corn˛È, _on the left wing_ Çequit�tus, -˛sÈ, m., _cavalry_ Çexercitus, -˛sÈ, m., _army_ Çimpetus, -˛sÈ, m., _attack_ (impetus); Çimpetum facere inÈ, with acc., _to make an attack on_ Çlacus, -˛s, dat. and abl. plur. lacubusÈ, m., _lake_ Çmanus, -˛sÈ, f., _hand; band, force_ (manual) Çportus, -˛sÈ, m., _harbor_ (port) ÇpostÈ, prep, with acc., _behind, after_ (post-mortem)

Çcrem�, crem�re, crem�v˜, crem�tusÈ, _burn_ (cremate) Çexerce�, exercıre, exercu˜, exercitusÈ, _practice, drill, train_ (exercise)

LESSON XLVII, ¤270

Athınae, -�rum, f., plur., _Athens_ Corinthus, -˜, f., _Corinth_ Çdomus, -˛s, locative Çdom˜ÈÈ, f., _house, home_ (dome). Cf. ÇdomiciliumÈ ÇGen�va, -aeÈ, f., _Geneva_ Pompıii, -�rum, m., plur., _Pompeii_, a city in Campania. See map ÇpropterÈ, prep. with acc., _on account of, because of_ r˛s, r˛ris, in the plur. only nom. and acc. Çr˛raÈ, n., _country_ (rustic) Çtergum, terg˜È, n., _back_; Ç� terg�È, _behind, in the rear_ Çvulnus, vulnerisÈ, n., _wound_ (vulnerable)

Çcommitt�, committere, comm˜s˜, commissusÈ, _intrust, commit;_ Çproelium committereÈ, _join battle_ Çconvoc�, convoc�re, convoc�v˜, convoc�tusÈ, _call together, summon_ (convoke) Çtime�, timıre, timu˜, ----È, _fear; be afraid_ (timid)

Çvert�, vertere, vert˜, versusÈ, _turn, change_ (convert); Çterga vertereÈ, _to turn the backs_, hence _to retreat_

LESSON XLVIII, ¤276

Çaciıs, -ı˜È, f., _line of battle_ Çaest�s, aest�tisÈ, f., _summer_ Çannus, -˜È, m., _year_ (annual) Çdiıs, diı˜È, m., _day_ (diary) Çfidıs, fide˜È, no plur., f., _faith, trust; promise, word; protection_; Çin fidem ven˜reÈ, _to come under the protection_ Çfluctus, -˛sÈ, m. _wave, billow_ (fluctuate) Çhiems, hiemisÈ, f., _winter_ Çh�ra, -aeÈ, f., _hour_ Çl˛x, l˛cisÈ, f., _light_ (lucid); Çpr˜ma luxÈ, _daybreak_ Çmer˜diısÈ, acc. Ç-emÈ, abl. Ç-ıÈ, no plur., m., _midday_ (meridian) Çnox, noctis (-ium)È, f., _night_ (nocturnal) Çpr˜mus, -a, -umÈ, _first_ (prime) Çrıs, re˜È, f., _thing, matter_ (real); Çrıs gestaeÈ, _deeds, exploits_ (lit. _things performed_); Çrıs adversaeÈ, _adversity_; Çrıs secundaeÈ, _prosperity_ Çspıs, spe˜È, f., _hope_

LESSON XLIX, ¤283

Çam˜citia, -aeÈ, f., _friendship_ (amicable) ÇitaqueÈ, conj., _and so, therefore, accordingly_ Çlittera, -aeÈ, f., _a letter_ of the alphabet; plur., _a letter, an epistle_ Çmetus, met˛sÈ, m., _fear_ Çnihil, indeclinableÈ, n., _nothing_ (nihilist) Çn˛ntius, n˛nt˜È, m., _messenger_. Cf. Çn˛nti�È Çp�x, p�cisÈ, f., _peace_ (pacify) Çrıgnum, -˜È, n., _reign, sovereignty, kingdom_ Çsupplicum, suppli«c˜È, n., _punishment_; Çsupplicum s˛mere dıÈ, with abl., _inflict punishment on_; Çsupplicum dareÈ, _suffer punishment_. Cf. ÇpoenaÈ

Çplace�, placıre, placu˜, placitusÈ, _be pleasing to, please_, with dative. Cf. ¤154 Çs˛m�, s˛mere, s˛mps˜, s˛mptusÈ, _take up, assume_ Çsustine�, sustinıre, sustinu˜, sustentusÈ, _sustain_

LESSON L, ¤288

Çcorpus, corporisÈ, n., _body_ (corporal) Çdınsus, -a, -umÈ, _dense_ Ç˜dem, e«adem, idemÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _the same_ (identity) Çipse, ipsa, ipsumÈ, intensive pronoun, _self; even, very_ Çm˜rus, -a, -umÈ, _wonderful, marvelous_ (miracle) Ç�limÈ, adv., _formerly, once upon a time_ Çpars, partis (-ium)È, f., _part, region, direction_ ÇquoqueÈ, adv., _also_. Stands _after_ the word which it emphasizes Çs�l, s�lisÈ, m., _sun_ (solar) Çvırus, -a, -umÈ, _true, real_ (verity)

Çdıbe�, dıbıre, dıbu˜, dıbitusÈ, _owe, ought_ (debt) Çıripi�, ıripere, ıripu˜, ıreptusÈ, _snatch from_

LESSON LI, ¤294

Çhic, haec, hocÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _this_ (of mine); _he, she, it_ Çille, illa, illudÈ, demonstrative pronoun _that_ (yonder); _he, she, it_ Çinv˜sus, -a, -umÈ, _hateful, detested_, with dative Cf. ¤143 Çiste, ista, istudÈ, demonstrative pronoun, _that_ (of yours); _he, she, it_ Çl˜bert�s, -�tisÈ, f., _liberty_ Çmodus, -˜È, m., _measure; manner, way, mode_ Çn�men, n�minisÈ, n., _name_ (nominate) Çoculus, -˜È, m., _eye_ (oculist) Çpr˜stinus, -a, -umÈ, _former, old-time_ (pristine) Çp˛blicus, -a, -umÈ, _public, belonging to the state;_ Çrıs p˛blica, re˜ p˛blicaeÈ, f., _the commonwealth, the state, the republic_ Çvest˜gium, vest˜«g˜È, n., _footprint, track; trace, vestige_ Çv�x, v�cisÈ, f., _voice_

LESSON LII, ¤298

Çincolumis, -eÈ, _unharmed_ Çnı ... quidemÈ, adv., _not even_. The emphatic word stands between ÇnıÈ and ÇquidemÈ ÇnisiÈ, conj., _unless, if ... not_ ÇpaeneÈ, adv., _almost_ (pen-insula) ÇsatisÈ, adv., _enough, sufficiently_ (satisfaction) Çtantus, -a, -umÈ, _so great_ Çvır�È, adv., _truly, indeed, in fact_. As a conj. _but, however_, usually stands second, never first.

Çdıcid�, dıcidere, dıcid˜, ----È, _fall down_ (deciduous) Çdısili�, dısil˜re, dısilu˜, dısultusÈ, _leap down, dismount_ Çmane�, manıre, m�ns˜, m�ns˛rusÈ, _remain_ Çtr�d˛c�, tr�d˛cere, tr�d˛x˜, tr�ductusÈ, _lead across_

LESSON LIII, ¤306

Çaquila, -aeÈ, f., _eagle_ (aquiline) Çaud�xÈ, gen. Çaud�cisÈ, adj., _bold, audacious_ Çceler, celeris, celereÈ, _swift, quick_ (celerity). Cf. Çvıl�xÈ Çexpl�rat�r, -�risÈ, m., _scout, spy_ (explorer) ÇingınsÈ, gen. ÇingentisÈ, adj., _huge, vast_ Çmedius, -a, -umÈ, _middle, middle part of_ (medium) Çmıns, mentis (-ium)È, f., _mind_ (mental). Cf. ÇanimusÈ Çopport˛nus, -a, -umÈ, _opportune_ ÇquamÈ, adv., _than_. With the superlative ÇquamÈ gives the force of _as possible_, as ÇquamÈ aud�cissim˜ vir˜, _men as bold as possible_ ÇrecensÈ, gen. ÇrecentisÈ, adj., _recent_ ÇtamÈ, adv., _so_. Always with an adjective or adverb, while ÇitaÈ is generally used with a verb

Çquaer�, quaerere, quaes˜v˜, quaes˜tusÈ, _ask, inquire, seek_

(question). Cf. Çpet�È

LESSON LIV, ¤310

Çalacer, alacris, alacreÈ, _eager, spirited, excited_ (alacrity) Çcelerit�s, -�tisÈ, f., _speed_ (celerity) Çcl�mor, cl�m�risÈ, m., _shout, clamor_ Çlınis, lıneÈ, _mild, gentle_ (lenient) Çmulier, muli«erisÈ, f., _woman_ Çmultit˛d�, multit˛dinisÈ, f., _multitude_ Çnım�È, dat. Çnımin˜È, acc. ÇnıminemÈ (gen. Çn˛ll˜usÈ, abl. Çn˛ll�È, from Çn˛llusÈ), no plur., m. and f., _no one_ Çn�bilis, n�bileÈ, _well known, noble_ Çnoct˛È, adv. (an old abl.), _by night_ (nocturnal) ÇstatimÈ, adv., _immediately, at once_ Çsubit�È, adv., _suddenly_ Çtardus, -a, -umÈ, _slow_ (tardy) Çcupi�, cupere, cup˜v˜, cup˜tusÈ, _desire, wish_ (cupidity)

LESSON LV, ¤314

Çaedificium, aedifi«c˜È, n., _building, dwelling_ (edifice) Çimperium, impe«r˜È, n., _command, chief power; empire_ Çmors, mortis (-ium)È, f., _death_ (mortal) Çreliquus, -a, -umÈ, _remaining, rest of_. As a noun, m. and n. plur., _the rest_ (relic) Çscelus, scelerisÈ, n., _crime_ Çservit˛s, -˛tisÈ, f., _slavery_ (servitude) Çvallıs, vallis (-ium)È, f., _valley_

Çabd�, abdere, abdid˜, abditusÈ, _hide_ Çcontend�, contendere, contend˜, contentusÈ, _strain, struggle; hasten_ (contend) Çocc˜d�, occ˜dere, occ˜d˜, occ˜susÈ, _cut down, kill_. Cf. Çnec�È, Çinterfici�È Çperterre�, perterrıre, perterru˜, perterritusÈ, _terrify, frighten_ Çrecipi�, recipere, recıp˜, receptusÈ, _receive, recover_; Çsı recipereÈ, _betake oneÕs self, withdraw, retreat_ Çtr�d�, tr�dere, tr�did˜, tr�ditusÈ, _give over, surrender, deliver_ (traitor)

LESSON LVI, ¤318

Çaditus, -˛sÈ, m., _approach, access; entrance_ Çc˜vit�s, c˜vit�tisÈ, f., _citizenship; body of citizens, state_ (city) ÇinterÈ, prep, with acc., _between, among_ (interstate commerce) ÇnamÈ, conj., _for_ Çobses, obsidisÈ, m. and f., _hostage_ Çpaul�È, adv. (abl. n. of ÇpaulusÈ), _by a little, somewhat_

Çincol�, incolere, incolu˜, ----È, transitive, _inhabit_; intransitive, _dwell_. Cf. Çhabit�È, Çv˜v�È Çrelinqu�, relinquere, rel˜qu˜, relictusÈ, _leave, abandon_ (relinquish) Çstatu�, statuere, statu˜, stat˛tusÈ, _fix, decide_ (statute), usually with infin.

LESSON LVII, ¤326

Çaequus, -a, -umÈ, _even, level; equal_ Çcohors, cohortis (-ium)È, f., _cohort_, a tenth part of a legion, about 360 men Çcurr�, currere, cucurr˜, cursusÈ, _run_ (course) Çdifficult�s, -�tisÈ, f., _difficulty_ Çfossa, -aeÈ, f., _ditch_ (fosse) Çgıns, gentis (-ium)È, f., _race, tribe, nation_ (Gentile) Çneg�tium, neg�t˜È, n., _business, affair, matter_ (negotiate) Çregi�, -�nisÈ, f., _region, district_ Çr˛mor, r˛m�risÈ, m., _rumor, report_. Cf. f�ma Çsimul atqueÈ, conj., _as soon as_

Çsuscipi�, suscipere, suscıp˜, susceptusÈ, _undertake_ Çtrah�, trahere, tr�x˜, tr�ctusÈ, _drag, draw_ (ex-tract) Çvale�, valıre, valu˜, valit˛rusÈ, _be strong_; pl˛rimum valıre, _to be most powerful, have great influence_ (value). Cf. validus

LESSON LVIII, ¤332

Çcomme�tus, -˛sÈ, m.. _provisions_ Çl�tit˛d�, -inisÈ, f., _width_ (latitude) Çlongit˛d�, -inisÈ, f., _length_ (longitude) Çmagnit˛d�, -inisÈ, f., _size, magnitude_ Çmerc�tor, merc�t�risÈ, m., _trader, merchant_ Çm˛n˜ti�, -�nisÈ, f., _fortification_ (munition) Çspatium, spat˜È, n., _room, space, distance; time_

Çcogn�sc�, cogn�scere, cogn�v˜, cognitusÈ, _learn_; in the perfect tenses, _know_ (re-cognize) Çc�g�, c�gere, coıg˜, co�ctusÈ, _collect; compel_ (cogent) Çdıfend�, dıfendere, dıfend˜, dıfınsusÈ, _defend_ Çincend�, incendere, incend˜, incınsusÈ, _set fire to, burn_ (incendiary). Cf. Çcrem�È Çobtine�, obtinıre, obtinu˜, obtentusÈ, _possess, occupy, hold_ (obtain) Çperveni�, perven˜re, pervın˜, perventusÈ, _come through, arrive_

LESSON LIX, ¤337

Çagmen, agminisÈ, n., _line of march, column_; Çpr˜mum agmenÈ, _the van_; Çnovissimum agmenÈ, _the rear_ ÇatqueÈ, ÇacÈ, conj., _and_; ÇatqueÈ is used before vowels and consonants, ÇacÈ before consonants only. Cf. ÇetÈ and Ç-queÈ Çconcilium, conci«l˜È, n., _council, assembly_ ÇHelvıti˜, -�rumÈ, m., _the Helvetii_, a Gallic tribe Çpassus, pass˛sÈ, m., _a pace_, five Roman feet; Çm˜lle passuumÈ, _a thousand (of) paces_, a Roman mile Çqu� dı caus�È, _for this reason, for what reason_ Çv�llum, -˜È, n., _earth-works, rampart_

Çcad�, cadere, cecid˜, c�s˛rusÈ, _fall_ (decadence) Çdıd�, dıdere, dıdid˜, dıditusÈ, _surrender, give up_; with a reflexive pronoun, _surrender oneÕs self, submit_, with the

dative of the indirect object Çprem�, premere, press˜, pressusÈ, _press hard, harass_ Çvex�, vex�re, vex�v˜, vex�tusÈ, _annoy, ravage_ (vex)

LESSON LX, ¤341

ÇautÈ, conj., _or_; Çaut ... autÈ, _either ... or_ Çcaus�È, abl. of ÇcausaÈ, _for the sake of, because of_. Always stands _after_ the gen. which modifies it ÇferıÈ, adv., _nearly, almost_ Çop˜ni�, -�nisÈ, f., _opinion, supposition, expectation_ Çrıs fr˛ment�ria, re˜ fr˛ment�riaeÈ, f. (lit. _the grain affair_), _grain supply_ Çtimor, -�risÈ, m., _fear_. Cf. Çtime�È ÇundiqueÈ, adv., _from all sides_

Çc�nor, c�n�r˜, c�n�tus sumÈ, _attempt, try_ Çıgredior, ıgred˜, ıgressus sumÈ, _move out, disembark_; Çpr�grediorÈ, _move forward, advance_ (egress, progress) Çmoror, mor�r˜, mor�tus sumÈ, _delay_ Çorior, orir˜, ortus sumÈ, _arise, spring; begin; be born_ (_from_) (origin) Çprofic˜scor, profic˜sc˜, profectus sumÈ, _set out_ Çrevertor, revert˜, reversus sumÈ, _return_ (revert). The forms of this verb are usually active, and not deponent, in the perfect system. Perf. act., Çrevert˜È Çsequor, sequ˜, sec˛tus sumÈ, _follow_ (sequence). Note the following compounds of ÇsequorÈ and the force of the different prefixes: Çc�nsequorÈ (_follow with_), _overtake_; Ç˜nsequorÈ (_follow against_), _pursue_; ÇsubsequorÈ (_follow under_), _follow close after_

LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

Translations inclosed within parentheses are not to be used as such;they are inserted to show etymological meanings.

[TranscriberÕs Note: The ÒparenthesesÓ were originally printed as [square brackets]. They are rendered here as [[double brackets]].]

A

Ç�È or ÇabÈ, prep. with abl. _from, by, off_. Translated _on_ in Ç� dextr� corn˛È, _on the right wing_; Ç� fronteÈ, _on the front_ or _in front_; Ç� dextr�È, _on the right_; Ç� latereÈ, _on the side_; etc.Çab-d�, -ere, -did˜, -ditusÈ, _hide, conceal_Çab-d˛c�, -ere, -d˛x˜, -ductusÈ, _lead off, lead away_Çabs-c˜d�, -ere, -c˜d˜,-c˜susÈ [[Çab(s)È, _off_, + Çcaed�È, _cut_]], _cut off_Çab-sum, -esse, �fu˜, �fut˛rusÈ, _be away, be absent, be distant, be off_; with Ç�È or ÇabÈ and abl., ¤501.32ÇacÈ, conj., see ÇatqueÈ

Çac-cipi�, -ere, -cıp˜, -ceptusÈ [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + Çcapi�È, _take_]], _receive, accept_Ç�cer, �cris, �creÈ, adj. _sharp_; figuratively, _keen, active, eager_ (¤471)Çacerbus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _bitter, sour_Çaciıs, -ı˜È, f. [[Ç�cerÈ, _sharp_]], _edge; line of battle_Ç�criterÈ, adv. [[Ç�cerÈ, _sharp_]], compared Ç�crius, �cerrimıÈ, _sharply, fiercely_ÇadÈ, prep. with acc. _to, towards, near_. With the gerund or gerundive, _to, for_Çad-aequ�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _make equal, make level with_Çad-d˛c�, -ere, -d˛x˜, -ductusÈ, _lead to; move, induce_Çad-e�, -˜re, -i˜, -itusÈ, _go to, approach, draw near, visit_, with acc. (¤413)Çad-fer�, ad-ferre, at-tul˜, ad-l�tusÈ, _bring, convey; report, announce; render, give_ (¤426)Çad-fici�, -ere, -fıc˜, -fectusÈ [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + Çfaci�È, _do_]], _affect, visit_Çadfl˜ct�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çadfl˜ct�È, _shatter_]], _shattered_Çad-fl˜g�, -ere, -fl˜x˜, -fl˜ctusÈ, _dash upon, strike upon; harass, distress_Çad-hibe�, -ıre, -u˜, -itusÈ [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + Çhabe�È, _hold_]], _apply, employ, use_Çad-h˛cÈ, adv. _hitherto, as yet, thus far_Çaditus, -˛sÈ, m. [[Çade�È, _approach_]], _approach, access; entrance_. Cf. ÇadventusÈÇad-lig�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _bind to, fasten_Çad-loquor, -loqu˜, -loc˛tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + ÇloquorÈ, _speak_]], _speak to, address_, with acc.Çad-ministr�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _manage, direct_Çadm˜r�ti�, -�nisÈ, f. [[Çadm˜rorÈ, _wonder at_]], _admiration, astonishment_Çad-move�, -ıre, -m�v˜, -m�tusÈ, _move to; apply, employ_Çad-propinqu�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _come near, approach_, with dat.Çad-sum, -esse, -fu˜, -fut˛resÈ, _be present; assist_; with dat., ¤426Çadulıscıns, -entisÈ, m. and f. [[part. of Çadolısc�È, _grow_]], _a youth, young man, young person_Çadventus, -˛sÈ, m. [[ÇadÈ, _to_, + Çveni�È, _come_]], _approach, arrival_ (¤466)Çadversus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çadvert�È, _turn to_]], _turned towards, facing; contrary, adverse_. Çrıs adversaeÈ, _adversity_Çaedificium, aedifi«c˜È, n. [[Çaedific�È, _build_]], _building, edifice_Çaedific�, -�re, -�vi, -�tusÈ [[ÇaedısÈ, _house_, + Çfaci�È, _make_]], _build_Çaeger, aegra, aegrumÈ, adj. _sick, feeble_Çaequ�lis, -eÈ, adj. _equal, like_. As a noun, Çaequ�lis, -isÈ, m. or f. _one of the same age_Çaequus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _even, level; equal_ÇAes�pus, -˜È, m. _®sop_, a writer of fablesÇaest�s, -�tisÈ, f. _summer_, Çinit� aest�teÈ, _at the beginning of summer_Çaet�s, -�tisÈ, f. _age_ÇAethiopia, -aeÈ, f. _Ethiopia_, a country in AfricaÇåfrica, -aeÈ, f. _Africa_Çåfric�nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of Africa_. A name given to Scipio for his victories in AfricaÇager, agr˜È, m. _field, farm, land_ (¤462.c)Çagger, -erisÈ, m. _mound_

Çagmen, -inisÈ, n. [[Çag�È, _drive_]], _an army_ on the march, _column_. Çpr˜mum agmenÈ, _the van_Çag�, -ere, ıg˜, �ctusÈ, _drive, lead; do, perform_. Çv˜tam agereÈ, _pass life_Çagricola, -aeÈ, m. [[ÇagerÈ, _field_, + Çcol�È, _cultivate_]], _farmer_Çagr˜ cult˛ra, -aeÈ, f. _agriculture_Ç�la, -aeÈ, f. _wing_Çalacer, -cris, -creÈ, adj. _active, eager_. Cf. Ç�cerÈÇalacrit�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[ÇalacerÈ, _active_]], _eagerness, alacrity_ÇalacriterÈ, adv. [[ÇalacerÈ, _active_]], comp Çalacrius, alacerrimıÈ, _actively, eagerly_Çalbus, -a, -umÈ, adj., _white_Çalcıs, -isÈ, f. _elk_ÇAlcmına, -aeÈ, f. _Alcme«na_, the mother of HerculesÇaliquis (-qu˜), -qua, -quid (-quod)È, indef. pron. _some one, some_ (¤487)Çalius, -a, -udÈ (gen. Ç-˜usÈ, dat. Ç-˜È), adj. _another, other_. Çalius ... aliusÈ, _one ... another_. Çali˜ ... ali˜È, _some ... others_ (¤110)ÇAlpıs, -iumÈ, f. plur. _the Alps_Çalter, -era, -erumÈ (gen. Ç-˜usÈ, dat. Ç-˜È), adj. _the one, the other_ (of two). Çalter ... alterÈ, _the one ... the other_ (¤110)Çaltit˛d�, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇaltusÈ, _high_]], _height_Çaltus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _high, tall, deep_ÇAm�zonıs, -umÈ, f. plur. _Amazons_, a fabled tribe of warlike womenÇamb�, -ae, -�È, adj. (decl. like ÇduoÈ), _both_Çam˜cıÈ, adv. [[Çam˜cusÈ, _friendly_]], superl. Çam˜cissimıÈ, _in a friendly manner_Çamici�, -˜re, ----, -ictusÈ [[Çam-È, _about_, + Çiaci�È, _throw_]], _throw around, wrap about, clothe_Çam˜citia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çam˜cusÈ, _friend_]], _friendship_Çam˜cus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çam�È, _love_]], _friendly_. As a noun, Çam˜cus, -˜È, m. _friend_Ç�-mitt�, -ere, -m˜s˜, -missusÈ, _send away; lose_Çam�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _love, like, be fond of_ (¤488)Çamphithe�trum, -˜È, n. _amphitheater_Çamplus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _large, ample; honorable, noble_ÇanÈ, conj. _or_, introducing the second part of a double questionÇancilla, -aeÈ, f. _maidservant_Çancora, -aeÈ, f. _anchor_ÇAndromeda, -aeÈ, f. _Androm«eda_, daughter of Cepheus and wife of PerseusÇangulus, -˜È, m. _angle, corner_Çanim-advert�, -ere, -t˜, -sus [[animusÈ, _mind_, + Çadvert�È, _turn to_]], _turn the mind to, notice_Çanimal, -�lisÈ, n. [[ÇanimaÈ, _breath_]], _animal_ (¤465.b)Çanim�sus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _spirited_Çanimus, -˜È, m. [[ÇanimaÈ, _breath_]], _mind, heart; spirit, courage, feeling;_ in this sense often pluralÇannus, -iÈ, m. _year_ÇanteÈ, prep, with acc. _before_Çante�È, adv. [[ÇanteÈ]], _before, formerly_Çant˜quus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇanteÈ, _before_]], _former, ancient, old_Çaper, apr˜È, m. _wild boar_ÇApoll�, -inisÈ, m. _Apollo_, son of Jupiter and Latona, brother of DianaÇap-p�re�, -ıre, -u˜È, ---- [[Çad + p�re�È, _appear_]], _appear_Çap-pell�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _call by name, name_. Cf. Çn�min�, voc�ÈÇAppius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Appian_

Çap-plic�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _apply, direct, turn_ÇapudÈ, prep, with acc. _among; at, at the house of_Çaqua, -aeÈ, f. _water_Çaquila, -aeÈ, f. _eagle_Ç�ra, -aeÈ, f. _altar_Çarbitror, -�r˜, -�tus sumÈ, _think, suppose_ (¤420.c). Cf. Çex˜stim�, put�ÈÇarbor, -orisÈ, f. _tree_ (¤247.1.a)ÇArcadia, -aeÈ, f. _Arcadia_, a district in southern GreeceÇ�rde�, -ıre, �rs˜, �rs˛rusÈ, _be on fire, blaze, burn_Çarduus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _steep_ÇAr˜cia, -aeÈ, f. _Aricia_, a town on the Appian Way, near RomeÇariıs, -etisÈ, m. _battering-ram_ (p. 221)Çarma, -�rumÈ, n. plur. _arms, weapons_. Cf. ÇtılumÈÇarm�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çarm�È, _arm_]], _armed, equipped_Çar�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _plow, till_Çars, artisÈ, f. _art, skill_Çarticulus, -˜È, m. _joint_Çascr˜b�, -ere, -scr˜ps˜, -scr˜ptusÈ [[ÇadÈ, _in addition_, + Çscr˜b�È, _write_]], _enroll, enlist_Çåsia, -aeÈ, f. _Asia_, i.e. Asia MinorÇatÈ, conj. _but_. Cf. Çautem, sedÈÇAthınae, -�rumÈ, f. plur. _Athens_ÇAtl�s, -antisÈ, m. _Atlas_, a Titan who was said to hold up the skyÇat-que, acÈ, conj. _and, and also, and what is more_. ÇatqueÈ may be used before either vowels or consonants, ÇacÈ before consonants onlyÇattentus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çattend�È, _direct_ (the mind) _toward_]], _attentive, intent on, careful_Çat-tonitus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _thunderstruck, astounded_Çaud�cia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çaud�xÈ, _bold_]], _boldness, audacity_Çaud�cterÈ, adv. [[Çaud�xÈ, _bold_]], compared Çaud�cius, aud�cissimıÈ, _boldly_Çaud�x, -�cisÈ, adj. _bold, daring_Çaude�, -ıre, ausus sumÈ, _dare_Çaudi�, -˜re, -˜v˜ or -˜˜, -˜tusÈ, _hear, listen to_ (¤¤420.d, 491)ÇAugı�s, -aeÈ, m. _Auge«as_, a king whose stables Hercules cleanedÇaura, -aeÈ, f. _air, breeze_Çaur�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇaurumÈ, _gold_]], _adorned with gold_Çaureus, -a, -umÈ, adj.[[ÇaurumÈ, _gold_]], _golden_Çaurum, -˜È, n. _gold_ÇautÈ, conj. _or_. Çaut ... autÈ, _either ... or_ÇautemÈ, conj., usually second, never first, in the clause, _but, moreover, however, now_. Cf. Çat, sedÈÇauxilium, auxi«l˜È, n. _help, aid, assistance;_ plur. _auxiliaries_Ç�-vert�, -ere, -t˜, -susÈ, _turn away, turn aside_Çavis, -isÈ, f. _bird_ (¤243.1)

B

Çballista, -aeÈ, f. _ballista_, an engine for hurling missiles (p. 220)Çbalteus, -˜È, m. _belt, sword belt_Çbarbarus, -˜È, m. _barbarian, savage_Çbellum, -˜È, n. _war_. Çbellum ˜nferreÈ, with dat. _make war upon_ÇbeneÈ, adv. [[for ÇbonıÈ, from ÇbonusÈ]], compared Çmelius, optimıÈ, _well_ÇbenignıÈ, adv. [[ÇbenignusÈ, _kind_]], compared Çbenignius, benignissimıÈ, _kindly_

Çbenignus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _good-natured, kind_, often used with dat.Çb˜n˜, -ae, -aÈ, distributive numeral adj. _two each, two at a time_ (¤334)ÇbisÈ, adv. _twice_Çbonus, -a, -umÈ, adj. compared Çmelior, optimusÈ, _good, kind_ (¤469.a)Çb�s, bovisÈ (gen. plur. ÇboumÈ or ÇbovumÈ, dat. and abl. plur. Çb�busÈ or Çb˛busÈ), m. and f. _ox, cow_Çbracchium, bracch˜È, n. _arm_Çbrevis, -eÈ, adj. _short_ÇBrundisium, -˜È, n. _Brundisium_, a seaport in southern Italy. See mapÇbulla, -aeÈ, f. _bulla_, a locket made of small concave plates of gold fastened by a spring (p. 212)

C

ÇC.È abbreviation for ÇG�iusÈ, Eng. _Caius_Çcad�, -ere, ce«cid˜, c�s˛rusÈ, _fall_Çcaedıs, -isÈ, f. [[Çcaed�È, _cut_]], (_a cutting down_), _slaughter, carnage_ (¤465.a)Çcaelum, -˜È, n. _sky, heavens_ÇCaesar, -arisÈ, m. _C¾sar_, the famous general, statesman, and writerÇcalamit�s, -�tisÈ, f. _loss, calamity, defeat, disaster_Çcalcar, -�risÈ, n. _spur_ (¤465.b)ÇCamp�nia, -aeÈ, f. _Campania_., a district of central Italy. See mapÇCamp�nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of Campania_Çcampus, -˜È, m. _plain, field_, esp. the _Campus Martius_, along the Tiber just outside the walls of RomeÇcanis, -isÈ, m. and f. _dog_Çcan�, -ere, ce«cin˜È, ----, _sing_Çcant�, -�re, -�vi, -�tusÈ [[Çcan�È, _sing_]], _sing_ÇCapınus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of Capena_, esp. the _Porta Cape«na_, the gate at Rome leading to the Appian WayÇcapi�, -ere, cıp˜, captusÈ, _take, seize, capture_ (¤492)ÇCapit�l˜nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _belonging to the Capitol, Capitoline_ÇCapit�lium, Capit�«l˜È, n. [[ÇcaputÈ, _head_]], _the Capitol_, the hill at Rome on which stood the temple of Jupiter Capitolinus and the citadelÇcapsa, -aeÈ, f. _box_ for booksÇcapt˜vus, -˜È, m. [[Çcapi�È, _take_]], _captive_ÇCapua, -aeÈ, f. _Capua_, a large city of Campania. See mapÇcaput, -itisÈ, n. _head_ (¤464.2.b)Çcarcer, -erisÈ, m. _prison, jail_Çcarrus, -˜È, m. _cart, wagon_Çc�rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _dear; precious_Çcasa, -aeÈ, f. _hut, cottage_Çcastellum, -˜È, n. [[dim. of ÇcastrumÈ, _fort_]], _redoubt, fort_Çcastrum, -˜È, n. _fort_. Usually in the plural, Çcastra, -�rumÈ, a military _camp_. Çcastra p�nereÈ, _to pitch camp_Çc�sus, -usÈ, m. [[Çcad�È, _fall_]], _chance; misfortune, loss_Çcatapulta, -aeÈ, f. _catapult_, an engine for hurling stonesÇcatına, -aeÈ, f. _chain_Çcaup�na, -aeÈ, f. _inn_Çcausa, -aeÈ, f. _cause, reason_, Çqu� dı caus�È, _for this reason_Çcıd�, -ere, cess˜, cess˛rusÈ, _give way, retire_Çceler, -eris, -ereÈ, adj. _swift, fleet_Çcelerit�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[ÇcelerÈ, _swift_]], _swiftness, speed_ÇceleriterÈ, adv. [[ÇcelerÈ, _swift_]], compared Çcelerius, celerrimıÈ,

_swiftly_Çcına, -aeÈ, f. _dinner_ÇcentumÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _hundred_Çcenturi�, -�nisÈ, m. _centurion, captain_ÇCıpheusÈ (dissyl.), Ç-e˜È (acc. ÇCıpheaÈ), m. _Cepheus_, a king of Ethiopia and father of AndromedaÇCerberus, -˜È, m. _Cerberus_, the fabled three-headed dog that guarded the entrance to HadesÇcert�men, -inisÈ, n. [[Çcert�È, _struggle_]], _struggle, contest, rivalry_ÇcertıÈ, adv. [[ÇcertusÈ, _sure_]], compared Çcertius, certissimıÈ, _surely, certainly_Çcertus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _fixed, certain, sure_. Çaliquem certi�rem facereÈ (_to make some one more certain_), _to inform some one_Çcervus, -˜È, m. _stag, deer_Çcess�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _delay, cease_Çcib�ria, -�rumÈ, n. plur. _food, provisions_Çcibus, -˜È, m. _food, victuals_ÇCimbr˜, -�rumÈ, m. plur. _the Cimbri_ÇCimbricus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Cimbrian_Çcñctus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çcing�È, _surround_]], _girt, surrounded_Çcing�, -ere, cñx˜, cñctusÈ, _gird, surround_ÇcirciterÈ, adv. _about_ÇcircumÈ, prep, with acc. _around_Çcircum«-d�, -dare, -ded˜, -datusÈ, _place around, surround, inclose_Çcircum«-e�, -˜re, -i˜, -itusÈ, _go around_Çcircum-sist�, -ere, circum«stet˜È, ----, _stand around, surround_Çcircum-veni�, -˜re, -vın˜, -ventusÈ (_come around_), _surround_Çciterior, -iusÈ, adj. in comp., superl. ÇcitimusÈ, _hither, nearer_ (¤475)Çc˜v˜lis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çc˜visÈ]], _civil_Çc˜vis, -isÈ, m. and f. _citizen_ (¤243.1)Çc˜vit�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[Çc˜visÈ, _citizen_]], (_body of citizens_), _state; citizenship_Çcl�mor, -�risÈ, m. _shout, cry_Çcl�rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _clear; famous, renowned; bright, shining_Çclassis, -isÈ, f. _fleet_Çclaud�, -ere, -s˜, -susÈ, _shut, close_Çclavus, -˜È, m. _stripe_Çcliıns, -entisÈ, m. _dependent, retainer, client_ (¤465.a)ÇCocles, -itisÈ, m. (_blind in one eye_), _Cocles_, the surname of HoratiusÇco-gn�sc�, -ere, -gn�v˜, -gn˜tusÈ, _learn, know, understand_. Cf. Çsci�È (¤420.b)Çc�g�, -ere, coıg˜, co�ctusÈ [[Çco(m)-È, _together_, + Çag�È, _drive_]], (_drive together_), _collect; compel, drive_Çcohors, cohortisÈ, f. _cohort_, the tenth part of a legion, about 360 menÇcollis, -isÈ, m. _hill_, Çin summ� colleÈ, _on top of the hill_ (¤247.2.a)Çcollum, -˜È, n. _neck_Çcol�, -ere, colu˜, cultusÈ, _cultivate, till; honor, worship; devote oneÕs self to_Çcolumna, -aeÈ, f. _column, pillar_Çcom- (col-, con-, cor-, co-)È, a prefix, _together, with_, or intensifying the meaning of the root wordÇcoma, -aeÈ, f. _hair_Çcomes, -itisÈ, m. and f. [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çe�È, _go_]],

_companion, comrade_Çcomit�tus, -˛sÈ, m. [[ÇcomitorÈ, _accompany_]], _escort, company_Çcomitor, -�r˜, -�tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇcomesÈ, _companion_]], _accompany_Çcom-me�tus, -˛sÈ, m. _supplies_Çcom-minusÈ, adv. [[Çcom-È, _together_, + ÇmanusÈ, _hand_]], _hand to hand_Çcom-mitt�, -ere, -m˜s˜, -missusÈ, _join together; commit, intrust_. Çproelium committereÈ, _join battle_. Çsı committereÈ with dat, _trust oneÕs self to_ÇcommodıÈ, adv. [[ÇcommodusÈ, _fit_]], compared Çcommodius, commodissimıÈ, _conveniently, fitly_Çcommodus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _suitable, fit_Çcom-m�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çcommove�È, _move_]], _aroused, moved_Çcom-par�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çpar�È, _prepare_]], _prepare; provide, get_Çcom-ple�, -ıre, -plıv˜, -plıtusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çple�È, _fill_]], _fill up_Çcomplexus, -˛sÈ, m. _embrace_Çcom-prim�, -ere, -press˜, -pressusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çprem�È, _press_]], _press together, grasp, seize_Çcon-cid�, -ere, -cid˜È, ---- [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çcad�È, _fall_]], _fall down_Çconcilium, conci«l˜È, n. _meeting, council_Çcon-cl˛d�, -ere, -cl˛s˜, -cl˛susÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çclaud�È, _close_]], _shut up, close; end, finish_Çcon-curr�, -ere, -curr˜, -cursusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çcurr�È, _run_]], _run together; rally, gather_Çcondici�, -�nisÈ, f. [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çdic�È, _talk_]], _agreement, condition, terms_Çcon-d�n�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _pardon_Çcon-d˛c�, -ere, -d˛x˜, -ductusÈ, _hire_Çc�n-fer�, -ferre, -tul˜, -l�tusÈ, _bring together_. Çsı c�nferreÈ, _betake oneÕs self_Çc�n-fertus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _crowded, thick_Çc�nfestimÈ, adv. _immediately_Çc�n-fici�, -ere, -fıc˜, -fectusÈ [[Çcom-È, _completely_, + Çfaci�È, _do_]], _make, complete, accomplish, finish_Çc�n-f˜rm�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _make firm, establish, strengthen, affirm, assert_Çc�n-flu�, -ere, -fl˛x˜È, ----, _flow together_Çc�n-fugi�, -ere, -f˛g˜, -fugit˛rusÈ, _flee for refuge, flee_Çcon-ici�, -ere, -iıc˜, -iectusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çiaci�È, _throw_]], _hurl_Çcon-iung�, -ere, -i˛nx˜, -i˛nctusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çiung�È, _join_]], _join together, unite_Çcon-i˛r�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çi˛r�È, _swear_]], _unite by oath, conspire_Çcon-loc�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çloc�È, _place_]], _arrange, place, station_Çconloquium, conlo«qu˜È, n. [[Çcom-È, _together_, + ÇloquorÈ, _speak_]], _conversation, conference_Çc�nor, -�r˜, -�tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _endeavor, attempt, try_Çc�n-scend�, -ere, -scend˜, -scınsusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çscand�È, _climb_]], _climb up, ascend_. Çn�vem c�nscendereÈ, _embark, go on board_Çc�n-scr˜b�, -ere, -scr˜ps˜, -scr˜ptusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çscr˜b�È, _write_]], (_write together_), _enroll, enlist_Çc�n-secr�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çsacr�È,

_consecrate_]], _consecrate, devote_Çc�n-sequor, -sequ˜, -sec˛tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çcom-È, intensive, + ÇsequorÈ, _follow_]], _pursue; overtake; win_Çc�n-serv�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çserv�È, _save_]], _preserve, save_Çc�nsilium, c�nsi«l˜È, n. _plan, purpose, design; wisdom_Çc�n-sist�, -ere, -stit˜, -stitusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çsist�È, _cause to stand_]], _stand firmly, halt, take oneÕs stand_Çc�n-spici�, -ere, -spıx˜, -spectusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çspici�È, _spy_]], _look at attentively, perceive, see_Çc�nstantia, -aeÈ, f. _firmness, steadiness, perseverance_Çc�n-stitu�, -ere, -u˜, -˛tusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çstatu�È, _set_]], _establish, determine, resolve_Çc�n-st�, -�re, -stit˜, -st�t˛rusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çst�È, _stand_]], _agree; be certain; consist of_Çc�nsul, -ulisÈ, m. _consul_ (¤464.2.a)Çc�n-s˛m�, -ere, -s˛mps˜, -s˛mptusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çsum�È, _take_]], _consume, use up_Çcon-tend�, -ere, -d˜, -tusÈ, _strain; hasten; fight, contend, struggle_Çcon-tine�, -ıre, -u˜, -tentusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çtene�È, _hold_]], _hold together, hem in, contain; restrain_Çcontr�È, prep, with acc. _against, contrary to_Çcon-trah�, -ere, -tr�x˜, -tr�ctusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çtrah�È, _draw_]], _draw together;_ of sails, _shorten, furl_Çcontr�versia, -aeÈ, f. _dispute, quarrel_Çcon-veni�, -˜re, -vın˜, -ventusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çveni�È, _come_]], _come together, meet, assemble_Çcon-vert�, -ere, -vert˜, -versusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çvert�È, _turn_]], _turn_Çcon-voc�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çcom-È, _together_, + Çvoc�È, _call_]], _call together_Çco-orior, -˜r˜, -ortus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çcom-È, intensive, + ÇoriorÈ, _rise_]], _rise, break forth_Çc�pia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çcom-È, intensive, + ÇopsÈ, _wealth_]], _abundance, wealth, plenty_. Plur. Çc�piae, -�rumÈ, _troops_Çcoqu�, -ere, cox˜, coctusÈ, _cook_ÇCorinthus, -˜È, f. _Corinth_, the famous city on the Isthmus of CorinthÇCornılia, -aeÈ, f. _Cornelia_, daughter of Scipio and mother of the GracchiÇCornılius, Cornı«l˜È, m. _Cornelius_, a Roman nameÇcorn˛, -˛sÈ, n. _horn; wing_ of an army, Ç� dextr� corn˛È, _on the right wing_ (¤466)Çcor�na, -aeÈ, f. _garland, wreath; crown_Çcor�n�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _crowned_Çcorpus, -orisÈ, n. _body_Çcor-ripi�, -ere, -u˜, -reptusÈ [[Çcom-È, intensive, + Çrapi�È, _seize_]], _seize, grasp_Çcot˜di�nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _daily_Çcot˜diıÈ, adv. _daily_Çcrıber, -bra, -brumÈ, adj. _thick, crowded, numerous, frequent_Çcrıd�, -ere, -d˜d˜, -ditusÈ, _trust, believe_, with dat. (¤501.14)Çcrem�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _burn_Çcre�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _make; elect, appoint_ÇCre�n, -ontisÈ, m. _Creon_, a king of CorinthÇcrısc�, -ere, crıv˜, crıtusÈ, _rise, grow, increase_ÇCrıta, -aeÈ, f. _Crete_, a large island in the MediterraneanÇCrıtaeus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Cretan_Çcr˛s, cr˛risÈ, n. _leg_Çcr˛stulum, -˜È, n. _pastry, cake_

Çcub˜le, -isÈ, n. _bed_Çcult˛ra, -aeÈ, f. _culture, cultivation_ÇcumÈ, conj. with the indic. or subjv. _when; since; although_ (¤501.46)ÇcumÈ, prep, with abl. _with_ (¤209)ÇcupidıÈ, adv. [[ÇcupidusÈ, _desirous_]], compared Çcupidius, cupidissimıÈ, _eagerly_Çcupidit�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[ÇcupidusÈ, _desirous_]], _desire, longing_Çcupi�, -ere, -˜v˜È or Ç-i˜, -˜tusÈ, _desire, wish_. Cf. Çvol�ÈÇc˛rÈ, adv. _why, wherefore_Çc˛ra, -aeÈ, f. _care, pains; anxiety_Çc˛ria, -aeÈ, f. _senate house_Çc˛r�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çc˛raÈ, _care_]], _care for, attend to, look after_Çcurr�, -ere, cucurr˜, cursusÈ, _run_Çcurrus, -˛sÈ, m. _chariot_Çcursus, -˛sÈ, m. _course_Çcust�di�, -˜re, -˜v˜, -˜tusÈ [[Çcust�sÈ, _guard_]], _guard, watch_

D

ÇDaedalus, -˜È, m. _D¾d«alus_, the supposed inventor of the first flying machineÇD�vus, -˜È, m. _Davus_, name of a slaveÇdıÈ, prep, with abl. _down from, from; concerning, about, for_ (¤209). Çqu� dı caus�È, _for this reason, wherefore_Çdea, -aeÈ, f. _goddess_ (¤461.a)Çdıbe�, -ıre, -u˜, -itusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _from_, + Çhabe�È, _hold_]], _owe, ought, should_ÇdecemÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _ten_Çdı-cern�, -ere, -crıv˜, -crıtusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _from_, + Çcern�È, _separate_]], _decide, decree_Çdı-cid�, -ere, -cid˜È, ---- [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çcad�È, _fall_]], _fall down_Çdecimus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. _tenth_Çdıcl˜vis, -eÈ, adj. _sloping downward_Çdı-d�, -ere, -did˜, -ditusÈ, _give up, surrender_, Çsı dıdereÈ, _surrender oneÕs self_Çdı-d˛c�, -ere, -d˛x˜, -ductusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çd˛c�È, _lead_]], _lead down, escort_Çdı-fend�, -ere, -d˜, -fınsusÈ, _ward off, repel, defend_Çdı-fer�, -ferre, -tul˜, -l�tusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çfer�È, _bring_]], _bring down; report, announce_ (¤426)Çdı-fessus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _tired out, weary_Çdı-fici�, -ere, -fıc˜, -fectusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _from_, + Çfaci�È, _make_]], _fail, be wanting; revolt from_Çdı-f˜g�, -ere, -f˜x˜, -f˜xusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çf˜g�È, _fasten_]], _fasten, fix_Çdı-ici�, -ere, -iıc˜, -iectusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çiaci�È, _hurl_]], _hurl down; bring down, kill_Çde-indeÈ, adv. _(from thence), then, in the next place_Çdılect�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _delight_Çdıle�, -ıre, -ıv˜, -ıtusÈ, _blot out, destroy_Çdıl˜ber�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _weigh, deliberate, ponder_Çdı-lig�, -ere, -lıg˜, -lıctusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _from_, + Çleg�È, _gather_]], _choose, select_ÇDelphicus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Delphic_Çdımissus, -a, -umÈ [[part. of Çdımitt�È, _send down_]], _downcast,

humble_Çdı-m�nstr�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _out_, + Çm�nstr�È, _point_]], _point out, show_ÇdımumÈ, adv. _at last, not till then_. Çtum dımumÈ, _then at last_ÇdıniqueÈ, adv. _at last, finally_. Cf. Çpostrım�ÈÇdıns, dentisÈ, m. _tooth_ (¤247.2.a)Çdınsus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _dense, thick_Çdı-pende�, -ıreÈ, ----, ---- [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çpende�È, _hang_]], _hang from, hang down_Çdı-pl�r�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, intensive, + Çpl�r�È, _wail_]], _bewail, deplore_Çdı-p�n�, -ere, -posu˜, -positusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çp�n�È, _put_]], _put down_Çdı-scend�, -ere, -d˜, -scınsusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çscand�È, _climb_]], _climb down, descend_Çdı-scr˜b�, -ere, -scr˜ps˜, -scr˜ptusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çscr˜b�È, _write_]], _write down_Çdıs˜der�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _long for_Çdı-sili�, -˜re, -u˜, -sultusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çsali�È, _leap_]], _leap down_Çdı-spır�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _away from_, + Çspır�È, _hope_]], _despair_Çdı-spici�, -ere, -spıxi, -spectusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_]], _look down upon, despise_Çdı-sum, -esse, -fu˜, -fut˛rusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _away from_, + ÇsumÈ, _be_]], _be wanting, lack_, with dat. (¤426)Çdeus, -˜È, m. _god_ (¤468)Çdı-volv�, -ere, -volv˜, -vol˛tusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çvolv�È, _roll_]], _roll down_Çdı-vor�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇdıÈ, _down_, + Çvor�È, _swallow_]], _devour_Çdexter, -tra, -trumÈ (Ç-tera, -terumÈ), adj. _to the right, right_. Ç� dextr� corn˛È, _on the right wing_ÇDi�na, -aeÈ, f. _Diana_, goddess of the moon and twin sister of ApolloÇd˜c�, -ere, d˜x˜, dictusÈ (imv. Çd˜cÈ), _say, speak, tell_. Usually introduces indirect discourse (¤420.a)Çdict�tor, -�risÈ, m. [[Çdict�È, _dictate_]], _dictator_, a chief magistrate with unlimited powerÇdiıs, -ıiÈ or ÇdiıÈ, m., sometimes f. in sing., _day_ (¤467)Çdif-fer�, -ferre, distul˜, d˜l�tusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çfer�È, _carry_]], _carry apart; differ_. Çdifferre inter sıÈ, _differ from each other_Çdif-ficilis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çdis-È, _not_, + ÇfacilisÈ, _easy_]], _hard, difficult_ (¤307)Çdifficult�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[ÇdifficilisÈ, _hard_]], _difficulty_Çd˜ligenterÈ, adv. [[Çd˜ligınsÈ, _careful_]], compared Çd˜ligentius, d˜ligentissimıÈ, _industriously, diligently_Çd˜ligentia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çd˜ligınsÈ, _careful_]], _industry, diligence_Çd˜-mic�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _fight, struggle_Çd˜-mitt�, -ere, -m˜s˜, -missusÈ [[Çd˜-È, _off_, + Çmitt�È, _send_]], _send away, dismiss, disband_. Çd˜mittere animum inÈ, _direct oneÕs mind to, apply oneÕs self to_ÇDiomıdıs, -isÈ, m. _D˜-o-mı«dıs_, a nameÇdis-, d˜-È, a prefix expressing separation, _off, apart, in different directions_. Often negatives the meaningÇdis-cıd�, -ere, -cess˜, -cessusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çcıd�È, _go_]], _depart from, leave, withdraw, go away_Çdis-cern�, -ere, -crıv˜, -crıtusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çcern�È, _sift_]], _separate; distinguish_

Çdiscipl˜na, -aeÈ, f. _instruction, training, discipline_Çdiscipulus, -˜È, m. [[Çdisc�È, _learn_]], _pupil, disciple_Çdisc�, -ere, didic˜È, ----, _learn_Çdis-cuti�, -ere, -cuss˜, -cussusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çquati�È, _shake_]], _shatter, dash to pieces_Çdis-p�n�, -ere, -posu˜, -positusÈ [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + Çp�n�È, _put_]], _put here and there, arrange, station_Çdis-similis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çdis-È, _apart_, + ÇsimilisÈ, _like_]], _unlike, dissimilar_ (¤307)Çdis-tribu�, -ere, -u˜, -˛tusÈ, _divide, distribute_Çdi˛È, adv., compared Çdi˛tius, di˛tissimıÈ, _for a long time, long_ (¤477)Çd�, dare, ded˜, datusÈ, _give_. Çin fugam dareÈ, _put to flight_. Çalicui neg�tium dareÈ, _employ some one_Çdoce�, -ıre, -u˜, -tusÈ, _teach, show_Çdoctr˜na, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇdoctorÈ, _teacher_]], _teaching, learning, wisdom_Çdolor, -�risÈ, m. _pain, sorrow_Çdomesticus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇdomusÈ, _house_]], _of the house, domestic_Çdomicilium, domici«l˜È, n. _dwelling; house, abode_. Cf. ÇdomusÈÇdomina, -aeÈ, f. _mistress_ (of the house), _lady_ (¤461)Çdominus, -˜È, m. _master_ (of the house), _owner, ruler_ (¤462)Çdomus, -˛sÈ, f. _house, home_. Çdom˜È, locative, _at home_ (¤468)Çdormi�, -˜re, -˜v˜, -˜tusÈ, _sleep_Çdrac�, -�nisÈ, m. _serpent, dragon_Çdubit�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _hesitate_Çdubius, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇduoÈ, _two_]], (_moving two ways_), _doubtful, dubious_Çdu-cent˜, -ae, -aÈ, numeral adj. _two hundred_Çd˛c�, -ere, d˛x˜, ductusÈ (imv. Çd˛cÈ), _lead, conduct_ÇdumÈ, conj. _while, as long as_Çduo, duae, duoÈ, numeral adj. _two_ (¤479)Çduo-decimÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _twelve_Çd˛rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _hard, tough; harsh, pitiless, bitter_Çdux, ducisÈ, m. and f. [[cf. Çd˛c�È, _lead_]], _leader, commander_

E

ÇıÈ or ÇexÈ, prep, with abl. _out of, from, off, of_ (¤209)Çeburneus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of ivory_ÇecceÈ, adv. _see! behold! there! here!_Çı-d˛c�, -ere, -d˛x˜, -ductusÈ [[ÇıÈ, _out_, + Çd˛c�È, _lead_]], _lead out, draw out_Çef-fici�, -ere, -fıc˜, -fectusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _thoroughly_, + Çfaci�È, _do_]], _work out; make, cause_Çef-fugi�, -ere, -f˛g˜, -fugit˛rusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _from_, + Çfugi�È, _flee_]], _escape_Çege�, -ıre, -u˜È, ----, _be in need of, lack_, with abl. (¤501.32)ÇegoÈ, pers. pron. _I_; plur. Çn�sÈ, _we_ (¤480)Çı-gredior, -˜, ıgressus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇıÈ, _out of_, + ÇgradiorÈ, _go_]], _go out, go forth_. Çı n�v˜ ıgred˜È, _disembark_Çı-ici�, -ere, -iıc˜, -iectusÈ [[ÇıÈ, _forth_, + Çiaci�È, _hurl_]], _hurl forth, expel_Çelementum, -˜È, n., in plur. _first principles, rudiments_Çelephantus, -˜È, m. _elephant_

Çælis, ælidisÈ, f. _E«lis_, a district of southern GreeceÇem�, -ere, ım˜, ımptusÈ, _buy, purchase_ÇenimÈ, conj., never standing first, _for, in fact, indeed._ Cf. ÇnamÈÇEnnius, Enn˜È, m. _Ennius_, the father of Roman poetry, born 239 B.C.Çe�, ˜re, i˜È (Ç˜v˜È), Çit˛rusÈ, _go_ (¤499)Çe�È, adv. _to that place, thither_Çæp˜rus, -˜È, f. _Epi«rus_, a district in the north of GreeceÇeques, -itisÈ, m. [[ÇequusÈ, _horse_]], _horseman, cavalryman_Çequit�tus, -˛sÈ, m. [[Çequit�È, _ride_]], _cavalry_Çequus, -˜È, m. _horse_Çı-rig�, -ere, -rıx˜, -rıctusÈ [[ÇıÈ, _out_, + Çreg�È, _make straight_]], _raise up_Çı-ripi�, -ere, -u˜, -reptusÈ [[ÇıÈ, _out of_, + Çrapi�È, _seize_]], _seize, rescue_Çı-rump�, -ere, -r˛p˜, -ruptusÈ [[ÇıÈ, _forth_, + Çrump�È, _break_]], _burst forth_Çırupti�, -�nisÈ, f. _sally_ÇErymanthius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Erymanthian, of Erymanthus_, a district in southern GreeceÇetÈ, conj. _and, also_. Çet ... etÈ, _both ... and_. Cf. Çatque, ac, -queÈÇetiamÈ, adv. (rarely conj.) [[ÇetÈ, _also_, + ÇiamÈ, _now_]], _yet, still; also, besides_. Cf. ÇquoqueÈ. Çn�n s�lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_ÇEtr˛sc˜, -�rumÈ, m. _the Etruscans_, the people of Etruria. See map of ItalyÇEur�pa, -aeÈ, f. _Europe_ÇEurystheus, -˜È, m. _Eurys«theus_, a king of Tiryns, a city in southern GreeceÇı-v�d�, -ere, -v�s˜, -v�susÈ [[ÇıÈ, _out_, + Çv�d�È, _go_]], _go forth, escape_ÇexÈ, see ÇıÈÇexanim�tus, -a, -umÈ [[part. of Çexanim�È, _put out of breath_ (ÇanimaÈ)]], adj. _out of breath, tired; lifeless_Çex-cipi�, -ere, -cıp˜, -ceptusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çcapi�È, _take_]], _welcome, receive_Çexemplum, -˜È, n. _example, model_Çex-e�,-˜re,-i˜,-it˛rusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çe�È, _go_]], _go out, go forth_ (¤413)Çex-erce�, -ıre, -u˜, -itusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çarce�È, _shut_]], _(shut out), employ, train, exercise, use_Çexercitus, -usÈ, m. [[Çexerce�È, _train_]], _army_Çex-˜stim�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çaestim�È, _reckon_]], _estimate; think, judge_ (¤420.c). Cf. Çarbitror, put�ÈÇex-orior, -˜r˜, -ortus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇexÈ, _forth_, + ÇoriorÈ, _rise_]], _come forth, rise_Çexped˜tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _without baggage_Çex-pell�, -ere, -pul˜, -pulsusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çpell�È, _drive_]], _drive out_Çex-pi�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇexÈ, intensive, + Çp˜oÈ, _atone for_]], _make amends for, atone for_Çexpl�r�tor, -�risÈ, m. [[Çexpl�r�È, _investigate_]], _spy, scout_Çexpl�r�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _examine, explore_Çex-pugn�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çpugn�È, _fight_]], _take by storm, capture_Çexsilium, exsi«l˜È, n. [[ÇexsulÈ, _exile_]], _banishment, exile_Çex-spect�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çspect�È, _look_]], _expect, wait_Çex-stru�, -ere, -str˛x˜, -str˛ctusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çstru�È, _build_]], _build up, erect_

Çexterus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çexterior, extrımusÈ or ÇextimusÈ, _outside, outer_ (¤312)Çextr�È, prep, with acc. _beyond, outside of_Çex-trah�, -ere, -tr�x˜, -tr�ctusÈ [[ÇexÈ, _out_, + Çtrah�È, _drag_]], _drag out, pull forth_Çextrımus, -a, -umÈ, adj., superl. of ÇexterusÈ, _utmost, farthest_ (¤312)

F

Çf�bula, -aeÈ, f. _story, tale, fable_ÇfacileÈ, adv. [[ÇfacilisÈ, _easy_]], compared Çfacilius, facillimıÈ, _easily_ (¤322)Çfacilis, -eÈ, adj. [[cf. Çfaci�È, _make_]], _easy, without difficulty_ (¤307)Çfaci�, -ere, fıc˜, factusÈ (imv. ÇfacÈ), _make, do; cause, bring about_. Çimpetum facere inÈ, _make an attack upon_. Çproelium facereÈ, _fight a battle_. Çiter facereÈ, _make a march_ or _journey_. Çaliquem certi�rem facereÈ, _inform some one_. Çfacere verba pr�È, _speak in behalf of_. Passive Çf˜�, fier˜, factus sumÈ, _be done, happen_. Çcertior fier˜È, _be informed_Çfall�, -ere, fefell˜, falsusÈ, _trip, betray, deceive_Çf�ma, -aeÈ, f. _report, rumor; renown, fame, reputation_Çfamıs, -isÈ (abl. ÇfamıÈ), f. _hunger_Çfamilia, -aeÈ, f. _servants, slaves; household, family_Çfascıs, -iumÈ (plur. of ÇfascisÈ), f. _fasces_ (p. 225)Çfast˜gium, fast˜«g˜È, n. _top; slope, descent_Çf�tum, -˜È, n. _fate, destiny_Çfaucıs, -iumÈ, f. plur. _jaws, throat_Çfave�, -ıre, f�v˜, faut˛rusÈ, _be favorable to, favor_, with dat. (¤501.14)Çfıl˜x, -˜cisÈ, adj. _happy, lucky_Çfımina, -aeÈ, f. woman. Cf. ÇmulierÈÇfera, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇferusÈ, _wild_]], _wild beast_Çfer�x, -�cisÈ, adj. _fertile_ÇferıÈ, adv. _about, nearly, almost_Çfer�, ferre, tul˜, l�tusÈ, _bear_. ÇgraviterÈ or Çmolestı ferreÈ, _be annoyed_ (¤498)Çferreus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇferrumÈ, _iron_]], _made of iron_Çfidılis, -eÈ, adj. [[ÇfidısÈ, _trust_]], _faithful, true_Çfidıs, fide˜È _or_ ÇfidıÈ, _trust, faith; promise, word; protection_. Çin fidem ven˜reÈ, _come under the protection_. Çin fidı manıreÈ, _remain loyal_Çf˜lia, -aeÈ (dat. and abl. plur. Çf˜li�busÈ), f. _daughter_ (¤461.a)Çf˜lius, f˜l˜È (voc. sing, Çf˜l˜È), m. _son_Çfñis, -isÈ, m. _boundary, limit, end;_ in plur. _territory, country_ (¤243.1)Çfñitimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇfñisÈ, _boundary_]], _adjoining, neighboring_. Plur. Çfñitim˜, -�rumÈ, m. _neighbors_Çf˜�, fier˜, factus sumÈ, used as passive of Çfaci�È. See Çfaci�È (¤500)Çflamma, -aeÈ, f. _fire, flame_Çfl�s, fl�risÈ, m. _flower_Çfluctus, -˛sÈ, m. [[of. Çflu�È, _flow_]], _flood, wave, billow_Çfl˛men, -inisÈ, n. [[cf. Çflu�È, _flow_]], _river_ (¤464.2.b)Çflu�, -ere, fl˛x˜, fluxusÈ, _flow_

Çfluvius, fluv˜È, m. [[cf. Çflu�È, _flow_]], _river_Çfodi�, -ere, f�d˜, fossusÈ, _dig_Çf�ns, fontisÈ, m. _fountain_ (¤247.2.a)Çf�rma, -aeÈ, f. _form, shape, appearance; beauty_ÇFormiae, -�rumÈ, f. _Formiae_, a town of Latium on the Appian Way. See mapÇforteÈ, adv. [[abl. of ÇforsÈ, _chance_]], _by chance_Çfortis, -eÈ, adj. _strong; fearless, brave_ÇfortiterÈ, adv. [[ÇfortisÈ, _strong_]], compared Çfortius, fortissimıÈ, _strongly; bravely_Çfort˛na, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇforsÈ, _chance_]], _chance, fate, fortune_Çforum, -˜È, n. _market place_, esp. the ÇForum R�m�numÈ, where the life of Rome centeredÇForum App˜È, _Forum of Appius_, a town in Latium on the Appian WayÇfossa, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. Çfodi�È, _dig_]], _ditch_Çfragor, -�risÈ, m. [[cf. Çfrang�È, _break_]], _crash, noise_Çfrang�, -ere, frıg˜, fr�ctusÈ, _break_Çfr�ter, -trisÈ, m. _brother_Çfremitus, -˛sÈ, m. _loud noise_Çfrequent�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _attend_Çfrıtus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _supported, trusting_. Usually with abl. of meansÇfr�ns, frontisÈ, f. _front_, Ç� fronteÈ, _in front_Çfr˛ctus, -˛sÈ, m. _fruit_Çfr˛ment�rius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _pertaining to grain_. Çrıs fr˛ment�riaÈ, _grain supplies_Çfr˛mentum, -˜È, n. _grain_Çfr˛str�È, adv. _in vain, vainly_Çfuga, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. Çfugi�È, _flee_]], _flight_. Çin fugam dareÈ, _put to flight_Çfugi�, -ere, f˛g˜, fugit˛rusÈ, _flee, run; avoid, shun_Çf˛m�, -are, ------, ------È, _smoke_Çf˛nis, -isÈ, m. _rope_Çfuror, -�risÈ, m. [[Çfur�È, _rage_]], _madness_. Çin fur�rem inc˜dereÈ, _go mad_

G

ÇG�ius, G�˜È, m. _Gaius_, a Roman name, abbreviated ÇC.È, English form _Caius_ÇGalba, -aeÈ, m. _Galba_, a Roman nameÇgalea, -aeÈ, f. _helmet_ÇGallia, -aeÈ, f. _Gaul_, the country comprising what is now Holland, Belgium, Switzerland, and FranceÇGallicus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Gallic_Çgall˜na, -aeÈ, f. _hen, chicken_ÇGallus, -˜È, m. _a Gaul_Çgaudium, gaud˜È, n. _joy_ÇGen�va, -aeÈ, f. _Geneva_, a city in SwitzerlandÇgıns, gentisÈ, f. [[cf. Çgign�È, _beget_]], _race, family; people, nation, tribe_Çgenus, -erisÈ, n. _kind, variety_ÇGerm�nia, -aeÈ, f. _Germany_ÇGerm�nus, -˜È, m. _a German_Çger�, -ere, gess˜, gestusÈ, _carry, wear; wage_. Çbellum gerereÈ, _wage war_. Çrıs gestaeÈ, _exploits_. Çbene gerereÈ, _carry on successfully_Çgladi�t�rius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _gladiatorial_

Çgladius, glad˜È, m. _sword_Çgl�ria, -aeÈ, f. _glory, fame_ÇGracchus, -˜È, m. _Gracchus_, name of a famous Roman familyÇgracilis, -eÈ, adj. _slender_ (¤307)ÇGraeca, -�rumÈ, n. plur. _Greek writings, Greek literature_ÇGraecıÈ, adv. _in Greek_ÇGraecia, -aeÈ, f. _Greece_Çgrammaticus, -˜È, m. _grammarian_Çgr�tia, -aeÈ, f. _thanks, gratitude_Çgr�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _acceptable, pleasing_. Often with dat. (¤501.16)Çgravis, -ıÈ, adj. _heavy; disagreeable; serious, dangerous; earnest, weighty_ÇgraviterÈ, adv. [[ÇgravisÈ, _heavy_]], compared Çgravius, gravissimıÈ, _heavily; greatly, seriously_. Çgraviter ferreÈ, _bear ill, take to heart_Çgubern�tor, -�risÈ, m. [[Çgubern�È, _pilot_]], _pilot_

H

Çhabına, -aeÈ, f. _halter, rein_.Çhabe�, -ıre, -u˜, -itusÈ, _have, hold; regard, consider, deem_Çhabit�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[cf. Çhabe�È, _have_]], _dwell, abide, inhabit_. Cf. Çincol�, v˜v�ÈÇh�c-tenusÈ, adv. _thus far_ÇHelvıti˜, -�rumÈ, m. _the Helvetii_, a Gallic tribeÇHerculıs, -isÈ, m. _Hercules_, son of Jupiter and Alcmena, and god of strengthÇHesperidıs, -umÈ, f. _the Hesperides_, daughters of Hesperus, who kept the garden of the golden applesÇhic, haec, hocÈ, demonstrative adj. and pron. _this_ (of mine); as pers. pron. _he, she, it_ (¤481)Çh˜cÈ, adv. _here_Çhiems, -emisÈ, f. _winter_Çh˜ncÈ, adv. [[Çh˜cÈ, _here_]], _from here, hence_ÇHippolytı, -ısÈ, f. _Hippolyte_, queen of the AmazonsÇho-diıÈ, adv. [[modified form of Çh�c diıÈ, _on this day_]], _to-day_Çhom�, -inisÈ, m. and f. _(human being), man, person_Çhonestus, -a, -umÈ, adv. [[ÇhonorÈ, _honor_]], _respected, honorable_Çhonor, -�risÈ, m. _honor_Çh�ra, -aeÈ, f. _hour_ÇHor�tius, Hor�«t˜È, m. _Horatius_, a Roman nameÇhorribilis, -eÈ, adj. _terrible, horrible_Çhortor, -�ri, -�tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _urge, incite, exhort, encourage_ (¤493)Çhortus, -˜È, m. _garden_Çhospitium, hospi«t˜È, n. [[ÇhospesÈ, _host_]], _hospitality_Çhostis, -isÈ, m. and f. _enemy, foe_ (¤465.a)Çhumilis, -eÈ, adj. _low, humble_ (¤307)ÇHydra, -aeÈ, f. _the Hydra_, a mythical water snake slain by Hercules

I

Çiaci�, -ere, iıc˜, iactusÈ, _throw, hurl_ÇiamÈ, adv. _now, already_. Çnec iamÈ, _and no longer_ÇI�niculum, -˜È, n. _the Janiculum_, one of the hills of Rome

Çi�nua, -aeÈ, f. _door_ÇibiÈ, adv. _there, in that place_Çëcarus, -˜È, m. _Ic«arus_, the son of D¾dalusÇictus, -˛sÈ, m. [[cf. Ç˜c�È, _strike_]], _blow_Ç˜dem, e«adem, idemÈ, demonstrative pron. [[ÇisÈ + ÇdemÈ]], _same_ (¤481)Çid�neus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _suitable, fit_ÇigiturÈ, conj., seldom the first word, _therefore, then_. Cf. ÇitaqueÈÇignis, -isÈ, m. _fire_ (¤¤243.1; 247. 2.a; 465, 1)Çign�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Ç(g)notusÈ, _known_]], _unknown, strange_Çille, illa, illudÈ, demonstrative adj. and pron. _that_ (yonder); as pers. pron. _he, she, it_ (¤481)Çill˜cÈ, adv. [[cf. ÇilleÈ]], _yonder, there_Çim-mitt�, -ere, -m˜s˜, -missusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _against_, + Çmitt�È, _send_]], _send against; let in_Çimmol�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _upon_, + ÇmolaÈ, _meal_]], _sprinkle with sacrificial meal; offer, sacrifice_Çim-mort�lis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + ÇmortalisÈ, _mortal_]], _immortal_Çim-mort�lit�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[Çimmort�lisÈ, _immortal_]], _immortality_Çim-par�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çpar�tusÈ, _prepared_]], _unprepared_Çimped˜mentumÈ, -˜, n. [[Çimpedi�È, _hinder_]], _hindrance;_ in plur. _baggage_Çimped˜tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çimpedi�È, _hinder_]], _hindered, burdened_Çim-pell�, -ere, -pul˜, -pulsusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _against_, + Çpell�È, _strike_]], _strike against; impel, drive, propel_Çimper�tor, -�risÈ, m. [[Çimper�È, _command_]], _general_Çimperium, impe«r˜È, n. [[Çimper�È, _command_]], _command, order; realm, empire; power, authority_Çimper�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _command, order_. Usually with dat. and an object clause of purpose (¤501.41). With acc. object, _levy, impose_Çimpetus, -˛sÈ, m. _attack_, Çimpetum facere inÈ, _make an attack upon_Çim-p�n�, -ere, -posui, -positusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _upon_, + Çp�n�È, _place_]], _place upon; impose, assign_ÇinÈ, prep, with acc. _into, to, against, at, upon, towards;_ with abl. _in, on_. Çin reliquum tempusÈ, _for the future_Çin-È, inseparable prefix. With nouns and adjectives often with a negative force, like English _un-, in-_Çin-cautus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + ÇcautusÈ, _careful_]], _off oneÕs guard_Çincendium, incend˜È, n. _flame, fire_. Cf. Çignis, flammaÈÇin-cend�, -ere, -d˜, -cınsusÈ, _set fire to, burn_Çin-cid�, -ere, -cid˜, ----È, [[ÇinÈ, _in, on_, + Çcad�È, _fall_]], _fall in, fall on; happen_. Çin fur�rem incidereÈ, _go mad_Çin-cipi�, -ere, -cıpi, -ceptusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _on_, + Çcapi�È, _take_]], _begin_Çin-cognitus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + ÇcognitusÈ, _known_]], _unknown_Çin-col�, -ere, -u˜, ----È, [[ÇinÈ, _in_, + Çcol�È, _dwell_]], _inhabit; live_Çincolumis, -eÈ, adj. _sound, safe, uninjured, imharmed_Çin-crıdibilis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + ÇcrıdibilisÈ, _to be believed_]], _incredible_ÇindeÈ, _from that place, thence_

Çindu�, -ere, -u˜, -˛tusÈ, _put on_Çind˛tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çindu�È, _put on_]], _clothed_Çin-e�, -˜re, -i˜, -itusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _into_, + Çe�È, _go_]], _go into; enter upon, begin_, with acc. (¤413)Çñ-f�ns, -fantisÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + *Çf�nsÈ, _speaking_]], _not speaking_. As a noun, m. and f. _infant_Çñ-fıl˜x, -˜cisÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çfıl˜xÈ, _happy_]], _unhappy, unlucky_Çñfınsus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _hostile_Çñ«-fer�, ñfer«re, in«tul˜, inl�«tusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _against_, + Çfer�È, _bear_]], _bring against or upon, inflict_, with acc. and dat. (¤501.15). Çbellum ñferreÈ, with dat., _make war upon_Çñferus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _low, below_ (¤312).Çñ-fñ˜tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çfñ˜tusÈ, _bounded_]], _boundless, endless_Çñ-f˜rmus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çf˜rmusÈ, _strong_]], _weak, infirm_Çingenium, inge«niÈ, n. _talent, ability_Çingıns, -entisÈ, adj. _vast, huge, enormous, large_. Cf. ÇmagnusÈÇin-gredior, -gred˜, -gressus sumÈ [[ÇinÈ, _in_, + ÇgradiorÈ, _walk_]], _advance, enter_Çinim˜cus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çam˜cusÈ, _friendly_]], _hostile_. As a noun, Çinim˜cus, -˜È, m. _enemy, foe_. Cf. ÇhostisÈÇinitium, ini«t˜È, _entrance, beginning_Çinitus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çine�È. Çinit� aest�teÈ, _at the beginning of summer_Çini˛ria, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇinÈ, _against_, + Çi˛sÈ, _law_]], _injustice, wrong, injury_. Çalicui ini˛ri�s ñferreÈ, _inflict wrongs upon some one_Çinopia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇinopsÈ, _needy_]], _want, need, lack_Çin-opñ�ns, -antisÈ, adj. [[Çin-È, _not_, + Çopñ�nsÈ, _thinking_]], _not expecting, taken by surprise_ÇinquitÈ, _said he, said she_. Regularly inserted in a direct quotationÇin-rig�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _irrigate, water_Çin-rump�, -ere, -r˛p˜, -ruptusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _into_, + Çrump�È, _break_]], _burst in, break in_Çin-ru�, -ere, -ru˜,----È [[ÇinÈ, _in_, + Çru�È, _rush_]], _rush in_Çñ-sequor, -sequ˜, -sec˛tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇinÈ, _on_, + ÇsequorÈ, _follow_]], _follow on, pursue_Çñ-signe, -isÈ, n. _badge, decoration_ (¤465.b)Çñsignis, -eÈ, adj. _remarkable, noted_Çñst�ns, -antisÈ, adj. [[part. of ÇñstoÈ, _be at hand_]], _present, immediate_Çñ-st�, -�re, -stit˜, -stat˛rusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _upon_, + Çst�È, _stand_]], _stand upon; be at hand; pursue, press on_Çñstr˛mentum, -˜È, n. _instrument_Çñ-stru�, -ere, -str˛x˜, -str˛ctusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _on_, + Çstru�È, _build_]], _draw up_Çñsula, -aeÈ, f. _island_Çinteger, -gra, -grumÈ, _untouched, whole; fresh, new_Çintelleg�, -ere, -lıx˜, -lıctusÈ [[ÇinterÈ, _between_, +Çleg�È, _choose_]], _perceive, understand_ (¤420.d)Çintent�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _aim; threaten_ÇinterÈ, prep. with acc. _between, among; during, while_ (¤340)Çinterfectus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çinter-fici�È, _kill_]], _slain, dead_Çinter-fici�, -ere, -fıc˜, -fectusÈ [[ÇinterÈ, _between_, + Çfaci�È, _make_]], _put out of the way, kill_. Cf. Çnec�, occ˜d�, truc˜d�È

ÇinterimÈ, adv. _meanwhile_Çinterior, -iusÈ, adj. _interior, inner_ (¤315)Çinter-mitt�, -ere, -m˜s˜, -missusÈ, _leave off, suspend_Çinterpres, -etisÈ, m. and f. _interpreter_Çinter-rog�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _question_Çinter-sum, -esse, -fu˜, -fut˛rusÈ [[ÇinterÈ, _between_, +ÇsumÈ, _be_]], _be present, take part in_, with dat. (¤501.15)Çinter-v�llum, -˜È, n. _interval, distance_Çintr�È, adv. and prep. with acc. _within, in_Çintr�, -�re, -�vi, -�tusÈ, _go into, enter_Çin-veni�, -˜re, -vın˜, -ventusÈ [[ÇinÈ, _upon_, +Çveni�È, _come_]], _find_Çinv˜sus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çinvide�È, _envy_]], _hated, detested_ÇIol�us, -˜È, m. _I-o-l�«us_, a friend of HerculesÇipse, -a, -umÈ, intensive pron. _that very, this very; self, himself, herself, itself_, (¤481)Ç˜ra, -aeÈ, f. _wrath, anger_Ç˜r�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Ç˜r�scorÈ, _be angry_]], _angered, enraged_Çis, ea, idÈ, demonstrative adj. and pron. _this, that; he, she, it_ (¤481)Çiste, -a, -udÈ, demonstrative adj. and pron. _that_ (of yours), _he, she, it_ (¤481)ÇitaÈ, adv. _so, thus_. Cf. Çs˜cÈ and ÇtamÈÇItalia, -aeÈ, f. _Italy_Çita-queÈ, conj. _and so, therefore_ÇitemÈ, adv. _also_Çiter, itinerisÈ, n. _journey, march, route; way, passage_ (¤¤247.1.a; 468). Çiter dareÈ, _give a right of way, allow to pass_. Çiter facereÈ, _march_ (see p. 159)Çiube�, -ıre, iuss˜, iussusÈ, _order, command_. Usually with the infin. and subj. acc. (¤213)Çi˛dex, -icisÈ, m. and f. _judge_ (¤464.1)Çi˛dic�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çi˛dexÈ, _judge_]], _judge, decide_ (¤420.c)ÇI˛lia, -aeÈ, _Julia_, a Roman nameÇI˛lius, I˛l˜È, m. _Julius_, a Roman nameÇiung�, -ıre, i˛nx˜, i˛nctusÈ, _join; yoke, harness_ÇI˛n�, -�nisÈ, f. _Juno_, the queen of the gods and wife of JupiterÇIuppiter, IovisÈ, m. _Jupiter_, the supreme godÇi˛r�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _swear, take an oath_Çiussus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çiube�È, _ordered_

L

ÇL.È, abbreviation for ÇL˛ciusÈÇlabefactus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çlabefaci�È, _cause to shake_]], _shaken, weakened, ready to fall_ÇLabiınus, -˜È, m. _La-bi-e«nus_, one of C¾sarÕs lieutenantsÇlabor, -�risÈ, m. _labor, toil_Çlab�r�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇlaborÈ, _labor_]], _labor; suffer, be hard pressed_Çlacrima, -aeÈ, f. _tear_Çlacus, -˛sÈ (dat. and abl. plur. ÇlacubusÈ), m. _lake_ÇlaetıÈ, adv. [[ÇlaetusÈ, _glad_]], compared Çlaetius, laetissimıÈ, _gladly_Çlaetitia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇlaetusÈ, _glad_]], _joy_

Çlaetus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _glad, joyful_Çlapis, -idisÈ, m. _stone_ (¤¤247.2.a; 464.1)ÇL�r, LarisÈ, m.; plur. ÇLarıs, -umÈ (rarely Ç-iumÈ), _the Lares_ or _household, gods_Çl�tı, Èadv. [[Çl�tusÈ, _wide_]], compared Çl�tius, l�tissimıÈ, _widely_ÇLatinıÈ, adv. _in Latin_. ÇLat˜nı loqu˜È, _to speak Latin_Çl�tit˛d�, -inisÈ, f. [[Çl�tusÈ, _wide_]], _width_ÇL�t�na, -aeÈ, f. _Latona_, mother of Apollo and DianaÇlatus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _wide_Çl�tus, -erisÈ, n. _side, flank_. Çab utr�que latereÈ, _on each side_Çlaud�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇlausÈ, _praise_]], _praise_Çlaurea, -aeÈ, f. _laurel_Çlaure�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _crowned with laurel_Çlaus, laudisÈ, f. _praise_Çlectulus, -˜È, m. _couch, bed_Çlıg�tus, -˜È, m. _ambassador; lieutenant_Çlegi�, -�nisÈ, f. [[cf. Çleg�È, _gather_]], (_body of soldiers_), _legion_, about 3600 men (¤464.2.a)Çlegi�n�rius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _legionary_. Plur. Çlegi�nari˜, -�rumÈ, m. _the soldiers of the legion_Çleg�, -ere, lıg˜, lıctusÈ, _read_Çlınis, -eÈ, adj. _gentle, smooth, mild_ÇlıniterÈ, adv. [[ÇlınisÈ, _gentle_]], compared Çlınius, lınissimıÈ, _gently_ÇLentulus, -iÈ, m. _Lentulus_, a Roman family nameÇle�, -�nisÈ, m. _lion_ÇLernaeus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Lern¾ean_, of Lerna, in southern GreeceÇLesbia, -aeÈ, f. _Lesbia_, a girlÕs nameÇlevis, -eÈ, adj. _light_Çlıx, lıgisÈ, f. _measure, law_ÇlibenterÈ, adv. [[ÇlibınsÈ, _willing_]], compared Çlibentius, libentissimıÈ, _willingly, gladly_Çl˜ber, -era, -erumÈ, adj. _free_ (¤469.b)Çl˜ber˜, -�rumÈ, m. [[Çl˜berÈ, _free_]], _children_Çl˜ber�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çl˜berÈ, _free_]], _set free, release, liberate_Çl˜bert�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[Çl˜berÈ, _free_]], _freedom, liberty_Çl˜ctor, -�risÈ, m. _lictor_ (p. 225)Çl˜mus, -˜È, m. _mud_Çlittera, -aeÈ, f. _a letter_ of the alphabet; in plur. _a letter, epistle_Çl˜tus, -orisÈ, n. _seashore, beach_Çlocus, -˜È, m. (plur. Çloc˜È and ÇlocaÈ, m. and n.), _place, spot_ÇlongıÈ, adv. [[ÇlongusÈ, _long_]], comp. Çlongius, longissimıÈ, _a long way off; by far_Çlonginquus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇlongusÈ, _long_]], _distant, remote_Çlongit˛d�, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇlongusÈ, _long_]], _length_Çlongus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _long_Çloquor, loqui, loc˛tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _talk, speak_Çl�r˜ca, -aeÈ, f. [[Çl�rumÈ, _thong_]], _coat of mail, corselet_Çl˛d�, -ere, l˛s˜, l˛susÈ, _play_Çl˛dus, -˜È, m. _play; school_, the elementary grades. Cf. ÇscholaÈÇl˛na, -aeÈ, f. _moon_Çl˛x, l˛cisÈ, f. (no gen. plur.), _light_. Çpr˜ma l˛xÈ, _daybreak_ÇLy:dia, -aeÈ, f. _Lydia_, a girlÕs name

M

ÇM.È, abbreviation for ÇM�rcusÈÇmagicus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _magic_ÇmagisÈ, adv. in comp. degree [[ÇmagnusÈ, _great_]], _more, in a higher degree_ (¤323)Çmagister, -tr˜È, m. _master, commander; teacher_Çmagistr�tus, -˛sÈ, m. [[ÇmagisterÈ, _master_]], _magistracy; magistrate_Çmagnit˛d�, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇmagnusÈ, _great_]], _greatness, size_ÇmagnopereÈ, adv. [[abl. of Çmagnum opusÈ]], compared Çmagis, maximıÈ, _greatly, exceedingly_ (¤323)Çmagnus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çmaior, maximusÈ, _great, large; strong, loud_ (¤311)Çmaior, maius, -�risÈ, adj., comp. of ÇmagnusÈ, _greater, larger_ (¤311)Çmai�rıs, -umÈ, m. plur. of ÇmaiorÈ, _ancestors_Çm�l�, m�lle, m�lu˜, ----È [[ÇmagisÈ, _more_, + Çvol�È, _wish_]], _wish more, prefer_ (¤497)Çmalus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çpeior, pessimusÈ, _bad, evil_ (¤311)Çmand�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇmanusÈ, _hand_, + Çd�È, _put_]], _(put in hand), intrust; order, command_Çmane�, -ıre, m�ns˜, m�ns˛rusÈ, _stay, remain, abide_ÇM�nlius, M�nl˜È, m. _Manlius_, a Roman nameÇm�nsuıtus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çm�nsuısc�È, _tame_]], _tamed_Çmanus, -˛sÈ, f. _hand; force, band_ÇM�rcus, -˜È, m. _Marcus, Mark_, a Roman first nameÇmare, -isÈ, n. (no gen. plur.), _sea_. Çmare tenıreÈ, _be out to sea_Çmarg�, -inisÈ, m. _edge, border_Çmar˜tus, -˜È, m. _husband_ÇMarius, Mar˜È, m. _Marius_, a Roman name, esp. _C. Marius_, the generalÇM�rtius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _of Mars_, esp. the _Campus Martius_Çm�ter, -trisÈ, f. _mother_Çm�trim�nium, m�trim�«n˜È, n. _marriage_. Çin m�trim�nium d˛cereÈ, _marry_Çm�t˛r�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _hasten_. Cf. Çcontend�È, Çproper�ÈÇm�t˛rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _ripe, mature_ÇmaximıÈ, adv. in superl. degree [[ÇmaximusÈ, _greatest_]], compared Çmagnopere, magis, maximıÈ, _especially, very much_ (¤323)Çmaximus, -a, -umÈ, adj., superl. of ÇmagnusÈ, _greatest, extreme_ (¤311)Çmedius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _middle part; middle, intervening_Çmelior, -ius, -�risÈ, adj., comp. of ÇbonusÈ, _better_ (¤311)ÇmeliusÈ, adv. in comp. degree, compared Çbene, melius, optimıÈ, _better_ (¤323)Çmemoria, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇmemorÈ, _mindful_]], _memory_. Çmemori� tenıreÈ, _remember_Çmıns, mentisÈ, f. _mind_. Cf. ÇanimusÈÇmınsis, -isÈ, m. _month_ (¤247.2. a)Çmerc�tor, -�risÈ, m. [[ÇmercorÈ, _trade_]], _trader, merchant_Çmer˜di�nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[Çmer˜diısÈ, _noon_]], _of midday_Çmer˜diıs, ----È (acc. Ç-emÈ, abl. Ç-ıÈ), m. [[ÇmediusÈ, _mid_, + ÇdiısÈ, _day_]], _noon_Çmetus, -˛sÈ, m. _fear, dread_Çmeus, -a, -umÈ, possessive adj. and pron. _my, mine_ (¤98)Çm˜les, -itisÈ, m. _soldier_ (¤464.1)Çm˜lit�ris, -eÈ, adj. [[Çm˜lesÈ, _soldier_]], _military_. Çrıs m˜lit�risÈ, _science of war_Çm˜lit�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çm˜lesÈ, _soldier_]], _serve as a soldier_Çm˜lleÈ, plur. Çm˜lia, -iumÈ, numeral adj. and subst. _thousand_ (¤479)

ÇminimıÈ, adv. in superl. degree, compared Çparum, minus, minimıÈ, _least, very little; by no means_ (¤323)Çminimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çparvus, minor, minimusÈ, _least, smallest_ (¤311)Çminor, minus, -�risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, compared Çparvus, minor, minimusÈ, _smaller, less_ (¤311)ÇM˜n�s, -�isÈ, m. _Minos_, a king of CreteÇminusÈ, adv. in comp. degree, compared Çparum, minus, minimıÈ, _less_ (¤323)ÇMinyae, -�rumÈ, m. _the Minyae_, a people of GreeceÇm˜r�bilis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çm˜rorÈ, _wonder at_]], _wonderful, marvelous_Çm˜ror, -�r˜, -�tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çm˜rusÈ, _wonderful_]], _wonder, marvel, admire_Çm˜rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _wonderful_ÇM˜sınum, -˜È, _Mise«num_, a promontory and harbor on the coast of Campania. See mapÇmiser, -era, -erumÈ, adj. _wretched, unhappy, miserable_Çmissus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çmitt�È, _sent_Çmitt�, -ere, m˜s˜, missusÈ, _send_Çmodicus, -a, -umÈ [[ÇmodusÈ, _measure_]], _modest, ordinary_ÇmodoÈ, adv. [[abl. of ÇmodusÈ, _measure_, with shortened ÇoÈ]], _only, merely, just now_. Çmodo ... modoÈ, _now ... now, sometimes ... sometimes_Çmodus, -˜È, m. _measure; manner, way; kind_Çmoenia, -iumÈ, n. plur. [[cf. Çm˛ni�È, _fortify_]], _walls, ramparts_ÇmolestıÈ, adv. [[ÇmolestusÈ, _troublesome_]], compared Çmolestius, molestissimıÈ, _annoyingly_. Çmolestı ferreÈ, _to be annoyed_Çmolestus, -a, -umÈ, _troublesome, annoying, unpleasant_ (¤501.16)Çmone�, -ıre, -u˜, -itusÈ, _remind, advise, warn_ (¤489)Çm�ns, montisÈ, m. _mountain_ (¤247.2. a)Çm�nstrum, -˜È, n. _monster_Çmora, -aeÈ, f. _delay_Çmoror, -�r˜, -�tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇmoraÈ, _delay_]], _delay, linger; impede_Çmors, mortisÈ, f. [[cf. ÇmoriorÈ, _die_]], _death_Çm�s, m�risÈ, m. _custom, habit_Çm�tus, -˛sÈ, m. [[cf. Çmove�È, _move_]], _motion, movement_. Çterrae m�tusÈ, _earthquake_Çmove�, -ıre, m�v˜, m�tusÈ, _move_ÇmoxÈ, adv. _soon, presently_Çmulier, -erisÈ, f. _woman_Çmultit˛d�, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇmultusÈ, _much_]], _multitude_Çmultum (mult�)È, adv. [[ÇmultusÈ, _much_]], compared Çpl˛s, pl˛rimumÈ, _much_ (¤477)Çmultus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çpl˛s, pl˛rimusÈ, _much_; plur. _many_ (¤311)Çm˛ni�, -˜re, -˜v˜ or -i˜, -˜tusÈ, _fortify, defend_Çm˛n˜ti�, -�nisÈ, f. [[Çm˛ni�È, _fortify_]], _defense, fortification_Çm˛rus, -˜È, m. _wall_. Cf. ÇmoeniaÈÇm˛sica, -aeÈ, f. _music_

N

ÇnamÈ, conj. _for_. Cf. ÇenimÈÇnam-queÈ, conj., a strengthened ÇnamÈ, introducing a reason or explanation, _for, and in fact; seeing that_Çn�rr�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _tell, relate_Çn�scor, n�sc˜, n�tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _be born, spring from_

Çn�t˛ra, -aeÈ, f. _nature_Çn�tusÈ, part. of Çn�scorÈÇnauta, -aeÈ, m. [[for Çn�vitaÈ, from Çn�visÈ, _ship_]], _sailor_Çn�v�lis, -eÈ, adj. [[Çn�visÈ, _ship_]], _naval_Çn�vigium, n�vi«g˜È, n. _ship, boat_Çn�vig�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çn�visÈ, _ship_, + Çag�È, _drive_]], _sail, cruise_Çn�vis, -isÈ (abl. -˜ or -e), f. _ship_ (¤243.1). Çn�vem c�nscendereÈ, _embark, go on board_. Çn�vem solvereÈ, _set sail_. Çn�vis longaÈ, _man-of-war_ÇnıÈ, conj. and adv. _in order that not, that_ (with verbs of fearing), _lest; not_. Çnı ... quidemÈ, _not even_Ç-neÈ, interrog. adv., enclitic (see ¤¤16, 210). Cf. Çn�nneÈ and ÇnumÈÇnecÈ or ÇnequeÈ, conj. [[ÇnıÈ, _not_, + ÇqueÈ, _and_]], _and not, nor_. Çnec ... necÈ or Çneque ... nequeÈ, _neither ... nor_Çnecess�rius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _needful, necessary_Çnec�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[cf. nex, _death_]], _kill_. Cf. Çinterfici�, occ˜d�, truc˜d�ÈÇneg�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _deny, say not_ (¤420.a)Çneg�tium, neg�«t˜È, n. [[ÇnecÈ, _not_, + Ç�tiumÈ, _ease_]], _business, affair, matter_. Çalicui neg�tium dareÈ, _to employ some one_ÇNemaeus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Neme«an, of Neme«a_, in southern GreeceÇnımoÈ, dat. Çnımin˜È (gen. Çn˛ll˜usÈ, abl. Çn˛ll�È, supplied from Çn˛llusÈ), m. and f. [[ÇnıÈ, _not_, + Çhom�È, _man_]], _(not a man), no one, nobody_ÇNept˛nus, -˜È, m. _Neptune_, god of the sea, brother of JupiterÇnequeÈ, see ÇnecÈÇneuter, -tra, -trumÈ (gen. Ç-tr˜usÈ, dat. Ç-tr˜È), adj. _neither_ (of two) (¤108)Çnı-veÈ, conj. adv. _and not, and that not, and lest_ÇnihilÈ, n. indecl. [[ÇnıÈ, _not_, + Çh˜lumÈ, _a whit_]], _nothing_. Çnihil posseÈ, _to have no power_Çnihilum, -˜È, n., see ÇnihilÈÇNiobı, -ısÈ, f. _Ni«obe_, the queen of Thebes whose children were destroyed by Apollo and DianaÇnisiÈ, conj. [[ÇnıÈ, _not_, + Çs˜È, _if_]], _if not, unless, except_Çn�bilis, -eÈ, adj. _well known; noble_Çnoce�, -ıre, -u˜, -it˛rusÈ [[cf. Çnec�È, _kill_]], _hurt, injure_, with dat. (¤501.14)Çnoct˛È, abl. used as adv. [[cf. ÇnoxÈ, _night_]], _at night, by night_ÇN�la, -aeÈ, f. _Nola_, a town in central Campania. See mapÇn�l�, n�lle, n�lu˜È, ---- [[ÇneÈ, _not_, + Çvol�È, _wish_]], _not to wish, be unwilling_ (¤497)Çn�men, -inisÈ, n. [[cf. Çn�sc�È, _know_]], _(means of knowing), name_Çn�min�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çn�menÈ, _name_]], _name, call_. Cf. Çappell�, voc�ÈÇn�nÈ, adv. [[ÇnıÈ, _not_, + Ç˛numÈ, _one_]], _not_. Çn�n s�lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_Çn�n-dumÈ, adv. _not yet_Çn�n-neÈ, interrog. adv. suggesting an affirmative answer, _not?_ (¤210). Cf. Ç-neÈ and ÇnumÈÇn�sÈ, pers. pron. _we_ (see ÇegoÈ) (¤480)Çnoster, -tra, -trumÈ, possessive adj. and pron. _our, ours_. Plur. Çnostr˜, -�rumÈ, m. _our men_ (¤98)ÇnovemÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _nine_Çnovus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _new_. Çnovae rısÈ, _a revolution_

Çnox, noctisÈ, f. _night_, Çmult� nocteÈ, _late at night_Çn˛llus, -a, -umÈ (gen. Ç-˜usÈ, dat. Ç-˜È) adj. [[ÇnıÈ, _not_, + Ç˛llusÈ, _any_]], _not any, none, no_ (¤108)ÇnumÈ, interrog. adv. suggesting a negative answer (¤210). Cf. Ç-neÈ and Çn�nneÈ. In indir. questions, _whether_Çnumerus, -˜È, m. _number_ÇnumquamÈ, adv. [[ÇnıÈ, _not_, + ÇumquamÈ, _ever_]], _never_ÇnuncÈ, adv. _now_. Cf. ÇiamÈÇn˛nti�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çn˛ntiusÈ, _messenger_]], _report, announce_ (¤420.a)Çn˛ntius, n˛nt˜È, m. _messenger_Çn˛perÈ, adv. _recently, lately, just now_Çnympha, -aeÈ, f. _nymph_

O

ÇobÈ, prep. with acc. _on account of_. In compounds it often means _in front of, against_, or it is intensive. Çquam ob remÈ, _for this reason_ (¤340)Çobses, -idisÈ, m. and f. _hostage_Çob-side�,-ıre,-sıd˜, -sessusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_, + Çsede�È, _sit_]], _besiege_Çobtine�, -ıre, -u˜, -tentusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_, + Çtene�È, _hold_]], _possess, occupy, hold_Çocc�si�, -�nisÈ, f. _favorable opportunity, favorable moment_Çocc�sus, -˛sÈ, m. _going down, setting_Çocc˜d�, -ere, -c˜d˜, -c˜susÈ [[ÇobÈ, _down_, + Çcaed�È, _strike_]], _strike down; cut down, kill_. Cf. Çinterfici�, nec�ÈÇoccup�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _completely_, + Çcapi�È, _take_]], _seize, take possession of, occupy_. Cf. ÇrapioÈÇoc-curr�, -ere, -curr˜, -cursusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_ + Çcurr�È, _run_]], _run towards; meet_, with dat. (¤426)Ç�ceanus, -˜È, m. _the ocean_Çoct�È, indecl. numeral adj. _eight_Çoculus, -˜È, m. _eye_Çofficium, offi«c˜È, n. _duty_Ç�limÈ, adv. _formerly, once upon a time_Ç�men, -inisÈ, n. _sign, token, omen_Ç�-mitt�, -ere, -m˜s˜, -missusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _over, past_, + Çmitt�È, _send_]], _let go, omit_. Çconsilium omittereÈ, _give up a plan_Çomnñ�È, adv. [[ÇomnisÈ, _all_]], _altogether, wholly, entirely_Çomnis, -eÈ, adj. _all, every._ Cf. Çt�tusÈÇoner�ria, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇonusÈ, _load_]], with Çn�visÈ expressed or understood, _merchant vessel, transport_Çonus, -erisÈ, n. _load, burden_Çopñi�, -�nisÈ, f. [[ÇopñorÈ, _suppose_]], _opinion, supposition, expectation_Çoppid�nus, -˜È, m. [[ÇoppidumÈ, _town_]], _townsman_Çoppidum, -˜È, n. _town, stronghold_Çopport˛nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _suitable, opportune, favorable_Çop-prim�, -ere, -press˜, -pressusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_, + Çprem�È, _press_]], (_press against_), _crush; surprise_Çoppugn�ti�, -�nisÈ, f. _storming, assault_Çoppugn�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇobÈ, _against_, + Çpugn�È _fight_]], _fight against, assault, storm, assail_ÇoptimıÈ, adv. in superl. degree, compared Çbene, melius, optimıÈ, _very well, best of all_ (¤323)Çoptimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çbonus, melior,

optimusÈ, _best, most excellent_ (¤311)Çopus, -erisÈ, n. _work, labor, task_ (¤464.2.b)Ç�r�culum, -˜È, n. [[Ç�r�È, _speak_]], _oracle_Ç�r�tor, -�risÈ, m. [[Ç�r�È, _speak_]], _orator_Çorbis, -isÈ, m. _ring, circle_. Çorbis terr�rumÈ, _the earth, world_Çorbita, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇorbisÈ, _wheel_]], _rut_ÇOrcus, -˜È, m. _Orcus, the lower world_Ç�rd�, -inisÈ, m. _row, order, rank_ (¤247.2.a)Çor˜go, -inisÈ, f. [[ÇoriorÈ, _rise_]], _source, origin_Çorior, -˜r˜, ortus sumÈ, dep. verb, _arise, rise, begin; spring, be born_Ç�rn�mentum, -˜È, n. [[Ç�rn�È, _fit out_]], _ornament, jewel_Ç�rn�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Ç�rn�È, _fit out_]] _fitted out; adorned_Ç�rn�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _fit out, adorn_

P

ÇP.È, abbreviation for ÇP˛bliusÈÇpaeneÈ, adv. _nearly, almost_Çpal˛d�mentum, -˜È, n. _military cloak_Çpal˛s, -˛disÈ, f. _swamp, marsh_Çp�nis, -isÈ, m. _bread_Çp�r, parisÈ, adj. _equal_ (¤471. III)Çpar�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çpar�È, _prepare_]], _prepared, ready_Çparc�, -ere, peper«c˜È (Çpars˜È), Çpars˛rusÈ, _spare_, with dat. (¤501.14)Çp�re�, -ıre, -u˜, ----È, _obey_, with dat. (¤501.14)Çpar�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _prepare for, prepare; provide, procure_Çpars, partisÈ, f. _part, share; side, direction_ÇparumÈ, adv., compared Çminus, minimıÈ, _too little, not enough_ (¤323)Çparvus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çminor, minimusÈ, _small, little_ (¤311)Çpassus, -˛sÈ, m. _step, pace_. Çm˜lle passuumÈ, _thousand paces, mile_ (¤331.b)Çpate�, -ıre, patu˜, ----È, _lie open, be open; stretch, extend_Çpater, -trisÈ, m. _father_ (¤464.2.a)Çpatior, -˜, passus sumÈ, dep. verb, _bear, suffer, allow, permit_Çpatria, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. ÇpaterÈ, _father_]], _fatherland_, (_oneÕs_) _country_Çpaucus, -a, -umÈ, adj. (generally plur.), _few, only a few_ÇpaulisperÈ, adv. _for a little while_Çpaul�È, adv. _by a little, little_ÇpaulumÈ adv. _a little, somewhat_Çp�x, p�cisÈ, f. (no gen. plur.), _peace_Çpec˛nia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇpecusÈ, _cattle_]], _money_Çpedes, -itisÈ, m. [[ÇpısÈ, _foot_]], _foot soldier_Çpedester, -tris, -treÈ, adj. [[ÇpısÈ, _foot_]], _on foot; by land_Çpeior, peius, -�risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, compared Çmalus, peior, pessimusÈ, _worse_ (¤311)Çpellis, -isÈ, f. _skin, hide_Çpenna, -aeÈ, f. _feather_ÇperÈ, prep. with acc. _through, by means of, on account of_. In composition it often has the force of _thoroughly, completely, very_ (¤340)Çpercussus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çpercuti�È, _strike through_]], _pierced_

Çper-d˛c�, -ere, -d˛x˜, -ductusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _through_, + Çd˛c�È, _lead_]], _lead through_. Çfossam perd˛cereÈ, _to construct a ditch_Çper-exiguus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇperÈ, _very_, + ÇexiguusÈ, _small_]], _very small, very short_Çperfidus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _faithless, treacherous, false_Çper-fring�, -ere, -frıg˜, -fr�ctusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _through_, Çfrang�È, _break_]], _shatter_Çperg�, -ere, perrıx˜, perrıctusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _through_, + Çreg�È, _conduct_]], _go on, proceed, hasten_Çper˜culum, -˜È, n. _trial, test; danger_Çperisty:lum, -˜È, n. _peristyle_, an open court with columns around itÇper˜tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _skillful_Çperpetuus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _perpetual_ÇPerseus, -e˜È, _Perseus_, a Greek hero, son of Jupiter and Dana`Çpers�na, -aeÈ, f. _part, character, person_Çper-su�de�, -ıre, -su�s˜, -su�susÈ [[ÇperÈ, _thoroughly_, + Çsu�de�È, _persuade_]], _persuade, advise_, with dat. (¤501.14), often with an object clause of purpose (¤501.41)Çper-terre�, -ıre, -u˜, -itusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _thoroughly_, + Çterre�È, _frighten_]], _thoroughly terrify, alarm_Çper-veni�, -˜re, -vın˜, -ventusÈ [[ÇperÈ, _through_, + Çveni�È, _come_]], _arrive, reach, come to_Çpıs, pedisÈ, m. _foot_. Çpedem referreÈ, _retreat_ (¤247.2.a)Çpessimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çmalus, peior, pessimusÈ, _worst_ (¤311)Çpet�, -ere, -˜v˜ or -i˜, -˜tusÈ, _strive for, seek, beg, ask; make for, travel to_. Cf. Çpostul�, quaer�, rog�ÈÇPhars�lus, -˜È, f. _Pharsa«lus_ or _Pharsa«lia_, a town in Thessaly, near which Cassar defeated Pompey, 48 B.C.Çphilosophia, -aeÈ, f. _philosophy_Çphilosophus, -˜È, m. _philosopher_Çpictus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çping�È, _paint_]], _colored, variegated_Çp˜lum, -˜È, n. _spear, javelin_ (¤462.b)Çpisc˜na, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇpiscisÈ, _fish_]], _fish pond_Çpiscis, -isÈ, m. _fish_Çp˜stor, -�risÈ, m. _baker_Çplace�. -ıre, -u˜, -itusÈ, _please, be pleasing_, with dat. (¤501.14)Çpl�nitiıs, -ı˜È, f. [[Çpl�nusÈ, _level_]], _plain_Çpl�nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _level, flat_Çplınus, -a, -umÈ, _full_Çpl˛rimumÈ, adv. in superl. degree, compared Çmultum, pl˛s, pl˛rimumÈ, _very much_. Çpl˛rimum valıreÈ, _be most influential_ (¤322)Çpl˛rimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çmultus, pl˛s, pl˛rimusÈ, _most, very many_ (¤311)Çpl˛s, pl˛risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, compared Çmultus, pl˛s, pl˛rimusÈ; sing. n. as substantive, _more_; plur. _more, several_ (¤311)Çpluteus, -˜È, m. _shield, parapet_Çpoena, -aeÈ, f. _punishment, penalty_Çpoıta, -aeÈ, m. _poet_Çpompa, -aeÈ, f. _procession_ÇPompıi˜, -�rumÈ, m. _Pompeii_, a city of Campania. See mapÇPompıius, Pompı«˜È, m. _Pompey_, a Roman nameÇp�mum, -˜È, n. _apple_Çp�n�, -ere, posu˜, positusÈ, _put, place_. Çcastra p�nereÈ, _pitch camp_Çp�ns, pontisÈ, m. _bridge_ (¤247.2.a)

Çpop˜na, -aeÈ, f. _restaurant_Çpopulus, -˜È, m. _people_ÇPorsena, -aeÈ, m. _Porsena_, king of Etruria, a district of Italy. See mapÇporta, -aeÈ, f. _gate, door_Çport�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _bear, carry_Çportus, -˛sÈ, m. [[cf. ÇportaÈ, _gate_]], _harbor_Çposside�, -ıre, -sıd˜, -sessusÈ, _have, own, possess_Çpossum, posse, potu˜, ----È, irreg. verb [[ÇpotisÈ, _able_, + ÇsumÈ, _I am_]], _be able, can_ (¤495). Çnihil posseÈ, _have no power_ÇpostÈ, prep, with acc. _after, behind_ (¤340)Çposte�È, adv. [[ÇpostÈ, _after_, + Çe�È, _this_]], _afterwards_(ÇposterusÈ), Ç-a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çposterior, postrımusÈ or ÇpostumusÈ, _following, next_ (¤312)ÇpostquamÈ, conj. _after, as soon as_Çpostrım�È, adv. [[abl. of ÇpostrımusÈ, _last_]], _at last, finally_. Cf. Çdımum, dıniqueÈ (¤322)Çpostr˜diıÈ, adv. [[Çposter�È, _next_, + ÇdiıÈ, _day_]], _on the next day_Çpostul�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _ask, demand, require_. Cf. Çpet�, quaer�, rog�ÈÇpotentia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇpotınsÈ, _able_]], _might, power, force_Çprae-be�, -ıre, -u˜, -itusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _forth_, + Çhabe�È, _hold_]], _offer, give_Çpraeda, -aeÈ, f. _booty, spoil, plunder_Çprae-d˜c�, -ere, -d˜x˜, -dictusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _before_, + Çd˜c�È, _tell_]], _foretell, predict_Çprae-fici�, -ere, -fıc˜, -fectusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _before_, + Çfaci�È, _make_]], _place in command_, with acc. and dat. (¤501.15)Çprae-mitt�, -ere, -m˜s˜, -missusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _forward_, + Çmitt�È, _send_]], _send forward_Çpraemium, praem˜È, n. _reward, prize_Çpraeruptus, -a, -umÈ [[part. of Çprae-rump�È, _break off_]], _broken off, steep_Çpraesıns, -entisÈ, adj. _present, immediate_ÇpraesertimÈ, adv. _especially, chiefly_Çpraesidium, praesi«diÈ, n. _guard, garrison, protection_Çprae-st�, -�re, -stit˜, -stitusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _before_, + ÇstoÈ, _stand_]], (_stand before_), _excel, surpass_, with dat. (¤501.15); _show, exhibit_Çprae-sum, -esse, -fu˜, -fut˛rusÈ [[ÇpraeÈ, _before_, + ÇsumÈ, _be_]], _be over, be in command of_, with dat. (¤501.15)ÇpraeterÈ, prep, with acc. _beyond, contrary to_ (¤340)Çpraetere�È, adv. [[ÇpraeterÈ, _besides_, + Çe�È, _this_]], _in addition, besides, moreover_Çpraetextus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _bordered, edged_Çpraet�rium, praet�«r˜È, n. _pr¾torium_Çprandium, prand˜È, n. _luncheon_Çprem�, -ere, press˜, pressusÈ, _press hard, compress; crowd, drive, harass_(Çprex, precisÈ), f. _prayer_Çpr˜m�È, adv. [[Çpr˜musÈ, _first_]], _at first, in the beginning_ (¤322)Çpr˜mumÈ, adv. [[Çpr˜musÈ, _first_]], _first_. Çquam primumÈ, _as soon as possible_Çpr˜mus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çprior, pr˜musÈ, _first_ (¤315)Çpr˜nceps, -cipisÈ, m. [[Çpr˜musÈ, _first_, + Çcapi�È, _take_]], (_taking the first place_), _chief, leader_ (¤464.1)Çprior, prius, -�risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, superl., Çpr˜musÈ, _former_

(¤315)Çpr˜stinus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _former, previous_Çpr�È, prep, with abl. _before; for, for the sake of, in behalf of; instead of, as_ (¤209). In composition, _forth, forward_Çpr�-cıd�, -ere, -cuss˜, -cess˛rusÈ [[Çpr�È, _forward_, + Çcıd�È, _go_]], _go forward, proceed_ÇproculÈ, adv. _far, afar off_Çpr�-curr�, -ere, -curr˜È (Ç-cucurr˜È), Ç-cur-susÈ [[Çpr�È, _forward_, + Çcurr�È, _run_]], _run forward_Çproelium, proeliÈ, n. _battle, combat_. Çproelium committereÈ, _join battle_. Çproelium facereÈ, _fight a battle_Çprofecti�, -�nisÈ, f. _departure_Çprofic˜scor, -˜, -fectus sumÈ, dep. verb, _set out, march_. Cf. Çıgredior, exe�ÈÇpr�-gredior, -˜, -gressus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çpr�È, _forth_, + ÇgradiorÈ, _go_]], _go forth, proceed, advance_. Cf. Çperg�, pr�cıd�ÈÇpr�gressusÈ, see Çpr�grediorÈÇprohibe�, -ıre, -u˜, -itusÈ [[Çpr�È, _forth, away from_, + Çhabe�È, _hold_]], _keep away from, hinder, prevent_Çpr�-move�, -ıre, -m�v˜, -m�tusÈ [[Çpr�È, _forward_, + Çmove�È, _move_]], _move forward, advance_Çpr�-n˛nti�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çpr�È, _forth_, + Çn˛nti�È, _announce_]], _proclaim, declare_ÇpropeÈ, adv., compared Çpropius, proxi-mıÈ, _nearly_. Prep, with acc. _near_Çpr�-pell�, -ere, -pul˜, -pulsusÈ [[Çpr�È, _forth_, + Çpell�È, _drive_]], _drive forth; move, impel_Çproper�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇproperusÈ, _quick]], go quickly, hasten_. Cf. Çcontend�, matur�ÈÇpropinquus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇpropeÈ, _near]], near, neighboring_Çpropior, -ius, -�risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, superl., ÇproximusÈ, _nearer_ (¤315)ÇpropiusÈ, adv. in comp. degree, compared Çprope, propius, proximıÈ, _nearer_ (¤323)ÇpropterÈ, prep. with acc. _on account of, because of_ (¤340)Çpr�-scr˜b�, -ere, -scr˜ps˜, -scriptusÈ [[Çpr�È, _forth_, + Çscrib�È, _write_]], _proclaim, publish_. Cf. Çpr�n˛nti�ÈÇpr�-sequor, -sequ˜, -sec˛tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[Çpr�È, _forth_, + ÇsequorÈ, _follow]], escort, attend_Çpr�-sum, pr�desse, pr�fu˜, pr�fut˛rusÈ [[Çpr�È, _for_, + ÇsumÈ, _be_]], _be useful, benefit_, with dat. (¤¤496; 501.15)Çpr�-teg�, -ere, -tıx=i], -tıctusÈ [[Çpr�È, _in front_, + Çteg�È, _cover]], cover in front, protect_Çpr�vincia, -aeÈ, f. _territory, province_ÇproximıÈ, adv. in superl. degree, compared Çprope, propius, proximıÈ, _nearest, next; last, most recently_ (¤323)Çproximus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çpropior, proximusÈ, _nearest, next_ (¤315)Çp˛blicus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇpopulusÈ,_people_]], _of the people, public_, Çres p˛blicaÈ, _the commonwealth_Çpuella, -aeÈ, f. [[diminutive of ÇpuerÈ, _boy_]], _girl, maiden_Çpuer, -eriÈ, m. _boy; slave_ (¤462.c)Çpugna, -aeÈ, f _-fight, battle._ Cf. ÇproeliumÈÇpugn�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇpugnaÈ, _battle]], fight_. Cf. Çcontend�, d˜mic�ÈÇpulcher, -chra, -chrumÈ, adj. _beautiful, pretty_ (¤¤469.b; 304)ÇPull�, -�nisÈ, m. _Pullo_, a centurionÇpuls�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _strike, beat_

Çpuppis, -isÈ (acc. Ç-imÈ, abl. Ç-˜È), f. _stern_ of a ship, _deck_Çp˛rıÈ, adv. [[Çp˛rusÈ, _pure_]], comp. Çp˛riusÈ, _purely_Çp˛rg�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _cleanse, clean_Çpurpureus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _purple, dark red_Çput�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _reckon, think_ (¤420,_c_). Cf. Çarbitror, ex˜stim�ÈÇPy:thia, -aeÈ, f. _Pythia_, the inspired priestess of Apollo at Delphi

Q

Çqu� dı caus�È, _for this reason, wherefore_Çqu� rıÈ, _therefore, for this reason_Çquaer�, -ere, -s˜v˜, -s˜tusÈ, _seek, ask, inquire_. Cf. Çpet�, postul�, rog�ÈÇqu�lis, -eÈ, interrog. pronom. adj. _of what sort, what kind of_. Çtalis ... qualisÈ, _such ... as_ÇquamÈ, adv. _how_; after a comparative, _than_; with a superlative, translated _as ... as possible_, Çquam pr˜mumÈ, _as soon as possible_Çquantus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇquamÈ, _how]], how great, how much_, Çtantus ... quantusÈ, _as great as_Çqu�rtus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. [[ÇquattuorÈ, _four_]], _fourth_ÇquattuorÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _four_Çquattuor-decimÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _fourteen_Ç-queÈ, conj., enclitic, _and_ (¤16). Cf. Çac, atque, etÈÇqu˜, quae, quodÈ, rel. pron. and adj. _who, which, what, that_ (¤482)ÇquiaÈ, conj. _because_. Cf. ÇquodÈÇqu˜dam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam)È, indef. pron. and adj. _a certain one, a certain, a_ (¤485).ÇquidemÈ, adv. _to be sure, certainly, indeed_, Çnı ... quidemÈ, _not even_Çquiıs, -ıtisÈ, f. _rest, repose_Çquiıtus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _quiet, restful_ÇquñdecimÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _fifteen_Çquñgent˜, -ae, -aÈ, numeral adj. _five hundred_ÇquñqueÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _five_Çquñtus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. _fifth_Çquis (qu˜), quae, quid (quod)È, interrog. pron. and adj. _who? what? which?_ (¤483).Çquis (qu˜), qua (quae), quid (quod)È, indef. pron. and adj., used after Çs˜, nisi, nı, numÈ, _any one, anything, some one, something, any, some_ (¤484).Çquisquam, quicquamÈ or ÇquidquamÈ (no fem. or plur.), indef. pron. _any one_ (at all), _anything_ (at all) (¤486).Çquisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque)È, indef. pron. and adj. _each, each one, every_ (¤484).Çqu�È, interrog. and rel. adv. _whither, where_Çqu�È, conj. _in order to, that_, with comp. degree (¤350).ÇquodÈ, conj. _because, in that_. Cf. ÇquiaÈÇquoqueÈ, conj., following an emphatic word, _also, too_. Cf. ÇetiamÈÇquot-ann˜sÈ, adv. [[ÇquotÈ, _how many_ + ÇannusÈ, _year_]], _every year, yearly_ÇquotiınsÈ, interrog. and rel. adv. _how often? as often as_

R

Çr�d˜x, -˜cisÈ, f. _root; foot_Çrapi�, -ere, -u˜, -tusÈ, _seize, snatch_

Çr�r�È, adv. [[Çr�rusÈ, _rare_]], _rarely_Çr�rus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _rare_Çre-È or Çred-È, an inseparable prefix, _again, back, anew, in return_Çrebelli�, -�nisÈ, f. _renewal of war, rebellion_Çrecıns, -entisÈ, adj. _recent_Çre-cipi�, -ere, -cıp˜, -ceptusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çcapi�È, _take_]], _take back, receive_. Çsı recipereÈ, _withdraw, retreat_Çre-clñ�tus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çreclñ�È, _leaning back_Çre-cre�tus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çrecre�È, _refreshed_Çrıctus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çreg�È, _keep straight_]], _straight, direct_Çre-c˛s�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _refuse_Çred-�ctus, -a, -umÈ, part. of Çredig�È, _reduced, subdued_Çred-e�, -˜re, -i˜, -itusÈ [[Çred-È, _back_, + Çe�È, _go_]], _go back, return_ (¤413). Cf. Çrevert�ÈÇreditus, -˛sÈ, m. [[cf. Çrede�È, _return_]], _return, going back_Çre-d˛c�, -ere, -d˛x˜, -ductusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çd˛c�È, _lead_]], _lead back_Çre-fer�, -ferre, rettul˜, -l�tusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çfer�È, _bear_]], _bear back; report_. Çpedem referreÈ, _withdraw, retreat_Çre-fici�, -ere, -fıc˜, -fectusÈ [[Çre-È, _again_, + Çfaci�È, _make_]], _make again, repair_. Çsı reficereÈ, _refresh oneÕs self_Çrıgña, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇrıxÈ, _king_]], _queen_Çregi�, -�nisÈ, f. _region, district_Çrıgnum, -˜È, n. _sovereignty; kingdom_Çreg�, -ere, rıx˜, rıctusÈ [[cf. ÇrıxÈ, _king_]], _govern, rule_ (¤490)Çre-ici�, -ere, -iıc˜, -iectusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çiaci�È, _hurl_]], _hurl back; throw away_Çre-linqu�, -ere, -l˜qu˜, -lictusÈ [[Çre-È, _behind_, + Çlinqu�È, _leave_]], _leave behind, leave, abandon_Çreliquus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[cf. Çrelinqu�È, _leave_]], _left over, remaining_. As a noun, plur. _the rest_Çrem�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çre-move�È, _remove_]], _remote, distant_Çre-move�, -ıre, -m�v˜, -motusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çmove�È, _move_]], _remove_Çrımus, -˜È, m. _oar_Çre-peri�, -˜re, repper˜, repertusÈ, _find_Çre-port�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çport�È, _carry_]], _carry back, bring back, win, gain_Çrıs, re˜È, f. _thing, business, matter, deed, event, circumstance_ (¤467). Çquam ob remÈ, _for this reason_. Çrıs adversaeÈ, _adversity_. Çrıs fr˛ment�riaÈ, _grain supplies_. Çrıs gestaeÈ, _exploits_. Çrıs milit�risÈ, _science of war_. Çrıs p˛blicaÈ, _the commonwealth_. Çrıs secundaeÈ, _prosperity_Çre-scind�, -ere, -scid˜, -scissusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çscind�È, _cut_]], _cut off, cut down_Çre-sist�, -ere, -stit˜È, ---- [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çsist�È, _cause to stand_]], _oppose, resist_, with dat. (¤501.14)Çre-sponde�, -ıre, -spond˜, -sp�nsusÈ [[Çre-È, _in return_, + Çsponde�È, _promise_]], answer, reply (¤420.a)Çre-vert�, -ere, -˜È, ----, or dep. verb Çre-vertor, -˜, -sus sumÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çvert�È, _turn_]], _turn back, return_. Usually

active in the perf. systemÇre-vinci�, -˜re, -vñx˜, -vñctusÈ [[Çre-È, _back_, + Çvinci�È, _bind_]], _fasten_Çrıx, rıgisÈ, m. [[cf. Çreg�È, _rule_]], _king_ÇRhınus, -˜È, m. _the Rhine_, a river of GermanyÇr˜pa, -aeÈ, f. _bank_Çrog�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _ask_. Cf. Çpet�, postul�, quaer�ÈÇR�ma, -aeÈ, f. _Rome_. See mapÇR�m�nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇR�maÈ, _Rome_]], _Roman_, follows its noun. As a noun, m. and f. _a Roman_Çrosa, -aeÈ, f. _rose_Çr�strum, -˜È, n. _beak_ of a ship. In plur., _the rostra_, the speakerÕs stand in the Roman ForumÇrota, -aeÈ, f. _wheel_ÇRubic�, -�nisÈ, m. _the Rubicon_, a river in northern Italy. See mapÇr˛mor, -�risÈ, m. _report, rumor_Çr˛rsusÈ, adv. [[for ÇreversusÈ, _turned back_]], _again, in turn_Çr˛s, r˛risÈ (locative abl. Çr˛r˜È, no gen., dat., or abl. plur.), n. _the country_ (¤501.36.1). Cf. Çager, patria, terraÈ

S

ÇSabñus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _Sabine_. As a noun, m. and f. _a Sabine_. The Sabines were an ancient people of central Italy. See mapÇsacrum, -˜È, n. [[ÇsacerÈ, _consecrated_]], _something consecrated, sacrifice;_ usually in plur., _religious rites_ÇsaepeÈ, adv., compared Çsaepius, saepissimıÈ, _often, frequently_Çsaevus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _cruel, savage_Çsagitta, -aeÈ, f. _arrow_Çsali�, -˜re, -u˜, saltusÈ, _jump_Çsal˛s, -˛tisÈ, f. _safety; health_. Çsal˛tem d˜cereÈ, _send greetings_Çsal˛t�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çsal˛sÈ, _health_]], _greet, salute_ÇsalvıÈ, imv. of Çsalve�È, _hail, greetings_Çsanguis, -inisÈ, m. _blood_ (¤247.2.a]Çs�nit�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[Çs�nusÈ, _sound_]], _health, sanity_Çsapiıns, -entisÈ, adj. [[part. of Çsapi�È, _be wise_]], _wise, sensible_ÇsatisÈ, adv. and indecl. noun, _enough, sufficient, sufficiently_Çsaxum, -˜È, n. _rock, stone_Çscelus, -erisÈ, n. _crime, sin_Çscıptrum, -˜È, n. _scepter_Çschola, -aeÈ, f. _school_, the higher grades. Cf. Çl˛dusÈÇscientia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇsciınsÈ, _knowing_]], _skill, knowledge, science_Çscind�, -ere, scid˜, scissusÈ, _cut, tear_Çsci�, -˜re, -˜v˜, -˜tusÈ, _know_ (¤420.b). Cf. Çcogn�sc�ÈÇscr˜b�, -ere, scr˜ps˜, scr˜ptusÈ, _write_Çsc˛tum, -˜È, n. _shield, buckler_ÇsıÈ, see Çsu˜ÈÇsıcumÈ = ÇsıÈ + ÇcumÈÇsecundus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[ÇsequorÈ, _follow_]], _following, next, second; favorable, successful_. Çrıs secundaeÈ, _prosperity_ÇsedÈ, conj. _but, on the contrary_. Çn�n s�lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_ÇsıdecimÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _sixteen_Çsede�, -ıre, sıd˜, sessusÈ, _sit_ÇsemperÈ, adv. _always, forever_Çsen�tus, -˛sÈ, m. [[cf. ÇsenexÈ, _old_]], _council of elders, senate_

Çsenti�, -˜re, sıns˜, sınsusÈ, _feel, know, perceive_ (¤420.d). Cf. Çintelleg�È, Çvide�ÈÇseptemÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _seven_Çseptimus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. _seventh_Çsequor, -˜, sec˛tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _follow_ (¤493)Çserpıns, -entisÈ, f. [[Çserp�È, _crawl_]], _serpent, snake_Çsertae, -�rumÈ, f. plur. _wreaths, garlands_Çservit˛s, -˛tisÈ, f. [[ÇservusÈ, _slave_]], _slavery, servitude_Çserv�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _save, rescue, keep_Çservus, -˜È, m. _slave_ÇsısıÈ, emphatic for ÇsıÈÇsexÈ, indecl. numeral adj. _six_ÇSextus, -˜È, m. _Sextus_, a Roman first nameÇs˜È, conj. _if_Çs˜cÈ, adv. _thus, in this way_. Cf. ÇitaÈ, ÇtamÈÇSicilia, -aeÈ, f. _Sicily_. See mapÇs˜c-utÈ, _just as, as if_Çsignifer, -er˜È, m. [[ÇsignumÈ, _standard_, + Çfer�È, _bear_]], _standard bearer_ (p. 224)Çsignum, -˜È, n. _ensign, standard; signal_Çsilva, -aeÈ, f. _wood, forest_Çsimilis, -eÈ, adj., compared Çsimilior, simillimusÈ, _like, similar_ (¤307)ÇsimulÈ, adv. _at the same time_Çsimul acÈ or Çsimul atqueÈ, conj. _as soon as_ÇsineÈ, prep. with abl. _without_ (¤209)Çsingul˜, -ae, -aÈ, distributive numeral adj. _one at a time, single_ (¤334)Çsinister, -tra, -trumÈ, adj. _left_ÇSinuessa, -aeÈ, f. _Sinues«sa_, a town in Campania. See mapÇsitis, -isÈ (acc. Ç-imÈ, abl. Ç-˜È, no plur.), f. _thirst_Çsitus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çsin�È, _set_]], _situated, placed, lying_Çsocius, soc˜È, m. _comrade, ally_Çs�l, s�lisÈ (no gen. plur.), m. _sun_Çsole�, -ıre, solitus sumÈ, semi-dep. verb, _be wont, be accustomed_Çsollicitus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _disturbed, anxious_Çs�lumÈ, adv. [[Çs�lusÈ, _alone_]], _alone, only_. Çn�n s�lum ... sed etiamÈ, _not only ... but also_Çs�lus, -a, -umÈ (gen. Ç-˜usÈ, dat. Ç-˜È), adj. _alone, only_ (¤108)Çsolv�, -ere, solv˜, sol˛tusÈ, _loosen, unbind_. Çn�vem solvereÈ, _set sail_Çsomnus, -˜È, m. _sleep_Çsoror, -�risÈ, f. _sister_Çspatium, spat˜È, n. _space, distance; time; opportunity_Çspect�culum, -˜È, n. [[Çspect�È, _look at_]], _show, spectacle_Çspect�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _look at, witness_Çspır�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[spıs, _hope_]], _hope, expect_ (¤420.c)Çspıs, spe˜È, f. _hope_ (¤273.2)ÇsplendidıÈ, adv. [[ÇsplendidusÈ]], compared Çsplendidius, splendidissimıÈ, _splendidly, handsomely_Çsplendidus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _brilliant, gorgeous, splendid_ÇStabi�nus, -a, -umÈ, _Stabian_Çstabulum, -˜È, n. [[cf. Çst�È, _stand_]], _standing place, stable, stall_ÇstatimÈ, adv. [[cf. Çst�È, _stand_]], _on the spot, at once, instantly_Çstatua, -aeÈ, f. [[Çsist�È, _place, set_]], _statue_Çstatu�, -ere, -u˜, -˛tusÈ [[ÇstatusÈ, _station_]], _decide, determine_Çstilus, -˜È, m. _iron pencil, style_ (p. 210)Çst�, -�re, stet˜, statusÈ, _stand_

Çstr�tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çstern�È, _spread_]], _paved_ (of streets)Çstrepitus, -˛sÈ, m. [[Çstrep�È, _make a noise_]], _noise, din_Çstring�, -ere, str˜nx˜, strictusÈ, _bind tight; draw, unsheathe_Çstude�, -ıre, -u˜, ----È, _give attention to, be eager_, with dat. (¤501.14)Çstudium, stud˜È, n. [[cf. Çstude�È, _be eager for_]], _eagerness, desire, zeal, devotion_Çstultus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _foolish, stupid_ÇStymph�lis, -idisÈ, adj. f. _Stymphalian, of Stympha«lus_, a lake in southern GreeceÇStymph�lus, -˜È, m. _Stympha«lus_, a district of southern Greece with a town, mountain, and lake, all of the same nameÇsu�de�, -ıre, -s˜, -susÈ, _advise, recommend_, with subjv. of purpose (¤501.41)ÇsubÈ, prep, with acc. and abl. _under, below, up to; at_ or _to the foot of_Çsub-ig�, -ere, -ıg˜, -�ctusÈ [[ÇsubÈ, _under_, + Çag�È, _drive_]], _subdue, reduce_Çsubit�È, adv. [[ÇsubitusÈ, _sudden_]], _suddenly_Çsub-sequor, -˜, -sec˛tus sumÈ, dep. verb [[ÇsubÈ, _below_, + ÇsequorÈ, _follow_]], _follow close after, follow up_Çsuc-cıd�, -ere, -cess˜, -cessusÈ [[ÇsubÈ, _below_, + Çcıd�È, _go_]], _follow, succeed_Çsu˜È, reflexive pron. _of himself (herself, itself, themselves)_ (¤480). ÇsıcumÈ = ÇsıÈ + ÇcumÈ. ÇsısıÈ, emphatic form of ÇsıÈÇsum, esse, fu˜, fut˛rusÈ, irreg. verb, _be; exist_ (¤494)Çsummus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree, compared Çsuperus, superior, suprımusÈ or ÇsummusÈ (¤312), _supreme, highest; best, greatest_. Çin summ� colleÈ, _on the top of the hill_Çs˛m�, -ere, s˛mps˜, s˛mptusÈ, _take up; assume, put on_. Çs˛mere supplicium dıÈ, _inflict punishment on_ÇsuperÈ, prep. with acc. and abl. _over, above_Çsuperbia, -aeÈ, f. [[ÇsuperbusÈ, _proud_]], _pride, arrogance_Çsuperbus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _proud, haughty_ÇsuperiorÈ, comp. of ÇsuperusÈÇsuper�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇsuperusÈ, _above_]], _go over; subdue, overcome; surpass, excel_Çsuper-sum, -esse, -fu˜, ----È, _be over, survive_, with dat. (¤501.15)Çsuperus, -a, -umÈ, adj., compared Çsuperior, suprımusÈ or ÇsummusÈ, _above, upper_ (¤312)Çsupplicium, suppli«c˜È, n. [[ÇsupplexÈ, _kneeling in entreaty_]], _punishment, torture_. Çsupplicium s˛mere dıÈ, _inflict punishment on_. Çsupplicium dareÈ, _suffer punishment_Çsurg�, -ere, surrıx˜È, ---- [[ÇsubÈ, _from below_, + Çreg�È,_straighten_]], _rise_Çsus-cipi�, -ere, -cıp˜, -ceptusÈ [[ÇsubÈ, _under_, + Çcapi�È, _take_]], _undertake, assume, begin_Çsuspicor, -�r˜, -�tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _suspect, surmise, suppose_Çsus-tine�, -ıre, -tinu˜, -tentusÈ [[ÇsubÈ, _under_, + Çtene�È, _hold_]], _hold up, bear, sustain, withstand_Çsuus, -a, -umÈ, reflexive possessive adj. and pron., _his, her, hers, its, their, theirs_ (¤98)

T

ÇT.È, abbreviation of ÇTitusÈÇtaberna, -aeÈ, f. _shop, stall_Çtabula, -aeÈ, f. _tablet_ for writingÇt�lis, -eÈ, adj. _such_. Çt�lis ... qu�lisÈ, _such ... as_ÇtamÈ, adv. _so, such_. Cf. Çita, s˜cÈÇtamenÈ, adv. _yet, however, nevertheless_ÇtandemÈ, adv. _at length, finally_Çtang�, -ere, tetig˜, t�ctusÈ, _touch_ÇtantumÈ, adv. [[ÇtantusÈ]], _only_Çtantus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _so great, such_. Çtantus ... quantusÈ, _as large as_Çtardus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _slow, late; lazy_ÇTarpıia, -aeÈ, f. _Tarpeia_ (pronounced _Tar-pı«ya_), the maiden who opened the citadel to the SabinesÇTarquinius, Tarqui«n˜È, _Tarquin_, a Roman king. With the surname ÇSuperbusÈ, _Tarquin the Proud_ÇTarrac˜na, -aeÈ, f. _Tarraci«na_, a town in Latium. See mapÇtaurus, -˜È, m. _bull_Çtıctus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çteg�È, _cover_]], _covered, protected_Çtılum, -˜È, n. _weapon_ÇtemerıÈ, adv. _rashly, heedlessly_Çtempest�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[ÇtempusÈ, _time_]] _storm, tempest_Çtemplum, -˜È, n. _temple, shrine_Çtempto, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _try, test; make trial of, attempt_Çtempus, -orisÈ, n. _time_ (¤464.2.b). Çin reliquum tempusÈ, _for the future_Çtene�, -ıre, tenu˜È, ----, _hold, keep_Çtergum, -˜È, n. _back_, Ç� terg�È, _on the rear_, Çtergum vertereÈ,_retreat, flee_Çtern˜, -ae, -aÈ, distributive numeral adj. _three each, by threes_ (¤334)Çterra, -aeÈ, f. _earth, ground, land_. Çorbis terr�rumÈ, _the whole world_Çterror, -�risÈ, m. [[cf. Çterre�È, _frighten_]], _dread, alarm, terror_Çtertius, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. _third_ÇTeutonıs, -umÈ, m. _the Teutons_Çthe�trum, -˜È, n. _theater_ÇThıbae, -�rumÈ, f. _Thebes_, a city of GreeceÇThıb�n˜, -�rumÈ, m. _Thebans_, the people of ThebesÇthermae, -�rumÈ, f. plur. _baths_ÇThessalia, -aeÈ, f. _Thessaly_, a district of northern GreeceÇThr�cia, -aeÈ, f. _Thrace_, a district north of GreeceÇTiberius, Tibe«r˜È, m. _Tiberius_, a Roman first nameÇt˜b˜cen, -˜nisÈ, m. [[cf. Çt˜biaÈ, _pipe_]], _piper, flute player_Çtime�, -ıre, -u˜È, ----, _fear, be afraid of_. Cf. ÇvereorÈÇtimor, -�risÈ, m. [[cf. Çtime�È, _fear_]], _fear, dread, alarm_. Cf. ÇmetusÈÇT˜ryns, T˜rynthisÈ, f. _Ti«ryns_, an ancient town in southern Greece, where Hercules served EurystheusÇtoga, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. Çteg�È, _cover_]], _toga_Çtormentum, -˜È, n. _engine of war_ÇtotiınsÈ, adv. _so often, so many times_Çt�tus, -a, -umÈ, (gen. Ç-˜usÈ, dat. Ç-˜È), adj. _all, the whole, entire_ (¤108)Çtr�-d�, -ere, -did˜, -ditusÈ [[Çtr�nsÈ, _across_, + Çd�È, _deliver_]], _give up, hand over, surrender, betray_Çtr�-d˛c�, -ere, -d˛x˜, -ductusÈ [[Çtr�nsÈ, _across_, + Çd˛c�È, _lead_]], _lead across_

Çtrah�, -ere, tr�x˜, tr�ctusÈ, _draw, pull, drag_. Çmultum trahereÈ, _protract, prolong much_Çtr�-ici�, -ere, -iıc˜, -iectusÈ [[Çtr�nsÈ, _across_, + Çiaci�È, _hurl_]], _throw across; transfix_Çtr�-n�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çtr�nsÈ, _across_, + Çn�È, _swim_]], _swim across_Çtr�nsÈ, prep. with acc. _across, over_ (¤340)Çtr�ns-e�, -˜re, -i˜, -itusÈ [[Çtr�nsÈ, _across_, + Çe�È, _go_]], _go across, cross_ (¤413)Çtr�ns-f˜g�, -ere, -f˜x˜, -f˜xusÈ [[Çtr�nsÈ, _through_, + Çf˜g�È, _drive_]], _transfix_Çtr�nsitusÈ, ---- (acc. Ç-umÈ, abl. Ç-˛È), m. [[cf. Çtr�nse�È, _cross over_]], _passage across_Çtrıs, triaÈ, numeral adj. _three_ (¤479)Çtr˜duum, tr˜du˜È, n. [[ÇtrısÈ, _three_, + ÇdiısÈ, _days_]], _three daysÕ time, three days_Çtr˜gint�È, indecl. numeral adj. _thirty_Çtriplex, -icisÈ, adj. _threefold, triple_Çtr˜stis, -eÈ, adj. _sad; severe, terrible_Çtr˜stitia, -aeÈ, f. [[Çtr˜stisÈ, _sad_]], _sadness, sorrow_Çtriumph�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇtriumphusÈ, _triumph_]], _celebrate a triumph_Çtriumphus, -˜È, m. _triumphal procession, triumph_. Çtriumphum agereÈ, _celebrate a triumph_Çtruc˜d�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _cut to pieces, slaughter._ Cf. Çinterfici�È, Çnec�È, Çocc˜d�ÈÇt˛, tu˜È (plur. Çv�sÈ), pers. pron. _thou, you_ (¤480)Çtuba, -aeÈ, f. _trumpet_ÇTullia, -aeÈ, f. _Tullia_, a Roman nameÇtumÈ, adv. _then, at that time_Çturris, -isÈ, f. _tower_ (¤465.2)Çt˛tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _safe_Çtuus, -a, -umÈ, possessive adj. and pron. _your, yours_ (¤98)

U

ÇubiÈ, rel. and interrog. adv. _where, when_Ç˛llus, -a, -umÈ (gen. Ç-˜usÈ, dat. Ç-˜È), adj. _any_ (¤108)Çulterior, -ius, -�risÈ, adj. in comp. degree, superl. ÇultimusÈ, _farther, more remote_ (¤315)Çultimus, -a, -umÈ, adj. in superl. degree (see ÇulteriorÈ), _farthest_ (¤315)Çumbra, -aeÈ, f. _shade_Çumerus, -˜È, m. _shoulder_ÇumquamÈ, adv. _ever, at any time_Ç˛n�È, adv. [[Ç˛nusÈ, _one_]], _in the same place, at the same time_Ç˛ndecimus, -a, -umÈ, numeral adj. [[Ç˛nusÈ, _one_, + ÇdecimusÈ, _tenth_]], _eleventh_ÇundiqueÈ, adv. _from every quarter, on all sides, everywhere_Ç˛nus, -a, -umÈ (gen. Ç-˜usÈ, dat. Ç-˜È), numeral adj. _one; alone_ (¤108)Çurbs, -isÈ, f. _city_ (¤465.a)Çurge�, -ıre, urs˜È, ----, _press upon, crowd, hem in_Ç˛rus, -˜È, m. _wild ox, urus_Ç˛squeÈ, adv. _all the way, even_Ç˛sus, -˛sÈ, m. _use, advantage_ÇutÈ, conj. with the subjv. _that, in order that, that not_ (with verbs of fearing), _so that, to_ (¤350.1)Çuter, -tra, -trumÈ (gen. Ç-˜usÈ, dat. Ç-˜È), interrog. pron. _which of

two? which?_ (¤108)Çuterque, utraque, utrumqueÈ, indef. pron. _each of two, each, both_. Çab utr�que parteÈ, _on both sides_Ç˛tilis, -eÈ, adj. [[Ç˛torÈ, _use_]], _useful_ÇutrimqueÈ, adv. [[ÇuterqueÈ, _each of two_]], _on each side, on either hand_Ç˛va, -aeÈ, f. _grape, bunch of grapes_Çuxor, -�risÈ, f. _wife_

V

Çv�g˜na, -aeÈ, _sheath, scabbard_Çvagor, -�r˜, -�tus sumÈ, dep. verb, _wander_Çvale�, -ıre, -u˜, -it˛rusÈ, _be powerful, be well_; in the imperative as a greeting, _farewell_. Çpl˛rimum valıreÈ, _have the most power_Çvalıt˛d�, -inisÈ, f. [[Çvale�È, _be well_]], _health_Çvalidus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[cf. Çvale�È, _be strong_]], _strong, able, well_Çvallıs, -isÈ, f. _valley_Çv�llum, -˜È, n. _rampart, earthworks_Çvarius, -a, -umÈ, adj. _bright-colored_Çv�st�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[Çv�stusÈ, _empty_]], _(make empty), devastate, lay waste_Çvect˜gal, -�lisÈ, n. _tax, tribute_ÇvehementerÈ, adv. [[ÇvehemınsÈ, _eager_]], compared Çvehementius, vehementissimıÈ, _eagerly, vehemently_Çveh�, -ere, vex˜, vectusÈ, _convey, carry_. In the passive often in the sense of _ride, sail_ÇvelÈ, conj. _or_. Çvel ... velÈ, _either ... or_. Cf. ÇautÈÇvıl�cit�s, -�tisÈ, f. [[Çvıl�xÈ, _swift_]], _swiftness_Çvıl�x, -�cisÈ, adj. _swift, fleet_Çvılum, -˜È, n. _sail_Çvınd�, -ere, vındid˜, vınditusÈ, _sell_Çveni�, -˜re, vın˜, ventusÈ, _come, go_Çventus, -˜È, m. _wind_Çverbum, -˜È, n. _word_. Çverba facere pr�È, _speak in behalf of_Çvereor, -ır˜, -itus sumÈ, dep. verb, _fear; reverence, respect_ (¤493). Cf. Çtime�ÈÇVergilius, Vergi«l˜È, m. _Vergil_, the poetÇverg�, -ere, ----, ----È, _turn, lie_Çvır�È, adv. [[ÇvırusÈ, _true_]], _in truth, surely;_ conj. _but, however_. Çtum vır�È, _then you may be sure_, introducing the climax of a storyÇvert�, -ere, -t˜, -susÈ, _turn, change_. Çtergum vertereÈ, _retreat, flee_Çvırus, -a, -umÈ, _true, actual_Çvesper, -er˜È, m. _evening_Çvester, -tra, -trumÈ, possessive adj. and pron. _your, yours_ (¤98)Çvest˜gium, vest˜«g˜È, n. [[cf. Çvest˜g�È, _track_]], _footstep, track, trace_Çvest˜mentum, -˜È, n. [[ÇvestisÈ, _clothing_]], _garment_Çvesti�, -˜re, -˜v˜, -˜tusÈ [[ÇvestisÈ, _clothing_]], _clothe, dress_Çvestis, -isÈ, f. _clothing, attire, garment, robe_Çvest˜tus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[part. of Çvesti�È, _clothe_]], _clothed_ÇVesuvius, Vesu«viÈ, m. _Vesuvius_, the volcano near Pompeii. See mapÇveter�nus, -a, -umÈ, adj. _old, veteran_

Çvet�, -�re, -u˜, -itusÈ, _forbid, prohibit_Çvex�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _trouble, annoy_Çvia, -aeÈ, f. _way, road, street; way, manner_. Cf. ÇiterÈÇvi�tor, -�risÈ, m. [[ÇviaÈ]], _traveler_Çvictor, -�risÈ, m. [[Çvinc�È, _conquer_]], _conqueror, victor_. In apposition, with adj. force _ victorious_Çvict�ria, -aeÈ, f. [ÇvictorÈ, _victor_], _victory_Çv˜cus, -˜È, m. _village_Çvide�, -ıre, v˜d˜, v˜susÈ, _see, perceive_. Pass. _be seen; seem_ (¤420.d)Çvigilia,-aeÈ, f. [[ÇvigilÈ _awake_]], watch. Çdı tertia vigiliaÈ, _about the third watch_Çv˜gint˜È, indecl. numeral adj. _twenty_Çv˜licus, -˜È, m. [[Çv˜llaÈ, _farm_]], _steward, overseer of a farm_Çv˜lla, -aeÈ, f. _farm, villa_Çvinci�, -˜re, vñx˜, vñctusÈ, _bind, tie, fetter_Çvinc�, -ere, v˜c˜, victusÈ, _conquer, defeat, overcome_. Cf. Çsubig�, super�ÈÇvñea, -aeÈ, f. _shed_ (p. 219)Çvñum, -˜È, n. _wine_ÇviolenterÈ, adv. [[ÇviolentusÈ, _violent_]], compared Çviolentius, violentissimıÈ, _violently, furiously_Çvir, vir˜È, m. _man, husband; hero_ (¤462.c)Çvir˜lis, -eÈ, adj. [[vir, _man_]], _manly_Çvirt˛s, -˛tisÈ, f. [[ÇvirÈ, _man_]], _manliness; courage, valor; virtue_ (¤464.1)Çv˜sÈ, (Çv˜sÈ), f. _strength, power, might, violence_ (¤468)Çv˜ta, -aeÈ, f. [[cf. Çv˜v�È, _live_]], _life_, Çv˜tam agereÈ, _spend or pass life_Çv˜to, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _shun, avoid_Çv˜v�, -ere, v˜x˜, ----È, _live_. Cf. Çhabit�, incol�ÈÇv˜vus, -a, -umÈ, adj. [[cf. Çv˜v�È, _live_]], _alive, living_ÇvixÈ, adv. _scarcely, hardly_Çvoc�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ, _call, summon, invite_. Cf. Çappell�, n�min�ÈÇvol�, -�re, -�v˜, -�t˛rusÈ, _fly_Çvol�, velle, volu˜, ----È, irreg. verb, _will, be willing; wish_ (¤497). Cf. ÇcupioÈÇvol˛men, -inisÈ, n. _roll, book_ÇVorınus, -˜È, m. _Vore«nus_, a centurionÇv�sÈ, pers. pron.; _you_ (see Çt˛È) (¤480)Çv�tum, -˜È, n. [[neut. part. of Çvove�È, _vow_]], _vow, pledge, prayer_Çv�x, v�cisÈ, f. [[cf. Çvoc�È, _call_]], _voice, cry; word_Çvulner�, -�re, -�v˜, -�tusÈ [[ÇvulnusÈ, _wound_]], _wound, hurt_Çvulnus, -erisÈ, n. _wound, injury_Çvulpıs, -˜sÈ, f. _fox_

[Illustration: EQUES ROMANUS]

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

This vocabulary contains only the words used in the English-Latinexercises. For details not given here, reference may be made to theLatin-English vocabulary. The figures 1, 2, 3, 4, after verbs indicatethe conjugation.

A

Ça, anÈ, _commonly not translated_Çable (be)È, possum, posse, potu˜, ----(¤495)ÇabodeÈ, domicilium, domici«l˜, _n._ÇaboutÈ (_adv._), circiterÇaboutÈ (_prep._), dı, _with abl._Çabout toÈ, _expressed by fut. act. part._ÇabundanceÈ, c�pia, -ae, _f._ÇacrossÈ, tr�ns, _with acc._ÇactiveÈ, �cer, �cris, �creÇadvanceÈ, pr�gredior, 3ÇadvantageÈ, ˛sus, -˛s, _m._ÇadviseÈ, mone�, 2ÇafterÈ (_conj_.), postquam; _often expressed by the perf. part._ÇafterÈ (_prep._), post, _with acc._ÇagainstÈ, in, contr�, _with acc._ÇaidÈ, auxilium, auxi«l˜, _n._ÇallÈ, omnis, -e; t�tus, -a, -um (¤108)ÇallowÈ, patior, 3ÇallyÈ, socius, soc˜, _m._ÇalmostÈ, paene; ferıÇaloneÈ, ˛nus, -a, -um; s�lus, -a, -um (¤108)ÇalreadyÈ, iamÇalsoÈ, quoqueÇalwaysÈ, semperÇambassadorÈ, lıg�tus, -˜, _m._ÇamongÈ, apud, _with acc._ÇancientÈ, ant˜quus, -a, -umÇandÈ, et; atque (ac); -queÇand soÈ, itaqueÇAndromedaÈ, Andromeda, -ae, _f._ÇangryÈ, ˜r�tus, -a, umÇanimalÈ, animal, -�lis, _n._ÇannounceÈ, n˛nti�, 1ÇannoyingÈ, molestus, -a ,-umÇanotherÈ, alius, -a, -ud (¤109)ÇanyÈ, ˛llus, -a, -um (¤108)Çany one, anythingÈ, quisquam, quicquam _or_ quidquam (¤486)ÇappearanceÈ, f�rma, -ae, _f._ÇappointÈ, cre�, 1ÇapproachÈ, adpropinqu�, 1, _with dat._ÇareÈ, _used as auxiliary, not translated_; _as a copula_, sum (¤494)ÇariseÈ, orior, 4ÇarmÈ, bracchium, bracch˜, _n._ÇarmedÈ, arm�tus, -a, -umÇarmsÈ, arma, -�rum, _n. plur._ÇarmyÈ, exercitus, -˛s, _m._ÇaroundÈ, circum, _with acc._ÇarrivalÈ, adventus, -us, _m._ÇarrowÈ, sagitta, -ae, _f._Çart of warÈ, rıs m˜lit�risÇas possibleÈ, _expressed by_ quam _and superl._.ÇaskÈ, pet�, 3; quaer�, 3; rog�, 1ÇassailÈ, oppugn�, 1ÇatÈ, in, _with acc. or abl.; with names of towns, locative case or abl. without a preposition_ (¤268); _time when, abl._

Çat onceÈ, statimÇat the beginning of summerÈ, init� aest�teÇAthensÈ, Athınae, -�rum, _f._ÇattackÈ, impetus, -us, _m._ÇattemptÈ, c�nor, 1; tempt�, 1Çaway fromÈ, � _or_ ab, _with abl._

B

ÇbadÈ, malus, -a, -umÇbaggageÈ, imped˜menta, -�rum, _n. plur._ÇbankÈ, r˜pa, -ae, _f._ÇbarbariansÈ, barbar˜, -�rum, _m. plur._ÇbattleÈ, proelium, proel˜, _n._; pugna, -ae. _f._ÇbeÈ, sum (¤494)Çbe absent, be farÈ, absum (¤494)Çbe afraidÈ, time�, 2; vereor, 2Çbe awayÈ, absum (¤494)Çbe in command ofÈ, praesum, _with dat._ (¤¤494, 426)Çbe informedÈ, certior f˜�Çbe off, be distantÈ, absum (¤494)Çbe withoutÈ, ege�, _with abl._ (¤180)Çbeast (wild)È, fera, -ae, _f._ÇbeautifulÈ, pulcher, -chra, -chrumÇbecauseÈ, quia; quodÇbecause ofÈ, propter, _with acc._; _or abl. of cause_Çbefore, heretoforeÈ (_adv._), ante�ÇbeforeÈ (_prep._), ante, _with acc._; pr�, _with abl._ÇbeginÈ, incipi�, 3ÇbelieveÈ, crıd�, 3, _with dat._ (¤153)Çbelong toÈ, _predicate genitive_ (¤409)ÇbestÈ, optimus, _superl. of_ bonusÇbetrayÈ, tr�d�, 3ÇbetterÈ, melior, _comp. of_ bonusÇbetweenÈ, inter, _with acc._ÇbillowÈ, fluctus, -us, _m._ÇbirdÈ, avis, -is, _f._ (¤243.1)ÇbloodÈ, sanguis, -inis, _m._ÇbodyÈ, corpus, -oris. _n._ÇboldÈ, aud�x, -�cis; fortis, -eÇboldlyÈ, aud�cter; fortiterÇboldnessÈ, aud�cia, -ae, _f._ÇbootyÈ, praeda, -ae, _f._Çboth, eachÈ (_of two_), uterque, utraque, utrumqueÇboth ... andÈ, et ... etÇboyÈ, puer, -er˜, _m._ÇbraveÈ, fortis, -eÇbravelyÈ, fortiterÇbridgeÈ, p�ns, pontis, _m._ÇbrightÈ, cl�rus, -a, -umÇbring backÈ, report�, 1Çbring uponÈ, ˜nfer�, -ferre, -tul˜, -l�tus, _with acc. and dat._ (¤426)ÇbrotherÈ, fr�ter, -tris, _m._ÇbuildingÈ, aedificium, aedifi«c˜. _n._ÇburnÈ, crem�, 1; incend�, 3ÇbusinessÈ, neg�tium, neg�«t˜, _n._Çbut, howeverÈ, autem, sedÇbyÈ, �, ab, _with abl._; _denoting means, abl. alone_;

_sometimes implied in a participle_Çby nightÈ, noct˛

C

ÇC¾sarÈ, Caesar, -aris, _m._ÇcalamityÈ, calamit�s, -�tis, _f._ÇcallÈ, voc�, 1; appell�, 1; n�min�, 1Çcall togetherÈ, convoc�, 1ÇcampÈ, castra, -�rum, _n. plur._Çcan, couldÈ, possum, posse, potu˜, ---- (¤495)ÇcaptureÈ, capi�, 3; occup�, 1ÇcareÈ, c˛ra, -ae, _f._Çcare forÈ, c˛r�, 1ÇcarefulÈ, attentus, -a, -umÇcarefulnessÈ, d˜ligentia, -ae, _f._ÇcarryÈ, fer�, ferre, tul˜, l�tus (¤498); port�, 1Çcarry onÈ, ger�, 3ÇcartÈ, carrus, -˜, _m._ÇcauseÈ, causa, -ae, _f._ÇcavalryÈ, equit�tus, -˛s, _m._ÇceaseÈ, cess�, 1ÇCepheusÈ, Cıpheus, -˜, _m._Çcertain (a)È, qu˜dam, quaedam, quoddam (quiddam) (¤485)ÇchickenÈ, gallña, -ae, _f._ÇchiefÈ, prñceps, -cipis, _m._ÇchildrenÈ, l˜ber˜, -�rum, _m. plur._ÇchooseÈ, dılig�, 3Çchoose, electÈ, cre�, 1ÇcitizenÈ, c˜vis, -is, _m. and f._ (¤243.1)ÇcityÈ, urbs, urbis, _f._ÇclearÈ, cl�rus, -a, -umÇcohortÈ, cohors, -rtis, _f._ÇcomeÈ, veni�, 4ÇcommandÈ, imper�, 1, _with dat._ (¤45); iube�, 2; praesum, _with dat._ (¤426)ÇcommitÈ, committ�, 3ÇcommonwealthÈ, rıs p˛blica, re˜ p˛blicaeÇconcerningÈ, dı, _with abl._ÇconquerÈ, super�, 1; vinc�, 3ÇconstructÈ (_a ditch_), perd˛c�, 3ÇconsulÈ, c�nsul, -ulis, _m._Çcontrary toÈ, contr�, _with acc._ÇCorinthÈ, Corinthus, -˜, _f._ÇCorneliaÈ, Cornılia, -ae, _f._ÇCorneliusÈ, Cornılius, Cornı«li, _m._ÇcorseletÈ, l�r˜ca, -ae, _f._ÇcottageÈ, casa, -ae, _f._ÇcountryÈ, _as distinguished from the city_, r˛s, r˛ris, _n.; as territory_, fñıs, -ium, _m., plur. of_ fñisÇcourageÈ, virt˛s, -˛tis, _f._ÇcrimeÈ, scelus, -eris, _n._ÇcrossÈ, tr�nse�, 4 (¤499)ÇcrownÈ, cor�na, -ae, _f._

D

ÇdailyÈ, cot˜diıÇdangerÈ, per˜culum, -˜, _n._ÇdaughterÈ, f˜lia, -ae, _f._ (¤67)ÇdayÈ, diıs, -ı˜, _m._ÇdaybreakÈ, pr˜ma l˛xÇdearÈ, c�rus, -a, -umÇdeathÈ, mors, mortis, _f._ÇdeedÈ, rıs, re˜, _f._ÇdeepÈ, altus, -a, -umÇdefeatÈ, calamit�s, -�tis, _f._ÇdefendÈ, dıfend�, 3ÇdelayÈ (_noun_), mora, -ae, _f._ÇdelayÈ (_verb_), moror, 1ÇdemandÈ, postul�, 1ÇdenseÈ, dınsus, -a, -umÇdepartÈ, discıd�, 3; exe�, 4; profic˜scor, 3ÇdependentÈ, cliıns, -entis, _m._ÇdesignÈ, c�nsilium, consi«l˜ _n._ÇdesireÈ, cupi�, 3ÇdestroyÈ, dıle�, 2ÇDianaÈ, Di�na, -ae, _f._ÇdifferÈ, differ�, differre, distul˜, d˜l�tus (¤498)ÇdifferentÈ, dissimilis, -eÇdifficultÈ, difficilis, -eÇdifficultyÈ, difficult�s, -�tis, _f._ÇdiligenceÈ, d˜ligentia, -ae, _f._ÇdinnerÈ, cına, -ae, _f._ÇdisasterÈ, calamit�s, -�tis, _f._Çdistant (be)È, absum, -esse, �fu˜, �fut˛rus (¤494)ÇditchÈ, fossa, -ae, _f._ÇdoÈ, ag�, 3; faci�, 3; _when used as auxiliary, not translated_Çdown fromÈ, dı, _with abl._ÇdragÈ, trah�, 3ÇdriveÈ, ag�, 3ÇdwellÈ, habit�, 1; incol�, 3; v˜v�, 3ÇdwellingÈ, aedificium, aedifi«c˜, _n._

E

ÇeachÈ, quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque) (¤484)Çeach of twoÈ, uterque, utraque, utrumqueÇeach otherÈ, inter _with acc. of a reflexive_ÇeagerÈ, �cer, �cris, �cre; alacer, alacris, alacreÇeager (be)È, stude�, 2ÇeagernessÈ, studium, stud˜, _n._ÇeagleÈ, aquila, -ae, _f._ÇeasilyÈ, facileÇeasyÈ, facilis, -eÇeither ... orÈ, aut ... autÇempireÈ, imperium, impe«r˜, _n._ÇemployÈ, neg�tium d�ÇencourageÈ, hortor, 1ÇenemyÈ, hostis, -is, _m. and f._; inim˜cus, -˜, _m._ÇenoughÈ, satisÇentireÈ, t�tus, -a, -um (¤108)ÇexpectationÈ, op˜ni�, -�nis, _f._ÇeyeÈ, oculus, -˜, _m._

F

ÇfaithlessÈ, perfidus, -a, -umÇfamousÈ, cl�rus, -a, -umÇfarÈ, longıÇfarmerÈ, agricola, -ae, _m._ÇfartherÈ, ulterior, -iusÇfatherÈ, pater, patris, _m._ÇfatherlandÈ, patria, -ae, _f._ÇfavorÈ, fave�, 2ÇfavorableÈ, id�neus, -a,-um; secundus, -a, -umÇfearÈ, metus, -˛s, _m._; timor, -�ris, _m._Çfear, be afraidÈ, time�, 2ÇfewÈ, pauc˜, -ae, -aÇfieldÈ, ager, agr˜, _m._ÇfifteenÈ, qu˜ndecimÇfightÈ, contend�, 3; pugn�, 1ÇfindÈ, reperi�, 4ÇfinishÈ, c�nfici�, 3ÇfireÈ, ignis, -is, _m._ (¤243.1)ÇfirmnessÈ, c�nstantia, -ae, _f._ÇfirstÈ, pr˜mus, -a, -umÇfleeÈ, fugi�, 3ÇflightÈ, fuga, -ae, _f._ÇflyÈ, vol�, 1ÇfoeÈ, see ÇenemyÈÇfollow close afterÈ, subsequor, 3ÇfoodÈ, cibus, -˜, _m._ÇfootÈ, pıs, pedis, _m._Çfoot-soldierÈ, pedes, -itis, _m._ÇforÈ (_conj._), enim, namÇforÈ (_prep._), _sign of dat._; dı, pr�, _with abl.; to express purpose_, ad, _with gerundive; implied in acc. of time and of extent of space_Çfor a long timeÈ, di˛ÇforbidÈ, vet�, 1ÇforcesÈ, c�piae, -�rum, _f., plur. of_ c�piaÇforestÈ, silva, -ae, _f._ÇfortÈ, castellum, -˜, _n._; castrum, -˜, _n._ÇfortificationÈ, m˛niti�, -�nis, _f._ÇfortifyÈ, m˛ni�, 4ÇfortuneÈ, fort˛na, -ae, _f._ÇfourthÈ, qu�rtus, -a, -umÇfreeÈ, l˜ber, -era, -erumÇfree, liberateÈ, l˜ber�, 1ÇfrequentÈ, crıber, -bra, -brumÇfriendÈ, am˜cus, -˜, _m._ÇfriendlyÈ (_adj._), am˜cus, -a, -umÇfriendlyÈ (_adv._), am˜cıÇfriendshipÈ, am˜citia, -ae, _f._ÇfrightenÈ, perterre�, 2ÇfromÈ, � _or_ ab, dı, ı, ex, _with abl._ _Often expressed by the separative ablative without a prep._Çfrom each otherÈ, inter, _with acc. of a reflexive pron._ÇfullÈ, plınus, -a, -um

G

ÇGalbaÈ, Galba, -ae, _m.__garland_, cor�na, -ae, _f._ÇgarrisonÈ, praesidium, praesi«d˜, _n._ÇgateÈ, porta, -ae, _f._ÇGaulÈ, Gallia, -ae, _f._ÇGaulÈ (ÇaÈ), Gallus, -˜, _m._ÇgeneralÈ, imper�tor, -�ris, _m._ÇGenevaÈ, Gen�va, -ae, _f._ÇgentleÈ, lınis, -eÇGermanÈ, Germ�nus, -a, -umÇGermansÈ (ÇtheÈ), Germ�n˜, -�rum, _m. plur_.ÇGermanyÈ, Germ�nia, -ae, _f._ÇgetÈ (_dinner_), par�, 1ÇgirlÈ, puella, -ae, _f._ÇgiveÈ, d�, dare, ded˜, datusÇgive over, surrenderÈ, dıd�, 3; tr�d�, 3Çgive upÈ, omitt�, 3ÇgoÈ, e�, 4 (¤499)Çgo forthÈ, pr�gredior, 3ÇgodÈ, deus, -˜, _m._ (¤468)ÇgoddessÈ, dea, -ae, _f._ (¤67)ÇgoldÈ, aurum, -˜, _n._ÇgoodÈ, bonus, -a, -umÇgrainÈ, fr˛mentum, -˜, _n._Çgrain supplyÈ, rıs fr˛ment�riaÇgreatÈ, ingıns, -entis; magnus, -a, -umÇgreatestÈ, maximus, -a, -um; summus, -a, -umÇguardÈ, praesidium, praesi«d˜, _n._

H

ÇhandÈ, manus, -˛s, _f._ÇhappyÈ, laetus, -a, -umÇharborÈ, portus, -˛s, _m._ÇhastenÈ, contend�, 3; m�t˛r�, 1; proper�, 1ÇhatefulÈ, inv˜sus, -a, -umÇhaughtyÈ, superbus, -a, -umÇhaveÈ, habe�, 2Çhave no powerÈ, nihil possumÇheÈ, is; hic; iste; ille; _or not expressed_ÇheadÈ, caput, -itis, _n._ÇhearÈ, audi�ÇheartÈ, animus, -˜, _m._ÇheavyÈ, gravis, -eÇHelvetiiÈ (ÇtheÈ), Helvıti˜, -�rum, _m. plur._Çhem inÈ, contine�, 2ÇhenÈ, gall˜na, -ae, _f._ÇherÈ, eius; huius; ist˜us; ill˜us; _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (¤116)ÇhideÈ, abd�, 3ÇhighÈ, altus, -a, -umÇhighestÈ, summus, -a, -umÇhillÈ, collis, -is, _m._ÇhimselfÈ, su˜. See ÇselfÈÇhindranceÈ, imped˜mentum, -˜, _n._ÇhisÈ, eius; huius; ist˜us; ill˜us; _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (¤116)ÇhitherÈ, citerior, -ius (¤315)

ÇholdÈ, tene�, 2ÇhomeÈ, domus, -˛s, _f._ (¤468). Çat homeÈ, dom˜ (¤267)ÇhopeÈ (_noun_), spıs, spe˜, _f._ÇhopeÈ (_verb_), spır�, 1ÇhorseÈ, equus, -˜, _m._ÇhorsemanÈ, eques, -itis, _m._ÇhostageÈ, obses, -idis, _m. and f._ÇhostileÈ, inim˜cus, -a, -umÇhourÈ, h�ra, -ae, _f._ÇhouseÈ, domicilium, domici«l˜, _n._; domus, -˛s, _f._ (¤468)ÇhurlÈ, iaci�, 3

I

ÇIÈ, ego (¤280); _or not expressed_ÇifÈ, s˜. Çif notÈ, nisiÇillÈ, aeger, -gra, -grumÇimmediatelyÈ, statimÇinÈ (_of place_), in, _with abl._; (of time or of specification) _abl. without prep._Çin order thatÈ, ut, _with subjv._; Çin order that not, lestÈ, nı, _with subjv._Çin vainÈ, fr˛str�ÇindustryÈ, d˜ligentia, -ae, _f._Çinflict injuries uponÈ, ini˛ri�s ˜nfer� _with dat._ (¤426)Çinflict punishment onÈ, supplicium s˛m� deÇinform some oneÈ, aliquem certi�rem faci�ÇinjureÈ, noce�, 2, _with dat._ (¤153)ÇinjuryÈ, ini˛ria, -ae, _f._ÇintoÈ, in, _with acc._ÇintrustÈ, committ�, 3; mand�, 1ÇinviteÈ, voc�, 1ÇisÈ, _used as auxiliary, not translated_; _as a copula_, sum (¤494)ÇislandÈ, ˜nsula, -ae, _f._ÇitÈ, is; hie; iste; ille; _or not expressed_ÇItalyÈ, Italia, -ae, _f._ÇitsÈ, eius; huius; ist˜us; ill˜us; _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (¤116)ÇitselfÈ, su˜. See ÇselfÈ

J

Çjoin battleÈ, proelium committ�ÇjourneyÈ, iter, itineris, _n._ (¤468)ÇjudgeÈ (_noun_), i˛dex, -icis, _m._ÇjudgeÈ (_verb_), i˛dic�, 1ÇJuliaÈ, I˛lia, -ae, _f._Çjust nowÈ, n˛per

K

ÇkeepÈ, contine�, 2; prohibeo, 2; tene�, 2Çkeep on doing somethingÈ, _expressed by the impf. indic._ÇkillÈ, interfici�, 3; nec�, 1; occ˜d�, 3

ÇkingÈ, rıx, rıgis, _m._ÇkingdomÈ, rıgnum, -˜, _n._ÇknowÈ, cogn�sc�, 3, _in perf_.; sci�, 4

L

ÇlaborÈ (_noun_), labor, -�ris, _m._ÇlaborÈ (_verb_), lab�r�, 1ÇlackÈ (_noun_), inopia, -ae, _f._ÇlackÈ (_verb_), ege�, 2, _with abl._ (¤180)ÇladyÈ, domina, -ae, _f._ÇlakeÈ, lacus, -˛s, _m._ (¤260.2)ÇlandÈ, terra, -ae, _f._ÇlanguageÈ, lingua, -ae, _f._ÇlargeÈ, ingıns, -entis; magnus, -a, -umÇlargerÈ, maior, maiusÇlatelyÈ, n˛perÇLatonaÈ, L�t�na, -ae, _f._ÇlawÈ, lıx, lıgis, _f._Çlay wasteÈ, v�st�, 1ÇleadÈ, d˛co, 3ÇleaderÈ, dux, ducis, _m. and f._Çlearn, knowÈ, cogn�sc�, 3Çleave, depart fromÈ, discıd�, 3Çleave behind, abandonÈ, relinqu�, 3ÇleftÈ, sinister, -tra, -trumÇlegionÈ, legi�, -�nis, _f._ÇlegionariesÈ, legi�n�ri˜, -�rum, _m. plur._ÇlengthÈ, longit˛d�, -inis, _f._ÇlestÈ, nı, _with subjv._ÇletterÈ (_of the alphabet_), littera, -ae, _f_; (_an epistle_) litterae, -�rum, _f. plur_.ÇlieutenantÈ, lıg�tus, -˜, _m._ÇlightÈ, l˛x, l˛cis, _f._ÇlikeÈ (_adj._), similis, -eÇlike, loveÈ, am�, 1Çline of battleÈ, aciıs, aciı˜, _f._ÇlittleÈ, parvus, -a, -umÇliveÈ, habit�, 1; incol�, 3; v˜v�, 3ÇlongÈ, longus, -a, -umÇlong, for a long timeÈ, di˛Çlong forÈ, dıs˜der�, 1Çlook afterÈ, c˛r�, 1ÇloveÈ, am�, 1

M

Çmaid, maid servantÈ, ancilla, -ae,_f._ÇmakeÈ, faci�, 3Çmake war uponÈ, bellum ˜nfer� _with dat._ (¤426)ÇmanÈ, hom�, -inis, _m. and f._; vir, vir˜, _m._Çman-of-warÈ, n�vis longaÇmanyÈ, mult˜, -ae, -a, _plur. of_ multusÇmarchÈ, iter, itineris, _n._ (¤468)ÇMarkÈ, M�rcus, -˜, _m._ÇmarriageÈ, m�trim�nium, m�trim�«n˜, _n._ÇmasterÈ, dominus, -˜, _m._; mag˜ster, -tr˜, _m._ÇmatterÈ, neg�tium, neg�«t˜, _n._; rıs, re˜, _f._

Çmeans, by means ofÈ, _the abl._ÇmessengerÈ, n˛ntius, n˛nt˜, _m._ÇmidnightÈ, media noxÇmileÈ, m˜lle passuum (¤331.b)ÇmilesÈ, m˜lia passuumÇmindÈ, animus, -˜, _m._; mıns, mentis, _f._ÇmineÈ, meus, -a, -umÇmistressÈ, domina, -ae, _f._ÇmoneyÈ, pec˛nia, -ae, _f._ÇmonsterÈ, m�nstrum, -˜, _n._ÇmonthÈ, mınsis, -is, _m._ÇmoonÈ, l˛na, -ae, _f._ÇmoreÈ (_adj._), pl˛s, pl˛ris (¤313); _or a comparative. Adverb_, magisÇmostÈ (_adj._), pl˛rimus, -a, -um; _superl. degree. Adverb_, maximı; pl˛rimumÇmotherÈ, m�ter, m�tris, _f._ÇmountainÈ, m�ns, montis, _m._ÇmoveÈ, move�, 2ÇmovedÈ, comm�tus, -a, -umÇmuch (by)È, mult�ÇmultitudeÈ, multit˛d�, -inis. _f._ÇmyÈ, meus, -a, -umÇmyselfÈ, mı, _reflexive_. See ÇselfÈ

N

ÇnameÈ, n�men, -inis, _n._ÇnationÈ, gıns, gentis, _f._ÇnearÈ, propinquus, -a, -umÇnearestÈ, proximus, -a, -umÇnearlyÈ, ferıÇneighborÈ, f˜nitimus, -˜, _in._ÇneighboringÈ, f˜initimus, -a, -umÇneitherÈ, neque _or_ nec; Çneither ... norÈ, neque (nec) ... neque (nec)ÇneverÈ, numquamÇneverthelessÈ, tamenÇnewÈ, novus, -a, -umÇnext dayÈ, postr˜diı eius diı˜Çnext toÈ, proximus, -a, -umÇnightÈ, nox, noctis, _f._ÇnineÈ, novemÇnoÈ, minimı; _or repeat verb with a negative_ (¤210)Çno, noneÈ, n˛llus, -a, -um (¤109)Çno oneÈ, nım�, n˛ll˜usÇnorÈ, neque _or_ necÇnotÈ, n�nÇnot evenÈ, nı ... quidemÇnot only ... but alsoÈ, n�n s�lum ... sed etiamÇnothingÈ, nihil _or_ nihilum, -˜, _n._ÇnowÈ, nuncÇnumberÈ, numerus, -˜, _m._

O

ÇobeyÈ, p�re�, 2, _with dat._ (¤153)ÇofÈ, _sign of gen._; dı, _with abl._;

Çout ofÈ, ı _or_ ex, _with abl._ÇoftenÈ, saepeÇonÈ (_of place_), in, _with abl._; (_of time_) _abl. without prep._Çon account ofÈ, propter, _with acc._; _or abl. of cause._Çon all sidesÈ, undiqueÇonceÈ (_upon a time_), �limÇoneÈ, ˛nus, -a, -um (¤108)Çone ... anotherÈ, alius ... alius (¤110)ÇonlyÈ (_adv._), s�lum; tantumÇopportuneÈ, opportunus, -a, -umÇoppositeÈ, adversus, -a, -umÇoracleÈ, �r�culum, -˜, _n._ÇoratorÈ, �r�tor, -�ris, _m._ÇorderÈ, imper�, 1; iube�, 2ÇornamentÈ, �rn�mentum, -˜, _n._ÇotherÈ, alius, -a, -ud (¤109)Çothers (the)È, reliqu˜, -�rum, _m. plur._ÇoughtÈ, dıbe�, 2ÇourÈ, noster, -tra, -trumÇourselvesÈ, n�s, _as reflexive object._ See ÇselfÈÇovercomeÈ, super�, 1; vinc�, 3Çown (his, her, its, their)È, suus, -a, -um

P

ÇpartÈ, pars, partis, _f._ÇpeaceÈ, p�x, p�cis, _f._ÇpeopleÈ, populus, -˜, _m._ÇPerseusÈ, Perseus, -˜, _m._ÇpersuadeÈ, persu�de�, 2, _with dat._ (¤153)Çpitch campÈ, castra p�n�ÇplaceÈ (_noun_), locus, -˜, _m._Çplace, arrangeÈ, conloc�, 1Çplace, putÈ, p�n�, 3Çplace in commandÈ, praefici�, 3, _with acc. and dat._ (¤426)Çplan (a)È, c�nsilium, c�nsi«l˜, _n._ÇpleaseÈ, place�, 2, _with dat._ (¤154)ÇpleasingÈ, gr�tus, -a, -umÇplowÈ, ar�, 1ÇPompeiiÈ, Pompıi˜, -�rum, _m. plur._Çpossible (as)È, _expressed by_ quam _and superl_.Çpowerful (be)È, vale�, 2ÇpraiseÈ, laud�, 1ÇpreferÈ, m�l�, m�lle, m�lu˜, ---- (¤497)Çprepare forÈ, par�, 1, _with acc._Çpress hardÈ, prem�, 3ÇprotectionÈ, fidıs, fide˜, _f._ÇprovinceÈ, pr�vincia, -ae, _f._ÇpublicÈ, p˛blicus, -a, -umÇPubliusÈ, P˛blius, P˛bl˜, _m._ÇpunishmentÈ, poena, -ae, _f._; supplicium, suppli«c˜, _n._Çpurpose, for the purpose ofÈ, ut, qu˜, _or_ qu�, _with subjv._; ad, _with gerund or gerundive_; caus�, _following the genitive of a gerund or gerundive_ÇpursueÈ, ˜nsequor, 3

Q

ÇqueenÈ, rıg˜na, -ae, _f._ÇquicklyÈ, celeriterÇquiteÈ, _expressed by the comp. degree_

R

ÇrampartÈ, v�llum, -˜, _n._ÇrearÈ, novissimum agmenÇreasonÈ, causa, -ae, _f._ÇreceiveÈ, accipi�, 3; excipi�, 3ÇrecentÈ, recıns, -entisÇrecentlyÈ, n˛perÇredoubtÈ, castellum, -˜, _n._ÇrefuseÈ, rec˛s�, 1ÇremainÈ, mane�, 2ÇremainingÈ, reliquus, -a, -umÇreplyÈ, responde�, 2ÇreportÈ (_noun_), fama, -ae, _f._; r˛mor, -�ris, _m._ÇreportÈ (_verb_), adfer�; dıfer�; refer� (¤498)ÇrepublicÈ, rıs p˛blicaÇrequireÈ, postul�, 1ÇresistÈ, resist�, 3, _with dat._ (¤154)Çrest (the)È, reliqu˜, -�rum, _m. plur._ÇrestrainÈ, contine�, 2ÇretainerÈ, cliıns, -entis, _m._ÇretreatÈ, pedem refer�; terga vert�ÇreturnÈ, rede�, 4; revertor, 3ÇrevolutionÈ, rıs novaeÇRhineÈ, Rhınus, -˜, _m._ÇrightÈ, dexter, -tra, -trumÇriverÈ, fl˛men, -inis, _n._; fluvius, fluv˜, _m._ÇroadÈ, via, -ae, _f._ÇRomanÈ, R�m�nus, -a, -umÇRomeÈ, R�ma, -ae, _f._ÇrowÈ, �rd�, -inis, _m._ÇruleÈ, reg�, 3ÇrumorÈ, f�ma, -ae, _f._; r˛mor, -�ris, _m._ÇrunÈ, curr�, 3

S

ÇsacrificeÈ, sacrum, -˜, _n._ÇsafetyÈ, sal˛s, -˛tis, _f._ÇsailÈ, n�vig�, 1ÇsailorÈ, nauta, -ae, _m._Çsake, for the sake ofÈ, caus�, _following a gen._ÇsameÈ, ˜dem, eadem, idem (¤287)ÇsavagesÈ, barbar˜, -�rum, _m. plur._ÇsaveÈ, serv�, 1ÇsayÈ, d˜c�, 3ÇschoolÈ, l˛dus, -˜, _m._; schola, -ae, _f._ÇscoutÈ, expl�r�tor, -�ris, _m._ÇseaÈ, mare, -is, _n._ÇsecondÈ, secundus, -a, -umÇseeÈ, vide�, 2ÇseekÈ, pet�, 3ÇseemÈ, videor, 2, _passive of_ vide�

ÇseizeÈ, occup�, 1; rapi�, 3ÇselfÈ, ipse, -a, -um (¤286); su˜ (¤281)ÇsendÈ, mitt�, 3Çset fire toÈ, incend�, 3Çset outÈ, profic˜scor, 3ÇsevenÈ, septemÇSextusÈ, Sextus, -˜, _m._ÇsheÈ, ea; haec; ista; illa (¤115); _or not expressed_ÇshipÈ, n�vis, -is, _f._ (¤243.1)ÇshortÈ, brevis, -eÇshoutÈ, cl�mor, -�ris, _m._ÇshowÈ, dım�nstr�, 1ÇSicilyÈ, Sicilia, -ae, _f._ÇsickÈ, aeger, -gra, -grumÇsideÈ, latus, -eris, _n._ÇsiegeÈ, obsidi�, -�nis, _f._ÇsinceÈ, cum, _with subjv._ (¤396); _the abl. abs._ (¤381)ÇsingÈ, can�, 3; cant�, 1ÇsisterÈ, soror, -�ris, _f._ÇsitÈ, sede�, 2ÇsizeÈ, magnit˛d�, -inis, _f._ÇskillfulÈ, per˜tus, -a, -umÇslaveÈ, servus, -˜, _m._ÇslaveryÈ, serviti˛s, -˛tis, _f._ÇslowÈ, tardus, -a, -umÇsmallÈ, parvus, -a, -umÇsnatchÈ, rapi�, 3ÇsoÈ, ita; s˜c; tamÇso greatÈ, tantus, -a, -umÇso thatÈ, ut; Çso that notÈ, ut n�nÇsoldierÈ, m˜les, -itis, _m._ÇsomeÈ, _often not expressed_; quis (qu˜), qua (quae), quid (quod); aliqu˜, aliqua, aliquodÇsome oneÈ, quis; aliquis (¤487)Çsome ... othersÈ, ali˜ ... ali˜ (¤110)ÇsomethingÈ, quid; aliquid (¤487)ÇsonÈ, f˜lius, f˜l˜, _m._ÇsoonÈ, moxÇspaceÈ, spatium, spat˜, _n._ÇspearÈ, p˜lum, -˜, _n._ÇspiritedÈ, �cer, �cris, �cre; alacer, alacris, alacreÇspringÈ, f�ns, fontis, _m._ÇspurÈ, calcar, -�ris, _n._ÇstandÈ, st�, 1ÇstateÈ, c˜vit�s, -�tis, _f._ÇstationÈ, conloc�, 1ÇsteadinessÈ, c�nstantia, -ae, _f._ÇstoneÈ, lapis, -idis, _m._ÇstormÈ, oppugn�, 1ÇstoryÈ, f�bula, -ae, _f._ÇstreetÈ, via, -ae, _f._ÇstrengthÈ, v˜s, (v˜s), _f._ÇstrongÈ, fortis, -e; validus, -a, -umÇsturdyÈ, validus, -a, -umÇsuchÈ, t�lis, -eÇsuddenlyÈ, subit�Çsuffer punishmentÈ, supplicium d�

ÇsufficientlyÈ, satisÇsuitableÈ, id�neus, -a, -umÇsummerÈ, aest�s, -�tis, _f._ÇsunÈ, s�l, s�lis, _m._ÇsuppliesÈ, comme�tus, -˛s, _m._ÇsurrenderÈ, tr�d�, 3ÇsuspectÈ, suspicor, 1ÇswiftÈ, celer, -eris, -ere; vıl�x, -�cisÇswordÈ, gladius, glad˜, _m._

T

Çtake, captureÈ, capi�, 3Çtake part inÈ, intersum, -esse, -fu˜, -fut˛rus, _with dat._ (¤426)Çtake possession ofÈ, occup�, 1ÇtallÈ, altus, -a, -umÇtaskÈ, opus, operis, _n._ÇteachÈ, doce�, 2ÇteacherÈ, magister, -tr˜, _m._ÇtearÈ (_noun_), lacrima, -ae, _f._ÇtellÈ, d˜c�, 3; n�rr�, 1ÇtenÈ, decemÇterrifiedÈ, perterritus, -a, -umÇterrifyÈ, perterre�, 2ÇthanÈ, quamÇthatÈ (_conj. after verbs of saying and the like_), _not expressed_ÇthatÈ (_pron._), is; iste; illeÇthat, in order thatÈ, _in purpose clauses_, ut; _after verbs offearing_, nı (¤¤349, 366, 372)Çthat not, lestÈ, _in purpose clauses_, nı; _after verbs of fearing_, ut (¤¤349, 366, 372)ÇtheÈ, _not expressed_ÇtheirÈ, _gen. plur. of_ is; _reflexive_, suus, -a, -um (¤116)Çtheir ownÈ, suus, -a, -um (¤116)Çthen, at that timeÈ, tumÇthen, in the next placeÈ, deinde, tumÇthereÈ, _as expletive, not expressed_Çthere, in that placeÈ, ibiÇthereforeÈ, itaqueÇtheyÈ, i˜; h˜; ist˜; ill˜; _or not expressed_ÇthinkÈ, arbitror, 1; ex˜stim�, 1; put�, 1ÇthirdÈ, tertius, -a, -umÇthisÈ, hic, haec, hoc; is, ea, idÇthoughÈ, cum. _with subjv._ (¤396)ÇthousandÈ, m˜lle (¤479)ÇthreeÈ, trıs, tria (¤479)ÇthroughÈ, per, _with acc._ÇthyÈ, tuus, -a, -umÇtimeÈ, tempus, -oris, _n._ÇtoÈ, _sign of dat._; ad, in, _with acc._; _expressing purpose_, ut, qu˜, _with subjv._; ad, _with gerund or gerundive_Çto each otherÈ, inter, _with acc. of a reflexive pron._Çto-dayÈ, hodiıÇtoothÈ, dıns, dentis, _m._Çtop ofÈ, summus, -a, -umÇtowerÈ, turris, -is, _f._ (¤243.2)

ÇtownÈ, oppidum, -˜, _n._ÇtownsmanÈ, oppid�nus, -˜, _m._ÇtraceÈ, vest˜gium, vest˜«g˜, _n._ÇtraderÈ, merc�tor, -�ris, _m._ÇtrainÈ, exerce�, 2ÇtreeÈ, arbor, -oris, _f._ÇtribeÈ, gıns, gentis, _f._ÇtroopsÈ, c�piae, -�rum, _f. plur._ÇtrueÈ, vırus, -a, -umÇtrumpetÈ, tuba, -ae, _f._ÇtryÈ, c�nor, 1; tempt�, 1ÇtwelveÈ, duodecimÇtwoÈ, duo, duae, duo (¤479)

U

ÇunderÈ, sub, _with acc. or abl._ÇundertakeÈ, suscipi�, 3ÇunharmedÈ, incolumis, -eÇunlessÈ, nisiÇunlikeÈ, dissimilis, -eÇunwillingÈ (ÇbeÈ), n�l�, n�lle, n�lu˜, ---- (¤497)Çup toÈ, sub, _with acc._ÇusÈ, n�s, _acc. plur. of_ ego

V

ÇveryÈ, _superl. degree_; maximı; ipse, -a, -um (¤285)ÇvictorÈ, victor, -�ris, _m._ÇvictoryÈ, vict�ria, -ae, _f._ÇvillageÈ, v˜cus, -˜, _m._ÇviolenceÈ, v˜s, (v˜s), _f._ÇviolentlyÈ, vehementerÇvoiceÈ, v�x, v�cis, _f._

W

ÇwageÈ, ger�, 3ÇwagonÈ, carrus. -˜, _m._ÇwallÈ, m˛rus, -˜, _m._ÇwantÈ, inopia, -ae, _f._ÇwarÈ, bellum, -˜, _n._ÇwatchÈ, vigilia, -ae, _f._ÇwaterÈ, aqua, -ae, _f._ÇwaveÈ, fluctus, -˛s, _m._ÇwayÈ, iter, itineris, _n._ (¤468); via, -ae, _f._Çway, mannerÈ, modus, -˜, _m._ÇweÈ, n�s, _plur. of_ ego; _or not expressed_ÇweakÈ, ˜nf˜rmus, -a, -umÇweaponsÈ, arma, -�rum, _n. plur._; tıla, -�rum, _n. plur._ÇwearÈ, ger�, 3ÇwearyÈ, dıfessus, -a, -umÇwhatÈ, quis (qu˜), quae, quid (quod) (¤483)ÇwhenÈ, ubi; cum (¤396); _often expressed by a participle_ÇwhereÈ, ubiÇwhichÈ, qu˜, quae, quod (¤482); Çwhich of twoÈ, uter, utra, utrum (¤108)

ÇwhileÈ, _expressed by a participle_ÇwhitherÈ, qu�ÇwhoÈ (_rel._), qu˜, quae (¤482); (_interrog._) quis (¤483)ÇwholeÈ, t�tus, -a, -um (¤108)ÇwhoseÈ, cuius; qu�rum, qu�rum, qu�rum, _gen. of_ qu˜, quae, quod, _rel._; _or of_ quis, quid, _interrog_.ÇwhyÈ, c˛rÇwickedÈ, malus, -a, -umÇwideÈ, l�tus, -a, -umÇwidthÈ, l�tit˛d�, -inis, _f._Çwild beastÈ, fera, -ae, _f._ÇwillingÈ (ÇbeÈ), vol�, velle, volu˜, ---- (¤497)ÇwinÈ (_a victory_), report�, 1ÇwindÈ, ventus, -˜, _m._ÇwineÈ, v˜num, -˜, _n._ÇwingÈ, corn˛, -˛s, _n._ÇwinterÈ, hiems, -emis, _f._ÇwisdomÈ, c�nsilium, consi«l˜, _n._ÇwishÈ, cupi�, 3; vol�, velle, volu˜, ---- (¤497); Çwish notÈ, n�l�, n�lle, n�lu˜, ---- (¤497)ÇwithÈ, cum, _with abl.; sometimes abl. alone_ÇwithdrawÈ, sı recipereÇwithoutÈ, sine, _with abl._ÇwomanÈ, fımina, -ae, _f._; mulier, -eris, _f._ÇwonderfulÈ, m˜rus, -a, -umÇwordÈ, verbum, -˜, _n._ÇworkÈ, labor, -�ris, _m._; opus, -eris, _n._ÇworseÈ, peior, peius, _comp. of_ malusÇworstÈ, pessimus, -a, -um, _superl. of_ malusÇwoundÈ (_noun_), vulnus, -eris, _n._ÇwoundÈ (_verb_), vulner�, 1ÇwreathÈ, cor�na, -ae, _f._ÇwretchedÈ, miser, -era, -erumÇwrongÈ, ini˛ria, -ae, _f._

Y

ÇyearÈ, annus, -˜, _m._ÇyesÈ, certı; ita; vır�; _or, more usually, repeat the verb_ (¤210)Çyonder (that)È, ille, -a, -udÇyouÈ, _sing_. t˛; _plur_. v�s (¤480); _or not expressed_ÇyourÈ, _sing_. tuus, -a, -um; _plur._ vester, -tra, -trum (¤98.b)

Z

ÇzealÈ, studium, stud˜, _n._

INDEX

The numbers in all cases refer to sections.

Ç�È-declension of nouns, 57, 461Ç�È-verbs, conjugation of, 488ÇablativeÈ case, 48, 50

absolute, 381 after a comparative, 309 of accompaniment, 104 of agent, 181 of cause, 102 of description, 444, 445 of manner, 105 of means or instrument, 103 of measure of difference, 317 of place from which, 179 of place where, 265 of separation, 180 of specification, 398 of time, 275ÇaccentÈ, 14-16ÇaccompanimentÈ abl. of, 104ÇaccusativeÈ case, 33 as subject of the infinitive, 214 object, 37 of duration and extent, 336 of place to which, 263, 266 predicate, 392 with prepositions, 340ÇadjectivesÈ, 54, 55 agreement, 65 comparison regular, 301 by adverbs, 302 irregular, 307, 311, 312, 315 declension of comparatives, 303 of first and second declensions, 83, 93, 469 of third declension, 250-257, 471 with the dative, 143ÇadverbsÈ, 319 comparison, 320, 323 formation regular, 320, 321 irregular, 322, 323ÇagentÈ expressed by the abl. with _�_ or _ab_, 181ÇagreementÈ of adjectives, 65, 215.a of appositives, 81 of predicate nouns, 76 of relative pronouns, 224 of verbs, 28ÇaliquisÈ, 487ÇaliusÈ, 108, 110, 470ÇalphabetÈ, 1-3ÇalterÈ, 108, 110ÇantepenultÈ, 9.3; accent of, 15ÇappositionÈ, 80, 81ÇarticleÈ not used in Latin, 22.a

ÇbaseÈ, 58

Çcardinal numeralsÈ, 327-329, 478ÇcaseÈ, 32.2

Çcausal clausesÈ with _cum_, 395, 396ÇcauseÈ, expressed by the abl., 102ÇcharacteristicÈ subjv. of, 389, 390ÇcomparativeÈ declension of, 303ÇcomparisonÈ abl. of, 309 degrees of, 300 of adjectives, 300-315 irregular, 311-315, 473, 475 of adverbs regular, 320-476 irregular, 323, 477 positive wanting, 315 six adjectives in _-lis_, 307Çcomplementary infinitiveÈ, 215Çcompound verbsÈ with the dative, 425, 426ÇconcessiveÈ ÇclausesÈ with _cum_, 395, 396Çconjugation stemsÈ, 184ÇconjugationsÈ the four regular, 126, 488-491 irregular, 494-500ÇconsonantsÈ, 2ÇcopulaÈ, 21ÇcumÈ conjunction, 395ÇcumÈ preposition, 209

ÇdativeÈ case, 43 of indirect object, 44, 45 of purpose, or end for which, 437 with adjectives, 143 with compound verbs, 426 with special verbs, 153ÇdeaÈ declension of, 67ÇdeclensionÈ, 23, 32Çdegree of differenceÈ expressed by the abl., 317Çdemonstrative adjectives and pronounsÈ, 112-115, 290-292, 481Çdeponent verbsÈ, 338, 339, 493Çdescriptive ablative and genitiveÈ, 441-445Çdescriptive relative clauseÈ with the subjv., 389, 390ÇdeusÈ declension of, 468Çdifference, measure ofÈ, 316, 317ÇdiphthongsÈ, 6Çdirect statementsÈ, 414Çdistributive numeralsÈ, 327.3, 334Çdom˜È locative, 267ÇdomusÈ declension of, 468ÇduoÈ declension of, 479

ÇdurationÈ of time, expressed by the acc., 336

ÇıÈ-declension of nouns, 272, 273, 467ÇıÈ-verbs, conjugation of, 489ÇeÈ-verbs, conjugation of, 490ÇegoÈ declension of, 280, 480ÇencliticsÈ, 16Çe�È conjugation of, 499ÇextentÈ of space expressed by the acc., 336

ÇfearingÈ subjv. after verbs of, 370-372Çfer�È conjugation of, 498Çfifth or ı-declensionÈ, 272, 273, 467Çf˜liaÈ declension of, 67Çf˜liusÈ declension of, 87-89Çfinite verbÈ defined, 173Çf˜�È conjugation of, 500Çfirst conjugationÈ, 488Çfirst or �-declensionÈ, 57, 461Çfourth conjugationÈ, 491Çfourth or u-declensionÈ, 259, 260, 466ÇfromÈ how expressed, 178-181Çfuture participleÈ formation of, 374.cÇfuture perfectÈ formation of active, 187.3 passive, 202Çfuture tenseÈ formation of, 137, 156

ÇgenderÈ in English and in Latin, 60 in the first declension, 61 in the second declension, 72 in the third declension, 247 in the fourth declension, 260 in the fifth declension, 272Çgeneral observations on declensionÈ, 74ÇgenitiveÈ case English equivalents of, 33 of description, 443, 445 of nouns in _-ius_ and _-ium_, 87 partitive, 331 possessive, 38, 409ÇgerundÈ a verbal noun, 402, 403ÇgerundiveÈ a verbal adjective, 404 with _ad_ to express purpose, 407

ÇhicÈ declension and use of, 290, 291Çhow to read LatinÈ, 17

ÇiÈ consonant, 3ÇiÈ-stems of nouns, 231, 241-244Ç˜È-verbs conjugation of, 491Ç˜demÈ declension of, 287, 481ÇiınsÈ declension of, 472ÇilleÈ declension and use of, 290-293, 481ÇimperativeÈ formation of, 161, 175 irregular, 161.2 in commands, 161Çimperfect indicativeÈ, formation and use of, 133, 134, 165.1Çimperfect subjunctiveÈ, 354Çindefinite pronouns and adjectivesÈ, 296, 297, 484-487Çindependent clausesÈ, 219Çindirect objectÈ, 44, 45Çindirect questionsÈ, 430-432Çindirect statementsÈ, 414-419ÇinfinitiveÈ as object, 213 as subject, 216 complementary, 215 definition of, 173 does not express purpose, 352 formation of, 126, 174, 205, 206 in indirect statements, 415-410 used as in English, 213-216ÇinflectionÈ defined, 23ÇinstrumentÈ abl. of, 100.b, 103Çintensive pronounÈ _ipse_, declension and use of, 285, 286, 481Çinterrogative pronouns and adjectivesÈ, 225-227, 483Çintransitive verbsÈ, defined, 20.a with the dative, 153Çi�-verbs of the third conj.È, 492ÇipseÈ declension and use of, 285, 481Çirregular adjectivesÈ, 108Çirregular comparisonÈ of adjectives, 307 311, 312 of adverbs, 323Çirregular nounsÈ, 67, 246, 468Çirregular verbsÈ, 494-500ÇisÈ declension and use of, 113-116ÇisteÈ declension and use of, 290, 292, 481ÇiterÈ

declension of, 468

ÇLatin word orderÈ, 68ÇlocativeÈ case, 267

Çmagis and maximıÈ comparison by, 302Çm�l�È conjugation of, 4.97ÇmannerÈ abl. of, 105ÇmeansÈ abl. of, 103Çmeasure of differenceÈ abl. of, 316, 317Çm˜lleÈ, declension of, 479 construction with, 331.a,bÇmoodsÈ, defined, 121

Ç-neÈ, enclitic in questions, 210ÇnıÈ, conj., _that not, lest_ with negative clauses of purpose, 350.II with verbs of fearing, 370Çnine irregular adjectivesÈ, 108-110Çn�l�È conjugation of, 497ÇnominativeÈ case, 35, 36Çn�nneÈ in questions, 210Çn�sÈ declension of, 280, 480ÇnounsÈ, 19. 2 first declension, 57, 461 second declension, 71-74,87-92,462 third declension, 230-247, 463-465 fourth declension, 259, 260, 466 fifth declension, 272, 273, 467ÇnumÈ, in questions, 210ÇnumberÈ, 24ÇnumeralsÈ, 327-334, 478, 479

ÇoÈ-declension of nouns, 71-74, 87-92, 462ÇobjectÈ, 20 direct, 37 indirect, 44, 45Çorder of wordsÈ, 68Çordinal numeralsÈ, 327. 2, 478

Çparticipial stemÈ, 201.2ÇparticiplesÈ, defined, 203 agreement of, 204 formation, of present, 374.b of perfect, 201 of future, 374.c,d of deponent verbs, 375 tenses of, 376 translated by a clause, 377

Çpartitive genitiveÈ, 330, 331Çpassive voiceÈ defined, 163 formation of, 164, 202ÇpenultÈ, 9.3 accent of, 15Çperfect indicativeÈ formation, in the active, 185, 186 in the passive, 202 meaning of, 190 definite, 190 indefinite, 190 distinguished from the imperfect, 190Çperfect infinitiveÈ active, 195 passive, 205Çperfect passive participleÈ, 201Çperfect stemÈ, 185Çperfect subjunctiveÈ active, 361 passive, 362ÇpersonÈ, 122Çpersonal endingsÈ active, 122 passive, 164Çpersonal pronounsÈ, 280, 480ÇplaceÈ where, whither, whence, 263-265 names of towns and _domus_ and _r˛s_, 266-268Çpluperfect indicativeÈ active, 187.2 passive, 202Çpluperfect subjunctiveÈ active, 361 passive, 363Çpl˛sÈ declension of, 313Çpossessive pronounsÈ, 97, 98ÇpossumÈ conjugation of, 495ÇpredicateÈ defined, 19Çpredicate adjectiveÈ defined, 55Çpredicate nounÈ, 75, 76ÇprepositionsÈ with the abl., 209 with the acc., 340Çpresent indicativeÈ, 128, 130, 147Çpresent stemÈ, 126.aÇpresent subjunctiveÈ, 344Çprimary tensesÈ, 356Çprincipal partsÈ, 183ÇpronounsÈ classification of, 278 defined, 19.2.a demonstrative, 481 indefinite, 297, 484-487 intensive, 285, 286, 481

interrogative, 483 personal, 480 possessive, 97, 98 reflexive, 281 relative, 220, 221ÇpronunciationÈ, 4-7Çpr�sumÈ conjugation of, 496ÇpurposeÈ dative of, 436, 437 expressed by the gerund or gerundive with _ad_, 407 not expressed by the infinitive, 352 subjunctive of, 348-350, 365-367

ÇqualityÈ gen. or abl. of, 441-445ÇquamÈ with a comparative, 308ÇquantityÈ, 11-13ÇquestionsÈ direct, 210 indirect, 430-432Çqu˜È declension and use of, 220,221, 482Çqu˜damÈ declension of, 485ÇquisÈ declension and use of, 225-227, 483ÇquisquamÈ declension of, 486ÇquisqueÈ declension of, 484

Çreflexive pronounsÈ, 281Çrelative clauses of characteristic or descriptionÈ, 389, 390Çrelative clauses of purposeÈ, 348, 349Çrelative pronounsÈ, 220, 221Çresult clausesÈ, 384-387ÇreviewsÈ, 502-528Çr˛sÈ constructions of, 266

ÇsıÈ distinguished from _ipse_, 285.aÇsecond conjugationÈ, 489Çsecond or o-declensionÈ, 71-93, 462ÇsentencesÈ simple, complex, compound, 219ÇseparationÈ abl. of, 180Çseparative ablativeÈ, 178-181Çsequence of tensesÈ, 356-358ÇspaceÈ extent of, expressed by the acc., 336ÇspecificationÈ abl. of, 398ÇstemsÈ of nouns, 230 of verbs, 184ÇsubjectÈ

defined, 19.2 of the infinitive, 213, 214ÇsubjunctiveÈ formation of the present, 344 of the imperfect, 354 of the perfect, 361, 362 of the pluperfect, 361.c, 363Çsubjunctive constructionsÈ characteristic or description, 389, 390 indirect questions, 430-432 purpose, 349, 366, 372 result, 385, 386 time, cause, or concession, with _cum_, 395, 396Çsubjunctive ideasÈ, 346Çsubjunctive tensesÈ, 342, 343Çsubordinate clausesÈ, 219Çsu˜È declension of, 281, 480ÇsumÈ conjugation of, 494ÇsuusÈ use of, 98.c, 116ÇsyllablesÈ, 8 division of, 9 quantity of, 13ÇsyntaxÈ rules of, 501

Çtemporal clausesÈ with _cum_, 395, 396ÇtenseÈ defined, 120Çtense signsÈ imperfect, 133 future, 137, 156 pluperfect active, 187.2 future perfect active, 187.3ÇtensesÈ primary and secondary, 356 sequence of, 357, 358Çthird conjugationÈ, 490, 492Çthird declension of nounsÈ classes, 231, 463 consonant stems, 232-238, 464 gender, 247 i-stems, 241-244, 465 irregular nouns, 246ÇtimeÈ abl. of, 275ÇtimeÈ acc. of, 336ÇtownsÈ rules for names of, 266, 267, 268Çtransitive verbÈ, 20.aÇtrısÈ declension of, 479Çt˛È declension of, 280, 480ÇtuusÈ compared with _vester_, 98. b

ÇuÈ-declension of nouns, 259, 260, 466ÇultimaÈ, 9. 3

ÇverbsÈ agreement of, 28 conjugation of, 126, 488-491 deponent, 338, 339, 493 irregular, 494-500 personal endings of, 122, 164 principal parts of, 183ÇvesterÈ compared with _tuus_, 98.bÇv˜sÈ declension of, 468ÇvocabulariesÈ English-Latin, pp. 332-343 Latin-English, pp. 299-331 special, pp. 283-298ÇvocativeÈ case, 56.a of nouns in _-us_ of the second declension, 73.b of proper nouns in _-ius_ and of _f˜lius_, 88ÇvoiceÈ defined, 163Çvol�È conjugation of, 497Çv�sÈ declension of, 280, 480ÇvowelsÈ sounds of, 5, 6 quantity of, 12

End of Project Gutenberg’s Latin for Beginners, by Benjamin Leonard D’Ooge

*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LATIN FOR BEGINNERS ***

***** This file should be named 18251-mac.txt or 18251-mac.zip *****This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: http://www.gutenberg.org/1/8/2/5/18251/

Produced by Louise Hope, Dave Maddock and the OnlineDistributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (Thisfile was made using scans of public domain material byTextKit.com)

Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editionswill be renamed.

Creating the works from public domain print editions means that noone owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States withoutpermission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply tocopying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works toprotect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project

Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if youcharge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If youdo not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with therules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purposesuch as creation of derivative works, reports, performances andresearch. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may dopractically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution issubject to the trademark license, especially commercialredistribution.

*** START: FULL LICENSE ***

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSEPLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the freedistribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "ProjectGutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full ProjectGutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online athttp://gutenberg.org/license).

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tmelectronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tmelectronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree toand accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by allthe terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroyall copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a ProjectGutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by theterms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person orentity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only beused on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people whoagree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a fewthings that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic workseven without complying with the full terms of this agreement. Seeparagraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with ProjectGutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreementand help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronicworks. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of ProjectGutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in thecollection are in the public domain in the United States. If anindividual work is in the public domain in the United States and you arelocated in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you fromcopying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivativeworks based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenbergare removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the ProjectGutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works byfreely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of

this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated withthe work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement bykeeping this work in the same format with its attached full ProjectGutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also governwhat you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are ina constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, checkthe laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreementbefore downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing orcreating derivative works based on this work or any other ProjectGutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerningthe copyright status of any work in any country outside the UnitedStates.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediateaccess to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominentlywhenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which thephrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "ProjectGutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and withalmost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away orre-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License includedwith this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derivedfrom the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it isposted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copiedand distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any feesor charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a workwith the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on thework, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and theProject Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is postedwith the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distributionmust comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additionalterms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linkedto the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with thepermission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tmLicense terms from this work, or any files containing a part of thiswork or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute thiselectronic work, or any part of this electronic work, withoutprominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 withactive links or immediate access to the full terms of the ProjectGutenberg-tm License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including anyword processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or

distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official versionposted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide acopy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy uponrequest, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or otherform. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tmLicense as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm worksunless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providingaccess to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works providedthat

- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."

- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the work.

- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tmelectronic work or group of works on different terms than are setforth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing fromboth the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and MichaelHart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact theFoundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerableeffort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofreadpublic domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tmcollection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronicworks, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain

"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate orcorrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectualproperty infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, acomputer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read byyour equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Rightof Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the ProjectGutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the ProjectGutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a ProjectGutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim allliability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legalfees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICTLIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSEPROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THETRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BELIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE ORINCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCHDAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover adefect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you canreceive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending awritten explanation to the person you received the work from. If youreceived the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium withyour written explanation. The person or entity that provided you withthe defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of arefund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entityproviding it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity toreceive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copyis also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without furtheropportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forthin paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ’AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHERWARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain impliedwarranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates thelaw of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall beinterpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted bythe applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of anyprovision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, thetrademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyoneproviding copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordancewith this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you door cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tmwork, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to anyProject Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution ofelectronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computersincluding obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It existsbecause of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations frompeople in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with theassistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’sgoals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection willremain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the ProjectGutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secureand permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundationand how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary ArchiveFoundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of thestate of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the InternalRevenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identificationnumber is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted athttp://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project GutenbergLiterary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extentpermitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scatteredthroughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, [email protected]. Email contact links and up to date contactinformation can be found at the Foundation’s web site and officialpage at http://pglaf.org

For additional contact information: Dr. Gregory B. Newby Chief Executive and Director [email protected]

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project GutenbergLiterary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission ofincreasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can befreely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widestarray of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exemptstatus with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulatingcharities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the UnitedStates. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes aconsiderable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep upwith these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locationswhere we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To

SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for anyparticular state visit http://pglaf.org

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where wehave not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibitionagainst accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states whoapproach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot makeany statements concerning tax treatment of donations received fromoutside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donationmethods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of otherways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronicworks.

Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tmconcept of a library of electronic works that could be freely sharedwith anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed ProjectGutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printededitions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarilykeep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.

Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:

http://www.gutenberg.org

This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg LiteraryArchive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how tosubscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

This is a demo version of txt2pdf v.9.5Developed by SANFACE Software http://www.sanface.com/Available at http://www.sanface.com/txt2pdf.html

project gutenberg’s latin for beginners, by benjamin ...publicliterature.org/pdf/18251-mac.pdf ·...

Documents